Principles of Ecology BIO 3023 (001 and H01) SPRING 2013

Principles of Ecology

BIO 3023 (001 and H01) SPRING 2013

Instructor: Dr. B. Bennett/972-3289 Time: Tues &Thurs 9:30-10:45PM Office: LSW 330A--EMAIL [email protected] Place: LSW 444 Office Hours: Mon, Wed,& Thurs 11:00-1:00PM Or By Appointment

TEXT: ELEMENTS OF ECOLOGY (8TH EDITION) ROBERT LEO SMITH AND THOMAS M. SMITH

WEEK TENTATIVE SCHEDULE OF ASSIGNED READING-READ BEFORE CLASS JAN 15/17 NATURE OF ECOLOGY (1) 22/24 ADAPTATION AND EVOLUTION (5) 29/31 ADAPTATION AND EVOLUTION (5) / PLANT ADAPTATIONS (6) FEB 05/07 ANIMAL ADAPTATION (7) 12/14 EXAM I / PROPERTIES OF POPULATIONS (8) 19/21 PROPERTIES OF POPULATIONS (8) / POPULATION GROWTH (9) 26/28 POPULATION GROWTH (9) / LIFE HISORY (10) MAR 05/07 EXAM II / INTRASPECIFIC POPULATION REGULATION (11) 12/14 SPECIES INTERACTIONS (13) 19/21 SPRING BREAK 26/28 INTERSPECIFIC COMPETITION (14) APR 02/04 EXAM III / PREDATION (15) 09/11 PREDATION (15) / COMMUNITY STRUCTURE (17) 16/18 COMMUNITY DYNAMICS (19) 23/25 CLIMATE CHANGE (30) May 06 EXAM 4 & COMPREHENSIVE FINAL EXAM/Monday at 8-10AM ROOM 444 LSW _________________________________________________________________________________ COURSE DESCRIPTION: PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGY IS A DETAILED STUDY OF THE INTERRELATEDNESS OF NATURE WITH THE ECOSYSTEM AS THE FUNDAMENTAL UNIT OF STUDY. THE RELATIONSHIPS OF ORGANISMS TO THEIR ENVIRONMENT AND TO ONE ANOTHER WILL BE DIVIDED AMONG THREE LEVELS OF STUDY INVOLVING THE INDIVIDUAL ORGANISM, POPULATIONS AND COMMUNITIES. COURSE GOALS: PROVIDE STUDENTS WITH THE FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF ECOLOGY; AND PROVIDE THE STUDENTS AN INTEGRATED APPROACH OF HOW PLANTS AND ANIMALS INTERACT WITH THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT AND HOW ECOLOGICAL CONCEPTS APPLIES TO CONTEMPORARY ISSUES. COURSE OUTCOMES: STUDENTS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETING THIS COURSE WILL HAVE THE ABILITY TO UNDERSTAND ECOLOGICAL CONCEPTS INCLUDING 1) RECOGNIZE THE HIERARCHY OF ORGANIZATIONAL LEVELS IN ECOLOGY, 2) RELATIONSHIPS OF BIOTIC AND ABIOTIC COMPONENTS WITHIN ECOSYSTEMS, 3) BASIC CHARACTERISTICS OF BIOMES THAT MAKE UP THE BIOSPHERE, 4) HAVE THE ABILITY TO MAKE AN OBSERVATION, WRITE A HYPOTHESIS, TEST THAT HYPOTHESIS WITH BASIC SCIENTIFIC METHODS, AND EITHER REJECT OR ACCEPT THE STATED HYPOTHESIS USING DATA COLLECTED. ASSESSMENT: TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE = 50 (Honors Section = 600 points)

(4) Four lecture exams = 4 @ 100 points each (no individual make-ups on exams) - (Honors Students will have one additional Writing Question on each exam). (1) Assignments = Activities (in and out of the classroom), quizzes, and short reports = 100 points (1) Optional Comprehensive makeup exam will be given during finals week. The comprehensive exam will replace a missed exam or lowest score on exam 1 or 2 or 3. The only exception to this is for attendance of a school sponsored event and that only with my prior notification. (Honors Section = 2 additional Research Papers - one due on March 5 and second due April 25th-50 points each.) EXAM QUESTIONS: The exam questions may include a combination of the following: short answer, fill in the blank, multiple choice, and essay. Grades: 100-90%=A; 89-80%=B; 79-70%=C; 69-60%=D; 59% and below F. \IMPORTANT DATE: LAST DAY TO DROP AN INDIVIDUAL COURSE IS APRIL 24. Disabilities Policy: Any student having a certified disabilities condition should see the Dr. Bennett and Disability Services (Telephone No. 870-972-3964) about making any necessary course modifications as early in the course as possible. The Keys To Success: ATTEND CLASS, ARRIVE TO CLASS ON TIME, STUDY SOME EVERY DAY, KEEP UP WITH YOUR READING OF THE TEXT BOOK, REVIEW YOUR NOTES FREQUENTLY, AND ASK QUESTIONS IF YOU DO NOT UNDERSTAND SOME CONCEPT. Tutoring: The New Learning Support Center (LSC) is open in the Dean B. Ellis Library. Spring semester hours are Monday – Thursday 11:00 am -7:00 pm and Friday 11:00 am – 5:00 pm. Enter through the library and take the stairs or elevator down to the first floor. Peer tutors are available to assist in almost all 1000 and 2000 General Education courses. Any ASU student needing assistance can make an appointment by calling 972-3451 or emailing [email protected]. Students requiring in-depth assistance must make an appointment. Please contact Julie Thatcher (972-3474, [email protected]) with questions. http://univcollege.astate.edu/advising/Tutoring/

ASU ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES Class Attendance Policy

Attendance is required: students missing more than 5 regular class meetings will be assigned a grade of "F" in a course because of excessive absences may withdraw from the course without penalty before the deadline for dropping an individual course. Attendance exception: If you have an A average on first two exams, then attendance is optional but strongly encouraged. However, it is the practice of Arkansas State University to allow students to participate in university sponsored events, even when those events cause them to be absent from class. Students participating in university sponsored events will be given reasonable opportunities to make up missed assignments and exams.

Inclement Weather Policy

The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the Chancelor of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments.

The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor.

Academic Integrity Policy

Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members

of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy are considered as serious misconduct and may result in disciplinary action and severe penalties.

Plagiarism is the act of taking and/or using the ideas, work, and/or writings of another person as one==s own.

1. To avoid plagiarism, give written credit and acknowledgment to the source of thoughts, ideas, and/or words, whether you have used direct quotation, paraphrasing, or just a reference to a general idea. 2. If you directly quote works written by someone else, enclose the quotation with quotation marks and provide an appropriate citation (e.g., footnote, end note, bibliographical reference). 3. Research as well as the complete written paper, must be the work of the person seeking academic credit for the course. (Papers, book reports, projects, and/or other class assignments are not to be purchased from individuals or companies which provide these services.) Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of plagiarism in any of the following ways:

1. Return the paper or other item for rewriting; the grade may be lowered. 2. Give a failing grade on the paper or other item "F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used. 3. Give the student who plagiarized a failing grade in the course. 4. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university (Student Handbook) Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using information in a fraudulent manner.

1. Observing and/or copying from another student’s test paper, reports, computer files, and/or other class assignments.

2. Giving or receiving assistance during an examination period. (This includes providing specific answers to subsequent examinees and/or dispensing or receiving information which would allow the student to have an unfair advantage in the examination over students who did not possess such information.)

3. Using class notes, outlines, and other unauthorized information during an examination period.

4. Using, buying, selling, stealing, transporting, or soliciting, in part or entirety, the contents of an examination or other assignment not authorized by the professor of the class.

5. Using for credit in one class a term paper, book report, project, or class assignment written for credit in another class without the knowledge and permission of the professor of the class.

6. Exchanging places with another person for the purposes of taking an examination or completing other assignments.

Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of cheating in any of the following ways:

1. Allow the testing to progress without interruption, informing the offending student about the offense, and award a failing grade on the test "F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used.

2. Seize the test of the offending student and give a failing grade on the paper.

3. Give the offending student a failing grade in the course.

4. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university

Principles of Ecology & Honors Principles of Ecology

Biology 3023-001/002 Fall 2012

LSW444 T TR 9:30 – 10:45 am PROFESSOR: Dr. Jennifer L. Bouldin Assistant Professor of Environmental Biology Director Ecotoxicology Research Facility http://ecotox.astate.edu/ Office: Environmental Research Safety & Training Building Office hours: MWF 8:00-10:00 or by appointment Ecotoxicology Research Facility: 972-2570 email: [email protected] webpage: http://evs.astate.edu/Bouldin/ TEACHING ASSISTANT:

DESCRIPTION: Principles of Ecology is a detailed study of the interrelatedness of nature with the ecosystem as the fundamental unit of study. The relationships of organisms to their environment and to one another will be divided among three levels of study involving the individual organism, populations and communities. The laboratory will provide students with direct involvement with live organisms and ecosystems and a range of standard ecological methods by which they are studied.

TEXT: Lecture: Thomas M. Smith & Robert L. Smith. 2012. Elements of Ecology 8th edition GRADING: Your final grade will be determined from the mean of four exams, one paper, and class write-ups/discussions. The write-up/discussion will be worth 20 points each and there will be a total of 5 throughout the semester. All exam questions will come from material in the textbook, from the lecture notes, or from extra material provided by the instructor. The grades are weighted as follows: Standard grade range based on A-F A = 100-90%, F = 59 and lower

Exam 1 - 100 pts Exam 2 - 100 pts Exam 3 - 100 pts Final (Exam 4) - 100 pts Lab write-ups (5) – 100 pts (20 pts each) Final research paper and presentation – 100 pts Total - 600 pts

The final exam will not be comprehensive however; the class material and ecological concepts are comprehensive in nature and build on previous knowledge. The research paper will be a group project that will entail a proposal (with a testable hypothesis), research data compilation, data treatment, results and discussion/conclusion. Honors students will complete this project as a sole author.

The Class demonstrations, discussions, and field trips will be interactive sessions to facilitate the learning of the many concepts taught throughout this class. The study of ecology is a conceptual based class and these sessions are intended to give the student a ‘hands on’ understanding of such things as plant and animal adaptations, community interactions, ecosystem functions, and biogeochemical cycling. These sessions may include trips to study various ecosystems both at ASU and off-campus. We may also visit ASU museums such as the herbarium, herpetology museum, or mussel museum. Field trips to various ecosystems will be used to demonstrate such concepts as nutrient cycling, community relationships, and ecosystem function.

Students successfully completing this course will have the ability to understand ecological concepts including 1) recognize the hierarchy of organizational levels in ecology, 2) relationships of biotic and abiotic components within ecosystems, 3)

basic characteristics of biomes that make up the biosphere, 4) have the ability to make an observation, write a hypothesis, test that hypothesis with basic scientific methods, and either reject or accept the stated hypothesis using data collected.

Makeup exams can be given to students with valid reasons approved by the professor. Makeup exams MUST be prescheduled with the instructor prior to missing a test (See following procedures and policies).

As with any class, try to stay ahead of the chapter assignments, join the class discussions, and please feel free to ask questions. If you're uncomfortable with speaking in class, you can reach me by email at [email protected].

Lectures and class information will be linked on Blackboard 8 for you to access prior to class. All reports will be accepted electronically through the digital drop box provided in Blackboard 8.

Lecture Outline and Schedule Please read before class: DATE CHAPTER TOPIC Aug 21 1 Nature of Ecology 23 2 Climate – discuss syllabus 28 3 & 4 Aquatic Environment/ Terrestrial Environment 30 Class demonstration web base GIS (20 pts)

Sept 4 5 & 6 Ecological Genetics / Plant Adaptations 6 7 & 8 Animal Adaptations / Life History Patterns

11 visit ASU STAR Herbarium (LSE406) 13 9 & 10 Properties of Populations / Population Growth

18 visit Ecotoxicology Research Facility 20 TEST 1 (Ch 1-8) 25 12 & 13 Metapopulations / Interspecific Competition

27 11 & 15 Intraspecific Population Reg / Parasitism & Mutualism Oct 2 14 & 16 Predation / Community Structure 4 14 & 16 or Benthic macroinverts lab (20 pts)

9 TEST 2 (Ch 9-16) 11 17, 18 & 19 Influencing Factors / Community Dynamics /

Landscape Ecology

16 20 Ecosystem Energetics 18 21 Decomposition & Nutrient Cycling

23 23 Terrestrial Ecosystems 25 22 Biogeochemical Cycling (20 pts)

30 Habitat & fish community assessment (20 pts) Nov 1 24 or Aquatic Ecosystems

6 TEST 3 (Ch 16-22) 8 Wetland ecosystems – field trip (20 pts)

13 25 Coastal & Wetland Ecosystems 15 Work on Report & Presentation

19-24 FALL BREAK NO CLASS

27 Class presentations- paper due!! 29 Class presentations

Dec 10 (Mon) 8:00 – 10:00 FINAL EXAM

ASU ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES Class Attendance Policy Students should attend every lecture, recitation, and laboratory session of every course in which they are enrolled. Students who miss a class session should expect to make up missed work or receive a failing grade on missed work. It is the practice of Arkansas State University to allow students to participate in university-sponsored events, even when those events cause them to be absent from class. Students participating in university-sponsored events will be given reasonable opportunities to make up missed assignments and exams. Students enrolled in freshman or sophomore level courses numbered 1000 or 2000 may during a semester miss no more than twice the number of lectures, recitations, laboratory sessions, or other regularly scheduled class activities that would normally be scheduled during a week. Students who miss more than the maximum number of freshman or sophomore level classes may be assigned a grade of "F" for the course. Students who may be assigned a grade of "F" in a course because of excessive absences may withdraw from the course without penalty before the deadline for dropping an individual course. In determining whether excessive absences should result in a failing grade, consideration shall be given to the maturity and class standing of the student, the quality of academic work being accomplished by the student, and extenuating circumstances related to such absence. Students enrolled in junior or senior level courses numbered 3000 or 4000 will not be assigned a grade of "F" solely for failing to attend classes. However, students should contact the instructor for any make-up tests prior to the listed test date, unless an emergency occurs and the student must contact the instructor at the earliest possible time. Makeup exams may differ from exams assigned on the class schedule. All makeup exams must be scheduled with the instructor prior to the end of semester. Inclement Weather Policy The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. Academic Integrity Policy Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy are considered as serious misconduct and may result in disciplinary action and severe penalties. A. Plagiarism - Plagiarism is the act of taking and/or using the ideas, work, and/or writings of another person as one’s own.

1. To avoid plagiarism, give written credit and acknowledgment to the source of thoughts, ideas, and/or words, whether you have used direct quotation, paraphrasing, or just a reference to a general idea. 2. If you directly quote works written by someone else, enclose the quotation with quotation marks and provide an appropriate citation (e.g., footnote, endnote, bibliographical reference). 3. Research as well as the complete written paper, must be the work of the person seeking academic credit for the

course. (Papers, book reports, projects, and/or other class assignments are not to be purchased from individuals or companies which provide these services.)

Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of plagiarism in any of the following ways:

1. Return the paper or other item for rewriting; the grade may be lowered. 2. Give a failing grade on the paper or other item — "F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used. 3. Give the student who plagiarized a failing grade in the course. 4. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university. (See page 29 of the Student Handbook, 2001-2002 for procedural details.)

B. Cheating - Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using information in a fraudulent manner. 1. Observing and/or copying from another student’s test paper, reports, computer files, and/or other class assignments. 2. Giving or receiving assistance during an examination period. (This includes providing specific answers to subsequent examinees and/or dispensing or receiving information which would allow the student to have an unfair advantage in the examination over students who did not possess such information.) 3. Using class notes, outlines, and other unauthorized information during an examination period. 4. Using, buying, selling, stealing, transporting, or soliciting, in part or entirety, the contents of an examination or other assignment not authorized by the professor of the class. 5. Using for credit in one class a term paper, book report, project, or class assignment written for credit in another class without the knowledge and permission of the professor of the class. 6. Exchanging places with another person for the purposes of taking an examination or completing other assignments. Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of cheating in any of the following ways: 1. Allow the testing to progress without interruption, informing the offending student about the offense, — and award a failing grade on the test — "F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used. 2. Seize the test of the offending student and give a failing grade on the paper. 3. Give the offending student a failing grade in the course. 4. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university.

Aquatic Ecotoxicology

Biology 6653-001 Spring 2013

LSW437 TTh 9:30 – 10:45 pm PROFESSOR: Dr. Jennifer L. Bouldin Assistant Professor of Environmental Biology Director Ecotoxicology Research Facility http://ecotox.astate.edu/ Office: Environmental Research Safety & Training Building Office hours: MTW 8:00-10:00 or by appointment Ecotoxicology Research Facility: 972-2570 email: [email protected] webpage: http://evs.astate.edu/Bouldin/

DESCRIPTION: Aquatic Ecotoxicology is a study of the effects of contaminants in water, their accumulation in the biota, and the functional response of populations to specific contaminants. This class is designed to give the graduate student the concepts needed to enhance their decision making capacities by incorporating all aspects of the fate and effect of contaminants in the environment.

TEXT: Lecture: Walker, Hopkin, Sibly, Peakall. 2012. Principles of Ecotoxicology 4th edition Additional materials: Will be linked as needed (ie. EPA manuals, published manuscripts)

GRADING: The grades are weighted as follows: Standard grade range based on A-F A = 100-90% , F = 59 and lower

Exam 1 - 100 pts Exam 2 - 100 pts Exam 3 - 100 pts Project - 150 pts (TBA) Modeling exercise – 50 pts Total - 500 pts

Exams will not be comprehensive however; the class material and concepts are comprehensive in nature and build on previous knowledge.

Class discussions and interaction are designed to facilitate the broader thoughts as they relate to various disciplines within the sciences. The study of ecotoxicology includes concepts in ecology and toxicology. A knowledge base of ecology and chemistry is vital for success in this class

Makeup exams can be given to students with valid reasons approved by the professor. Makeup exams MUST be prescheduled with the instructor prior to missing a test (See following procedures and policies).

Take home assignments and tests are to be worked on by the student alone. Failure to comply with this will result in a failing grade for the student in this class.

As with any class, try to stay ahead of the chapter assignments, join the class discussions, and please feel free to ask questions. If you're uncomfortable with speaking in class, you can reach me by email at [email protected].

Lectures and class information will be linked on Blackboard 8 for you to access prior to class. All reports will be accepted electronically through the digital drop box provided in Blackboard Learn.

Lecture Outline and Schedule Please read before class:

DATE CHAPTER TOPIC Jan 15 Introduction/discussion of syllabus 17 Intro Intro to Ecotoxicology 22 1 & 2 Major classes of pollutants 24 Major classes of pollutants & effects of coal mining

29 3, 4, 5 Fate and movement of pollutants 31 AR Soil & Water Conservation Conf.

Feb 5 posted Point & nonpoint pollution 7 posted Fugacity & modes of action

12 7,8 Modes of Action 14 posted Metals/biotic ligands

19 TEST 1 21 6 Aquatic & Sediment toxicity testing (ecotox) 26 posted EPA standard testing & WET testing 28 NPS modeling March 5

7 9, 10 & posted Biomarkers & mixture toxicity

12 posted Great Lakes & PCBs 14 posted (if needed) work on model

19 Spring break 21 no classes

26 -- Present modeling outcomes 28 11 In situ monitoring

April 2 TEST 2 4 posted Pesticide registration

9 -- Microcosms/mesocosms 11 -- Ecological risk assessment

16 Emerging contaminants 18 Work on project

23 Presentation of unknown (groups) 25 paper due!!

May 6 (Monday) 8:00 – 10:00 FINAL EXAM

ASU ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES Please refer to the Student Code of Conduct at http://www2.astate.edu/a/student-affairs/student-conduct/student-code-of-conduct.dot Class Attendance Policy

Students should attend every lecture, recitation, and laboratory session of every course in which they are enrolled. Students who miss a class session should expect to make up missed work or receive a failing grade on missed work. It is the practice of Arkansas State University to allow students to participate in university-sponsored events, even when those events cause them to be absent from class. Students participating in university-sponsored events will be given reasonable opportunities to make up missed assignments and exams. Students enrolled in freshman or sophomore level courses numbered 1000 or 2000 may during a semester miss no more than twice the number of lectures, recitations, laboratory sessions, or other regularly scheduled class activities that would normally be scheduled during a week. Students who miss more than the maximum number of freshman or sophomore level classes may be assigned a grade of "F" for the course. Students who may be assigned a grade of "F" in a course because of excessive absences may withdraw from the course without penalty before the deadline for dropping an individual course. In determining whether excessive absences should result in a failing grade, consideration shall be given to the maturity and class standing of the student, the quality of academic work being accomplished by the student, and extenuating circumstances related to such absence. Students enrolled in junior or senior level courses numbered 3000 or 4000 will not be assigned a grade of "F" solely for failing to attend classes. However, students should contact the instructor for any make-up tests prior to the listed test date, unless an emergency occurs and the student must contact the instructor at the earliest possible time. Makeup exams may differ from exams assigned on the class schedule. All makeup exams must be scheduled with the instructor prior to the end of semester. Inclement Weather Policy The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. Academic Integrity Policy Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy are considered as serious academic misconduct and may result in severe penalties. A. Plagiarism Plagiarism is the act of taking and/or using the ideas, work, and/or writings of another person as one's own. 1. To avoid plagiarism give written credit and acknowledgment to the source of thoughts, ideas, and/or words, whether you have used direct quotation, paraphrasing, or just a reference to a general idea. 2. If you directly quote works written by someone else, enclose the quotation with quotation marks and provide an appropriate citation (e.g., footnote, endnote, bibliographical reference). 3. Research, as well as the complete written paper, must be the work of the person seeking academic credit for the course. (Papers, book reports, projects, and/or other class assignments) Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of plagiarism in any of the following ways: 1. Return the paper or other item for rewriting; the grade may be lowered. 2. Give a failing grade on the paper or other item—"F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used. 2. Give the student who plagiarized a failing grade in the course. 4. Recommend sanctions, including expulsion from the university. B. Cheating 1. Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using information in a fraudulent manner. 2. Observing and/or copying from another student's test paper, reports, computer files and/or other class assignments. 3. Giving or receiving assistance during an examination period. (This includes providing specific answers to subsequent examinees and/or dispensing or receiving information that would allow the student to have an unfair advantage in the examination over students who did not possess such information.) 4. Using class notes, outlines, and other unauthorized information during an examination. 5. Using, buying, selling, stealing, transporting, or soliciting, in part or in whole the contents of an examination or other assignment not authorized by the professor of the class. 6. Using for credit in one class a term paper, book report, project, or class assignment written for credit in another class without the knowledge and permission of the professor of the class.

7. Exchanging places with another person for the purpose of taking an examination or completing other assignments. Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of cheating in any of the following ways: 1. Allow the testing to progress without interruption, informing the offending student about the offense—and award a failing grade on the test—"F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used. 2. Seize the test of the offending student and give a failing grade on the paper. 3. Give the offending student a failing grade in the course. 4. Recommend sanctions, including expulsion from the university. NOTE: Colleges and Departments (e.g., Art, Nursing, Biology) may add to these guidelines in order to enforce academic integrity and professional ethics to meet their special needs (e.g., clinical, computer, laboratory experiences). Sanctions for Academic Misconduct Sanctions for Academic Misconduct may be imposed by the faculty member or instructor discovering the Academic Misconduct except in the case of dismissal from a particular program which shall be made by the department chair or program director, or suspension or expulsion from the university, which shall be made by the dean. The following sanctions may be imposed for Academic Misconduct: • A failing grade on the paper or project; • Rewriting or repeat performance of course work; • A failing grade for the class; • Dismissal from the class; • Dismissal from a particular program; • Suspension or Expulsion from the university; • Other appropriate sanctions as warranted by the specific acts of the student.

A Student may not avoid academic sanctions by withdrawing from a class, a program, or the university.

Course Syllabus

Scientific Methods & Research Design (BIOL 6003) Fall 2012

Class meetings Mon and Wed 5:00 – 6:30 pm (LSE204)

Instructor: Dr. Maureen Dolan, ABI #311, 680‐4359, [email protected]

Office Hours: Tues/Thurs. 8:00 ‐ 9:30 am or appointment request

Co‐Instructors:

Dr. Tom Risch x3333 [email protected]

Dr. Virginie Rolland x3194 [email protected]

Course Goals:

The goal of this course is for the student to develop an understanding of the scientific methods as it pertains to research

and to develop the basic skills to develop critical to developing and writing a thesis proposal. The academic rationale is

that students beginning their graduate experience are often lacking the training in the philosophy of science and

research design. Upon completion of the course, students will have gained an understanding of this process and learned

how to develop and present a research problem.

Text:

There is no text; journal articles or other literature selections chosen by instructors will be available to students prior to

discussion.

Week Topics Class location Aug. 20&22 Introduction and Speed Networking

Success in Graduate School/Biology Research Faculty Introductions: Session 1 LSE204

Aug. 27&29 Biology Research Faculty Introductions: Session 2Biology Research Faculty Introductions: Session 3

8/27; ABI (TBA)8/29; LSE204

Sept. 3&5 LABOR DAY – No Classes Choosing a Good Scientific Problem/Biology Research Faculty Introductions: Session 4

LSE204

Sept. 10&12 Biology Research Faculty Introductions: Session 5Recognition and Development of a Scientific Problem‐Part 1

LSE204

Sept. 17&19

Literature search resources Electronic Library Sources/ pdf Management Mendeley ASU Library Resource– Robin Payne, Coordinator Library Instruction (Library at 5pm)

9/17; TBA 9/19; Library/

Rm.118

Sept. 24&26

Recognition and Development of a Scientific Problem‐Part 2Components of Scientific Method/ Writing your specific aims LSE204

Oct. 1&3

Organization of a thesis/proposal and useful toolsProposals: The winners and the losers Timelines and Ghent charts for proposals

LSE204

Oct. 8&10

Principles of data collection and sampling designBiostatistics Survey (tentative) LSE204

Oct. 15&17

Poster formats and tips Posters: The good, the bad and the ugly TBA

Oct. 22&24

Poster Presentations and Peer ReviewLSE204

Oct. 29&31

Time management/Strategies for Classroom Management as a TA) Professional ethics LSE204

Nov. 5&7

Subject TBA Finding and obtaining research funding for graduate students/mini proposals LSE204

Nov. 12&14

Oral Presentations: Tips and Tricks of the Trade The publication process: Submission, reviewers, and how to deal with rejection

LSE204

Nov. 19&21 THANKSGIVING BREAK – No Classes

Nov. 26&28 Oral Presentations of Proposal/Project LSE204

Dec. 3 Oral Presentations of Proposal/Critique review LSE204

Due Dates:

Your Proposal will be written in stages with several related assignments due on the following dates:

1. Summary of two of the Biology Research Lab Presentations. Sept. 17th

2. Annotated bibliography (minimum 25 articles). Sept 26th

3. Title of proposal/project and outline of your Specific Aims or Plan of Action. Oct 8th

4. Submit key reference to be presented in a poster presentation format. Oct 15th

5. Literature review/Introduction section submitted. Oct 26th

6. The proposal/project will be submitted by class on Nov 7th. These proposals/projects will then be reviewed by

two other students within the class as well as the student’s major professor (required). These critiques will be

returned by Nov 12th.

7. Re‐submission of a final proposal/project is due by class on Nov. 26th

8. Oral presentations and the discussion of merits and weaknesses of the proposal/project will take place during

the last two to three class periods (dependent upon class number). TBA

Assignments: During the semester several required projects will be directed towards the completion of a document that will provide the basis of your thesis proposal. In addition, reading will be assigned during the term. Short reading may be handed out or made available electronically (e‐mail) for discussion during the next class. Longer readings will be handed out so there is adequate time for completion before the next class meeting. Grades:

20% Poster presentation of article 40% Proposal: written and oral 20% Assignments 20% Class participation

Class Attendance: Student attendance is required in every lecture. Students who miss a class should notify the professor

in advance and a written request (e‐mail) must be submitted to the instructor. Your grade will drop a full letter grade

for every two unapproved absences.

Academic Integrity: Academic Integrity Policy from the Arkansas State University Student’s Handbook and / or Graduate

Bulletin will be enforced on the case of infringement of academic integrity, including plagiarism and cheating. Please see

http://www.astate.edu/a/registrar/tools‐forms/bulletins.dot

Disability Clause: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom or modifications in course requirements

due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services (Telephone No. 870 972‐3964, web link

http://www.astate.edu/disability/). Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, contact the professor

to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to

this course.

Flexibility Clause: Circumstances may arise during the course that may prevent the instructors from fulfilling each and

every component of this syllabus. Therefore, the syllabus should be viewed as a guide and is subject to change. Students

will be notified of any changes.

Course Syllabus

Advanced Cell Biology (MBS/BIO 6213) Fall 2012

Web site: http://bblearn.astate.edu/

Class meetings Mon and Wed 2:00 – 3:15 pm (ABI Room 220)

Coordinator: Dr. Guolei (Jason) Zhou ABI Room 209, 680-8588, [email protected]

Instructors:

Giuliana Medrano 8258 [email protected]

Elizabeth Hood 2694 [email protected]

Guolei (Jason) Zhou 8588 [email protected]

Shiguang Yu 4360 [email protected]

Fabricio Medina-Bolivar 4319 [email protected]

Maureen Dolan 4359 [email protected]

Malathi Srivatsan 3167 [email protected]

Greg Phillips 2375 [email protected]

Carole Cramer 4307 [email protected]

Learning outcomes of the course that support the programmatic learning outcomes

This course is a graduate course, designed to meet the needs of graduate students to develop a working knowledge of recent advances in important topics in cell biology through study of current scientific literature. Upon completion of the course, students will be able to critically assess the primary literature in the area of cell and molecular biology, to become familiar with common and newly developing techniques in this field and to integrate this knowledge into their research.

By completing this course the students will meet the following programmatic goals:

(1) Obtaining advanced knowledge of the field

Students will be able to demonstrate understanding in areas of advanced cellular and molecular biology. (2) Understanding of the scientific process Through critically reading the primary literature, students will develop a clear understanding of the scientific process. (3) Proficiency in Advanced techniques This course will expose the students to advanced techniques and will serve as an introduction to the technique courses that they will be taking to attain proficiency in advanced techniques.

Text:

There is no text; journal articles or other literature selections chosen by instructors will be available to students prior to discussion.

Grades: 80% Take-home exams (5 units x 16 points/unit)

10% Presentation

10% In-class Participation

Take Home Exams:

After each topic, instructors will give out take-home exams. Each take-home exam will contain multiple questions which require critical thinking. There will be a total of 10 take-home exams throughout the semester that form 5 units, and each unit will be 16% of a student’s total grade. These units are as follows:

Unit 1: Section 2 (Dolan/Phillips/Medrano, no exam for Srivatsan)

Unit 2: Sections 3 through 5

Unit 3: Section 6

Unit 4: Section 7

Unit 5: Section 8.

For the units with multiple instructors, the relative weight for each topic will be assigned based on the number of classes taught by each instructor. These take-home exams will be 80% of a student’s total grade. Details for each take-home exam (including the due date) will be provided by each instructor. There is no final exam for this course.

Presentation Assignments:

First, students will write a 1-page abstract of their current research project (or their prospective project) highlighting potential cell biology techniques used for the project (due on Sept 14th, to be sent to the coordinator by email) so that instructors can be familiar with your projects. Second, students will be expected to give a 15-min presentation in class. In the presentation, students should provide brief information on the background, goal and objectives of their research projects and then describe the techniques that may be used in their research along with alternative techniques that could be used and why they have chosen the specific techniques.

This assignment will be 10% of the total grade. Students will be graded not only on the content of their presentation, but also on their presentation skills. Your presentation will be graded by multiple instructors.

Class Attendance: Student attendance is required in every lecture. Students who miss a class should notify the professor

in advance.

Academic Integrity: Academic Integrity Policy from the Arkansas State University Student’s Handbook and / or

Graduate Bulletin will be enforced on the case of infringement of academic integrity, including plagiarism and cheating.

Please see http://www.astate.edu/a/registrar/tools-forms/bulletins.dot

Disability Clause: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom or modifications in course requirements

due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services (Telephone No. 870 972-3964, web link http://www.astate.edu/disability/). Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, contact the professor

to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this

course.

Flexibility Clause: Circumstances may arise during the course that may prevent the instructors from fulfilling each and

every component of this syllabus. Therefore, the syllabus should be viewed as a guide and is subject to change. Students

will be notified of any changes.

Course outline

Weeks Dates Sections/Topics Instructors

1 Aug 20 1. General Cell Biology Review Zhou

2, 3, 4 Aug 22 to Sept10

2. Cell Biology Techniques

A. Microscopy (Aug 22) --Srivatsan

B. Overview of Molecular and

immunological tools (Aug 27 & 29) --

Dolan

C. Cell & Tissue culture:

Plant cell (Sep 5, Phillips)

Animal cell (Sep 10, Medrano)

Srivatsan/ Dolan/ Phillips

/Medrano

5 Sept 12 3. Protein Trafficking/Targeting Cramer

6 Sept 17 to 19

4. Pathogen-Host Cell Interactions

Agrobacterium

Hairy roots

Medina-Bolivar (Sep 17,19)

7 Sept 24 to 26 5. Receptor-Mediated responses Srivatsan (Sep 24, 26)

8, 9,10 Oct 1 to 17 6. Cancer /Apoptosis Medrano (Oct 1 to Oct 8)

Zhou (Oct 10 to 17)

12, 13 Oct 22 to Oct 31 7. Cells of the Immune System

Yu

14, 15 Nov 5 to 26 8. Cell structure (cell walls, cytoskeletons) and

cell movement Hood

Nov 19 to 24 Fall Break and Thanksgiving Holiday---NO CLASS!

16 Nov. 28 Student Presentation (and Dec 3, if more than 5 students enrolled)

Principles of Ecology

BIO 3023 (001 and H01) SPRING 2013

Instructor: Dr. B. Bennett/972-3289 Time: Tues &Thurs 9:30-10:45PM Office: LSW 330A--EMAIL [email protected] Place: LSW 444 Office Hours: Mon, Wed,& Thurs 11:00-1:00PM Or By Appointment

TEXT: ELEMENTS OF ECOLOGY (8TH EDITION) ROBERT LEO SMITH AND THOMAS M. SMITH

WEEK TENTATIVE SCHEDULE OF ASSIGNED READING-READ BEFORE CLASS JAN 15/17 NATURE OF ECOLOGY (1) 22/24 ADAPTATION AND EVOLUTION (5) 29/31 ADAPTATION AND EVOLUTION (5) / PLANT ADAPTATIONS (6) FEB 05/07 ANIMAL ADAPTATION (7) 12/14 EXAM I / PROPERTIES OF POPULATIONS (8) 19/21 PROPERTIES OF POPULATIONS (8) / POPULATION GROWTH (9) 26/28 POPULATION GROWTH (9) / LIFE HISORY (10) MAR 05/07 EXAM II / INTRASPECIFIC POPULATION REGULATION (11) 12/14 SPECIES INTERACTIONS (13) 19/21 SPRING BREAK 26/28 INTERSPECIFIC COMPETITION (14) APR 02/04 EXAM III / PREDATION (15) 09/11 PREDATION (15) / COMMUNITY STRUCTURE (17) 16/18 COMMUNITY DYNAMICS (19) 23/25 CLIMATE CHANGE (30) May 06 EXAM 4 & COMPREHENSIVE FINAL EXAM/Monday at 8-10AM ROOM 444 LSW _________________________________________________________________________________ COURSE DESCRIPTION: PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGY IS A DETAILED STUDY OF THE INTERRELATEDNESS OF NATURE WITH THE ECOSYSTEM AS THE FUNDAMENTAL UNIT OF STUDY. THE RELATIONSHIPS OF ORGANISMS TO THEIR ENVIRONMENT AND TO ONE ANOTHER WILL BE DIVIDED AMONG THREE LEVELS OF STUDY INVOLVING THE INDIVIDUAL ORGANISM, POPULATIONS AND COMMUNITIES. COURSE GOALS: PROVIDE STUDENTS WITH THE FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF ECOLOGY; AND PROVIDE THE STUDENTS AN INTEGRATED APPROACH OF HOW PLANTS AND ANIMALS INTERACT WITH THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT AND HOW ECOLOGICAL CONCEPTS APPLIES TO CONTEMPORARY ISSUES. COURSE OUTCOMES: STUDENTS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETING THIS COURSE WILL HAVE THE ABILITY TO UNDERSTAND ECOLOGICAL CONCEPTS INCLUDING 1) RECOGNIZE THE HIERARCHY OF ORGANIZATIONAL LEVELS IN ECOLOGY, 2) RELATIONSHIPS OF BIOTIC AND ABIOTIC COMPONENTS WITHIN ECOSYSTEMS, 3) BASIC CHARACTERISTICS OF BIOMES THAT MAKE UP THE BIOSPHERE, 4) HAVE THE ABILITY TO MAKE AN OBSERVATION, WRITE A HYPOTHESIS, TEST THAT HYPOTHESIS WITH BASIC SCIENTIFIC METHODS, AND EITHER REJECT OR ACCEPT THE STATED HYPOTHESIS USING DATA COLLECTED. ASSESSMENT: TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE = 50 (Honors Section = 600 points)

(4) Four lecture exams = 4 @ 100 points each (no individual make-ups on exams) - (Honors Students will have one additional Writing Question on each exam). (1) Assignments = Activities (in and out of the classroom), quizzes, and short reports = 100 points (1) Optional Comprehensive makeup exam will be given during finals week. The comprehensive exam will replace a missed exam or lowest score on exam 1 or 2 or 3. The only exception to this is for attendance of a school sponsored event and that only with my prior notification. (Honors Section = 2 additional Research Papers - one due on March 5 and second due April 25th-50 points each.) EXAM QUESTIONS: The exam questions may include a combination of the following: short answer, fill in the blank, multiple choice, and essay. Grades: 100-90%=A; 89-80%=B; 79-70%=C; 69-60%=D; 59% and below F. \IMPORTANT DATE: LAST DAY TO DROP AN INDIVIDUAL COURSE IS APRIL 24. Disabilities Policy: Any student having a certified disabilities condition should see the Dr. Bennett and Disability Services (Telephone No. 870-972-3964) about making any necessary course modifications as early in the course as possible. The Keys To Success: ATTEND CLASS, ARRIVE TO CLASS ON TIME, STUDY SOME EVERY DAY, KEEP UP WITH YOUR READING OF THE TEXT BOOK, REVIEW YOUR NOTES FREQUENTLY, AND ASK QUESTIONS IF YOU DO NOT UNDERSTAND SOME CONCEPT. Tutoring: The New Learning Support Center (LSC) is open in the Dean B. Ellis Library. Spring semester hours are Monday – Thursday 11:00 am -7:00 pm and Friday 11:00 am – 5:00 pm. Enter through the library and take the stairs or elevator down to the first floor. Peer tutors are available to assist in almost all 1000 and 2000 General Education courses. Any ASU student needing assistance can make an appointment by calling 972-3451 or emailing [email protected]. Students requiring in-depth assistance must make an appointment. Please contact Julie Thatcher (972-3474, [email protected]) with questions. http://univcollege.astate.edu/advising/Tutoring/

ASU ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES Class Attendance Policy

Attendance is required: students missing more than 5 regular class meetings will be assigned a grade of "F" in a course because of excessive absences may withdraw from the course without penalty before the deadline for dropping an individual course. Attendance exception: If you have an A average on first two exams, then attendance is optional but strongly encouraged. However, it is the practice of Arkansas State University to allow students to participate in university sponsored events, even when those events cause them to be absent from class. Students participating in university sponsored events will be given reasonable opportunities to make up missed assignments and exams.


The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the Chancelor of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments.



Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members

of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy are considered as serious misconduct and may result in disciplinary action and severe penalties.


1. To avoid plagiarism, give written credit and acknowledgment to the source of thoughts, ideas, and/or words, whether you have used direct quotation, paraphrasing, or just a reference to a general idea. 2. If you directly quote works written by someone else, enclose the quotation with quotation marks and provide an appropriate citation (e.g., footnote, end note, bibliographical reference). 3. Research as well as the complete written paper, must be the work of the person seeking academic credit for the course. (Papers, book reports, projects, and/or other class assignments are not to be purchased from individuals or companies which provide these services.) Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of plagiarism in any of the following ways:

1. Return the paper or other item for rewriting; the grade may be lowered. 2. Give a failing grade on the paper or other item "F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used. 3. Give the student who plagiarized a failing grade in the course. 4. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university (Student Handbook) Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using information in a fraudulent manner.












SYLLABUS CELL BIOLOGY LABORATORY-BIO 4131/5131

Spring 2013

Wednesdays 4:00-6:15 p.m. Room LSW 434 Instructor: Dr. Maureen Dolan [email protected] Office: 311 ABI Phone: 680-4359 Office Hours: W 6:15 – 8pm & F 8-10am or by appointment. Teaching Assistant: Mr. Garreth Clines Course This course will provide instruction and practice in techniques important to study of the cell and Description: its mechanisms. Students will focus on whole cells and organelles, as well as biochemicals

important to cellular function. Students will work individually, in pairs and in groups to conduct experiments and collect data. Students are expected to record data in the lab, and carefully

analyze it according to instructors’ directions. This course accompanies and compliments Cell Biology (BIO4143); students are expected to take the lecture course along with the lab.

Course In concurrence with the basic principles of Biology which are the pillars and goals of the ASU Goals: Department of Biological Sciences, successful Cell Biology students will: 1. Understand energy flow, genetics and biological machinery 2. Obtain a clear understanding of the nature of living organisms & biological processes 3. Make keen observations to develop hypotheses; devise experiments to test them, and learn how to collect data; analyze and interpret their results 4. Learn to work independently as well as a team member, collaborating with peers to fulfill requirements 5. Appreciate and participate in the interdisciplinary nature of scientific research, its outcomes and applications, cultivating a commitment to scientific ethics 6. Expand knowledge by searching databases to obtain current information, including primary literature; and build a lifelong desire for learning 7. Communicate to share knowledge with peers and faculty. 8. Fine-tune intellectual and practical skills to be successful in graduate/professional school and/or a chosen career Course Successful students will: Objectives: 1. Practice basic measuring, weighing and general laboratory techniques. 2. Become familiar with laboratory instrumentation, such as spectrophotometry, microscopy, and

centrifugation. 3. Understand important cell biology methodology, including immunoassay, chromatography,

cell culturing and electrophoresis. 4. Apply their knowledge of basic principles of cell biology to the experiments, techniques and

data analyses presented in this class. 5. Hypothesize the outcome of planned experiments and understand how the data collected

supports or negates their hypotheses. Grading: Two semester exams (mid-term and final exams) – 100 points each Weekly in-class quizzes – 10 points each Weekly data reports and answers to questions – 10 points each Cell Culture Experiment Group lab report – 30 points Students will often work in groups to collect data, so it is expected that parts of weekly reports will be identical among group members. However, students should analyze data individually, as well as contemplate and answer required questions by themselves. For ALL weekly data reports, group work is NOT acceptable for data analyses and answers to questions! Lab reports are due on the Lab Bench at the front of the laboratory before class begins. Any reports placed after this time will be assessed a 1 day late penalty. Late penalty is 10% grade reduction for every day late (e.g. 1 point automatic deduction of a 10 point assignment). Graduate students will be given additional course responsibilities.

Grading scale: A = 90-100%

B = 80-89.9% C = 70-79.9% D = 60-69.9% F = <59.9%

Class Students MUST attend every laboratory session to earn full credit for this class. There is only Attendance: one section of Cell Biology Lab; experiments are often complicated and require more than one

student working individually, so making up experiments outside of weekly lab sessions is difficult. If illness or family emergency causes a student to miss a lab, the student MUST contact the instructor or teaching assistant PRIOR to class. We will work with you to accommodate your grading fairly.

Cellphone Cell phones, tablets, iPads, computers may NOT be used during tests or weekly quizzes. If Policy: you need a calculator, for tests, you must bring a standard calculator. No exceptions. At the beginning of each lab class, following your quiz, important explanations and directions will be given by the teaching staff. PLEASE give your instructors your complete attention; NO CELL PHONES should be in use during this time. Inattention at this time will cause you to misunderstand the experiment, and you will waste your time, your partners’ time, and the teaching staff’s time! Disability Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom or modifications in course Clause: requirements due to disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration, within the first two weeks of class, contact the professor to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to course.

Academic Academic Integrity Policy from the Arkansas State University Student’s Handbook will be Integrity: enforced on the case of infringement of academic integrity, including plagiarism and cheating. ASU ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES Class Attendance Policy

Students should attend every lecture, recitation, and laboratory session of every course in which they are enrolled. Students who miss a class session should expect to make up missed work or receive a failing grade on missed work. It is the practice of Arkansas State University to allow students to participate in university-sponsored events, even when those events cause them to be absent from class. Students participating in university-sponsored events will be given reasonable opportunities to make up missed assignments and exams.

In determining whether excessive absences should result in a failing grade, consideration shall be given to the maturity and class standing of the student, the quality of academic work being accomplished by the student, and extenuating circumstances related to such absence.

Students enrolled in junior or senior level courses numbered 3000 or 4000 will not be assigned a grade of "F" solely for failing to attend classes. However, instructors will set forth at the beginning of the semester their expectations with regard to make-up policy for work missed, class participation and other factors that my influence course grades. Inclement Weather Policy

The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing.

Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments.

The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. Academic Integrity Policy

Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy are considered as serious misconduct and may result in disciplinary action and severe penalties. A. Plagiarism

Plagiarism is the act of taking and/or using the ideas, work, and/or writings of another person as one's own. 1. To avoid plagiarism, give written credit and acknowledgment to the source of thoughts, ideas, and/or words, whether you

have used direct quotation, paraphrasing, or just a reference to a general idea. 2. If you directly quote works written by someone else, enclose the quotation with

quotation marks and provide an appropriate citation (e.g., footnote, endnote, bibliographical reference). 3. Research as well as the complete written paper, must be the work of the person seeking academic credit for the course. (Papers, book reports,projects, and/or other class assignments are not to be purchased from individuals or companies which provide these services.)

Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of plagiarism in any of the following ways: 1. Return the paper or other item for rewriting; the grade may be lowered. 2. Give a failing grade on the paper or other item "F" if a letter grade is used or zero if numerical grade is used. 3. Give the student who plagiarized a failing grade in the course. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion

from the university. B. Cheating

Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using information in a fraudulent manner. 1. Observing and/or copying from another student's test paper, reports, computer files, and/or other class assignments. 2. Giving or receiving assistance during an examination period. (This includes providing specific answers to subsequent

examinees and/or dispensing or receiving information which would allow the student to have an unfair advantage in the examination over students who did not possess such information.)

3. Using class notes, outlines, and other unauthorized information during an examination period. 4. Using, buying, selling, stealing, transporting, or soliciting, in part or entirety, the contents of an examination or other

assignment not authorized by the professor of the class. 5. Using for credit in one class a term paper, book report, project, or class assignment written for

credit in another class without the knowledge and permission of the professor of the class. 6. Exchanging places with another person for the purposes of taking an examination or

completing other assignments. Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of cheating in any of the following ways: 1. Allow the testing to progress without interruption, informing the offending student about the offense, and award a failing

grade on the test "F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used.

2. Seize the test of the offending student and give a failing grade on the paper. 3. Give the offending student a failing grade in the course. 4. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university.

TENTATIVE SCHEDULE OF EXPERIMENTS Note: This schedule may be changed at the discretion of the teaching staff. Any changes will be announced in class, by ASU smail, and on

Blackboard; it is every student’s responsibility to stay informed!

DATE

TOPIC

W 1/16 Course Introduction and survey

W 1/23 Review of Basic Techniques to Design a Standard Curve

W 1/30 Blood Cells – Microscopy & Hematocrit

W 2/6 Blood Cells – Blood Typing and Rh Immunoassay (Who’s Your Daddy?)

W 2/13 Enzyme Assay – Michaelis Menten Curve Construction

W 2/20 Enzyme Assay Data Analysis; Basic Tissue Culture Techniques

W 2/27 Mid-Term Exam;

W 3/6 Design and Presentation of Tissue Culture Experiments

W 3/13 Cell Culture Experiment

3/18-3/23 SPRING BREAK!!!

W 3/27 Size Exclusion Chromatography

W 4/3 Using Electrophoresis to Study Sickle Cells – Part I

W 4/10 Using Electrophoresis to Study Sickle Cells – Part II

W 4/17 DNA Microarray

W 4/24 Final Exam

Biology Making Connection (UC 1013) Course Syllabus Instructor: Dr. Jerry L. Farris [email protected] Section: TR 2-2:50 (870) 680-8189 Phone (870) 972-3089 Fax Please call or email for appointment.

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: I. Develop a practical understanding of ASU resources, policies, and organization. II. Develop and manage study and learning behaviors appropriate for science majors. III. Develop sense of belonging to the campus community. IV. Develop reasonable understanding of and a commitment to degree completion. V. Gain a fundamental understanding of the Nature of Science. VI. Develop critical thinking skills necessary for science majors.

REQUIRED MATERIAL: TEXT: Making Connections: A First Year Handbook 2012 (ASU version) Pearson.

COURSE POLICIES: ATTENDANCE: Students should attend every lecture session. Regular classroom attendance and class participation is critical to

your success in this course. Any missed work is due the day the student returns to class. Students who participate in university-sponsored activities must turn assignments in advance (when possible). Students in this course who miss more than six class sessions per semester MAY be assigned an ‘F’ in the course depending upon circumstances as discussed in the student handbook. The First-year/Sophomore Attendance Policy is upheld in this class (see handbook).

BEHAVIOR: Use common courtesy. Disruptive behavior may result in a student being asked to leave class. Do not use your cell phones in class; keep them off or on vibrate and away.

ASSIGNMENTS: Completed assignments are accepted on or before the due date unless prior arrangements are made. In the event of an unforeseen absence, you will have until the following class to turn in any missed assignments. Work turned in after this date will automatically result in a reduction of points by half. Academic dishonesty will not be tolerated (see handbook for details). Grading is based on the quality of course work, attendance, and participation. Extra credit is available throughout the semester but is not given at the end of the term to replace missing or incomplete work.

COURSE ADJUSTMENT: Please let me know if you have a documented disability with ASU and have approved accommodations. Course adjustments will be provided. If you have emergency medical information to share, or if you need special arrangements, please notify the instructor as soon as possible.

DESCRIPTION OF GRADED ASSIGNMENTS: 500 points total Required Unit Quizzes (4): (20% of final grade, 25 points each, 100 points total)

These are required quizzes and are found on Blackboard under “Unit Quizzes.” Most of this material will be covered in class; additional material will be found in your textbook and on PowerPoints in Blackboard. It is your responsibility to be prepared for them. You should plan on reading the appropriate unit in your textbook before taking the test.

Monday Night Attendance (weekly): (20% of final grade, 100 points total) Monday night sessions will be held in LSE 219 during which you will meet professionals representing possible career paths. Attendance is mandatory and will be tracked. The percent you attend will be the points you receive.

Pop Quizzes (6): (10 points each, 60 points total) These will be taken from the Latin/Greek prefixes and suffixes given to you on the first day of class. You are responsible for learning this material on your own. For each school day, you will be expected to learn one “letter” section (by the end of the first week, you should know through “E”). Each quiz will be given only covering the material you should have learned by then (with the exception of any bonus questions).

Reading Assignments (8): (5 points each, 40 points total) With each of your reading assignments, you may be given a quiz/writing prompt on Blackboard by your instructor. These must be done by the following class period.

Research Assignment (1): (50 points) You choose a scientific topic that interests you, get it approved, find 2-3 peer reviewed articles on the subject, and write a one-two-page summary on the information using correct format (Times New Roman, 12 point font, double-spaced, 1” margins).

Lab Report Assignment (1): (50 points) You will be required to submit a lab report, per the instructions of your instructor.

Nature of Science and Reading Assignment Exam (1): (100 points) You will be given an exam on the material covered in the unit, Nature of Science and over any of the material from the readings.

Bonus Book Report (1): (<50 points)

You will be given the opportunity to do a report over an approved book from a given list. This will be due at mid-terms. Tentative Lecture and Assignment Schedule

Week Unit Topic Assignment due for following class 8/20 T 1 Welcome to College Freshman Survey R Welcome to College Reading Assignment 1 8/27 T College Basics R The Layout of the University Reading Assignment 2 Unit Test 1 – (By Sunday midnight) 9/3 T University Facilities R Major Field Test in Library – Part One 9/10 T The Layout of the University Reading Assignment 3 R How Not to Stress Out in College, Time Management 9/17 T 2 NeXt Generation R Major Field Test in Library – Part Two Reading Assignment 4 (both) Unit Test 4 – (By Sunday midnight) 9/24 M Note-Taking W Note-Taking Reading Assignment 5 10/1 M Study Habits W Study Habits Reading Assignment 6, Bonus Book

Report due 10/8 M Test-Taking W Test-Taking Reading Assignment 7 Unit Test 3 – (By Sunday midnight) 10/15 M Test Anxiety W 3 Writing and Research Skills Reading Assignment 8 10/22 M Writing and Research Skills, Writing Lab Reports (NOS) Research Assignment due on 11/12 W The Role of Statistics in Biology (NOS) Lab Report Assignment due on 11/26 10/29 M Understanding and Making Tables and Graphs (NOS), Reading Comprehension W Critical Thinking – Lecture Reading Assignment 9 Unit Test 2 – (By Sunday midnight) 11/5 M Critical Thinking – Exercises W 4 Nature of Science – Understanding Our World Reading Assignment 10 11/12 M Nature of Science – Types of Reasoning W Nature of Science – Defining Life Reading Assignment 11 (both) 11/26 M Nature of Science – Unifying Themes Reading Assignment 12 W Nature of Science – Exam (Anything NOS) 12/3 M Catch-up day W Finals Begin

The instructor reserves the right to alter the syllabus.

Important Dates Date Event NotesAugust 26 Last day to drop/withdraw without financial assessment August 27-31 Late registration September 4-7 Active Shooter Presentation REQUIREDSeptember 10-13 Sexual Misconduct Seminar REQUIREDTBA Financial Aid Presentation REQUIREDOctober 1 Fall Festival October 2-8 Midterms October 3 Paint the Sheet Event November 12 Academic Expo November 14 Last day to drop a course or withdraw from the university December 3 Last day of classes December 4 Dead Day December 5-11 Finals Week December 12 Residence Halls Close (noon)

BIO 4021 Biological Sciences Seminar 001, 61234 Fall 2012 Tues 4 to 4:50 pm Location: LSW 444 Instructors: Dr. Jerry Farris, Professor

LSE 413 870- 680-8151 [email protected] Office Hours: M,T,W 8:00-10:00am or by appointment

Course goals We seek to provide a learning experience for students that will enable them to:

1. Develop and elaborate research and presentation skills needed to access new and relevant topic areas of science pertinent to their specified areas

2. Be able to clearly articulate -- both verbally and in select presentation venues – current findings and pertinent questions to increase levels of collaboration and mutual support

3. Develop an engaging attitude that helps establish rapport, credibility, and science etiquette 4. Access and experience venues and technologies being used and discovered by biological

scientists

Specific Course Objectives Students successfully completing this course will:

1. Be familiar with relevant seminar styles and applications for review and conduct of scientific research including those dealing with authorship, use of peer reviewed literature, collaborative research, and general standards of public access to current inquiry

2. Be familiar with criteria specific to each professional forum of exchange, while recognizing the expectations protecting data ownership and performance in the arena of scientific research

3. Be able to describe conventions and collaborative behavior related to responsible conduct for scientific exchange and sponsorship

4. Be able to discriminate those seminar methods most suitable and efficient to marketing investigations and reinforcing collaboration across or among interest groups

5. Be able to relate time, relative costs, and effort in preparation and conduct of seminars

Required Text None- students will utilize on-line readings or assigned manuscripts as selected by class

participants and made available.

Course Structure The course consists of 15 1-hour sessions for a total of (1 credit hour). All sessions consist of information delivery, assessments and reinforcements of new techniques, and reading summaries by the instructor or led by students. For some topics, students select the research emphasis area (e.g., using their interest area, but adapted to instructional delivery of presentation), lead brief discussion, and then receive feedback from participants after leading class discussion.

Grading The final grade (A-F) in the course is determined based on the following weighting:

15% of the grade is based on attendance; 25% of the grade is based on class participation. The remaining 60% of the grade is based on discussion summaries and in- class

assignments (40%), student-written survey or evaluation responses (10%) and out of class seminar project assignments (10%).

TENTATIVE SCHEDULE

DATE TOPIC FORMAT

ASSIGN MADE Aug 21 Introduction/ Science Exchange Discussion Format

survey 28 Adapting the Seminar Format Discuss White paper Sept 4 Constructing the Presentation Discuss Topic selection

11 Interpreting relevant information Lit review Journal Assign 18 From Seminars to Webinars Web delivery Web

survey 25 Formatting for Illustrations Design

Illustrations

Oct 2 Formatting for Illustrations Design Illustrations

9 The Art of Questioning Discuss Breakout Prep 16 The Art of Precision Video Flip Interview 23 (Schedule day for preparation or article review (Instructor for review) 30 Journal Discussion Grouping Template Lead sheet

Nov 6 Journal Discussions /Present (student present) as selected 13 Post Test/ Biology Dept. Requirement 19-24 Fall Break No class 27 Edited media and written selections Poster and platform

products

Dec 4 Study Day (No class) Dec 6 FINAL Thursday (5:30-7:30, LSW 444) Final Class Projects

BIO 4021 Biological Sciences Seminar 001, 11424 Spring 2013 Mon 4 to 4:50 pm Location: LSW 444 Instructors: Dr. Jerry Farris, Professor

LSE 413 870- 680-8151 [email protected] Office Hours: M,T,W 8:00-10:00am or by appointment

Course goals We seek to provide a learning experience for students that will enable them to:

1. Develop and elaborate research and presentation skills needed to access new and relevant topic areas of science pertinent to their specified areas

2. Be able to clearly articulate -- both verbally and in select presentation venues – current findings and pertinent questions to increase levels of collaboration and mutual support

3. Develop an engaging attitude that helps establish rapport, credibility, and science etiquette 4. Access and experience venues and technologies being used and discovered by biological

scientists

Specific Course Objectives Students successfully completing this course will:

1. Be familiar with relevant seminar styles and applications for review and conduct of scientific research including those dealing with authorship, use of peer reviewed literature, collaborative research, and general standards of public access to current inquiry

2. Be familiar with criteria specific to each professional forum of exchange, while recognizing the expectations protecting data ownership and performance in the arena of scientific research

3. Be able to describe conventions and collaborative behavior related to responsible conduct for scientific exchange and sponsorship

4. Be able to discriminate those seminar methods most suitable and efficient to marketing investigations and reinforcing collaboration across or among interest groups

5. Be able to relate time, relative costs, and effort in preparation and conduct of seminars

Required Text None- students will utilize on-line readings or assigned manuscripts as selected by class

participants and made available.

Course Structure The course consists of 15 1-hour sessions for a total of (1 credit hour). All sessions consist of information delivery, assessments and reinforcements of new techniques, and reading summaries by the instructor or led by students. For some topics, students select the research emphasis area (e.g., using their interest area, but adapted to instructional delivery of presentation), lead brief discussion, and then receive feedback from participants after leading class discussion.

Grading The final grade (A-F) in the course is determined based on the following weighting:

15% of the grade is based on attendance; 15% of the grade is based on class participation. The remaining 70% of the grade is based on assigned summaries and portfolio

components which include student-written surveys, presentation templates, and formal research communications for public and disciplinary dissemination. The final is a formal

presentation by each student of compiled peer-reviewed work in a professional poster format and critique currently used in the biological sciences.

TENTATIVE SCHEDULE

DATE TOPIC FORMAT

ASSIGNMENT Jan 14 Introduction/ Science exchange Discussions 1) Format

survey 21 Introducing your own expertise Introspection 2) Bios, Map 28 Adapting the seminar format Film & editing 3) Edited video Feb 4 Advocating for innovative science Templates 4) White paper

11 Interpreting relevant information Proposals 5) 10 slides 18 From seminars to webinars Web delivery Web

survey 25 Formatting for Illustrations Design

Illustrations

Mar 4 Distinguishing reputable work Publications 6) Lead sheet

11 Questioning with precision Discuss ions Topic leads 18-23 Spring Break No classes 25 Preparing the platform and poster Templates 7) 40-slide outline Apr 1 Constructing the Poster and preview Templates Edited poster

8 Collaborative processes in science Break outs 8) Topic reviews 15 Disseminating Summaries Priorities Policy reviews

22 Venues for science to the Public Media review 9) Article opening 29 Edited media and written selections Review of Final 10) Poster Apr 30 Study Day May 3 FINAL Friday, 5:30-7:30 pm Lab Sciences Corridor Poster Present

BIOLOGY OF ANIMALS LABORATORY - 11383 BIO 1301,001 - Spring, 2013 Tuesday 10-11:50, LSW 441

Teaching Assistant: John Kelly Office: LSE 416 Email: [email protected] Instructor of Record: Dr. Jerry Farris Office: LSE 413 phone: 870-680-8151 Email: [email protected] Office Hours: 8-10 MTW

Course Description: This lab will provide a hands-on introduction to the fundamentals of modern zoology through a survey of the major phyla and dissection of various anatomical systems. Goals: Gain an understanding of the terminology and process of classifying animals in the major phyla and other taxa. Gain an understanding of the increasing complexity of tissues, organ systems, and organisms. Required Supplies: Lab manual: Hickman, Kats, Keen, and Ober. 2010. Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 15th ed. McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math New York, NY. ISBN-10: 0073040517; ISBN-13: 978-0073040516. Lab supplement: Posted to Blackboard Learn and designated technology formats as needed. Learning outcomes of the course that support the programmatic learning outcomes: This course is an intermediate level laboratory experience, designed to introduce biology terminology, a comprehensive, phylogenetic approach in emphasizing basic biological principles, animal form and function, evolutionary concepts, and critical thinking and analyses of topics relevant to the study of animal diversity and enabling adaptations. These are critical and fundamental areas of biology in which graduating students are expected to:

1) Identify living phyla and classes of animals 2) Understand the scientific approach to studying animal diversity 3) Understand key morphological features of and differences among animals 4) Identify major anatomical features of vertebrates 5) Write an effective lab report.

During this course the students will develop the skills to:

(1) Appreciate and participate in the interdisciplinary nature of this branch of biology and its applications

(2) Expand knowledge by searching current information and building a lifelong desire for learning

(3) Communicate shared knowledge and elaborate outcomes and applications

(4) Understand the underlying role of evolution in generating diversity

(5) Comprehend the adaptations that enable animals to inhabit so many ecological niches

Course Evaluation: Standard grading format: A (90-100%), B (80-89%), C (70-79%), D (60-69%), F (<60%) Assignment Number Points Each Total Pre-lab quizzes 10 10 100 Practicum evaluations 3 100 300 Lab reports 2 1st = 20; 2nd = 30 50

Total 450

Pre-lab Quizzes: Although we will not follow the lab manual exactly, it is essential that you understand the main concepts before coming to class. To reward you for your efforts, we will have 10 pre-lab quizzes based on the material in the lab manual. Comprehensive evaluations: Will be held during lab sessions and will include approximately equal thirds of the material covered in lab. Lab specimens and slides will be available for review during announced times the week prior to each evaluation. Lab reports: There will be 2 lab reports generated by each student and submitted during the semester by the specified due dates. More detailed instructions and guidance will be provided in the laboratory introduction. Important Dates: Important dates can be found here: http://www2.astate.edu/a/registrar/Dates.dot Make-Up Policy: Lab examinations demand many hours to prepare and administer. As such, make-up exams are difficult to give and will only be given with a valid excuse (i.e. doctors note, vehicle accident). Official University business that is in conflict with an examination date will be honored if the student calls attention to the conflict before the examination. Make-up exams will be administered only during the week following the scheduled exam, and will only be administered on one day of that week. The make-up exam day will be announced. If you miss an exam due to an unexpected condition (accident, sick), contact the Teaching Assistant as soon as possible and at least BEFORE the next scheduled lab class. Attendance: Attendance for this class is very important! Students that do not attend regularly typically do not do well in this class. If you do miss a lab, see your instructor and try to make it up with another section. Disabilities: Students with disabilities must register with ASU Disability Services, and then contact me within the first two weeks of class to discuss appropriate accommodations. Inclement Weather: The University remains open except for extreme circumstances as determined by the university president. Use good judgment if you commute. You will not be penalized for missing class if you believe it is too dangerous to commute. However, it is the responsibility of the student to contact the instructor regarding missed work, quizzes, etc. Cell phones: This is a hands-on course and as such, the use of cell phones is not permitted during lab. If you have extenuating circumstances that may require the use of your phone, please talk to your Teaching Assistant. Tentative Course Outline (Note: outline is subject to change as needed) Week: Date Topic Representative Taxa Manual Pages 1: Jan 14 Course Intro./Scientific

Methods/ Microscope 2: Jan 21 Single-celled Eukaryotes Amoeba, Euglena,Plasmodium, 77-107 Paramecium, and others K.ingdom Animalia 109-118 Phylum Porifera Sycon & Grantia Phylum Cnidaria Hydra & others 119-134

Aurelia Metridium 3: Jan 28 P. Platyhelmithes Planarians 135-154 Flukes Tapeworms 155-178 Pseudocoelomates Ascaris Rotifers Horsehair worms INTRODUCTION TO LABORATORY REPORTING AND REFERENCING 4: Feb 4 Lab Exam I 5: Feb 11 P. Mollusca Mussels, Snails, Squid 169-186 P. Annelida Clamworms, Earthworm, Leech 187-202

P. Arthropoda Spider, Horseshoe Crab 202-209 Chelicerata 6: Feb 18 P. Arthropoda Crayfish 211-247 Centipedes & Millipedes Insects (Grasshopper) 7: Feb 25 Lab report 1 due

P. Echinodermata Starfish 249-265 Sea Start Brittlestars Sea Urchins Sea Cucumbers Feather Stars & Sea Lilies P. Chordata Tunicates 267-275 Protochordates Amphioxus Hagfishes 8. March 4 Lab exam II 9: March 11 P. Chordata 277-298

Class Petromyzontida Lamprey C. Chondrichthyes Sharks, Rays C. Actinopterygii Bony Fish

March 18 – 23 SPRING BREAK!! (No laboratories or classes) 10. March 25 P. Chordata C. Amphibia frog 299-369 C. Reptilia (incl. birds) snake, turtle, lizard

11: April 1 P. Chordata 299-369 Subclass Aves birds C. Mammalia mouse, human 12: April 8 Vertebrate Anatomy 13: April 15 Laboratory Final Prep and Report reviews

14: April 22 Lab exam III – Lab report 2 due

Cheating: The Department of Biological Sciences is especially vigilant and strict about cheating. If the instructor notices cheating in the classroom, it will be dealt with it as swiftly and severely as allowed by policy. The 2008-2009 Student Handbook says this about academic dishonesty:

A. PLAGIARISM

Plagiarism is the act of taking and/or using the ideas, work, and/or writings of another person as one's own.

1.

To avoid plagiarism give written credit and acknowledgment to the source of thoughts, ideas, and/or words, whether you have used direct quotation, paraphrasing, or just a reference to a general idea.

2.

If you directly quote works written by someone else, enclose the quotation with quotation marks and provide an appropriate citation (e.g., footnote, endnote, bibliographical reference).

3.

Research, as well as the complete written paper, must be the work of the person seeking academic credit for the course. (Papers, book reports, projects, and/or other class assignments)


1. Return the paper or other item for rewriting; the grade may be lowered.

2. Give a failing grade on the paper or other item—"F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used.

3. Give the student who plagiarized a failing grade in the course.

4. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university.

All cases should be referred to the student conduct system.

B. CHEATING

Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using information in a fraudulent manner.

1. Observing and/or copying from another student's test paper, reports, computer files and/or other class assignments.

2.

Giving or receiving assistance during an examination period. (This includes providing specific answers to subsequent examinees and/or dispensing or receiving information that would allow the student to have an unfair advantage I n the examination over students who did not possess such information.)

3. Using class notes, outlines, and other unauthorized information during an examination.

4.

Using, buying, selling, stealing, transporting, or soliciting, in part or in whole the contents of an examination or other assignment not authorized by the professor of the class.

5.

Using for credit in one class a term paper, book report, project, or class assignment written for credit in another class without the knowledge and permission of the professor of the class.

6. Exchanging places with another person for the purpose of taking an examination or completing other assignments.


1.

Allow the testing to progress without interruption, informing the offending student about the offense—and award a failing grade on the test—"F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used.





Note: Colleges and departments (e.g. Art, Nursing, Biology) may add to these guidelines in order to enforce academic integrity and professional ethics to meet their special needs (e.g. clinical, computer, laboratory)

BIO 2201 Anatomy and Physiology Lab I Fall 2012

BIO2201AnatomyandPhysiologyLabI

InstructorofRecord:DavidGilmore

OfficeHours: Office:

Phone:

TeachingAssistant:

TAOfficehours: Office: Phone: Required lab text: Anatomy and Physiology: An Integrative Approach Laboratory Manual (Main Version) by Eckel, Bidle, and Ross (McGraw‐Hill Publisher). Course web site: http://www.sites.astate.edu/jhuggins All material, bonus info, daily lab information, etc will be posted here. Required textbook: Anatomy and Physiology: An Integrative Approach by McKinley, O’Loughlin, and Bidle (McGraw‐Hill Pub.) Course Objectives: Human Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory I is designed to provide the student with the opportunity for ‘hands on’ exploration of the organ systems and will complement the lecture portion of the course. By adhering to attendance guidelines, listening, utilizing classroom materials, and staying focused, students should be able to successfully enhance their knowledge. Models, posters, glass slides, power point lectures, and computer web sites will be available to help students learn the anatomical characteristics of the human body. Preserved specimens from sheep, pigs, or rats may also be used to enhance the learning experience. The students are encouraged to work in groups for the maximum learning experience. Learning Objectives: Students will be expected to explain, discuss, recognize, and apply knowledge and understanding of the following: General body organization and function, basic biochemistry, cellular structure

and function, metabolism, histology, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, nervous system, and proper use and care of laboratory equipment. Course Evaluation:

1. Your grade will be based solely on pre‐lab quizzes and lab exams. All questions will come from

material in the lab book, the textbook, or from extra material provided by the lab instructor. Use the

syllabus and lab book as your guide and attend weekly review labs.

2. Quizzes: There will be daily pre‐lab quizzes worth 10 points each that will be given at the beginning of

each lab period (100 points possible). (11 quizzes total…one drop quiz). Roll will be called at the end of

the class and students who leave early without valid excuse could forfeit half of the quiz points from

that lab period.

3. Lab Exams (practical exam): There will be 3 lab practical exams worth 100 points each. Each practical

will cover material from the previous 3 or 4 labs. A practical is ALWAYS fill in the blank, and requires

you to identify structures (anatomy) on microscopic slides, 35 mm slides, models, dissections, lab

manual figures, etc. You may also be asked questions that are related to physiology (function). You

should study your laboratory manual and models to prepare for these exams. 1 point will be deducted

for each 2 misspelled words on your exam. SPELLING IS IMPORTANT!

4. There is no final exam in this course

Classroom Attendance Policy: 1. Students are expected to attend each lab and remain the entire lab period. Roll will be called daily.

Anyone who misses more than two times without valid excuse could have their grade dropped by

one letter grade. Miss two more times and the grade drops again, etc.

2. Makeup quizzes‐ none (there will be one quiz grade dropped)

Extenuating circumstances will be considered as necessary. Be prepared to document your excessive absences.

3. Do not miss your lab practicals. There will be ONE COMPREHENSIVE make up at the end of the semester

only. Students must have a valid excuse to take the exam. ONLY ONE EXAM is allowed. If you missed more

than one you will not receive a second make up exam.

Lab Behavior:

Your lab time is very limited. To complete the labs in the allotted time, you will need to recognize,

before coming to lab, the required anatomical structures on the diagrams in the assigned chapter and

assigned lab manual activity. To assist you with this endeavor, pre‐lab quizzes are being implemented

this semester.

You are expected to clean up after yourself following lab activities. This means that you must, for

example, return all pieces to the models, return prepared slides to their specific slide trays, and wash

and dry dissecting tools and then return them to their assigned bins, throw away any trash in your

space.

Your Teaching Assistant is your guide, but it is up to you to learn the material during the time allotted.

Take advantage of the time you have in lab and stay focused.

Attend weekly open labs for EXTRA study time.

Academic Integrity: Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using information

in a fraudulent manner. This includes:

Observing and/or copying from another student's test paper, reports, computer files and/or

other class assignments.

Giving or receiving assistance during an examination period

Using class notes, outlines, and other unauthorized information during an examination.

Using a cell phone during the exam.

IF you are caught cheating one of the following disciplinary actions will occur:

1. The TA may allow the testing to progress without interruption, informing the offending

student about the offense—and award a failinggradeonthetest—"F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used.



4. All cases will be referred to the department chairperson for additional sanctions (including

possible expulsion from the class and/or University)

Keep your paper closed unless you are writing an answer down. No talking during exams or quizzes. Cell phones should be off and in your backpack or purse during testing. If you suspect someone is trying to cheat, it is your duty to inform the instructor. Course Grades:

1. There are 400 percentage points possible (3 exams, 10 quizzes) and grades will be averaged as follows:

100‐90% A 400‐360 points 89‐80% B 359‐320 points 79‐70% C 319‐280 points 69‐60% D 279‐240 points below 60% F below 240 points

Lab Fees: Any lab fees charged by the University are used to purchase materials to be used in the laboratory and include but are not limited to: slides, dissection kits, chemicals, gloves, and specimens for dissection. Disability statement: Students who require academic adjustments must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class bring a copy of your card to the instructor and discuss any appropriate academic accommodations you need at that time. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course.

Tentative Schedule: subject to change as necessary

Week of: August 20

Go over Syllabus, review safety guidelines AND quiz over syllabus at end of class

August 27 pre‐lab quizzes begin this week Ch. 2 Orientation of Human Body

September 3 Ch. 4 Cell Structure and Membrane Transport (Mitosis p. 65‐66 ONLY). Ch. 5 Histology

September 10 Ch. 6 Integument Ch. 7 Skeletal System: Bone Structure and Function

September 17 EXAM Ch. 2,3,4,5,6,7

September 24 Ch. 8 Skeletal System: Axial Skeleton

October 1 (midterm week) Ch. 9 Skeletal System: Appendicular Skeleton

October 8 Ch. 10 Articulations Ch. 11 The Muscular System: Muscle Structure and Function (begin on page 261, Ex. 11.6)

October 15 EXAM TWO Ch. 8,9,10,11

October 22 Ch. 12 The Muscular System: Axial Muscles

October 29 Ch. 13 The Muscular System: Appendicular Muscles

November 5 Ch. 14 Nervous Tissues Ch. 15 The Brain and Cranial Nerves

November 12 Ch. 16 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves Ch. 17 Somatic and Autonomic Nervous Systems and Human Reflex Physiology

November 19 Fall Break

November 26 EXAM THREE 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17

BIO 4103/5103 Virology Fall 2012; LSE 204, Tues & Thurs 9:30-10:45 am

Instructor: Dr. David F. Gilmore Office: LSE 418 Phone 972-3263 Email: [email protected] Web: Blackboard Learn (BbL) Office hours: Mon. and Wed. 1 pm- 2 pm; Friday 9:00 am – noon. Text: How Pathogenic Viruses Work, Somapayac, Jones and Bartlett Publ. Course Goals and Objectives Students should 1. Understand the place of viruses in the biological world. 2. Recognize the impact of viruses on human health, behavior, and history. 3. Integrate concepts of molecular biology and ecology of viruses to understand how they are successful life forms.

Course Overview

Topics

Introduction, the nature of viruses (Chapter 1 in text)

History of our knowledge of viruses

Overview of viral reproduction and structure

Host defenses against viral infection (Chapter 2)

Survey of some common or noteworthy viruses

Detailed study of selected viruses (Chapters 3-6)

Viruses we inhale

Viruses we eat

Viruses we get from Mom

Viruses we get from intimate contact

Additional topics (may include: Emerging viruses, viral evolution, vaccines & drugs)

Planned Exam Schedule:

Exam 1 September 13

Exam 2 October 11

Exam 3 November 8

Exam 4 (Final) December 10, Monday 8:00 am

Material to be covered on each exam will be made clear as exam nears.

Other important dates:

Last day to drop a course or withdraw from the university: November 14.

Grading There will be 3 regular exams and a fourth exam during Finals. Each exam, including the Final, will be 100 points. Exams will generally be about 1/2 multiple choice and 1/2 short essay, diagrams, and/or problems. There will be an additional 100 points available which may take the form of homework problems, internet assignments, quizzes, or other assignments and attendance. Thus, class attendance will affect your final grade (also, see below). Some exam scores may be curved, however, final course grades are computed based on points as described above with little if any adjustment. This grading method has two results: a) if you completely bomb an exam (and it is curved), your course grade is not necessarily unsalvageable; b) at any given time in the semester, you will have a realistic estimate of how you stand in the course and what scores you need to attain a certain grade. The grading scale used is: 450-500 pts = A, 400-449 pts = B, 350-399 pts = C, 300-349 pts = D, fewer than 300 pts = F. Honors and Graduate students Students taking this course as an Honors Option or at the 5000 level will be expected to do additional work as agreed upon by the student and the instructor. This work typically takes the form of a research paper, but there are other options possible. This work will count as an additional 50 points, and grades will be determined on a percentage basis out of a 500 pt total. Other Issues Student email accounts and the electronic age. Every student registered at ASU is assigned a University email account as the designated means for contact between the University and the student. If I need to contact you concerning some course information I will use your University email account unless you have emailed me and requested that I use a different account. Do not allow your mailbox to become full or I will be unable to contact you. I make considerable use of my web page for the posting of lecture notes, study guides, and instructions for completing homework and other assignments. Even if you do not personally own a computer, the University supplies them for student use at several locations on campus. It is strongly suggested that you get used to checking my web site, otherwise you will be at a disadvantage. Student ID numbers and test taking. ASU uses an 8 digit ID number to identify you rather than using a social security. These numbers are required for use in such places as computer graded (multiple choice/Scantron) exams such as I use. It is the student’s responsibility to bring a pencil with them to exams and to know, or be able to look up, their ASU ID number. Exam papers that are rejected by the testing service or need me to manually enter the ID number will have points deducted. Academic Integrity Cheating will not be tolerated. Cell phones will not be allowed during exams unless some personal emergency exists that I am informed of. Academic dishonesty of any kind is not acceptable. Academic dishonesty includes copying from someone else’s test paper, allowing someone to copy from you, copying someone else’s assignment, and lifting phrases and sentences directly from a textbook or internet site for use in your reports (plagiarism). Do yourself, your University, and your fellow students a favor: don’t cheat. For more information, please see the ASU Student Handbook.

Disability Every reasonable effort will be made to accommodate anyone with a disability or any condition that makes conventional learning or test taking more difficult. Please discuss your situation with me and register with Disability Services, and your needs will be accommodated to the best of our abilities. Disability services no longer informs us when a person registers, therefore it is very important that you thoroughly communicate any needs to your instructors. Personal and medical issues If you have a personal crisis, death in the family, medical condition, etc, don’t suffer in silence. I am very sympathetic and will be willing to listen to any problem you may have and work out arrangements with you for make-ups, delayed due dates, etc. Please send an email to explain any excused absences. I require the email for my particular style of record keeping. Academic assistance Peer tutoring is available to all students enrolled in ASU-Jonesboro courses in the Learning Support Center (LSC) located in the Dean B. Ellis Library, Room 100 (enter through the main library and take the stairs or elevator down to the ground floor). Tutors are able to assist students in almost all 1000- and 2000-level general education courses and some upper-division core courses Students can drop-in or make appointments by calling 972-3451 or emailing [email protected]. Tutor availability by subject should be posted on the LSC website after the 2nd week of the semester. Some tutors will prepare activities in advance for group tutoring sessions. LSC services are included in your tuition—there are no additional fees. Visit the LSC website for more information: http://www2.astate.edu/a/university-college/learning-support-services/learning-support-center/. Manners If you are likely to receive phone calls during class, turn off or otherwise silence your cell phones. Please be active learners in class and forgo the use of digital media unrelated to classroom activities.

BIO 4104/5104 Microbiology Fall 2012 Mon & Wed, Lecture 8 am LSW 444; Lab 9-10:50 am or 2-3:50 pm, LSW 546

Instructor: Dr. David F. Gilmore Office: LSE 418 Phone 972-3263 Email: [email protected] Web: Blackboard Learn (BbL) Office hours: Mon. and Wed. 1-2 pm, and Friday 9am -noon; other times by appointment General Info This is a combined Lecture/Lab course. There is no text for lecture. Reading material will consist of posted powerpoint lectures and other online powerpoints, writings, and web sites. You are responsible for all posted reading assignments. For Lab, the required text is Microbiology Laboratory Theory and Application by Leboffe and Pierce, 3rd ed. We will not use all the book, but there will be many assigned readings in it. A complete schedule of Lecture and Lab topics, exam dates, and Lab Report due dates is posted as “Micro Planner Fall 2012” on BbL. This could be considered a “web-assisted” course. GET IN THE HABIT OF REGULARLY CHECKING BbL FOR ANNOUNCEMENTS, READING ASSIGNMENTS, AND OTHER POSTINGS. Exams (Except for the Final) will be given during lab time in a location TBA. Exams will include both lecture AND lab information. The Lab Final will be given as a practical-type exam and will be given in the lab.

Grading There will be 4 regular exams and a 5th Exam on Final exam day. Each exam will be worth 100 points. Exams will most likely be a combination of multiple choice and short essay, diagrams, and/or problems. Some exam scores may be curved, thus if you completely bomb an exam, your course grade is not necessarily unsalvageable. There will be numerous grading opportunities for the Lab, tentatively, 8 lab reports (totaling 350 points), and a Lab Final (100 points). The number of assignments depends on how successful class experiments are and other technical matters. In general, the more work that is required for the lab report, the more points it will be worth (more or fewer than 40 points). Attendance in lecture is required and is worth a maximum of 50 points. All this (lecture and lab) totals 1000 points. This corresponds to the standard ASU scale (x10): 900-1000 points = A, etc. although the instructor has the option of moving borderline scores to the next highest grade level. Absences and Tardiness If you have an absence that is excusable (you are sick, your car blows up, etc.) it is your responsibility to inform me and provide documentation when possible. I also require that you send an email to me stating the date of your absence and the reason. Without an email, your absence may not be counted as excused. There are two lab sections that do the same exercises. If there is any way that you can attend a different lab section class due to an excused absence you are encouraged to do so. There are no make-up labs. Random section-switching, however, is not tolerated. Some experiments require certain numbers of students and are planned in advance. Being late for class is disruptive. If you do not arrive in time to sign in, you are officially absent. Required Materials: Part of the fees you pay goes towards all the Lab supplies we use. Thank you. However, I recommend that you purchase:

1. A stapler. Lab reports and other lab assignments that have multiple pages must be stapled together, not held together with folded corners or put into a folder. I’m serious. 2. A Sharpie marker for labeling disposable glassware in Lab. 3. A dictionary. In lecture and in your text you may encounter unfamiliar words. As a college student, it is your responsibility to look up the meanings and “increase your word power”. Important Dates: There are no classes on Labor Day (Sept. 3) or during Fall Break (Nov. 19-24). November 14 is the last day to drop an individual course or to withdraw from the university. The Mission for the Dept. of Biological Sciences and This Course Certain scientific concepts are incorporated and integrated throughout the curriculum of the Department of Biological Sciences. From this course, students should 1) Understand adaptations of microbial life to their environments, energy flow as the basis for life, and how this leads to diversity; 2) Understand the nature of both the functioning and fluidity of genetic information; 3) Understand the structure and function of prokaryotic cells and systems; 4) Develop critical thinking skills necessary for the evaluation of scientific data. Course Goals and Objectives: The study of Microbiology is fundamental to all areas of Biology, particular those involving medicine and the environment. In this course you will learn:

1) How microbes are different and similar to more familiar forms of life 2) How microbes affect the biosphere through their metabolism. 3) The major types of microbes involved in disease and how infectious disease occurs 4) How to handle and identify unknown microorganisms 5) How to analyze quantitative data obtained using microbes.

Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate 1) a knowledge of the structure and function of prokaryotic organisms. 2) the ability to collect and interpret scientific data using bacteria as model organisms. 3) the ability to properly handle and identify microorganisms. Honors Sections (embedded) This semester students in this section will work as one group to identify and characterize a pathogen of a cactus-eating moth. Most work will be done during uncommitted lab time or at the conclusion of the regularly scheduled lab. Work will consist of applying techniques learned during regular lab time. A group report will summarize the semester-long project and the results. These activities will consist of approximately 10% of the class grade. Graduate level Students enrolled in these course sections will be required to do extra work in the class as decided by the student and instructor. This may consist of writing a paper, performing experiments, and or some other appropriate learning activity. These activities will contribute 100 points towards a total of 1100 points for grading purposes. Other Issues Student email accounts and the electronic age. Every student registered at ASU is assigned a University email account as the designated means for contact between the University and the student. If I need to contact you concerning some course information I will use

your University email account. Do not allow your mailbox to become full or I will be unable to contact you. I make considerable use of Blackboard for the posting of lecture notes, study guides, and instructions for completing Lab Reports and other assignments. Even if you do not personally own a computer, the University supplies them for student use at several locations on campus. It is strongly suggested that you get used to checking this course on Blackboard, otherwise you will be at a disadvantage. Student ID numbers and test taking. ASU uses an 8 digit ID number to identify you rather than using a social security. These numbers are required for use in such places as computer graded (multiple choice/Scantron) exams such as I use. It is the student’s responsibility to bring a pencil with them to exams and to know, or be able to look up, their ASU ID number. Exam papers that are rejected by the testing service or need me to manually enter the ID number will have points deducted. Academic Integrity Cheating will not be tolerated. Cell phones will not be allowed during exams unless some personal emergency exists that I am informed of. Academic dishonesty of any kind is not acceptable. Academic dishonesty includes copying from someone else’s test paper, allowing someone to copy from you, copying someone else’s Lab Report, and lifting phrases and sentences directly from a textbook or internet site for use in your reports (plagiarism). Do yourself, your University, and your fellow students a favor: don’t cheat. More information on this topic can be found in the ASU Student Handbook. Cell phones, ipods, and other communication devices are not allowed during exams. If a calculator is needed for an exam, it must be one that cannot be used for communication. Disability Every reasonable effort will be made to accommodate anyone with a disability or any condition that makes conventional learning or test taking more difficult. Please discuss your situation with me and register with Disability Services, and your needs will be accommodated to the best of our abilities. Disability services no longer informs us when a person registers, therefore it is very important that you thoroughly communicate any needs to your instructors. Personal and medical issues If you have a personal crisis, death in the family, medical condition, etc, don’t suffer in silence. I am very sympathetic and will be willing to listen to any problem you may have and work out arrangements with you for make-ups, delayed due dates, etc. Record keeping for excused absences was explained above. Schedule of Lecture and Lab activities are listed on a separate document.

BIO 4104/5104 Microbiology Fall 2012 Mon & Wed, Lecture 8 am LSW 444; Lab 9-10:50 am or 2-3:50 pm, LSW 546

Instructor: Dr. David F. Gilmore Office: LSE 418 Phone 972-3263 Email: [email protected] Web: Blackboard Learn (BbL) Office hours: Mon. and Wed. 1-2 pm, and Friday 9am -noon; other times by appointment General Info This is a combined Lecture/Lab course. There is no text for lecture. Reading material will consist of posted powerpoint lectures and other online powerpoints, writings, and web sites. You are responsible for all posted reading assignments. For Lab, the required text is Microbiology Laboratory Theory and Application by Leboffe and Pierce, 3rd ed. We will not use all the book, but there will be many assigned readings in it. A complete schedule of Lecture and Lab topics, exam dates, and Lab Report due dates is posted as “Micro Planner Fall 2012” on BbL. This could be considered a “web-assisted” course. GET IN THE HABIT OF REGULARLY CHECKING BbL FOR ANNOUNCEMENTS, READING ASSIGNMENTS, AND OTHER POSTINGS. Exams (Except for the Final) will be given during lab time in a location TBA. Exams will include both lecture AND lab information. The Lab Final will be given as a practical-type exam and will be given in the lab.

Grading There will be 4 regular exams and a 5th Exam on Final exam day. Each exam will be worth 100 points. Exams will most likely be a combination of multiple choice and short essay, diagrams, and/or problems. Some exam scores may be curved, thus if you completely bomb an exam, your course grade is not necessarily unsalvageable. There will be numerous grading opportunities for the Lab, tentatively, 8 lab reports (totaling 350 points), and a Lab Final (100 points). The number of assignments depends on how successful class experiments are and other technical matters. In general, the more work that is required for the lab report, the more points it will be worth (more or fewer than 40 points). Attendance in lecture is required and is worth a maximum of 50 points. All this (lecture and lab) totals 1000 points. This corresponds to the standard ASU scale (x10): 900-1000 points = A, etc. although the instructor has the option of moving borderline scores to the next highest grade level. Absences and Tardiness If you have an absence that is excusable (you are sick, your car blows up, etc.) it is your responsibility to inform me and provide documentation when possible. I also require that you send an email to me stating the date of your absence and the reason. Without an email, your absence may not be counted as excused. There are two lab sections that do the same exercises. If there is any way that you can attend a different lab section class due to an excused absence you are encouraged to do so. There are no make-up labs. Random section-switching, however, is not tolerated. Some experiments require certain numbers of students and are planned in advance. Being late for class is disruptive. If you do not arrive in time to sign in, you are officially absent. Required Materials: Part of the fees you pay goes towards all the Lab supplies we use. Thank you. However, I recommend that you purchase: 1. A stapler. Lab reports and other lab assignments that have multiple pages must be stapled together, not held together with folded corners or put into a folder. I’m serious. 2. A Sharpie marker for labeling disposable glassware in Lab.

3. A dictionary. In lecture and in your text you may encounter unfamiliar words. As a college student, it is your responsibility to look up the meanings and “increase your word power”. Important Dates: There are no classes on Labor Day (Sept. 3) or during Fall Break (Nov. 19-24). November 14 is the last day to drop an individual course or to withdraw from the university. The Mission for the Dept. of Biological Sciences and This Course Certain scientific concepts are incorporated and integrated throughout the curriculum of the Department of Biological Sciences. From this course, students should 1) Understand adaptations of microbial life to their environments, energy flow as the basis for life, and how this leads to diversity; 2) Understand the nature of both the functioning and fluidity of genetic information; 3) Understand the structure and function of prokaryotic cells and systems; 4) Develop critical thinking skills necessary for the evaluation of scientific data. Course Goals and Objectives: The study of Microbiology is fundamental to all areas of Biology, particular those involving medicine and the environment. In this course you will learn:


Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate 1) a knowledge of the structure and function of prokaryotic organisms. 2) the ability to collect and interpret scientific data using bacteria as model organisms. 3) the ability to properly handle and identify microorganisms. Honors Sections (embedded) This semester students in this section will work as one group to identify and characterize a pathogen of a cactus-eating moth. Most work will be done during uncommitted lab time or at the conclusion of the regularly scheduled lab. Work will consist of applying techniques learned during regular lab time. A group report will summarize the semester-long project and the results. These activities will consist of approximately 10% of the class grade. Graduate level Students enrolled in these course sections will be required to do extra work in the class as decided by the student and instructor. This may consist of writing a paper, performing experiments, and or some other appropriate learning activity. These activities will contribute 100 points towards a total of 1100 points for grading purposes. Other Issues Student email accounts and the electronic age. Every student registered at ASU is assigned a University email account as the designated means for contact between the University and the student. If I need to contact you concerning some course information I will use your University email account. Do not allow your mailbox to become full or I will be unable to contact you. I make considerable use of Blackboard for the posting of lecture notes, study guides, and instructions for completing Lab Reports and other assignments. Even if you do not personally own a computer, the University

supplies them for student use at several locations on campus. It is strongly suggested that you get used to checking this course on Blackboard, otherwise you will be at a disadvantage. Student ID numbers and test taking. ASU uses an 8 digit ID number to identify you rather than using a social security. These numbers are required for use in such places as computer graded (multiple choice/Scantron) exams such as I use. It is the student’s responsibility to bring a pencil with them to exams and to know, or be able to look up, their ASU ID number. Exam papers that are rejected by the testing service or need me to manually enter the ID number will have points deducted. Academic Integrity Cheating will not be tolerated. Cell phones will not be allowed during exams unless some personal emergency exists that I am informed of. Academic dishonesty of any kind is not acceptable. Academic dishonesty includes copying from someone else’s test paper, allowing someone to copy from you, copying someone else’s Lab Report, and lifting phrases and sentences directly from a textbook or internet site for use in your reports (plagiarism). Do yourself, your University, and your fellow students a favor: don’t cheat. More information on this topic can be found in the ASU Student Handbook. Cell phones, ipods, and other communication devices are not allowed during exams. If a calculator is needed for an exam, it must be one that cannot be used for communication. Disability Every reasonable effort will be made to accommodate anyone with a disability or any condition that makes conventional learning or test taking more difficult. Please discuss your situation with me and register with Disability Services, and your needs will be accommodated to the best of our abilities. Disability services no longer informs us when a person registers, therefore it is very important that you thoroughly communicate any needs to your instructors. Personal and medical issues If you have a personal crisis, death in the family, medical condition, etc, don’t suffer in silence. I am very sympathetic and will be willing to listen to any problem you may have and work out arrangements with you for make-ups, delayed due dates, etc. Record keeping for excused absences was explained above. Schedule of Lecture and Lab activities are listed on a separate document.

Radiation Safety BIO 4611/5611 Fall 2012 Online: Blackboard Learn

Dr. David F. Gilmore LSE 418 972-3263 [email protected] Course objectives: 1. Provide basic knowledge to enable students to safely use radioactive materials. 2. Provide students with terms and concepts so that radioactivity can be discussed accurately. 3. Provide a basic understanding of the physics of radioactivity. 4. Describe the effects of radioactivity on biological systems. 5. Explain the role of radioactivity in modern life from bombs to medicine. Course Requirements No textbook is required. For the Spring 2012 semester, the course will be taught online. The professor will use Powerpoint slides and Tegrity lectures to present the material. To maintain and encourage class participation, questions will be asked and answers discussed via online Discussion boards. Because the subject material crosses many disciplines, students will often be asked to draw upon previous knowledge to answer questions on the material. Class participation will influence the final grade. Special scheduling will be done in order to make class demonstrations of techniques and instrumentation. There will be a couple of homework assignments, a mid-term take-home test, and a Final. The class atmosphere will be informal, but regular studying and review are essential because new material will constantly build on previous material. Tentative List of Topics Lecture Topic

1 Introduction to Radioactivity & Radiation

2 Types of Radiation

3 Decay Reactions

4 Interactions of Radiation with Matter

5 Introduction to Radiation Biology

Class Discussion: Japanese nuclear accident

6 Biodosimetry

Mid‐term exam

7 Atomic Bombs and Nuclear Power

8 Radiation Measurement

9 Radiation Protection

10 Practical uses of radiation

Final Exam April 18 is the last day to drop an individual course or to withdraw from the university.

BIO 3013 GENETICS Spring 2013, LSW 444; MWF 12 -12:50 pm

Instructor: Dr. David F. Gilmore Office: LSE 418 Phone 972-3263 Email: [email protected] Web: Blackboard Learn Office hours: Thurs 10-11 am and Friday 9am –noon and 2-3 pm, or by appointment. Text: None. Any recent Genetics text would be potentially helpful as a supplement.

Tentative Lecture schedule

Topics

Introduction, History and structure of DNA, DNA replication

DNA packaging and organization

Intro to cytogenetics

Mitosis, meiosis

Mendelian genetics; Alterations to Mendel

Sex linkage and determination; Polygenics and allele frequencies;

Population genetics

Chromosomal abnormalities by number and structure

Mutations and repair;

Genetic diseases;

Genetics of Cancer

Transcription; Translation;

Prokaryotic gene regulation; Eukaryotic gene regulation;

DNA manipulation; DNA polymorphisms;

Genomics and Proteomics; Biotechnology

Planned Exam Schedule:

Exam 1 Feb. 4 (Monday)

Exam 2 Feb. 22 (Friday)

Exam 3 March 13 (Wednesday)

Exam 4 April 8 (Monday)

Exam 5 April 29 (Monday)

Final Exam May 3 (Friday) 12:30 pm

Material to be covered on each exam will be made clear as exam nears.

Other important dates:

Last day to withdraw from a course or the university: April 24.

Grading There will be 5 regular exams and a comprehensive Final exam. Each exam, including the Final, will be 100

points. Exams will generally be about 2/3 multiple choice and 1/3 short essay, diagrams, and/or problems. The Final will be all multiple choice. There will be an additional 35 from attendance. Thus, class attendance will affect your final grade (also, see below). Some exam scores may be curved, however, final course grades are computed based on points as described above with little if any adjustment. This grading method has two results: a) if you completely bomb an exam (and it is curved), your course grade is not necessarily unsalvageable; b) at any given time in the semester, you will have a realistic estimate of how you stand in the course and what scores you need to attain a certain grade. The grading scale used is the standard ASU scale: 90-100 = A, etc. which is a percentage based on the 550 points described above. Absences and Tardiness If you have an absence that is excusable (you are sick, your car blows up, etc.) it is your responsibility to inform me and provide documentation when possible. I also require that you send an email to me stating the date of your absence and the reason. Without an email, your absence may not be counted as excused. Being late for class is disruptive. If you do not arrive in time to sign in, you are officially absent. Other Issues Student email accounts and the electronic age. Every student registered at ASU is assigned a University email account as the designated means for contact between the University and the student. If I need to contact you concerning some course information I will use your University email account unless you have emailed me and requested that I use a different account. Do not allow your mailbox to become full or I will be unable to contact you. I make considerable use of Blackboard for the posting of lecture notes, study guides, and instructions for completing homework and other assignments. Even if you do not personally own a computer, the University supplies them for student use at several locations on campus. Please get used to navigating Blackboard. Student ID numbers and test taking. ASU uses an 8 digit ID number to identify you rather than using a social security number. These numbers are required for use in such places as computer graded (multiple choice/Scantron) exams such as I use. It is the student’s responsibility to bring a pencil with them to exams and to know, or be able to look up, their ASU ID number. Exam papers that are rejected by the testing service or need me to manually enter the ID number will have points deducted. Academic Integrity Cheating will not be tolerated. Cell phones will not be allowed during exams unless some personal emergency exists that I am informed of. Academic dishonesty of any kind is not acceptable. For more information see: http://studentconduct.astate.edu/AcademicIntegrity.html Disability Every reasonable effort will be made to accommodate anyone with a disability or any condition that makes conventional learning or test taking more difficult. Please discuss your situation with me and register with Disability Services, and your needs will be accommodated to the best of our abilities. Disability services no longer informs us when a person registers, therefore it is very important that you thoroughly communicate any needs to your instructors. Personal and medical issues If you have a personal crisis, death in the family, medical condition, etc, don’t suffer in silence. I am very sympathetic and will be willing to listen to any problem you may have and work out arrangements with you for make-ups, delayed due dates, etc. Record keeping for excused absences was explained above. Academic assistance Peer tutoring is available to all students enrolled in ASU-Jonesboro courses in the Learning Support Center (LSC) located in the Dean B. Ellis Library, Room 100 (enter through the main library and take the stairs or elevator down to the ground floor). Tutors are able to assist students in almost all 1000- and 2000-level general

education courses and some upper-division core courses. Students can drop-in or make appointments by calling 972-3451 or emailing [email protected]. Tutor availability by subject should be posted on the LSC website after the 2nd week of the semester. Some tutors will prepare activities in advance for group tutoring sessions. LSC services are included in your tuition—there are no additional fees. Visit the LSC website for more information: http://www2.astate.edu/a/university-college/learning-support-services/learning-support-center/. Manners If you are likely to receive phone calls during class, turn off or otherwise silence your cell phones. No texting is allowed in class. Anyone caught texting without permission from the instructor will have their phone confiscated. Assessment The Mission for the Dept. of Biological Sciences and This Course Certain scientific concepts are incorporated and integrated throughout the curriculum of the Department of Biological Sciences. From this course, students should 1) Understand genetic variation as the source of biological diversity; 2) Understand the functioning of genetic information systems; 3) Understand the structure and function of cells and information molecules; 4) Develop critical thinking skills. Course goals: Impart a knowledge of how cells and organisms function through nucleic acid structure and function. Impart a knowledge of the basic rules of heredity. Describe the bases of disease and damage related to nucleic acids. Learning outcomes: Students will be able to describe phenomena and methodology in Genetics using correct terminology. Students will be able to correctly interpret written accounts of advances related to Genetics.

BIO 4104/5104 Microbiology Spring 2013 Mon & Wed, Lecture 8 am LSW 444; Lab 9-10:50 am or 2-3:50 pm, LSW 546

Instructor: Dr. David F. Gilmore Office: LSE 418 Phone 972-3263 Email: [email protected] Web: Blackboard Learn (BbL) Office hours: TBA; other times by appointment General Info This is a combined Lecture/Lab course. There is no text for lecture. Reading material will consist of posted powerpoint lectures and other online powerpoints, writings, and web sites. You are responsible for all posted reading assignments. For Lab, the required text is Microbiology Laboratory Theory and Application by Leboffe and Pierce, 3rd ed. We will not use all the book, but there will be many assigned readings in it. A complete schedule of Lecture and Lab topics, exam dates, and Lab Report due dates is posted as “Micro Planner Spring 2013” on BbL. This could be considered a “web-assisted” course. GET IN THE HABIT OF REGULARLY CHECKING BbL FOR ANNOUNCEMENTS, READING ASSIGNMENTS, AND OTHER POSTINGS. Exams (Except for the Final) will be given during lab time in a location TBA. Exams will include both lecture AND lab information. The Lab Final will be given as a practical-type exam and will be given in the lab.

Grading There will be 4 regular exams and a 5th Exam on Final exam day. Each exam will be worth 100 points. Exams will most likely be a combination of multiple choice and short essay, diagrams, and/or problems. Some exam scores may be curved, thus if you completely bomb an exam, your course grade is not necessarily unsalvageable. There will be numerous grading opportunities for the Lab, tentatively, 8 lab reports (totaling 350 points), and a Lab Final (100 points). The number of assignments depends on how successful class experiments are and other technical matters. In general, the more work that is required for the lab report, the more points it will be worth (more or fewer than 40 points). Attendance in lecture is required and is worth a maximum of 50 points. All this (lecture and lab) totals 1000 points. This corresponds to the standard ASU scale (x10): 900-1000 points = A, etc. although the instructor has the option of moving borderline scores to the next highest grade level. Absences and Tardiness If you have an absence that is excusable (you are sick, your car blows up, etc.) it is your responsibility to inform me and provide documentation when possible. I also require that you send an email to me stating the date of your absence and the reason. Without an email, your absence may not be counted as excused. There are two lab sections that do the same exercises. If there is any way that you can attend a different lab section class due to an excused absence you are encouraged to do so. There are no make-up labs. Random section-switching, however, is not tolerated. Some experiments require certain numbers of students and are planned in advance. Being late for class is disruptive. If you do not arrive in time to sign in, you are officially absent. Required Materials: Part of the fees you pay goes towards all the Lab supplies we use. Thank you.

Important Dates: There are no classes on MLK Day (Jan. 21) or during Spring Break (Mar. 18-23). The last day to withdraw from a class or from the University is Apr. 24. Final Exam Day is May 1 at 8 am. The Mission for the Dept. of Biological Sciences and This Course Certain scientific concepts are incorporated and integrated throughout the curriculum of the Department of Biological Sciences. From this course, students should 1) Understand adaptations of microbial life to their environments, including the relationships between microorganisms and humans; 2) Understand the nature of both the functioning and fluidity of genetic information; 3) Understand the structure and function of prokaryotic cells and systems; 4) Develop critical thinking skills necessary for the evaluation of scientific data. Course Goals and Objectives: The study of Microbiology is fundamental to all areas of Biology, particular those involving medicine and the environment. In this course you will learn:


Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate 1) a knowledge of the structure and function of prokaryotic organisms. 2) the ability to collect and interpret scientific data using bacteria as model organisms. 3) the ability to properly handle and identify microorganisms. Honors Sections Students enrolled in an Honors Option or embedded Honors section will have additional work as decided upon by the student(s) and the instructor. These activities will contribute 100 points towards a total of 1100 points for grading purposes. Graduate level Students enrolled in these course sections will be required to do extra work in the class as decided by the student and instructor. This may consist of writing a paper, performing experiments, and or some other appropriate learning activity. These activities will contribute 100 points towards a total of 1100 points for grading purposes. Other Issues Student email accounts and the electronic age. Every student registered at ASU is assigned a University email account as the designated means for contact between the University and the student. If I need to contact you concerning some course information I will use your University email account. Do not allow your mailbox to become full or I will be unable to contact you. I make considerable use of Blackboard for the posting of lecture notes, study guides, and instructions for completing Lab Reports and other assignments. Even if you do not personally own a computer, the University supplies them for student use at several locations on campus. It is strongly suggested that you get used to checking this course on Blackboard, otherwise you will be at a disadvantage. Student ID numbers and test taking.

ASU uses an 8 digit ID number to identify you rather than using a social security. These numbers are required for use in such places as computer graded (multiple choice/Scantron) exams such as I use. It is the student’s responsibility to bring a pencil with them to exams and to know, or be able to look up, their ASU ID number. Exam papers that are rejected by the testing service or need me to manually enter the ID number will have points deducted. Academic Integrity Cheating will not be tolerated. Cell phones will not be allowed during exams unless some personal emergency exists that I am informed of. Academic dishonesty of any kind is not acceptable. Academic dishonesty includes copying from someone else’s test paper, allowing someone to copy from you, copying someone else’s Lab Report, and lifting phrases and sentences directly from a textbook or internet site for use in your reports (plagiarism). Do yourself, your University, and your fellow students a favor: don’t cheat. More information on this topic can be found in the ASU Student Handbook. Cell phones, ipods, and other communication devices are not allowed during exams. If a calculator is needed for an exam, it must be one that cannot be used for communication. Disability Every reasonable effort will be made to accommodate anyone with a disability or any condition that makes conventional learning or test taking more difficult. Please discuss your situation with me and register with Disability Services, and your needs will be accommodated to the best of our abilities. Disability services no longer informs us when a person registers, therefore it is very important that you thoroughly communicate any needs to your instructors. Personal and medical issues If you have a personal crisis, death in the family, medical condition, etc, don’t suffer in silence. I am very sympathetic and will be willing to listen to any problem you may have and work out arrangements with you for make-ups, delayed due dates, etc. Record keeping for excused absences was explained above. Schedule of Lecture and Lab activities are listed on a separate document.

BIO 4104/5104 Microbiology Spring 2013 Mon & Wed, Lecture 8 am LSW 444; Lab 9-10:50 am or 2-3:50 pm, LSW 546

Instructor: Dr. David F. Gilmore Office: LSE 418 Phone 972-3263 Email: [email protected] Web: Blackboard Learn (BbL) Office hours: TBA; other times by appointment General Info This is a combined Lecture/Lab course. There is no text for lecture. Reading material will consist of posted powerpoint lectures and other online powerpoints, writings, and web sites. You are responsible for all posted reading assignments. For Lab, the required text is Microbiology Laboratory Theory and Application by Leboffe and Pierce, 3rd ed. We will not use all the book, but there will be many assigned readings in it. A complete schedule of Lecture and Lab topics, exam dates, and Lab Report due dates is posted as “Micro Planner Spring 2013” on BbL. This could be considered a “web-assisted” course. GET IN THE HABIT OF REGULARLY CHECKING BbL FOR ANNOUNCEMENTS, READING ASSIGNMENTS, AND OTHER POSTINGS. Exams (Except for the Final) will be given during lab time in a location TBA. Exams will include both lecture AND lab information. The Lab Final will be given as a practical-type exam and will be given in the lab.

Grading There will be 4 regular exams and a 5th Exam on Final exam day. Each exam will be worth 100 points. Exams will most likely be a combination of multiple choice and short essay, diagrams, and/or problems. Some exam scores may be curved, thus if you completely bomb an exam, your course grade is not necessarily unsalvageable. There will be numerous grading opportunities for the Lab, tentatively, 8 lab reports (totaling 350 points), and a Lab Final (100 points). The number of assignments depends on how successful class experiments are and other technical matters. In general, the more work that is required for the lab report, the more points it will be worth (more or fewer than 40 points). Attendance in lecture is required and is worth a maximum of 50 points. All this (lecture and lab) totals 1000 points. This corresponds to the standard ASU scale (x10): 900-1000 points = A, etc. although the instructor has the option of moving borderline scores to the next highest grade level. Absences and Tardiness If you have an absence that is excusable (you are sick, your car blows up, etc.) it is your responsibility to inform me and provide documentation when possible. I also require that you send an email to me stating the date of your absence and the reason. Without an email, your absence may not be counted as excused. There are two lab sections that do the same exercises. If there is any way that you can attend a different lab section class due to an excused absence you are encouraged to do so. There are no make-up labs. Random section-switching, however, is not tolerated. Some experiments require certain numbers of students and are planned in advance. Being late for class is disruptive. If you do not arrive in time to sign in, you are officially absent. Required Materials: Part of the fees you pay goes towards all the Lab supplies we use. Thank you. Important Dates: There are no classes on MLK Day (Jan. 21) or during Spring Break (Mar. 18-23). The last day to withdraw from a class or from the University is Apr. 24. Final Exam Day is May 1 at 8 am.

The Mission for the Dept. of Biological Sciences and This Course Certain scientific concepts are incorporated and integrated throughout the curriculum of the Department of Biological Sciences. From this course, students should 1) Understand adaptations of microbial life to their environments, including the relationships between microorganisms and humans; 2) Understand the nature of both the functioning and fluidity of genetic information; 3) Understand the structure and function of prokaryotic cells and systems; 4) Develop critical thinking skills necessary for the evaluation of scientific data. Course Goals and Objectives: The study of Microbiology is fundamental to all areas of Biology, particular those involving medicine and the environment. In this course you will learn:


Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate 1) a knowledge of the structure and function of prokaryotic organisms. 2) the ability to collect and interpret scientific data using bacteria as model organisms. 3) the ability to properly handle and identify microorganisms. Honors Sections Students enrolled in an Honors Option or embedded Honors section will have additional work as decided upon by the student(s) and the instructor. These activities will contribute 100 points towards a total of 1100 points for grading purposes. Graduate level Students enrolled in these course sections will be required to do extra work in the class as decided by the student and instructor. This may consist of writing a paper, performing experiments, and or some other appropriate learning activity. These activities will contribute 100 points towards a total of 1100 points for grading purposes. Other Issues Student email accounts and the electronic age. Every student registered at ASU is assigned a University email account as the designated means for contact between the University and the student. If I need to contact you concerning some course information I will use your University email account. Do not allow your mailbox to become full or I will be unable to contact you. I make considerable use of Blackboard for the posting of lecture notes, study guides, and instructions for completing Lab Reports and other assignments. Even if you do not personally own a computer, the University supplies them for student use at several locations on campus. It is strongly suggested that you get used to checking this course on Blackboard, otherwise you will be at a disadvantage. Student ID numbers and test taking. ASU uses an 8 digit ID number to identify you rather than using a social security. These numbers are required for use in such places as computer graded (multiple choice/Scantron) exams such as I use. It is the student’s responsibility to bring a pencil with them to exams and to know, or be able to look up, their ASU ID number. Exam papers that are rejected by the testing service or need me to manually enter the ID number will have points deducted.

Academic Integrity Cheating will not be tolerated. Cell phones will not be allowed during exams unless some personal emergency exists that I am informed of. Academic dishonesty of any kind is not acceptable. Academic dishonesty includes copying from someone else’s test paper, allowing someone to copy from you, copying someone else’s Lab Report, and lifting phrases and sentences directly from a textbook or internet site for use in your reports (plagiarism). Do yourself, your University, and your fellow students a favor: don’t cheat. More information on this topic can be found in the ASU Student Handbook. Cell phones, ipods, and other communication devices are not allowed during exams. If a calculator is needed for an exam, it must be one that cannot be used for communication. Disability Every reasonable effort will be made to accommodate anyone with a disability or any condition that makes conventional learning or test taking more difficult. Please discuss your situation with me and register with Disability Services, and your needs will be accommodated to the best of our abilities. Disability services no longer informs us when a person registers, therefore it is very important that you thoroughly communicate any needs to your instructors. Personal and medical issues If you have a personal crisis, death in the family, medical condition, etc, don’t suffer in silence. I am very sympathetic and will be willing to listen to any problem you may have and work out arrangements with you for make-ups, delayed due dates, etc. Record keeping for excused absences was explained above. Schedule of Lecture and Lab activities are listed on a separate document.

BIO 2201 Anatomy and Physiology Lab I

Fall 2012

InstructorofRecord:Dr.DianeGilmore

OfficeHours:MondayandWednesday11‐noonand1‐2pm;andThursday2‐4pm. Office: LSE 415

Phone: 870 ‐680‐8083

TeachingAssistant:

TAOfficehours: Office: Phone: Required lab text: Anatomy and Physiology: An Integrative Approach Laboratory Manual (Main Version) by Eckel, Bidle, and Ross (McGraw‐Hill Publisher). Course web site: http://www.sites.astate.edu/jhuggins All material, bonus info, daily lab information, etc will be posted here. Required textbook: Anatomy and Physiology: An Integrative Approach by McKinley, O’Loughlin, and Bidle (McGraw‐Hill Pub.) Course Objectives: Human Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory I is designed to provide the student with the opportunity for ‘hands on’ exploration of the organ systems and will complement the lecture portion of the course. By adhering to attendance guidelines, listening, utilizing classroom materials, and staying focused, students should be able to successfully enhance their knowledge. Models, posters, glass slides, power point lectures, and computer web sites will be available to help students learn the anatomical characteristics of the human body. Preserved specimens from sheep, pigs, or rats may also be used to enhance the learning experience. The students are encouraged to work in groups for the maximum learning experience. Learning Objectives: Students will be expected to explain, discuss, recognize, and apply knowledge and understanding of the following: General body organization and function, basic biochemistry, cellular structure and function, metabolism, histology, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, nervous system, and proper use and care of laboratory equipment. Course Evaluation:







that lab period.
















Lab Behavior:




this semester.




space.





















Lab Fees: Any lab fees charged by the University are used to purchase materials to be used in the laboratory and include but are not limited to: slides, dissection kits, chemicals, gloves, and specimens for dissection. Disability statement: Students who require academic adjustments must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class bring a copy of your card to the instructor and discuss any appropriate academic accommodations you need at that time. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course. Tentative Schedule: subject to change as necessary

Week of: August 20



September 3 Ch. 4 Cell Structure and Membrane Transport (Mitosis p. 65‐66 ONLY).

Ch. 5 Histology













HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I - BIO 2203 Fall 2012

INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Diane M. Gilmore, O.D. OFFICE: LSE 415 PHONE: 680-8083 EMAIL: [email protected]

OFFICE HOURS: Mon. and Wednesday 11:00 am – Noon; and 1:00 – 2:00 pm; and Thursday 2:00-3:00 pm; and by appointment. If you need to talk to me at another time, see me before or after class, leave a note on my door, e-mail me, call me at 680-8083 or call the biology office at 973-3082. Please be sure to update your student information on web for students so that I may contact you if necessary.

WEB SITE: Blackboard Learn This site contains web pages which I will use for posting study guides, giving hints on taking tests, PowerPoint presentations and other course related material. LECTURE TEXT: Anatomy & Physiology An Integrative Approach, McKinley, O’Loughlin, and Bidle, McGraw Hill pub. There is a great deal of material to be covered in this course. To pass the course, it will be necessary to study often for short periods of time. Writing information onto index cards can be a portable means of studying while caught in lines at stores, movies, red lights, etc. Cramming the day before the test is a sure-fire path to failure.

COURSE OBJECTIVES: This course is an introductory level course in the field of human anatomy and physiology that will be laying the foundation for other courses such as A&P 2, pathophysiology, pharmacology etc. as well as preparing the student for standardized examinations. While the primary focus of the course will be the structure and function of the systems of the human organism, the course will also discuss scientific principles, energy flow and biological machinery, and processes shared by all living organisms.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the course the student will have a working knowledge of medical terminology, metabolism, cell structure, organization of the body, tissues, and the integumentary, skeletal, muscular and nervous systems. Students will be able to communicate effectively to both laypersons and professionals in the medical field using proper terminology.

LEARNING SUPPORT CENTER: The LSC tutors are able to help students in almost all 1000- and 2000-level general education courses and some upper division core courses. TheLearningSupportCenterislocatedintheDeanB.EllisLibrary,Room100.Enter through the main library and take the stairs or elevator down to the ground floor. Hours of operation: 11:00 am to 7:00 pm Monday through Thursday. 11:00 am to 3:00 pm on Fridays Drop-in tutoring is available, but it's always advisable to make an appointment by calling or emailing. Phone: 870 972-3451 Email: [email protected] Please provide your name, student ID and the course in which you need help.Pleasetakeadvantageofthisopportunity. If you are having any problems in the course or have questions over the material, please come and talk to me before exams or utilize the discussion boards. There is NOTHING I can do for you during the last week of class or after final grades are given. I do NOT allow papers for extra credit.

CLASSROOM POLICIES: Talking to your neighbor during class, rustling newspapers, snoring, and beeping devices such as pagers and cell phones disturb those around you as well as your instructor. PLEASE TURN THESE DEVICES OFF BEFORE CLASS. If your cell phone makes a noise during an examination, you will lose 10 points off your exam score. If chatting is a problem, you will be asked to leave the classroom and may be counted absent. No tobacco of any kind is permitted - chewing included. You will be expected to dress in a manner that will not distract or offend others in the class. If the instructor determines that your clothing is inappropriate you will be asked to leave the classroom.

ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY: Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy such as plagiarism, cheating, and allowing others to cheat are considered as serious misconduct and may result in disciplinary action and severe penalties. Sanctions for Academic Misconduct may be imposed by the faculty member or instructor discovering the Academic Misconduct except in the case of dismissal from a particular program which shall be made by the department chair or program director, or suspension or expulsion from the university, which shall be made by the dean. A Student may not avoid academic sanctions by withdrawing from a class, a program, or the university. A student disagreeing with the sanction issued based on Academic Misconduct should follow the Academic Grievance Procedure. It is the student’s responsibility to have read and understood the topics under Academic Misconduct section of the Student Handbook. PLEASENOTE:ItisunlawfultogivegradesoverthetelephoneorInternetwhereIcannotbecertainofthepersonontheotherend;pleasedonotcallmeortheschoolforyourgrade.

ATTENDANCE: Class meets Monday, Wednesday and Friday from 2:00 – 2:50 p.m. Attendance is expected and records will be maintained for this class. If you must miss a class, it is your responsibility to obtain the notes for that class from a fellow student. You are allowed to miss no more than 6 (six) class periods. This is ASU policy. Should you be absent without a documented excuse for more than six classes, no rounding of your final grade will occur. If you have the flu, please do NOT attend classes until you have been free of fever (without medication) for 24 hours. Students will not be penalized if they cannot attend class due to inclement weather, but must get notes on the information covered in class from another student. If the college cancels class on a day when an exam is scheduled, the exam will be given on the next class day. Exam dates will not be changed, please try to arrange your schedule around them. Attendance records will be maintained and taken into account when assigning final grades. INCLEMENT WEATHER: The University will be open except in extreme circumstances. If you commute to the University, it is up to you to use your best judgment on whether you can get here safely. You will be given the opportunity to make up any work that you may have missed without penalty.

DISABILITY SERVICES: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Students may contact Disability Services at (870) 972-3964 or visit the office in the Reng Student Services Center, Room 2181. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, please contact me to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course. Auxiliary aids include various modes of communication, assistive devices, and technology which will also encompass computer aids. Students are assisted with adaptive testing, note taking, reader services, and special seating arrangements in the classroom.

EXAMS: There will be four exams and a comprehensive final exam. Exams will consist of multiple choice questions. Test material will come from both the text and the lecture material. Attendance is mandatory for exams. In case of illness or emergency you should contact me or the Biology department secretary (972-3082) on the day of the exam. If athletic events or other circumstances make it impossible for you to take an exam at the scheduled time, speak with me about it as far in advance as possible. Make-up exams will be given only for a documented excuse and with proper notification. Homework will be through ConnectPlus. You will receive 5 pts. for assignments completed at 70% and above for a maximum of 50 pts.

GRADING SCALE: Each exam will count for a total of 100 points toward your final grade. Since there will be five exams, you could receive 500 points. Homework will be worth 50 pts. The grading scale will be as follows:

A = 495 - 550 points B = 440 - 494 points

C = 385 - 439 points D = 330 - 384 points F = less than 330 points

There may be additional points for possible bonus quizzes as well.

Tentative Lecture Schedule for Human Anatomy and Physiology 1

Week of: Subject Text Chapter

Aug. 20 Introduction; Chemical Basis of Life 1, 2;

Aug.27 Energy, Chemical reactions /Cells (3) 4

Sept. 3 Labor Day – No Class

Sept. 5 Cells 4

Sept. 7 EXAM I (Chap. 1, 2, (3) 4)

Sept. 10 Tissues 5

Sept. 17 Integumentary System 6

Sept. 24 Skeletal System 7,8

Oct. 1 Skeletal System; Joints 8, 9

Oct. 3 EXAM II (Chap. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9)

Oct. 8 Joints 9

Oct. 15 Metabolism /Muscles 3, 10

Oct. 22 Muscles 10, 11

Oct. 29 Nervous System 12

Oct. 31 EXAM III (Chap. 9, 3, 10, 11)

Nov. 5 Nervous System 13


Nov. 14 Wednesday- Last day to drop a class or withdraw from the University

Nov. 19- 23 Fall Break – No Classes


Dec. 3 EXAM IV (Chap. 12, 13, 14, 15)

Dec. 4 Study Day

Dec. 7 Friday - Comprehensive Final Exam at 2:45 p.m.

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY - BIO 3203

Fall 2012

INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Diane M. Gilmore

OFFICE: LSE 415 PHONE: 680-8083 EMAIL: [email protected]

OFFICE HOURS Mon. and Wednesday 11:00 am – Noon; and 1:00 – 2:00 pm; and Thursday 2:00-3:00 pm; and by appointment.: If you need to talk to me at another time, see me before or after class, leave a note on my door, e-mail me, call me at 680-8083 or call the biology office at 973-3082. Please be sure to update your student information on web for students so that I may contact you if necessary. WEB SITE: Blackboard Learn This site contains web pages which I will use for posting study guides, giving hints on taking tests, PowerPoint presentations and other course related material. LECTURE TEXT: Essentials of Pathophysiology Concepts of Altered Health States, 3rd ed., Carol Mattson Porth, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins You are also required to purchase a Quizdom clicker. This may be obtained used from the ASU bookstore.

Reading the assigned material prior to lecture is strongly suggested! You may also find it helpful to make your own glossary of specialized terminology and unfamiliar terms. There is a great deal of material to be covered in this course. To pass the course, it will be necessary to study often for short periods of time. Writing information onto index cards can be a portable means of studying while caught in lines at stores, movies, red lights, etc. Cramming the day before the test is a sure-fire path to failure. If you are having any problems in the course or questions over the material, please come and talk to me before exams. There is NOTHING I can do for you during the last week of class or after final grades are given. I do NOT allow papers for extra credit. COURSE OBJECTIVES: This class builds on the knowledge gained from basic anatomy and physiology courses to give the student a working knowledge of some of the pathophysiology of major body systems; incidence, cause and treatment of these conditions and corresponding terminology. This will allow the student to fine-tune intellectual skills to be successful in graduate/professional school and/or their chosen career. LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the course the successful student will have a working knowledge of pathophysiology, and will be able to describe the processes occurring in the disease states covered by the class, and describe the incidence and treatment of those conditions. Utilizing critical thinking skills, students will be able to differentiate between similar disease states. Students will be able to communicate effectively, through oral and written communication, to both laypersons and professionals in the medical field using proper terminology. Honors Sections: The students who are registered in this course for Honors will independently research a

pathological condition which is NOT covered in this course and present their findings to the class as whole. This presentation will be an additional 100 points of their grade. Through this process the student will learn to work independently, discern the unique features and progression of the disease process they are studying, and will be able to communicate effectively with their peers through their presentation. CLASSROOM POLICIES: Talking to your neighbor during class, rustling newspapers, snoring, and beeping devices such as pagers and cell phones disturb those around you as well as your instructor. This includes texting during class. Please turn these devices off before class. If your cell phone makes a noise during an examination, you will lose 10 points off your exam score. If chatting is a problem, you will be asked to leave the classroom and may be counted absent. No tobacco of any kind is permitted - chewing included. You are expected to dress in a manner that will not distract or offend others in the class. If the instructor determines that your clothing is inappropriate you will be asked to leave the classroom. ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY: Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy such as plagiarism, cheating, and allowing others to cheat are considered as serious misconduct and may result in disciplinary action and severe penalties. Sanctions for Academic Misconduct may be imposed by the faculty member or instructor discovering the Academic Misconduct except in the case of dismissal from a particular program which shall be made by the department chair or program director, or suspension or expulsion from the university, which shall be made by the dean. A Student may not avoid academic sanctions by withdrawing from a class, a program, or the university. A student disagreeing with the sanction issued based on Academic Misconduct should follow the Academic Grievance Procedure. It is the student’s responsibility to have read and understood the topics under Academic Misconduct section of the Student Handbook. PLEASE NOTE: It is unlawful to give grades over the telephone or Internet where I cannot be certain of the person on the other end; please do not call me or the school for your grade. ATTENDANCE: Class meets Tuesday and Thursday from 11:00 a.m. - 12:15 p.m. If you must miss a class, it is your responsibility to obtain the notes for that class from a fellow student. You will receive 1 attendance point for the day if you are able to document the reason for your absence. If you have the flu, please do NOT attend classes until you have been free of fever (without medication) for 24 hours. Students will not be penalized if they cannot attend class due to inclement weather, but must get notes on the information covered in class from another student. If the college cancels class on a day when an exam is scheduled, the exam will be given on the next class day. Exam dates will not be changed, please try to arrange your schedule around them. Attendance records will be maintained and taken into account when assigning final grades. INCLEMENT WEATHER: The University will be open except in extreme circumstances. If you commute to the University, it is up to you to use your best judgment on whether you can get here safely. You will be given the opportunity to make up any work that you may have missed without penalty. DISABILITY SERVICES: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Students may contact Disability Services at (870) 972-3964 or visit the office in the Reng Student Services Center, Room 2181. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, please contact me to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course. Auxiliary aids include various modes of communication, assistive devices, and technology which will also encompass computer aids. Students are assisted with adaptive testing, note taking, reader services, and special seating arrangements in the classroom

LEARNING SUPPORT CENTER The LSC tutors are able to help students in almost all 1000- and 2000-level general education courses and some upper division core courses. For the LSC, contact 972-3451 Hours of operation: 11:00 am to 7:00 pm Monday through Thursday. 11:00 am to 3:00 pm on Fridays. GENERAL COMPUTER OR BLACKBOARD HELP For general help, contact the Help Desk at 870-972-3933. Hours of operation: 8:00 am to 10:00 pm Monday through Friday.

EXAMS: There will be five exams. Four exams will be given during regular class periods and the fifth will be given during the final exam time. Exams may consist of multiple choice, matching, short answer and essay questions. Test material will come from both the text and the lecture material. There will also be several "pop" quizzes, which will count as extra credit. The purpose of these quizzes is to encourage you to keep up with the material on a daily basis, give you an idea of the type of questions that will be on the exam, and to give your grades a little boost. Attendance is mandatory for exams. In case of illness or emergency you should contact me or the Biology department secretary on the day of the exam. If athletic events or other circumstances make it impossible for you to take an exam at the scheduled time, speak with me about it as far in advance as possible. Make-up exams will be given only for a documented excuse and with proper notification. GRADING SCALE: Each exam will count for a total of 100 points toward your final grade. You will also receive one point each day for attendance and another point for correctly answering at least 40 % of the in class quiz questions each day. Since there will be five exams, you could receive 550 points (plus bonus points for quizzes and possibly seminars). The grading scale will be as follows:

A = 495 - 550 points B = 440 - 494 points C = 385 - 439 points D = 330 - 384 points F = less than 330 points

Tentative Lecture Schedule for Pathophysiology

Date: Subject Chapter

Aug. 21 Course introduction; Cellular response to stress, injury and aging Intro, 2

Aug. 23 Biology of Cancer; Clinical Manifestations of Cancer and treatment 7

Aug. 28 Infectious Disease 14

Aug. 30 Inflammation and fever 3

Sept. 4 The Immune Response and hypersensitivities 15

Sept. 6 Immunodeficiency; HIV/AIDS 16

Sept. 11 Exam I - Cell Biology; Injury; Cancer; Intro, 2, 3, 7, 14-16

Immunity and its disorders

Sept. 13 Erythrocyte disorders 13

Sept. 18 Leukocyte and lymphoid tissue disorders; Clotting disorders 11, 12

Sept. 20 Cardiovascular function 17

Sept. 25 Vascular disorders 18

Sept. 27 Cardiac disorders 19

Oct. 2 Heart Failure and shock (if time allows) 20

Oct. 4 Exam II - Blood, Cardiovascular Disorders 11-13, 17-20

Oct. 9 Respiratory Function 21

Oct. 11 Respiratory Pathophysiology 22, 23

Oct. 16 Kidney Structure and Function 24

Oct. 18 Renal Pathophysiology 27, 25

Oct. 23 Renal Pathophysiology cont. 25, 26

Oct. 25 Exam III - Respiratory and Renal Pathophysiology 21-27

Oct. 30 Fluids and Electrolytes 8

Nov. 1 Acid-Base Imbalance 8

Nov. 6 Musculoskeletal pathophysiology 42-44, 36

Nov. 8 Review of Neurological Structure and Function 34

Nov. 13 Exam IV -Fluid, Electrolytes, Acid-Base Imbalance 8, 42-44, 36

Musculoskeletal disorders

Nov. 14 Wednesday - Last day to drop a class or withdraw from the University

Nov. 15 Neurological Pathophysiology 37

Nov. 19 -23 SPRING BREAK – No Classes

Nov. 27 Neurological Pathophysiology cont. 37

Nov. 29 Student presentations / Diabetes 33

Dec. 4 Tuesday - Study Day

Dec. 6 Thursday - Final Exam (Exam 5) at 12:30 p.m. 34, 37, 33

Neurological Pathophysiology, Diabetes, and student topics

HUMAN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION I LAB SYLLABUS, FALL 2012

Instructor: Dr. Diane Gilmore Office: LSE 415 Phone: 680-8083 Email: [email protected] Web page: Blackboard Learn Office Hours: Mon. and Wed. 11:00- Noon and 1:00 -2:00 pm; Thursday 2:00-3:00 pm; or by appointment. Required Lab Text: Marieb and Mitchell, Human Anatomy & Physiology, eighth, ninth or tenth ed., cat version, with PhysioEx, pub. Pearson/ Benjamin Cummings.

Attendance: Attendance is required at laboratory. Sessions missed without a documented excuse will result in a loss of 5 laboratory points. Make ups must be arranged in advance with your instructor. Attendance is mandatory for exams; no make-ups without doctor’s excuse or scheduled athletic event or other school sponsored activity.

COURSE OBJECTIVES: This course is an upper level course in the field of human anatomy and physiology that will be laying the foundation for other courses such as histology, pharmacology, etc. as well as preparing the student for standardized examinations. The laboratory allows the student to explore the body systems through the use of models, microscope slides, experiments and dissection.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Students will have a broad knowledge base of the anatomy and physiology of the human body. Students will be able to communicate effectively, through oral and written communication, to both laypersons and professionals in the medical field using proper terminology. The student will collect data from real and virtual experiments and analyze and interpret that data. The student will learn to work independently, as well as acting as a member of a team, to complete the cat dissection and other exercises.

CLASSROOM POLICIES: Talking to your neighbor during class, rustling newspapers, snoring, and beeping devices such as pagers and cell phones disturb those around you as well as your instructor. PLEASE TURN THESE DEVICES OFF BEFORE CLASS. If your cell phone makes a noise during an examination, you will lose 10 points off your exam score. If chatting is a problem, you will be asked to leave the classroom and may be counted absent. No tobacco of any kind is permitted - chewing included. You will be expected to dress in a manner that will not distract or offend others in the class. If the instructor determines that your clothing is inappropriate you will be asked to leave the classroom.

ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY: Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy such as plagiarism, cheating, and allowing others to cheat are considered as serious misconduct and may result in disciplinary action and severe penalties. Sanctions for Academic Misconduct may be imposed by the faculty member or instructor discovering the Academic Misconduct except in the case of dismissal from a particular program which shall be made by the department chair or program director, or suspension or expulsion from the university, which shall be made by the dean. A Student may not avoid academic sanctions by withdrawing from a class, a program, or the university. A student disagreeing with the sanction issued based on Academic Misconduct should follow the Academic Grievance Procedure. It is the student’s responsibility to have read and understood the topics under Academic Misconduct section of the Student Handbook. PLEASE NOTE: It is unlawful to give grades over the telephone or Internet where I cannot be certain of the person on the other end; please do not call me or the school for your grade.

Inclement Weather: The University will be open except in extreme circumstances. If you commute to the University, it is up to you to use your best judgment on whether you can get here safely. Please contact your instructor. You will be given the opportunity to make up any work that you may have missed without penalty.


Course Evaluation: Grades will be based on three (3) practical laboratory exams worth 100 points each for a total 300 possible points, plus 50 points for the quality of the cat dissection (per group).

315-350 A 280- 314 B 245- 279 C 210- 244 D 0 - 209 Unfortunate

The rubric for cat dissection grade will be handed out in lab.

Labs meet:

Tuesday 3:30 – 5:20 Thursday 4:00 -5:50 Friday 11:00- 12:50

HS & F 1 LABORATORY SCHEDULE FALL 2012 (Subject to change if necessary)

Week of: Lab Exercise # Description

Aug. 21 1, 2 Terminology / Basic Body Plan

Aug.28 4, 5B, 6 Cell Biology PhysioEx lab Tissues

Sept. 4 9, 10 Bone Structure and Classification Axial skeleton

Sept. 11 11 Appendicular skeleton

Sept. 18 Exam 1 1, 2, 4, 6, 9, 10, 11 & 5B

Sept. 25 12, 13 Fetal skeleton Articulations and body movements

Oct. 2 14, 16 B, 15 Muscle Histology Muscle Physiology Muscle Gross Anatomy -1

Oct. 9 15 Muscle Gross Anatomy - 2

Oct. 16 15 Muscle Gross Anatomy - 3

Oct. 23 Exam 2 12, 13, 14, 15, 16B

Oct. 30 21, 17 Spinal cord and Autonomic Nervous System Nervous system - histology

Nov. 6 19, 18 B Gross Anatomy - Brain Neurophysiology

Nov.13 22, 23 Reflexes General Sensation

Nov. 14 Last day to drop a course or withdraw from the University

Nov. 19 Fall Break Turkey Dissection

Nov.27 Exam 3 17,19, 18B, 21-23

HUMAN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION II LAB SYLLABUS Fall 2012

Instructor: Dr. Diane Gilmore Office: LSE 415 Phone: 680-8083 Email:[email protected] Web page: Blackboard Learn Office Hours: Mon. and Wednesday 11:00 am – Noon and 1:00 – 2:00 pm; Thursday 2:00-3:00 pm; and by appointment. Required Lab Text: Marieb and Mitchell, Human Anatomy and Physiology Lab manual, tenth, ninth or eighth ed., Cat version, with PhysioEx. pub. Pearson/Benjamin Cummings

Attendance: Attendance is required at laboratory. Sessions missed without a documented excuse will result in a loss of 5 laboratory points. There is only one section of this lab meeting this semester. Make ups must be arranged in advance with your instructor. Attendance is mandatory for exams; no make-ups without doctor’s excuse or scheduled athletic event or other school sponsored activity.

COURSE OBJECTIVES: This course is an upper level course in the field of human anatomy and physiology that will be laying the foundation for other courses such as histology, pharmacology, etc. as well as preparing the student for standardized examinations. The laboratory allows the student to explore the body systems through the use of models, microscope slides, experiments and dissection. LEARNING OUTCOMES: Students will have a broad knowledge base of the anatomy and physiology of the human body. Students will be able to communicate effectively, through oral and written communication, to both laypersons and professionals in the medical field using proper terminology. The student will collect data from real and virtual experiments and analyze and interpret that data. The student will learn to work independently, as well as acting as a member of a team, to complete the cat dissection and other exercises.

CLASSROOM POLICIES: Talking to your neighbor during class, rustling newspapers, snoring, and beeping devices such as pagers and cell phones disturb those around you as well as your instructor. PLEASE TURN THESE DEVICES OFF BEFORE CLASS. If your cell phone makes a noise during an examination, you will lose 10 points off your exam score. If your phone is used in ANY capacity during an exam, you will receive a zero on that exam. If chatting is a problem, you will be asked to leave the classroom and may be counted absent. No tobacco of any kind is permitted - chewing included. You will be expected to dress in a manner that will not distract or offend others in the class. If the instructor determines that your clothing is inappropriate you will be asked to leave the classroom.






Cat Dissection Rubric: Vessels of neck: 2 pts (carotids, jugular) Vessels of Chest: 5 pts. (precava, aorta, brachiocephalics, subclavians ) Vessels of Arm: 2 pts. (brachial veins and arteries, median cubital) Vessels of Abdomen: 5 pts. (post cava, aorta, renals, median sacral, iliac arteries, mesenteric arteries, gonadals) Vessels of Leg: 2 pts (femoral arteries and veins) Endocrine: 2pts (thymus, spleen, adrenal glands, pancreas) Respiratory System: 1 pt (lungs, clean trachea, primary bronchi) Urinary System: 2pts (Kidneys, ureters, urinary bladder) Digestive System: 2pts (salivary glands, sections of intestine and colon, stomach, esophagus) Reproductive System: 2 pts (gonads, supporting structures: uterus, penis, etc.)

HS & F 2 LABORATORY SCHEDULE (subject to change if necessary)

Date : Lab Exercise #

Description

Aug. 24 25 Olfaction and Taste

Aug. 31 26 Hearing and Equilibrium

Sept. 7 24 Vision and Dissection of sheep eye

Sept.14 27, 29, 28B(PE4) 29B(PE11)

Endocrine system; Blood

Sept. 21 EXAM 1 Exercises 24 -27;29; 28B; 29 B (PE 4&11)

Sept. 28 30-31; 33B; 34 B (PE 5&6)

Anatomy of the heart, dissection of sheep heart ; Electrocardiography

Oct. 5 32 ,33 Blood Pressure and Pulse; Anatomy of blood vessels, cat dissection

Oct. 12 35, 32 Cat dissection of lymphatic system; Blood vessels continued; cat dissection

Oct. 19 36, 37, 37B Anatomy and Physiology of the Respiratory System (finish cat dissection)

Oct. 26 EXAM 2 Exercises 30-33; 33 B; 34 B; 35; 36; 37 B (PE 5-7)

Nov. 2 38, 39B (PE 8)

Digestive System: Anatomy; Chemical and Physical Processes

Nov. 9 40, 41; 41B (PE 9)

Urinary System, Urinalysis; System, Cat dissection

Nov. 14 Last day to drop a course or withdraw from the University

Nov. 16 42, 43 Male reproductive system; Female reproductive system

Nov. 23 Fall Break / Turkey Dissection

Nov. 30 EXAM 3 38; 39 B; 40-43; 41B (PE8&9)

HUMAN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION II - BIO 3233 Fall 2012


Office Hours: Mon. and Wednesday 11:00 am – Noon; and 1:00 – 2:00 pm; and Thursday 2:00-3:00 pm; and by appointment. If you need to talk to me at another time, see me before or after class, leave a note on my door, e-mail me, call me at 680-8083 or call the biology office at 973-3082. Please be sure to update your student information on web for students so that I may contact you if necessary.

WEB SITE: Blackboard Learn This site contains web pages which I will use for posting study guides, giving hints on taking tests, PowerPoint presentations and other course related material. LECTURE TEXT: Human Anatomy and Physiology, 9th ed. by Marieb and Hoehn, Benjamin Cummings pub. Required. There will also be additional readings posted online. There is a great deal of material to be covered in this course. To pass the course, it will be necessary to study often for short periods of time. Writing information onto index cards can be a portable means of studying while caught in lines at stores, movies, red lights, etc. Cramming the day before the test is a sure-fire path to failure.

COURSEOBJECTIVES:This course is an upper level course in the field of human anatomy and physiology that will be laying the foundation for other courses such as histology, pharmacology, etc. as well as preparing the student for standardized examinations.While the primary focus of the course will be the structure and function of the systems of the human organism, the course will also discuss energy flow and biological machinery.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the course the student will have a working knowledge of medical terminology, somatic and special senses; blood; water, electrolyte and acid - base balance and the cardiovascular, endocrine, lymphatic, immune, digestive, respiratory, urinary and reproductive systems. Students will be able to communicate effectively, through oral and written communication, to both laypersons and professionals in the medical field using proper terminology.


CLASSROOM POLICIES: Talking to your neighbor during class, rustling newspapers, snoring, and beeping devices such as pagers and cell phones disturb those around you as well as your instructor. PLEASE TURN THESE DEVICES OFF BEFORE CLASS. If your cell phone makes a noise during an examination, you will lose 10 points off your exam score. If chatting is a problem, you will be asked to leave the

classroom and may be counted absent. No tobacco of any kind is permitted - chewing included. You will be expected to dress in a manner that will not distract or offend others in the class. If the instructor determines that your clothing is inappropriate you will be asked to leave the classroom.


ATTENDANCE: Class meets Monday, Wednesday and Friday from 10:00- 10:50 am. If you must miss a class, it is your responsibility to obtain the notes for that class from a fellow student. If you have the flu, please do NOT attend classes until you have been free of fever (without medication) for 24 hours. Students will not be penalized if they cannot attend class due to inclement weather, but must get notes on the information covered in class from another student. If the college cancels class on a day when an exam is scheduled, the exam will be given on the next class day. Exam dates will not be changed, please try to arrange your schedule around them. Attendance records will be maintained and taken into account when assigning final grades.

INCLEMENT WEATHER: The University will be open except in extreme circumstances. If you commute to the University, it is up to you to use your best judgment on whether you can get here safely. You will be given the opportunity to make up any work that you may have missed without penalty.


EXAMS: There will be four exams and a comprehensive final exam. Exams will consist of about half multiple choice questions, and half open response questions which will include fill in the blank, matching, diagrams, short answer and essay questions. Test material will come from both the text and the lecture material. Attendance is mandatory for exams. In case of illness or emergency you should contact me or the Biology department secretary (972-3082) on the day of the exam. If athletic events or other circumstances make it impossible for you to take an exam at the scheduled time, speak with me about it as far in advance as possible. Make-up exams will be given only for a documented excuse and with proper notification.

GRADING SCALE:

Each exam will count for a total of 100 points toward your final grade. Since there will be five exams, you

could receive 500 points. The grading scale will be as follows:


Tentative Lecture Schedule for Human Structure and Function 2 Week of: Subject Text Chapter

Aug. 20 Special Senses 15

Aug. 27 Special Senses cont. 15, MP 4

Sept. 3 Labor Day – No Class

Sept. 5 Endocrine System 16

Sept. 10 Blood 17

Sept. 12 Exam I (Chap. 15, 16)

Sept. 14 Blood cont. 17

Sept. 17 Heart, Cardiovascular System 18, 19

Sept. 24 Cardiovascular System cont. 19, MP 12-18

Oct. 1 Lymphatic System and immunology 20, 21

Oct. 3 Exam II (Chap. 17, 18, 19, 20, 21)

Oct. 5 Immunology cont. 21

Oct. 8 Respiratory System 22

Oct. 15 Digestive System 23, MP 26

Oct. 22 Urinary System 25

Oct. 29 Water Balance 26

Oct. 31 Exam III (Chap. 21, 23, 22, 25)

Nov.2 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid- Base Balance 26

Nov. 5 Electrolyte, and Acid- Base Balance cont. 26

Nov. 12 Reproductive Systems - Male and Female 27

Nov. 14 Wednesday- Last day to drop a class or withdraw from the University

Nov. 19 – 23 FALL BREAK –No Classes

Nov. 26 Repro. Systems/Human Growth and Development 28

Dec. 3 Exam IV (Chap. 26, 27, 28)

Dec. 4 Tuesday - Study Day

Dec. 10 Monday - Comprehensive Final Exam 10:15 a.m.

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY - BIO 3203

Spring 2013

INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Diane M. Gilmore

OFFICE: LSE 415 PHONE: 680-8083 EMAIL: [email protected]

OFFICE HOURS: Monday and Wednesday 11:00- Noon; Monday 3:00-4:00 pm; Tuesday and Thursday 2:00-3:00 pm; or by appointment. If you need to talk to me at another time, see me before or after class, leave a note on my door, e-mail me, call me at 680-8083 or call the biology office at 973-3082. Please be sure to update your student information on web for students so that I may contact you if necessary. WEB SITE: Blackboard Learn This site contains web pages which I will use for posting study guides, giving hints on taking tests, PowerPoint presentations and other course related material. LECTURE TEXT: Essentials of Pathophysiology Concepts of Altered Health States, 3rd ed., Carol Mattson Porth, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins You are also required to purchase a Quizdom clicker. This may be obtained used from the ASU bookstore.

Reading the assigned material prior to lecture is strongly suggested! You may also find it helpful to make your own glossary of specialized terminology and unfamiliar terms. There is a great deal of material to be covered in this course. To pass the course, it will be necessary to study often for short periods of time. Writing information onto index cards can be a portable means of studying while caught in lines at stores, movies, red lights, etc. Cramming the day before the test is a sure-fire path to failure. If you are having any problems in the course or questions over the material, please come and talk to me before exams. There is NOTHING I can do for you during the last week of class or after final grades are given. I do NOT allow papers for extra credit. COURSE OBJECTIVES: This class builds on the knowledge gained from basic anatomy and physiology courses to give the student a working knowledge of some of the pathophysiology of major body systems; incidence, cause and treatment of these conditions and corresponding terminology. This will allow the student to fine-tune intellectual skills to be successful in graduate/professional school and/or their chosen career. LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the course the successful student will have a working knowledge of pathophysiology, and will be able to describe the processes occurring in the disease states covered by the class, and describe the incidence and treatment of those conditions. Utilizing critical thinking skills, students will be able to differentiate between similar disease states. Students will be able to communicate effectively, through oral and written communication, to both laypersons and professionals in the medical field using proper terminology. CLASSROOM POLICIES: Talking to your neighbor during class, rustling newspapers, snoring, and beeping devices such as pagers and cell phones disturb those around you as well as your instructor. This includes texting during class. Please turn these devices off before class. If your cell phone makes a noise during an examination, you will lose 10 points off your exam score. If you use your cell phone during an exam FOR ANY REASON you will receive an automatic zero for the exam. If chatting is a problem, you will be asked to leave the classroom and may be counted absent. No tobacco of any kind is permitted - chewing included. You are expected to dress in a manner that will not distract or offend others in the class. If the instructor determines that your clothing is inappropriate you will be asked to leave the classroom. ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY: Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity

and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy such as plagiarism, cheating, and allowing others to cheat are considered as serious misconduct and may result in disciplinary action and severe penalties. Sanctions for Academic Misconduct may be imposed by the faculty member or instructor discovering the Academic Misconduct except in the case of dismissal from a particular program which shall be made by the department chair or program director, or suspension or expulsion from the university, which shall be made by the dean. A Student may not avoid academic sanctions by withdrawing from a class, a program, or the university. A student disagreeing with the sanction issued based on Academic Misconduct should follow the Academic Grievance Procedure. It is the student’s responsibility to have read and understood the topics under Academic Misconduct section of the Student Handbook. PLEASE NOTE: It is unlawful to give grades over the telephone or Internet where I cannot be certain of the person on the other end; please do not call me or the school for your grade. ATTENDANCE: Class meets Tuesday and Thursday from 11:00 a.m. - 12:15 p.m. If you must miss a class, it is your responsibility to obtain the notes for that class from a fellow student. You will receive 1 attendance point for the day if you are able to document the reason for your absence. If you have the flu, please do NOT attend classes until you have been free of fever (without medication) for 24 hours. Students will not be penalized if they cannot attend class due to inclement weather, but must get notes on the information covered in class from another student. If the college cancels class on a day when an exam is scheduled, the exam will be given on the next class day. Exam dates will not be changed, please try to arrange your schedule around them. Attendance records will be maintained and taken into account when assigning final grades. INCLEMENT WEATHER: The University will be open except in extreme circumstances. If you commute to the University, it is up to you to use your best judgment on whether you can get here safely. You will be given the opportunity to make up any work that you may have missed without penalty. DISABILITY SERVICES: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Students may contact Disability Services at (870) 972-3964 or visit the office in the Reng Student Services Center, Room 2181. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, please contact me to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course. Auxiliary aids include various modes of communication, assistive devices, and technology which will also encompass computer aids. Students are assisted with adaptive testing, note taking, reader services, and special seating arrangements in the classroom LEARNING SUPPORT CENTER The LSC tutors are able to help students in almost all 1000- and 2000-level general education courses and some upper division core courses. For the LSC, contact 972-3451 Hours of operation: 11:00 am to 7:00 pm Monday through Thursday. 11:00 am to 3:00 pm on Fridays. GENERAL COMPUTER OR BLACKBOARD HELP For general help, contact the Help Desk at 870-972-3933. Hours of operation: 8:00 am to 10:00 pm Monday through Friday.

EXAMS: There will be five exams. Four exams will be given during regular class periods and the fifth will be given during the final exam time. Exams may consist of multiple choice, matching, short answer and essay questions. Test material will come from both the text and the lecture material. There will also be several "pop" quizzes, which will count as extra credit. The purpose of these quizzes is to encourage you to keep up with the material on a daily basis, give you an idea of the type of questions that will be on the exam, and to give your

grades a little boost. Attendance is mandatory for exams. In case of illness or emergency you should contact me or the Biology department secretary on the day of the exam. If athletic events or other circumstances make it impossible for you to take an exam at the scheduled time, speak with me about it as far in advance as possible. Make-up exams will be given only for a documented excuse and with proper notification. GRADING SCALE: Each exam will count for a total of 100 points toward your final grade. You will also receive one point each day for attendance and another point for correctly answering at least 40 % of the in class quiz questions each day. Since there will be five exams, you could receive 550 points (plus bonus points for quizzes and possibly seminars). The grading scale will be as follows:


Tentative Lecture Schedule for Pathophysiology

Date: Subject Chapter

Jan. 15 Course introduction; Cellular response to stress, injury and aging Intro, 2

Jan. 17 Biology of Cancer; Clinical Manifestations of Cancer and treatment 7

Jan.22 Infectious Disease 14

Jan. 24 Inflammation and fever 3

Jan. 29 The Immune Response and hypersensitivities 15

Jan. 31 Immunodeficiency; HIV/AIDS 16

Feb. 5 Exam I - Cell Biology; Injury; Cancer; Intro, 2, 3,7, 14-16

Immunity and its disorders

Feb.7 Erythrocyte disorders 13

Feb. 12 Leukocyte and lymphoid tissue disorders; Clotting disorders 11, 12

Feb. 14 Cardiovascular function 17

Feb. 19 Vascular disorders 18

Feb. 21 Cardiac disorders 19

Feb. 26 Heart Failure and shock 20

Feb. 28 Exam II - Blood, Cardiovascular Disorders 11-13, 17-20

Mar. 5 Respiratory Function 21

Mar. 7 Respiratory Pathophysiology 22, 23

Mar. 12 Kidney Structure and Function 24

Mar. 14 Renal Pathophysiology 27, 25

Mar. 18 -23 SPRING BREAK – No Classes

Mar. 26 Renal Pathophysiology cont. 25, 26

Mar. 28 Exam III - Respiratory and Renal Pathophysiology 21-27

Apr. 2 Fluids and Electrolytes 8

Apr. 4 Acid-Base Imbalance 8

Apr. 9 Musculoskeletal pathophysiology 42-44, 36

Apr. 11 Review of Neurological Structure and Function 34

Apr. 16 Exam IV -Fluid, Electrolytes, Acid-Base Imbalance 8, 42-44, 36

Musculoskeletal disorders

Apr. 18 Neurological Pathophysiology 37

Apr. 23 Neurological Pathophysiology cont. 37

Apr. 24 Wednesday - Last day to drop a class or withdraw from the University

Apr. 25 Diabetes 33

Apr. 30 Tuesday - Study Day

May 2 Thursday - Final Exam (Exam 5) at 12:30 p.m. 34, 37, 33

Neurological Pathophysiology and Diabetes

HUMAN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION I LAB SYLLABUS, SPRING 2013

Instructor: Dr. Diane Gilmore Office: LSE 415 Phone: 680-8083 Email: [email protected] Web page: Blackboard Learn Office Hours: Mon. and Wed. 11:00- Noon; Mon. 3:00-4:00 pm; Tues. and Thurs. 2:00-3:00 pm; or by appointment. Required Lab Text: Marieb and Mitchell, Human Anatomy & Physiology, eighth, ninth or tenth ed., cat version, with PhysioEx, pub. Pearson/ Benjamin Cummings.

Attendance: Attendance is required at laboratory. Sessions missed without a documented excuse will result in a loss of 5 laboratory points. There are no other lab sessions for this course. Make ups must be arranged in advance with your instructor. Attendance is mandatory for exams; no make-ups without doctor’s excuse or scheduled athletic event or other school sponsored activity.

COURSE OBJECTIVES: This course is an upper level course in the field of human anatomy and physiology that will be laying the foundation for other courses such as histology, pharmacology, etc. as well as preparing the student for standardized examinations. The laboratory allows the student to explore the body systems through the use of models, microscope slides, experiments and dissection.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Students will have a broad knowledge base of the anatomy and physiology of the human body. Students will be able to communicate effectively, through oral and written communication, to both laypersons and professionals in the medical field using proper terminology. The student will collect data from real and virtual experiments and analyze and interpret that data. The student will learn to work independently, as well as acting as a member of a team, to complete the cat dissection and other exercises.

CLASSROOM POLICIES: Talking to your neighbor during class, rustling newspapers, snoring, and beeping devices such as pagers and cell phones disturb those around you as well as your instructor. PLEASE TURN THESE DEVICES OFF BEFORE CLASS. If your cell phone makes a noise during an examination, you will lose 10 points off your exam score. If your phone is used in ANY capacity during an exam, you will receive a zero on that exam. If chatting is a problem, you will be asked to leave the classroom and may be counted absent. No tobacco of any kind is permitted - chewing included. You will be expected to dress in a manner that will not distract or offend others in the class. If the instructor determines that your clothing is inappropriate you will be asked to leave the classroom.






The rubric for cat dissection grade will be handed out in lab.

HS & F 1 LABORATORY SCHEDULE SPRING 2013 (subject to change if necessary)

Week of: Lab Exercise # Description

Jan. 14 1, 2 Terminology / Basic Body Plan

Jan. 21 No Lab Martin Luther King Day

Jan. 28 4, 5B, 6 Cell Biology, PhysioEx lab, Tissues

Feb. 4 9, 10 Bone Structure and Classification Axial skeleton

Feb. 11 11 Appendicular skeleton

Feb. 18 Exam 1 1, 2, 4, 6, 9, 10, 11 & 5B

Feb. 25 12, 13 Fetal skeleton Articulations and body movements

Mar. 4 14, 16 B, 15 Muscle Histology Muscle Physiology PhysioEx lab Muscle Gross Anatomy -1

Mar. 11 15 Muscle Gross Anatomy - 2

Mar. 18-23 SPRING BREAK – No Classes

Mar. 25 15 Muscle Gross Anatomy - 3

Apr. 1 Exam 2 12, 13, 14, 15, 16B

Apr. 8 21, 17 Spinal cord and Autonomic Nervous System Nervous system - histology

Apr. 15 19, 18 B Gross Anatomy - Brain Neurophysiology PhysioEx lab

Apr. 22 22, 23 Reflexes; General Sensation

Apr. 24 Last day to drop a course or withdraw from the University

Apr. 29 Exam 3 17,19, 18B, 21-23

HUMAN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION I - BIO 3223 Spring 2013


OFFICE HOURS: Monday and Wednesday 11:00- Noon; Monday 3:00-4:00 pm; Tuesday and Thursday 2:00-3:00 pm; or by appointment. If you need to talk to me at another time, see me before or after class, leave a note on my door, e-mail me, call me at 680-8083 or call the biology office at 973-3082. Please be sure to update your student information on web for students so that I may contact you if necessary.


COURSE OBJECTIVES: This course is an upper level course in the field of human anatomy and physiology that will be laying the foundation for other courses such as histology, pharmacology, etc. as well as preparing the student for standardized examinations. While the primary focus of the course will be the structure and function of the systems of the human organism, the course will also discuss energy flow and biological machinery.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the course the student will have a working knowledge of medical terminology, metabolism, cell structure, organization of the body, tissues, and the integumentary, skeletal, muscular and nervous systems. Students will be able to communicate effectively, through oral and written communication, to both laypersons and professionals in the medical field using proper terminology.


CLASSROOM POLICIES: Talking to your neighbor during class, rustling newspapers, snoring, and beeping devices such as pagers and cell phones disturb those around you as well as your instructor. PLEASE TURN THESE DEVICES OFF BEFORE CLASS. If your cell phone makes a noise during an examination, you will lose 10 points off your exam score, and if you are using your phone FOR ANY REASON during

an exam you will receive an automatic zero for the exam. If chatting is a problem, you will be asked to leave the classroom and may be counted absent. No tobacco of any kind is permitted - chewing included. You will be expected to dress in a manner that will not distract or offend others in the class. If the instructor determines that your clothing is inappropriate you will be asked to leave the classroom.


ATTENDANCE: Class meets Tuesday and Thursday from 12:30 – 1:45 p.m. If you must miss a class, it is your responsibility to obtain the notes for that class from a fellow student. If you have the flu, please do NOT attend classes until you have been free of fever (without medication) for 24 hours. Students will not be penalized if they cannot attend class due to inclement weather, but must get notes on the information covered in class from another student. If the college cancels class on a day when an exam is scheduled, the exam will be given on the next class day. Exam dates will not be changed, please try to arrange your schedule around them. Attendance records will be maintained and taken into account when assigning final grades. INCLEMENT WEATHER: The University will be open except in extreme circumstances. If you commute to the University, it is up to you to use your best judgment on whether you can get here safely. You will be given the opportunity to make up any work that you may have missed without penalty.



GRADING SCALE:

Each exam will count for a total of 100 points toward your final grade. Since there will be five exams, you could receive 500 points. The grading scale will be as follows:


Tentative Lecture Schedule for Human Structure and Function 1

Week of: Subject Text Chapter

Jan. 15 Introduction; Chemical Basis of Life 1, 2; MP p.1-6

Jan. 22 Cells 3

Jan. 29 Cellular metabolism p. 918-934MP p.6-19, Chap. 2

Jan. 31 EXAM I (Chap. 1, 2, 3)

Feb. 5 Tissues 4

Feb. 12 Integumentary System 5, p.950 -953

Feb. 19 Skeletal System 6,7

Feb. 26 Skeletal System; Joints 7, 8

Feb. 28 EXAM II (Chap. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8)

March 5 Joints 8

March 12 Muscles 9,10; MP Ch.8

Mar. 18- 23 Spring Break – No Classes

March 26 Muscles 10; MP Ch. 9,10

April 2 Nervous System 11

April 4 EXAM III (Chap. 8, 9, 10, 11)




Apr. 24 Wednesday- Last day to drop a class or withdraw from the University

April 29 EXAM IV (Chap. 11, 12, 13, 14)

April 30 Study Day

May 2 Thursday - Comprehensive Final Exam at 2:45 p.m.

HUMAN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION II LAB SYLLABUS Spring 2013

Instructor: Dr. Diane Gilmore Office: LSE 415 Phone: 680-8083 Email:[email protected] Web page: Blackboard Learn Office Hours: Mon. and Wed. 11:00- Noon; Mon. 3:00-4:00 pm; Tues. and Thurs. 2:00-3:00 pm; or by appointment. Required Lab Text: Marieb and Mitchell, Human Anatomy and Physiology Lab manual, tenth, ninth or eighth ed., Cat version, with PhysioEx. pub. Pearson/Benjamin Cummings

Attendance: Attendance is required at laboratory. Sessions missed without a documented excuse will result in a loss of 5 laboratory points. If you must miss a lab, you may attend another section. Labs meet Tuesday at 3 p.m. and Fridays at 9 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. Make ups must be arranged in advance with your instructor. Attendance is mandatory for exams; no make-ups without doctor’s excuse or scheduled athletic event or other school sponsored activity.

COURSE OBJECTIVES: This course is an upper level course in the field of human anatomy and physiology that will be laying the foundation for other courses such as histology, pharmacology, etc. as well as preparing the student for standardized examinations. The laboratory allows the student to explore the body systems through the use of models, microscope slides, experiments and dissection. LEARNING OUTCOMES: Students will have a broad knowledge base of the anatomy and physiology of the human body. Students will be able to communicate effectively, through oral and written communication, to both laypersons and professionals in the medical field using proper terminology. The student will collect data from real and virtual experiments and analyze and interpret that data. The student will learn to work independently, as well as acting as a member of a team, to complete the cat dissection and other exercises.

CLASSROOM POLICIES: Talking to your neighbor during class, rustling newspapers, snoring, and beeping devices such as pagers and cell phones disturb those around you as well as your instructor.

PLEASE TURN THESE DEVICES OFF BEFORE CLASS. If your cell phone makes a noise during an examination, you will lose 10 points off your exam score. If your phone is used in ANY capacity during an exam, you will receive a zero on that exam. If chatting is a problem, you will be asked to leave the classroom and may be counted absent. No tobacco of any kind is permitted - chewing included. You will be expected to dress in a manner that will not distract or offend others in the class. If the instructor determines that your clothing is inappropriate you will be asked to leave the classroom.






Cat Dissection Rubric: Vessels of neck: 2 pts (carotids, jugular) Vessels of Chest: 5 pts. (precava, aorta, brachiocephalics, subclavians ) Vessels of Arm: 2 pts. (brachial veins and arteries) Vessels of Abdomen: 5 pts.

(post cava, aorta, renals, median sacral, iliac arteries, mesenteric arteries, gonadals) Vessels of Leg: 2 pts (femoral arteries and veins) Endocrine: 2pts (thymus, spleen, adrenal glands, pancreas) Respiratory System: 1 pt (lungs, clean trachea) Urinary System: 2pts (Kidneys, ureters, urinary bladder) Digestive System: 2pts (salivary glands, sections of intestine and colon, stomach, esophagus) Reproductive System: 2 pts (gonads, supporting structures: uterus, penis, etc.)

HS & F 2 LABORATORY SCHEDULE (subject to change if necessary)

Week of : Lab Exercise #

Description

Jan. 15 25 Olfaction and Taste

Jan. 22 26 Hearing and Equilibrium

Jan. 29 24 Vision and Dissection of sheep eye

Feb. 5 27, 29, 28B(PE4) 29B(PE11)

Endocrine system; Blood

Feb. 12 EXAM 1 Exercises 24 -27;29; 28B; 29 B (PE 4&11)

Feb. 19 30-31; 33B; 34 B (PE 5&6)

Anatomy of the heart, dissection of sheep heart ; Electrocardiography

Feb. 26 32 ,33 Blood Pressure and Pulse; Anatomy of blood vessels, cat dissection

Mar. 5 35, 32 Cat dissection of lymphatic system; Blood vessels continued; cat dissection

Mar. 12 36, 37, 37B Anatomy and Physiology of the Respiratory System (finish cat dissection)

Mar. 18-23 No Lab SPRING BREAK

Mar. 26 EXAM 2 Exercises 30-33; 33 B; 34 B; 35; 36; 37 B (PE 5-7)

Apr. 2 38, 39B (PE 8)

Digestive System: Anatomy; Chemical and Physical Processes

Apr. 9 40, 41; 41B (PE 9)

Urinary System, Urinalysis; System, Cat dissection

Apr. 16 42, 43 Male reproductive system; Female reproductive system

Apr. 23 EXAM 3 38; 39 B; 40-43; 41B (PE8&9)

Apr. 24 Last day to drop a course or withdraw from the University

HUMAN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION II - BIO 3233 Spring 2013


OFFICE HOURS: Monday and Wednesday 11:00- Noon; Monday 3:00-4:00 pm; Tuesday and Thursday 2:00-3:00 pm; or by appointment. If you need to talk to me at another time, see me before or after class, leave a note on my door, e-mail me, call me at 680-8083 or call the biology office at 973-3082. Please be sure to update your student information on web for students so that I may contact you if necessary.


COURSEOBJECTIVES:This course is an upper level course in the field of human anatomy and physiology that will be laying the foundation for other courses such as histology, pharmacology, etc. as well as preparing the student for standardized examinations.While the primary focus of the course will be the structure and function of the systems of the human organism, the course will also discuss energy flow and biological machinery.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the course the student will have a working knowledge of medical terminology, somatic and special senses; blood; water, electrolyte and acid - base balance and the cardiovascular, endocrine, lymphatic, immune, digestive, respiratory, urinary and reproductive systems. Students will be able to communicate effectively, through oral and written communication, to both laypersons and professionals in the medical field using proper terminology.


CLASSROOM POLICIES: Talking to your neighbor during class, rustling newspapers, snoring, and beeping devices such as pagers and cell phones disturb those around you as well as your instructor. PLEASE TURN THESE DEVICES OFF BEFORE CLASS. If your cell phone makes a noise during an examination, you will lose 10 points off your exam score, and if you are using your phone FOR ANY REASON during an exam you will receive an automatic zero for the exam. If chatting is a problem, you will be asked to leave the classroom and may be counted absent. No tobacco of any kind is permitted - chewing included. You

will be expected to dress in a manner that will not distract or offend others in the class. If the instructor determines that your clothing is inappropriate you will be asked to leave the classroom.


ATTENDANCE: Class meets Monday, Wednesday and Friday from Noon -12:50 p.m. If you must miss a class, it is your responsibility to obtain the notes for that class from a fellow student. If you have the flu, please do NOT attend classes until you have been free of fever (without medication) for 24 hours. Students will not be penalized if they cannot attend class due to inclement weather, but must get notes on the information covered in class from another student. If the college cancels class on a day when an exam is scheduled, the exam will be given on the next class day. Exam dates will not be changed, please try to arrange your schedule around them. Attendance records will be maintained and taken into account when assigning final grades.




GRADING SCALE:

Each exam will count for a total of 100 points toward your final grade. Since there will be five exams, you could receive 500 points. The grading scale will be as follows:

Tentative Lecture Schedule for Human Structure and Function 2 Week of: Subject Text Chapter

Jan. 14 Special Senses 15

Jan. 21 No Class – MLK Day

Jan. 23 Special Senses cont. 15, MP 4

Jan. 28 Endocrine System 16

Feb. 4 Blood 17

Feb. 6 Exam I (Chap. 15, 16)

Feb. 8 Blood cont. 17

Feb. 11 Heart, Cardiovascular System 18, 19

Feb. 18 Cardiovascular System cont. 19, MP 12-18

Feb. 25 Lymphatic System and immunology 20, 21

Feb. 27 Exam II (Chap. 17, 18, 19, 20, 21)

Mar. 1 Immunology cont. 21

Mar. 4 Respiratory System 22

Mar. 11 Digestive System 23, MP 26

Mar. 18 – 23 SPRING BREAK –No Classes

Mar. 25 Urinary System 25

Apr. 1 Water Balance 26

Apr. 3 Exam III (Chap. 21, 23, 22, 25)

Apr. 5, 8 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid- Base Balance 26

Apr. 15 Reproductive Systems - Male and Female 27

Apr. 23 Repro. Systems/Human Growth and Development 28

Apr. 24 Wednesday- Last day to drop a class or withdraw from the University

Apr. 29 Exam IV (Chap. 26, 27, 28)

Apr. 30 Tuesday - Study Day

May 3 Friday - Comprehensive Final Exam 12:30 p.m.

BIO2221AnatomyandPhysiologyII

LaboratorySpring2013

BasicInformationfortheCourse:

Instructor:Dr.DianeM.Gilmore,LSE415,680‐8083

TeachingAssistant:PhillipJordan

LabLocation:LSW433

Coursewebsite:http://www.sites.astate.edu/jhuggins alsoBlackboardLearn

Requiredlabtext:AnatomyandPhysiology:AnIntegrativeApproachLaboratoryManualbyEckel,Bidle,andRoss(McGraw‐HillPub).

Requiredtextbook:AnatomyandPhysiology:AnIntegrativeApproachbyMcKinley,O’Loughlin,andBidle(McGraw‐HillPub.)

CourseDescription:BIO2221,HumanAnatomyandPhysiologyIIlaboratoryisthesecondsemesterofatwo‐semestercoursedesignedtomeettheneedsofnursing,physicalscience,andotheralliedhealthstudents.Laboratorystudieswillsupplementmaterialstudiedinlectureandprovideaframeworkforfuturestudyofthehumanbody.

CourseObjectives:HumanAnatomyandPhysiologyLaboratoryIIisdesignedtoprovidethestudentwiththeopportunityfor‘handson’explorationoftheorgansystemsandwillcomplementthelectureportionofthecourse.Byadheringtoattendanceguidelines,listening,utilizingclassroommaterials,andstayingfocused,studentsshouldbeabletosuccessfullyenhancetheirknowledge.Models,posters,glassslides,websites,preservedspecimens,andPowerPointmaterialswillbeavailabletohelpstudentslearntheanatomicalcharacteristicsofthehumanbody.

MethodofInstruction:Asoftenaspossible,lectureswillparallelthelaboratorystudies.Thelecturetextwillalsobeusedinthelaboratoryportionofthecourse(seeabovereference).Studentswillworkinsmallgroups.Eachlabsessionwillbeginwithabriefintroductorylecture,followedbythelabinwhichstudentswillidentifystructuresthroughdissectionand/ormodels.Thesuccessfulstudentswillnotlimitthemselvestojustidentifications,butwillalsostudytheterminologyandproperspellingoftheterms.

CourseEvaluation:

1. Therewillbethreelabpracticalexamsspacedevenlythroughoutthesemester.Formatfortheseisfill‐in‐the‐blankidentifications(spelling,left/rightandartery/veindistinctionscountaswell).Thisprovidesatotalof300points.

2. Quizzes:Therewillbe10dailyquizzesworth10pointseachthatwillbegivenattheendofeachlabperiod.Thisprovidesatotalof100points.

3. Cellphonesmustbeturnedoffduringlabexamsorpointsmaybededucted.

PLEASENOTETHEREISNOFINALEXAMINTHISCOURSE

Attendance:Regularattendanceinlabisexpected,andstudentsareexpectedtobeONTIME.Rollwillbechecked,andifthestudentisnotinthelabwhenrolliscalledhe/shewillbemarkedabsent.Ifthestudentistardy,itistheresponsibilityofthestudenttoinformtheinstructorofhavingarrivedlate.Repeatedabsences/tardinesswillbereportedtotheteacherofrecord.

Absences:Studentswhomissalabwithadocumentedexcuse(illness,schoolsponsoredfunction,familyemergency)willbepermittedtomakeupthemissedlabworkduringanothersessioninthesameweek(ifpossible).Itisthestudents’responsibilitytonotifytheinstructorofanabsenceviae‐mailorvoicemail.Failuretomakecontactwithin24hourscouldresultinastudentmissingtheopportunitytomakeupthework.Permissiontoattendanotherlabsessionmustbeobtainedfromtheteacherofrecord/teachingassistantforthatlabsectionwithin24hoursoftheabsence.

NOTE:Anystudentwith2ormoreundocumentedabsenceswilllosealettergrade.(FromanAtoaB,aBtoaC,etc).

MakeupExam:Anyonemissingascheduledlabpracticalexammusthaveavalidexcuse.Itisyourresponsibilitytocallore‐mailyourTAifyoumisstheexam.Acomprehensivemakeupexamwillbegivenattheendofthesemester.(Beawareyoucanonlymissonemajorlabpractical.)

CourseGrades:

1. Thereare400percentagepointspossible(3exams,10quizzes)

2. 100‐90%A 69‐60%D 89‐80%Bbelow59%F 79‐70%C

LabFees:AnylabfeeschargedbytheUniversityareusedtopurchasematerialstobeusedinthelaboratoryandincludebutarenotlimitedto:slides,dissectionkits,chemicals,gloves,andspecimensfordissection.

Disabilitystatement:StudentswhorequireacademicadjustmentsmustfirstregisterwithASUDisabilityServices.Followingregistrationandwithinthefirsttwoweeksofclasscontactyourinstructorwithacopyofyouraccommodationcardtodiscussyourneeds.Appropriatearrangementscanbemadetoensureequalaccesstothiscourse.

InclementWeather:TheUniversitywillremainopenexceptinextremecircumstances.IfyoucommutetotheUniversity,useyourbestjudgmentonwhetheryoucanarrivesafely.IftheUniversitycancelsclass,anyexamsscheduledwillbegiventhenextlabperiod.

AcademicIntegrity:Cheatingisanactofdishonestywiththeintentionofobtainingand/orusinginformationinafraudulentmanner.Thisincludes:

Observingand/orcopyingfromanotherstudent'stestpaper,reports,computerfilesand/orotherclassassignments.

Givingorreceivingassistanceduringanexaminationperiod Usingclassnotes,outlines,andotherunauthorizedinformationduringanexamination.

Usingacellphoneduringtheexam.**Studentsaretorefrainfromusingunauthorizedaidsduringtesting(includingbutnotlimitedtotechnologydevicessuchasdigitalcameras,cellphones,cellphonecameras,andtextmessagingdevices).

IFyouarecaughtcheatingoneofthefollowingdisciplinaryactionswilloccur:

1.TheTAmayallowthetestingtoprogresswithoutinterruption,informingtheoffendingstudentabouttheoffense—andawardafailinggradeonthetest—"F"ifalettergradeisusedorzeroifanumericalgradeisused.

2.Seizethetestoftheoffendingstudentandgiveafailinggradeonthepaper. 3.Givetheoffendingstudentafailinggradeinthecourse. 4.Allcaseswillbereferredtothedepartmentchairpersonforadditionalsanctions

(includingpossibleexpulsionfromtheclassand/orUniversity)

TentativeSchedule:subjecttochangeasneeded

Weekof: Labexercises:1/14 Meetforsyllabusandrollcall1/21 Ex.18GeneralandSpecialSensespages

465‐490(anatomy)1/28 Ex.18GeneralandSpecialSenses

(physiology)pages491‐5082/4 Ex.20CardiovascularSystem:Blood2/11 LabPracticalExam:Generaland

SpecialSensesandBlood2/18 Ex.21Cardiovascularsystem:Heart

2/25(MIDTERMweek) Ex.22Cardiovascular:Vesselsand

Circulation(topage613)3/4 Ex.22Continued:page614‐640)

3/11 EXAMTWOCardiovascularsystem3/18‐3/23 SpringBreak3/25 Ex.23LymphaticSystem

Ex.24RespiratorySystem4/1 Ex.25DigestiveSystem

4/8 Ex.26UrinarySystem

4/15 Ex.19EndocrineSystemEx.27ReproductiveSystem

4/22 EXAMTHREE:Lymphatics,Respiratory,Digestive,Urinary,Endocrine,Reproductive

TBA MAKEUPEXAM—ThisisaCOMPREHENSIVELabExam

BIO2201AnatomyandPhysiologyLabISpring2013


InstructorofRecord:Dr.DianeM.Gilmore

OfficeHoursandLocation:Mon.&Wed.11‐noon;Mon.3‐4pm;Tues.&Thurs.2‐3pm;andbyappointment.LSE415

Phone:870680‐8083

TeachingAssistant:AdamEarhart

OfficeHoursandLocation:

Phone:

LabLocation:LSW433

Coursewebsite:http://www.sites.astate.edu/jhuggins

Requiredlabtext:AnatomyandPhysiology:AnIntegrativeApproachLaboratoryManual(MainVersion)byEckel,Bidle,andRoss(McGraw‐HillPublisher).Requiredtextbook:AnatomyandPhysiology:AnIntegrativeApproachbyMcKinley,O’Loughlin,andBidle(McGraw‐HillPub.) CourseObjectives:HumanAnatomyandPhysiologyLaboratoryIisdesignedtoprovidethestudentwiththeopportunityfor‘handson’explorationoftheorgansystemsandwillcomplementthelectureportionofthecourse.Byadheringtoattendanceguidelines,listening,utilizingclassroommaterials,andstayingfocused,studentsshouldbeabletosuccessfullyenhancetheirknowledge.Models,posters,glassslides,powerpointintroductions,andcomputerwebsiteswillbeavailabletohelpstudentslearntheanatomicalcharacteristicsofthehumanbody.Preservedspecimensfromsheep,pigs,orcatsmayalsobeusedtoenhancethelearningexperience.LearningObjectives:Studentswillbeexpectedtoexplain,discuss,recognize,andapplyknowledgeandunderstandingofthefollowing:Generalbodyorganizationandfunction,basicbiochemistry,cellularstructureandfunction,metabolism,histology,integumentarysystem,skeletalsystem,muscularsystem,nervoussystem,andproperuseandcareoflaboratoryequipment.StudentLearningOutcomes

Uponsuccessfulcompletionofthecoursethestudentwillbeableto:

Identifyanatomicalstructuresandexplainthephysiologyofeachbodysystemcovered(seeLearningObjectivesabove)

Demonstratelaboratoryproceduresusedtoexamineanatomicalstructuresandevaluatephysiologicalfunctionsofeachbodysystemcovered

Developavocabularyofterminologyforeffectivecommunicationofinformationrelatingtoanatomyandphysiology

Usecorrectspellingforanyandallanatomicalstructuresstudiedinthelaboratory.MethodofInstruction:Asoftenaspossible,lectureswillparallelthelaboratorystudies.Thelecturetextwillalsobeusedinthelaboratoryportionofthecourse(seeabovereference).Studentswillworkinsmallgroups.Eachlabsessionwillbeginwithabriefintroductorylecture,followedbythelabinwhichstudentswillidentifystructuresthroughdissectionand/ormodels.Thesuccessfulstudentswillnotlimitthemselvestojustidentifications,butwillalsostudytheterminologyandproperspellingoftheterms.Absences:MissingclassisSTRONGLYdiscouraged.Studentswhomissalab(illness,schoolsponsoredfunction,familyemergency,etc)willbepermittedtomakeupthemissedlabworkduringanothersessioninthesameweek(ifpossible).Itisthestudents’responsibilitytonotifytheinstructorofanabsenceviae‐mailorvoicemail.Failuretomakecontactwithin24hourscouldresultinastudentmissingtheopportunitytomakeupthework.Permissiontoattendanotherlabsessionmustbeobtainedfromtheteacherofrecord/teachingassistantforthatlabsectionwithin24hoursoftheabsence.

NOTE:Anystudentwith2ormoreabsenceswilllosealettergrade.(10pointsdeductedfromthecourseaverage).

MakeupExam:Anyonemissingascheduledlabpracticalexaminationmusttakeacomprehensivemakeupexamattheendofthesemester.Itisyourresponsibilitytocallore‐mailyourTAifyoumisstheexam.Permissionmustbeobtainedbeforetakingtheregularlyscheduledexamwithanalternatesection.Onlyonemakeupexamisallowed.

LabBehavior:

Yourlabtimeisverylimited.Tocompletethelabsintheallottedtime,youwillneedtorecognize,beforecomingtolab,therequiredanatomicalstructuresonthediagramsintheassignedchapterandassignedlabmanualactivity.

Youareexpectedtocleanupafteryourselffollowinglabactivities.Thismeansthatyoumust,forexample,returnallpiecestothemodels,returnpreparedslidestotheirspecificslidetrays,andwashanddrydissectingtoolsandthenreturnthemtotheirassignedbins,throwawayanytrashinyourspace,andpushinyourchair.

YourTeachingAssistantisyourguide,butitisuptoyoutolearnthematerialduringthetimeallotted.Takeadvantageofthetimeyouhaveinlabandstayfocused.

AttendweeklyopenlabsforEXTRAstudytime.



Givingorreceivingassistanceduringanexaminationperiod Usingclassnotes,outlines,andotherunauthorizedinformationduringanexamination. Havingacellphoneoutduringtheexam.



2.Seizethetestoftheoffendingstudentandgiveafailinggradeonthepaper. 3.Givetheoffendingstudentafailinggradeinthecourse. 4.Allcaseswillbereferredtothedepartmentchairpersonforadditionalsanctions

(includingpossibleexpulsionfromtheclassand/orUniversity)

Keepyourpaperclosedunlessyouarewritingananswerdown.Notalkingduringexamsorquizzes.Cellphonesshouldbeoffandinyourbackpackorpurseduringtesting.Ifyoususpectsomeoneistryingtocheat,itisyourdutytoinformtheinstructor.CourseGrades:

3. Thereare400percentagepointspossible(3exams,10quizzes)andgradeswillbeaveragedasfollows:

100‐90%A400‐360points89‐80%B359‐320points79‐70%C319‐280points69‐60%D279‐240pointsbelow60%Fbelow240points

CourseEvaluation:4. Yourgradewillbebasedsolelyonlabquizzesandlabexams.Allquestionswillcomefrom

materialinthelabbook,thetextbook,orfromextramaterialprovidedbythelabinstructor.Usethesyllabusandlabbookasyourguideandattendweeklyreviewlabs.

5. Quizzes:Therewillbedailylabquizzesworth10pointseachthatwillbegivenattheendofthelabperiod(100pointspossible)

6. LabExams(practicalexam):Therewillbe3labpracticalexamsworth100pointseach.Eachpracticalwillcovermaterialfromtheprevious3or4labs.ApracticalisALWAYSfillintheblank,andrequiresyoutoidentifystructures(anatomy)onmicroscopicslides,35mmslides,models,dissections,labmanualfigures,etc.Youmayalsobeaskedquestionsthatarerelatedtophysiology(function).Youshouldstudyyourlaboratorymanualandmodelstopreparefortheseexams.1pointwillbedeductedforeach2misspelledwordsonyourexam.SPELLINGISIMPORTANT!

7. Thereisnofinalexaminthiscourse


Disabilitystatement:StudentswhorequireacademicadjustmentsmustfirstregisterwithASUDisabilityServices.Followingregistrationandwithinthefirsttwoweeksofclassbringacopyofyourcardtotheinstructoranddiscussanyappropriateacademicaccommodationsyouneedatthattime.Appropriatearrangementscanbemadetoensureequalaccesstothiscourse.TentativeSchedule:subjecttochangeasnecessaryWeekof:1/14

GooverSyllabus,reviewsafetyguidelines

1/21 Ch.2OrientationofHumanBody1/28 Ch.3Microscope

Ch.4CellStructureandMembraneTransport(ex.4.1and4.2ONLY).Ch.5Histology

2/4 Ch.6IntegumentCh.7SkeletalSystem:BoneStructureandFunction

2/11 EXAMCh.2,3,4,5,6,72/18 Ch.8SkeletalSystem:AxialSkeleton2/25(midtermweek) Ch.9SkeletalSystem:AppendicularSkeleton3/4 Ch.10Articulations

Ch.11TheMuscularSystem:MuscleStructureandFunction(beginonpage261,Ex.11.6)

3/11 EXAMTWOCh.8,9,10,113/18 SPRINGBREAK3/25 Ch.12TheMuscularSystem:AxialMuscles4/1 Ch.13TheMuscularSystem:Appendicular

Muscles4/8 Ch.14NervousTissues

Ch.15TheBrainandCranialNerves4/15 Ch.16SpinalCordandSpinalNerves

Ch.17SomaticandAutonomicNervousSystemsandHumanReflexPhysiology

4/22 EXAMTHREE12,13,14,15,16,17TBA MAKEUPCOMPREHENSIVEEXAM

Biology of the Cell Laboratory (BIOL 2011) Syllabus Fall 2012

Dr. Anne Grippo

Office: 330C Lab Science West 972-3493 972-3082

[email protected] Text: Laboratory assignments will be made available prior to each lab period. Prerequisites: This course requires simultaneous or previous completion of Biology of the Cell lecture (BIO 2013). All cell phones, pagers, or automatic alarm watches should be turned off before entering the classroom in order to prevent disturbing the class.

I. Performance Objectives: Upon completion of this class, the student will be able to: a. name the four classes of organic chemicals that comprise the cell and describe a test for the presence of each b. explain the concept of optimum reaction conditions for enzyme activity and predict how changes in temperature, pH or

concentration of enzyme or reactants would affect the rate of the reaction c. describe the purpose for and the operation of the spectrophotometer and be able to operate it properly d. describe the purpose and the operation of the pH meter and be able to use it properly e. explain the concept of buffering f. explain the process of electrophoresis as it is used to separate mixtures of proteins or nucleic acids g. explain the process of cloning, bacterial transformation, and restriction digests

II. Course organization: Course description: An introductory experience working in a lab environment. The course will augment the material discussed in the lecture with demonstrations of fundamental concepts in cellular biology. The lab will emphasize cooperative learning in groups that perform experiments using currently practiced techniques and equipment.

III. Evaluation of student achievement: Exams, quizzes and assignments: During the semester there will be 2 one-hour exams. There will also be graded assignments designed to clarify certain topics and give the student additional guidance in studying for the lab exams. These are to be completed by each student and turned in at the beginning of the next laboratory period. Late assignments will be given 50% credit if handed in up to one week late; assignments handed in after one week will not be accepted, and a grade of 0 will be recorded. Quizzes will be given at the start of each laboratory session on the background and procedures that will be performed that day. This is designed to help you prepare for lab prior to coming to lab. Grading for the semester will be as follows: weekly quizzes: 30%; weekly lab reports/ assignments: 40%; tests: 30%. Make-ups: It is important that all exams and graded assignments be completed as scheduled. If it is necessary for a student to miss an exam, the exam will be made up on a day prescribed by the professor within one week after the date of the original exam. Make-up exams will not necessarily be the same format or contain the same questions as the original exam. The highest grade that will be given in a make-up exam will be an 89 (a high B) unless the student supplies proof that the absence was excusable. Students who know ahead of time that they will have to miss an exam should contact the professor before the exam and arrange a time for a make-up to receive full credit on the exam. All make-ups MUST be taken during the week following the test date or in extraordinary circumstances, within a week of the student’s return to class. There are no make-ups for graded assignments. Testing conditions: Once an exam has been handed out, students are not allowed to leave the classroom and return. Please make every effort to come to the classroom prepared for the test. If it is necessary for you to wear a hat, the bill must be turned so your face is not obscured during the test. All personal items must be stored under your desk so that the exam proctor may use the aisles during the exam. Writing utensils will not be provided. Grades will be available as soon as possible. It is ILLEGAL to post grades or to give them out over the phone and neither will be done. Be patient, you will get your grades as soon as possible. Academic integrity: Academic integrity calls for students to do their own work and not to claim as their work anything someone else has done. Intellectual growth calls for doing one's own work; so does academic honesty. Infringement of

academic integrity includes offering someone else's work as your own, buying term papers and cheating (see class syllabus). Specific penalties may result.

IV. Other information: Office hours: Mondays 10-11:30 am; Wednesdays 3-4 pm; Thursdays 2-3:30 pm. Additional office hours will be posted by each lab section’s Teaching Assistant. Class attendance policy: Students must attend every laboratory session. Students who miss a session should expect to make up missed work, if possible, or receive a failing grade on missed work. However, be aware that it is difficult to repeat laboratory experiments in weeks following their scheduled dates. Absences will be considered by the instructors on a case-by-case basis. Grading scale: Students must demonstrate a mastery of at least 60% of the material presented to pass the course as evidenced by their grades on the exams and graded assignments. The scale used to assign the letter grades will be as follows: 100-90% A 89-80% B 79-70% C 69-60% D below 60% F Fewer than 60% correct responses on exams and assignments will be given a failing grade. The final numerical grade will be calculated as the total number of all points earned on exams and assignments divided by the total maximum possible points for those exams and assignments. The grades in the course will not be assigned on a curve. Students who wish for additional help with this class are encouraged to seek tutoring help in the Tutoring Center within the department. Please see me if you need help finding the center. Inclement weather policy: Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. It is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. Policy regarding disabilities: Any student having a certified disabling condition should see the professor about making any necessary course modifications as early in the course as possible. Assistance is also available through Disability Services. Flexibility Clause: Circumstances may arise during the course of the semester that may prevent the professor from fulfilling parts of this syllabus; therefore, it should be viewed as a guide and subject to change. Students will be notified of any changes.

COURSE OUTLINE FOR LABORATORIES IN BIOLOGY OF THE CELL

Dates (Week of…) Lab Assignments

August 20 Lab check in, Introduction, Lab Safety

August 27 Lab 1 – Conversions and Measurements

September 3 Lab 2 – Microscopy

September 10 Lab 3 – Biochemistry

September 17 Lab 4 – pH/Buffers

September 24 Lab 5 – Replication, Transcription, Translation

October 1 Lab 6 – Protein Electrophoresis Midterm (Labs 1-6)

October 8 Lab 7 – DNA Isolation Experiment

October 15 Lab 8 – Enzymes (part 1)

October 22 Lab 9 – Enzymes (part 2)

October 29 Lab 10 – ELISA

November 5 Lab 11 – pGlo Transformation

November 12 Lab 12 – pGlo Expression

November 19 Fall Break – No class!

November 26 Lab Final (Labs 7-12)

BIO 2201 Anatomy and Physiology Lab I

Fall 2012

InstructorofRecord:

OfficeHours: Office:

Phone:

TeachingAssistant:








that lab period.
















Lab Behavior:




this semester.




space.






















Week of: August 20




September 10 Ch. 6 Integument

Ch. 7 Skeletal System: Bone Structure and Function












HUMAN STRUCTURE & FUNCTION I (BIO 3223-001)

Fall 2012 General Information Class location and time: TR 12:30 am – 1:45 pm LSE 219 Instructor: Dr. Anne Grippo E-mail: [email protected] (870) 972-3493 Office: 330C LSW Office Hours: Mondays 10:00 – 11:30 am Wednesdays 3:00 – 4:00 pm or by appointment Thursdays 2:00 – 3:30 pm Text: Human Anatomy & Physiology, 9th edition. E.N. Marieb, K. Hoehn. Pearson, 2013 Blackboard Learn will be used to post PowerPoint lecture outlines, as well as pertinent class announcements and other information. It is recommended that students print the outlines and use them during lecture to be supplemented with each students’ notes. Please be aware that this is ONLY an outline, and is not a complete set of notes on the topics to be covered. Students should not expect to be able to fully grasp the concepts presented from the outline only. It is expected that students will read or review the indicated chapters PRIOR to lecture! It is extremely difficult to succeed in this class without reading the text, which is well written and quite understandable. Course Description: BIO 3223, Human Structure & Function I, is the first semester of a two semester course designed to meet the needs of pre-professional students preparing for medical, dental, optometry schools, and other interested students. The course is designed so students will become familiar with basic terminology as well as the nervous, muscular, skeletal, integumentary, and organ systems of the human body, and will be able to describe and understand the structure and function of each system. Focus will be mainly on the physiology of these systems in this class. Students should enroll concurrently in BIO 3221, Human Structure & Function I Laboratory, if possible, in which anatomy is stressed. LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the course the student will ► Define and use medical and scientific terminology at a professional level, as well as in lay terms ► Identify cell structures ► Compare varied organizational levels of the body ► Describe the cells and tissues that comprise the integumentary, skeletal, muscular and nervous systems ► Compare cellular, tissue and organ-level mechanisms necessary to body function, including metabolism and the central dogma Exams & Assignments: There will be four examinations worth 100 points each; the last semester exam will be held during finals week, and will include cumulative questions. Exams will consist of varied types of questions, including multiple choice, matching, fill-in, short answer, definition, and true/false. There is NO CURVE and no drop grade. Students are expected to be present for every exam at the assigned time. If you cannot take a semester exam at the scheduled time due to illness or family emergency, ONE exam may be made up at the end of the semester. All make-up exams will be given at a mutually agreed upon date after exam 3.

The final exam schedule is available at: http://registrar.astate.edu/ Our exam is Thursday, December 6 at 2:45-4:45 pm

PLEASE NOTE THE TIME AND DATE!!! Student MUST take the final exam at the scheduled time ONLY: No exceptions.

There will be 10 weekly quizzes worth 5 points each. Some quiz questions will be used on exams. This will force you to keep up with the information presented in class. Be prepared!

Grading Scale: A=90-100%; B=80-89%; C=70-79%; D=60-69%; F < 59% LEARNING SUPPORT CENTER: The LSC tutors are able to help students in almost all 1000- and 2000-level general education courses and some upper division core courses. Those tutors assisting with Human Anatomy & Physiology class should be helpful with material from this class as well. TheLearningSupportCenterislocatedintheDeanB.EllisLibrary,Room100.Enter through the main library and take the stairs or elevator down to the ground floor. Hours of operation: 11:00 am to 7:00 pm Monday through Thursday. 11:00 am to 3:00 pm on Fridays Drop-in tutoring is available, but it's always advisable to make an appointment by calling or emailing. Phone: 870 972-3451 Email: [email protected] Please provide your name, student ID and the course in which you need help.Pleasetakeadvantageofthisopportunity.Also, Pearson publishing company, publishers of your textbook, have a website entitled “MasteringAandP” which contains useful quizzes and activities. If you are having any problems in the course or have questions over the material, please come and talk to me as soon as possible before exams. There is NOTHING I can do for you during the last week of class or after final grades are given. I do NOT allow papers for extra credit. Attendance: Students are expected to attend class. If you miss class it is your responsibility to obtain the notes from a fellow student. Check with me to verify test dates if you have missed more than one class. ASU policy states that a student should limit absences to less than six, or face possible failure. Disability: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability must first register with the ASU Disability Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, please provide me a copy of your card and meet with me to discuss any appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course. Inclement weather: The University will remain open except in extreme circumstances: If you commute to the University, it is up to you to use your best judgment on whether you can get here safely. You will be given the opportunity to make up work without penalty. Classroom policies: 1. Cheating will not be tolerated. Any student caught cheating will receive a grade of “0” for an exam and will be sent to the appropriate authorities for disciplinary action. If you suspect another student is cheating, it is your duty to report the incident to the instructor. 2. Loud whispering or talking is rude, and beepers and cell phones are disturbing to others. Please turn your cell phones and pagers off before class begins. Anyone causing a disturbance will be asked to leave the classroom. Repeated violation of the cell phone rule could result in your phone being confiscated during class. 3. No laser pointers, tobacco products, alcohol or drugs are allowed in the classroom or in the building. 4. Small children should not be brought to the classroom. Young children become restless and could become a distraction quickly. 5. If you must leave early please be courteous and sit at the top of the classroom at the edge of the row so you will not disturb your fellow classmates. 6. You should do your best to generally review the text and lecture notes PRIOR TO CLASS; take notes during class; and read the chapters before the exams. There is not enough class time to cover every detail of each chapter, but you are responsible for all the material in each chapter covered. Students enrolled as Honors Option will be responsible for a project to be completed by the last day of this class (November 29). Discussion of viable options for this project will be held during the first week of class, and deadlines for portions of each project will be assigned within the first two weeks of the fall semester. This project will be worth 20% of each students’ grade.

Flexibility Clause: Circumstances may arise during the course that may prevent the instructor from fulfilling each and every component of this schedule; therefore, the schedule should be viewed as a guide and is subject to change. Students will be notified of any changes. SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FALL 2012 HUMAN STRUCTURE & FUNCTION I

Date Lecture Outline Reading Assignments

T 08/21 Course Introduction/Intro to Anat & Physio Chapter 1

R 08/23 Introduction (cont’d); Chemistry Chapters 1,2

T 08/28, R 08/30 Chemistry (cont’d); Cells Chapters 2,3

T 09/04, R 09/06 Cells (cont’d); Tissues Chapters 3,4

T 09/11 Exam1 Chapters 1-4

R 09/13 Integumentary System Chapter 5

T 09/18, R 09/20 SkeletalSystem Chapter 6

T 09/25, R 09/27 Joints Chapter 8

T 10/02 Metabolism(testedExam3) p. 918-934

R 10/04 Exam2 Chapters 5,6,8

T 10/09, R 10/11 Metabolism (cont’d); Muscular System Chapter 10

T 10/16, R 10/18 Muscular System (cont’d); Nervous System Chapters 10,11

T 10/23, R 10/25 Nervous System (cont’d) Chapter 11

T 10/30 Exam 3 p. 918-934, Chapters 10,11

R 11/01, T 11/06 Nervous System Chapter 12

R 11/08, T 11/13, R 11/15 Nervous System Chapter 13

M 11/19-F 11/23 Fall Break – no class!!

T 11/27, R 11/29 Nervous System Chapter 14

R 12/6 2:45-4:45 pm Final Exam Chapters 12-14 + Cumulative

SYLLABUS CELL BIOLOGY

Spring 2013

Dr. Anne Grippo [email protected] 972-3493

330C LSW

Required The World of the Cell (8th Edition). Becker, Kleinsmith, Hardin, Bertoni; Pearson Benjamin Text: Cummings; 2012 Lectures: T R 12:30 – 1:45 Room LSW 444 Course This course will provide an in-depth understanding of the mechanisms and structures crucial to Description: living cells. Organelles will be studied in detail, as will other important cell components, both internal and external. Regulatory mechanisms with respect to cell communication and cell division will be emphasized. This will be primarily a lecture course presented as two 75-minute lectures per week. Lecture OUTLINES will be posted on Blackboard for each chapter several days prior to covering that chapter. To be successful in this class, students should skim the

relevant chapters prior to class, and review material consistently in anticipation of in-class quizzes.

Course In concurrence with the basic principles of Biology which are the pillars and goals of the ASU Goals: Department of Biological Sciences, successful Cell Biology students will: 1. Appreciate evolution, adaptation and diversity (process and outcomes of history of life on earth) 2. Understand energy flow, genetics and biological machinery 3. Apprehend structure & function, and systems 4. Obtain a clear understanding of the nature of living organisms & biological processes 5. Appreciate and participate in the interdisciplinary nature of scientific research, its outcomes and applications, cultivating a commitment to scientific ethics 6. Fine-tune intellectual and practical skills to be successful in graduate/professional school and/or a chosen career Course After completing this class, students will describe observed and modeled phenomena using Objectives: fundamental Biological principles by: 1. Understanding the chemical foundation of cellular structures and processes. 2. Being familiar with detailed organization and function of cellular macromolecules, structures, and organelles. 3. Knowing several cell signaling pathways and their interrelationships, and understand their

importance to cell communication. 4. Comprehending the cell cycle and its regulation. 5. Relating knowledge of cellular processes to pathology, particularly cancer. Grading: Three semester exams (including final exam) – 100 points each Ten in-class quizzes – 10 points each Exams will consist primarily of true/false, multiple choice, definition, and short answer

questions; other types of questions may be added. The final exam will contain some cumulative questions. Cell phones must be off during exams.

Quizzes will consist of 5-10 questions, primarily true/false, multiple choice and definitions. At

least 12 quizzes will be given throughout the semester; students need to complete 10 to obtain full credit. If more than 10 quizzes are completed, additional quiz grades will be extra credit.

NOTE: PLEASE do not request additional extra credit opportunities at the end of the semester! This is difficult in a larger class, and commonly not a useful experience. Keep track of your grades! And see the instructor for extra help EARLY IN THE SEMESTER if your grades are not as high as you would like. Graduate students are expected to give a presentation as part of their course responsibility.

Grading scale: A = 90-100%

B = 80-89.9% C = 70-79.9% D = 60-69.9% F = <59.9%

Make-up exams: Students are expected to take each of the three semester exams on the day scheduled. In the case of illness or family emergency, ONE make-up exam may be scheduled. All make-up exams will be taken on the same day at the end of the semester (after Exam 3): All students who need to take a make-up will meet to find a time convenient to all, and students MUST be present on that day to take their make-up. Students are allowed ONLY ONE make-up exam.

PLEASE NOTE: University policy dictates that the final exam MUST be taken at the scheduled time and date. There will be NO exceptions. Class Student attendance is strongly encouraged for every lecture. Please make all effort to attend Attendance: class; missing class commonly results in poor grades on exams. However – it does not help students’ grades if they use class time to text, talk, pass notes, surf the internet, work on assignments for other classes, etc. USE CLASS TIME TO LISTEN, THINK AND ASK QUESTIONS!! Please turn cell phones off as you enter class. It is distracting when students text and use computers in class for other than taking notes. Disability Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom or modifications in course Clause: requirements due to disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration, within the first two weeks of class, contact the professor to discuss appropriate

academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to course. Academic Academic Integrity Policy from the Arkansas State University Student’s Handbook will be Integrity: enforced on the case of infringement of academic integrity, including plagiarism and cheating. ASU ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES Class Attendance Policy







Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy are considered as serious misconduct and may result in disciplinary action and severe penalties. A. Plagiarism

Plagiarism is the act of taking and/or using the ideas, work, and/or writings of another person as one's own. 1. To avoid plagiarism, give written credit and acknowledgment to the source of thoughts, ideas, and/or words, whether you

have used direct quotation, paraphrasing, or just a reference to a general idea. 2. If you directly quote works written by someone else, enclose the quotation with

quotation marks and provide an appropriate citation (e.g., footnote, endnote, bibliographical reference). 3. Research as well as the complete written paper, must be the work of the person seeking academic credit for the course. (Papers, book reports,projects, and/or other class assignments are not to be purchased from individuals or companies which provide these services.)

Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of plagiarism in any of the following ways: 1. Return the paper or other item for rewriting; the grade may be lowered. 4. Give a failing grade on the paper or other item "F" if a letter grade is used or zero if numerical grade is used. 5. Give the student who plagiarized a failing grade in the course. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion

from the university. B. Cheating

Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using information in a fraudulent manner. 7. Observing and/or copying from another student's test paper, reports, computer files, and/or other class assignments. 8. Giving or receiving assistance during an examination period. (This includes providing specific answers to subsequent

examinees and/or dispensing or receiving information which would allow the student to have an unfair advantage in the examination over students who did not possess such information.)

9. Using class notes, outlines, and other unauthorized information during an examination period. 10. Using, buying, selling, stealing, transporting, or soliciting, in part or entirety, the contents of an examination or other

assignment not authorized by the professor of the class. 11. Using for credit in one class a term paper, book report, project, or class assignment written for

credit in another class without the knowledge and permission of the professor of the class. 12. Exchanging places with another person for the purposes of taking an examination or

completing other assignments.

Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of cheating in any of the following ways: 2. Allow the testing to progress without interruption, informing the offending student about the offense, and award a failing

grade on the test "F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used. 2. Seize the test of the offending student and give a failing grade on the paper. 3. Give the offending student a failing grade in the course. 4. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university.

Making Connections: Biological Sciences (BIOL 1013.004) Fall 2012 T,Th 9:30 - 10:50p (LSE 207)

Instructor Office Hours Office E-mail Phone

Dr. Rich Grippo M 3:30-5:30p, Tues 1-4 , or 316 LSE [email protected] 972–3649 or 972-3082 whenever I am in and not too busy 870-219-8421 (I-phone)

Date

Topic Readings (read before class) and Assignments**

Unit 1: Transitioning to Higher Education 8/21

8/23

Orientation to course, checking class schedules

ASU Key Resources

Print out and bring syllabus to class

Introduction, Chapter 5

8/28

8/30

Early questions, Ice Breaker: Rock Band - Can You Rock?

Welcome to College: College 101

Chapter 1

9/4

9/6

ASU Policies and Procedures

Active Shooter Training

Chapter 2

Student Union Auditorium (3rd Floor )

9/11

9/13

Time and Task Management

Field Trip! (Baseball Stadium or Museum or Equestrian Cntr)

Chapter 6

Unit 2 Mastering New Learning

9/18

9/20 Learning Styles Leadership Center Staff is willing to speak to FYE class

about campus involvement opportunities at ASU.

Study Management, Text Reading, Note Taking

Chapter 7

Chapters 9, 10, 11

9/25

9/27

Managing Stresssssss Presentation from Counseling Cntr

Field trip - Red W.O.L.F. Center

Chapter 20

Assignment: Undergraduate Stress Scale, p. 221

10/2

10/4 AEF

Memorization and Test Taking (Just in time for the 1st test!)

Presentation on multilingual skills and International study

Chapter 12

Yvonne Unnold - Dept of World Languages & Cultures

10/9

10/11

Mid-term Exam (after your other mid-terms should be over)

Field trip Ecotoxicology Research Facility (meet there)

Unit 3 Making Connections 10/16

10/18

Communication and Effective Speaking

Presentations on Student Organizations

Chapter 15

10/23

10/25

Presentations on Student Organizations Sexual Misconduct

Registering for Spring classes at ASU

Chapter 14

Appendix A p. 229

10/30

11/1

Campus Involvement and Resources

Study Abroad Focus on Belize

Chapter 17

Internet links

11/6

11/8

Research & Writing

#Critical Thinking

Chapter 13

Chapter 8

Unit 4 Taking Charge of YOUR Education

11/13 SET

11/15 AC

Field trip: ASU library (you need it more than you think!)

TBD

Library assignment

11/20

11/22

Fall Break

and Thanksgiving

Eat turkey and fall asleep in front of the TV, then wake up and catch up on readings and quizzes

Text: Making Connections 2010: A First Year Handbook (custom edition for Arkansas State University) by “Grippo et al” Learning Outcomes

This course is designed to

- help new students adjust to university life and opportunities at Arkansas State University - develop a better understanding of the formal and informal learning process - acquire essential academic survival skills - increase student awareness of the challenges, rewards and careers in the biological sciences - familiarize the students with academic and non-academic facilities around campus - provide a support group for First Year Students by examining problems common to the freshman experience. - help students to learn how to successfully transition from high school to the university experience.

This course will help to provide a support group for First Year Students by examining problems common to the freshman experience. Assigned readings, class discussions, writing assignments, quizzes and tests are used to help students transition from high school to the university experience. Course Requirements Blackboard Learn – will be used for this course to post lectures, assignments, supplemental readings, and instructions to the class. On most days the lecture, if any, for the next upcoming class will be posted on Blackboard by 6p the night before. However, lectures may be posted as late as 30 minutes before class so check right before coming to class if the notes have not yet been posted. Please print out the lectures (I suggest four to six slides per page) and bring to class so you can be an active learner by adding comments, highlighting emphasized parts of the notes, asking questions, etc. Assigned text readings. To be completed before coming to class. Be prepared to discuss these in class and answer two basic questions:

1) What did I learn from the reading? 2) How can I apply it to my situation as an entering ASU student?

Most assigned readings will be listed in the syllabus; others will be provided as PowerPoint presentations (based on Units in the course textbook) on Blackboard. You will be quizzed on these Units, with one quiz for each Unit. Some chapters or parts of chapters within the units will not be covered in class but you will still be responsible for learning the material contained in those chapters Unit Quizzes. All FYE students at ASU will be required to take Unit quizzes, based on the chapters within the Units. These quizzes are to be administered through Blackboard. Quizzes may be taken only one time and completed within 30 minutes. The quizzes should not be taken using a wireless computer. These quizzes will comprise 20% of the course grade. The quiz for each unit must be completed by the beginning of the next unit. Exams. One mid-term exam and a final exam will be given on the dates listed. The tests will be a combination of question types, including T/F, multiple guess, short answer and essay. The exams will be worth 100 points each Two minute papers. These will be assigned and completed in-class several times during the semester. These usually take five minutes lol. The purposes of these papers are

- to obtain more practice writing - to communicate some problems you had/are having and how you did/did not solve them - to share your reactions to various parts of the course - to provide a personal and private medium of communication between you and me.

Grades for the papers will be based on effort, clarity, thoughtfulness, etc., not on your response to a situation, lifestyle, personal choices, etc. These will usually be worth 10 points each. Investigate a campus organization. Collect general information about an official ASU sponsored organization, club, society, fraternity, sorority, etc. You will need to either attend a meeting, contact the listed contact person, or talk to someone with good

11/27

11/29

Careers in Biological Sciences Field Trip: To the dungeon and ABI building

Chapter 19

12/10 Final exam – 12:30 -2:30p Held in lecture room (507 LSE)

knowledge of the club. Some of the items that you will need to find out are - History of the organization - Meeting day, time and place - Purpose of the group - Projects of the group (what do they do?) - Dues/membership fees/other costs - Benefits of membership You will prepare a 4 minute oral presentation on PowerPoint containing the information you have collected, followed by a one minute question and answer opportunity. There will be a sign-up sheet to indicate the organization you have chosen and when you will be making your presentation. To avoid duplication, each student must clear their choice of organization with the course instructor. This assignment will be worth 50 points. Note: Our first field trip will be on August 23 to the ASU Community Fair. You can complete data collection for this assignment on that day, after checking with me regarding your choice of organization. Active Shooter Workshop You must each attend a workshop that will teach you what to do if a gunman/gunmen are shooting people on campus. There are several optional dates for which you may sign up and attend. Check on the University Police Department Website for availability. Dates will also be posted on BlackBoard. Barely-optional Activity. You need to come because this one is always fun! Attend a class dinner at my home in Jonesboro. Directions will be available and car-pooling will be organized. Dinner will be cooked by the Drs. Grippo for the entire class. Menu to be partly determined by class, based on your collective tastes in comfort food. This is an excellent opportunity for all of us to get to know each other better. Date TBA. Warning: you will have to pet Amy the Dog. Note: if you want me to play guitar(s) for you just ask. Remember to bring to class: Your textbook. You will be writing in it. This syllabus (if you lose it download another from Blackboard) Your full attention Your sense of humor What else you will need to bring or do for this class: Student Handbook and Planner Read the ASU newspaper Read the local newspaper or any other “major” newspaper A final note: Peer tutoring is available to all students enrolled in ASU-Jonesboro courses in the Learning Support Center (LSC) located in the Dean B. Ellis Library, Room 100 (enter through the main library and take the stairs or elevator down to the ground floor). Tutors are able to assist students in almost all 1000- and 2000-level general education courses and some upper-division core courses. LSC Tutors are ASU undergraduate students who have completed at least 30 credit hours and have an overall GPA of at least 3.25. Tutors must have received a "B" or higher in a course to be eligible to tutor that course. LSC hours listed are Monday – Thursday, 11:00 am – 7:00 pm, 11a - 3p Friday (subject to change).

Students can drop-in or make appointments to the LSC by calling 972-3451 or emailing [email protected]. Tutor availability by subject should be posted on the LSC website after the 2nd week of the semester. Some tutors will prepare activities in advance for group tutoring sessions. LSC services are included in your tuition—there are no additional fees. Visit the LSC website for more information: ww.astate.edu/a/university-college/lss/lsc/ .

TENTATIVE SCHEDULE OF LECTURES, EXAMS Note: This schedule may be changed at the discretion of the professor, however every effort will be made to maintain test dates as listed below. Any changes will be announced in class, by ASU smail, and on Blackboard; it is every student’s responsibility to stay informed!

DATE

CHAPTER

TOPIC

T 1/15 2 Course Introduction; Chemistry of the Cell

R 1/17 2,3 Continued; Macromolecules of the Cell

T 1/22 4 Cells & Organelles

R 1/24 5 Bioenergetics

T 1/29 6 Enzymes

R 1/31 7,8 Membranes, Transport across Membranes

T 2/5 Continued

R 2/7 10 Mitochondria (electron transport)

T 2/12 Continued

R 2/14 12 Endomembrane System & Peroxisomes (tested on Exam 2)

T 2/19 2-8,10 Exam 1 (Chemistry/Energetics/Organelles/Membranes&Transport)

R 2/21 12 Endomembrane System & Peroxisomes (cont’d)

T 2/26 12;15 Continued; Cytoskeletal Systems

R 2/28 15;17 Cytoskeletal Systems (cont’d); Beyond the Cell

T 3/5 17 Beyond the Cell (cont’d)

R 3/7 14 Signal Transduction II: Messengers, Receptors

T 3/12 14 Continued

R 3/14 12,14,15,17 Exam 2 (Endomembranes/Cytoskeleton/Beyond the Cell/Signalling)

3/18-3/23 SPRING BREAK!!!

T 3/26 18 Structural Basis of Cellular Information

R 3/28 18;19 Continued; Cell Cycle, Replication, Mitosis

T 4/2 19;21 Continued; Genetic Code & Transcription

R 4/4 21 Genetic Code & Transcription (cont’d)

T 4/9 22 Protein Synthesis & Sorting

R 4/11 22;23 Continued; Regulation of Gene Expression

T 4/16 23 Regulation of Gene Expression (cont’d)

R 4/18 24 Cancer

T 4/23 24 Cancer (cont’d)

R 4/25 Cancer (cont’d); Grad Student Student Talks

R, 5/2 2:45 pm – 4:45 pm

18,19,21-24 Exam 3 (DNA/Cell Cycle/Transcription/Gene Expression/Cancer)

Anatomy and Physiology Lab II Fall 2012 BIO 2221- Instructor of record: Dr. Richard Gripo E-mail: [email protected] Office and Office hours: LSE 316 M, W 1 – 2p; T,Th 10a - noon Teaching Assistant: Jason Gaspar TA’s OFFICE and Office hours: unknown at this time : Required Lab Text: Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Main Version by Terry Martin ed. McGraw-Hill Pub. (Note: this is the last semester this lab manual will be used) Required Textbook: Holes’ Human Anatomy & Physiology 12th ed. by Shier, Butler & Lewis. You will need the textbook to help you fill out the lab manual and for possible supplemental reading assignments. (Note: this is the last semester this textbook will be used) Course Objectives: Human A & P Lab II is designed to provide the student with the opportunity for “hands on” exploration of the organ systems presented during the lecture portion of the course. General Objectives: Upon satisfactory completion of this course the student will: 1. Be able to explain the concept of the human body as an intricate mechanism with multiple levels of organization, all working together as a whole. 2. Have a mastery of basic laboratory skills including fundamentals of microscopy, critical thinking, data acquisition, computation, and description of results. 3. Develop a working vocabulary of terms related to the endocrine, circulatory, respiratory, digestive, urinary, and reproductive systems. 4. Be able to recognize anatomy structures of the human body and explain the physiology of each structure. Type of presentation:

Introduction at beginning of class is lecture style Students work in small groups and engage in ‘hands on’ learning using models and dissections.

Classroom Ethics: Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/ or using information in a fraudulent manner. This includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: a) observing and or/copying from another student’s test, lab report, or other assignment. b) giving or receiving assistance during an exam. c) using notes, outlines, and other unauthorized information (like a cell phone!) during an exam. If cheating is observed one or more of the following actions will occur: a) The instructor may allow the test to continue without interruption and inform the offending student(s) about the infraction after the exam. At this point, a failing grade for the exam may be issued. b) The instructor may seize the exam paper of the offending student immediately and award a failing grade for the exam.

c) The instructor may choose to award a failing grade for the course. d) All cheating instances will be referred to the campus coordinator for additional sanctions (including possible expulsion from the class and/or University. e) If you suspect someone is trying to cheat, it is your obligation to report it to the instructor. Lab Fees: Any lab fees charged by the University are used to purchase materials to be used in the laboratory and include but are not limited to: slides, models, dissections kits, gloves, and dissection specimens. Disability Statement: Students who require academic adjustments must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration and within the first 2 days of class, Contact your instructor with a copy of your accommodations card to discuss any academic accommodations. Course Grades: There will be 400 percentage points possible (3 lab exams, 10 quizzes) And grades will be awarded as follows: 100-90% - A; 89-80% - B; 79-70% - C; 69-60% - D; below 60% - F COME PREPARED FOR CLASS BY READING THE LAB ASSIGNMENTS FOR THAT DAY BEFORE CLASS BEGINS!! Some of the labeling/questions can be done before class, also. Makeup Quizzes/Exams: Laboratory practical exams and/or daily quizzes, if missed, CANNOT be made up without valid excuse. Only one lab practical make up exam will be available. This will be a comprehensive exam and will be available at the end of the term. Therefore, if you miss two exams, you can only make up one of them. The other will be a zero. DO NOT MISS YOUR EXAMS! Inclement Weather: The University will remain open except in extreme circumstances. If you commute to the University, use your best judgment on whether you can arrive safely. If the University cancels class, any exams scheduled will be given the next lab.

TENTATIVE LAB SCHEDULE (subject to change as necessary)

Week of: Lab exercises covered: August 20 Go over syllabus. Call roll August 27 Ex. 34 Smell and Taste; Ex. 35 Eye Structure: Ex. 36 visual

Tests Sept. 3 Ex. 37 Ear & Hearing; Ex. 38 Equilibrium

Sept. 10 Ex. 41 Blood Cells; Ex. 43 Blood Typing Sept 17

LAB EXAM #1 (Ex.. 35, 36, 37, 38, 41 & 43)

Sept 24 Ex. 44 Heart Structure; Ex. 45 Cardiac Cycle

October 1 Midterm week

Ex. 47 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries and Veins

October 8 Ex. 47 Continued; Ex. 48 Pulse & Blood Pressure; Ex. 49 Lymphatic System

October 15

LAB EXAM #2 (Ex. 44, 45, 47, 48 & 49)

October 22

Ex. 50 Respiratory Organs; Ex. 51 Breathing & Respiratory Volumes; Ex. 52 Spirometry

October 29

Ex. 54 Digestive Organs

November 5

Ex. 56 Kidney Structure; Ex. 57 Urinalysis

November 12

Ex. 39 Endocrine Structure & Function; Ex. 58 Male Reproductive System; Ex. 59 Female Reproductive System

November 19

Fall Break

November 26

LAB EXAM #3 (Ex.. 50, 51, 52, 54, 56, 57, 39, 58 & 59)

Environmental Toxicology: Mechanisms and Impacts BIO 4633/5633 Fall 2012 M, W 2:00 – 3:15p

Instructor Office Hours Office

E-mail Phone Dr. R. S. Grippo M, W 1-2p, T, Th 10a-noon 316 LSE [email protected] 972 - 3649 Text: Introduction to Environmental Toxicology:Molecular Substructures to Ecological Landscapes 4th ed - Landis et al, 2011

Date

Topic Readings (please read before class that day)

8/20

8/22

Orientation to Course

Introduction and History of Environmental Toxicology

Chapter 1

8/27

8/29

Current Paradigms in Environmental Toxicology

Introduction to Toxicity Testing

Chapter 2

Chapter 3 (pp. 35-43)

9/3

9/5

Labor Day Holiday

Acute, Chronic Toxicity Testing and Analyses

Chapter 3 (pp. 43-69) Assignment1 (posted), HO

9/10

9/12

Ecological Risk Assessment I Toxicity test methods

Chapter 14 (pp 415-418)

Chapter 4

9/17

9/19

#Fate and Transport of Contaminants (including Biotic Ligand)

#Uptake and Modes of Action of Contaminants

Chapter 5

Chapter 6

9/24

9/26

Toxic Metals: Sources, Factors Affecting Toxicity

Pesticides: Use, Classes, Ecotoxicology

Chapter 10

Internet link 10/1

10/3

Ecological Risk Assessment II

Exam 1 (10/3) (Arkansas Environmental Federation meeting)

Chapter 14 (pp. 419-458)

10/8

10/10

Factors Modifying the Activity of Toxicants

Aquatic Toxicology/Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs)

Chapter 7 (213 - 220)

Assignment 2 (posted) Handouts

10/15

10/17

# Ecotoxicological Effects - Biomarkers to Populations

# Ecotoxicological Effects - Community to Landscape

Chapter 12

Chapter 13

10/22

10/24

Air pollution

Halogenated Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PCBs, PCDDs): Sources, Fates, Environmental Impacts

Chapter 8

Internet link

10/29

10/31

Reproductive Toxicology, Environmental Estrogens (Guest lec)

Exam 2 (10/31)

Internet link

11/5

11/7

Petroleum (PAHs):Sources, Ecotoxicology, Assessment

Exxon Valdez case study

Internet link

11/12

11/14

TBA**

SETAC meeting, Long Beach, CA (work on ERA’s)

TBA***

11/19

11/21

Fall Break and

Thanksgiving

Eat turkey and fall asleep in front of the TV, then wake up and catch up on the readings

11/26

12/28

Biomonitoring and Bioassessment - Silviculture case study

Sediment, Soil Toxicology

Internet link

Internet link

12/3 Wildlife Toxicology Internet link Risk Assessments due

12/7 Final Exam 2:45-4:45p in the lecture room Review as needed

Learning Outcomes

1. Acquisition of a basic understanding of the theory and methods used in the field of environmental toxicology.

2. Exposure to both the biochemical mechanisms of environmental toxicants and their effects at

the population and ecosystems level.

3. Enhancement of basic computational skills related to environmental toxicology and regulation

Format of Course Exams - Two exams worth 100 points each will be given as listed. A final exam will be given as listed in the Fall 2012 schedule. Exams will cover both lectures and assigned readings and handouts. Homework assignments: Two problems sets worth 25 points each will be completed within one week of assignment and handed in at the beginning of class. Assignments will be based on lecture and/or reading material and will be designed to help students become more comfortable with working with environmental data. Risk Assessment proposal (100 pts): Graduate students, working in small groups, will be assigned an hypothetical multi-chemical release scenario. Each group will then develop a condensed (8-10 page) proposal for an ecological risk assessment based on the chemicals, location and release scenario assigned. Using information from readings and other outside materials (library, Internet) proposals will discuss likely ecological and human health hazards, environmental fate of chemicals and remedial actions necessary to reduce the impact of the release. A help session for using library/computer resources may be scheduled. Undergraduates may complete this assignment for extra credit but prior notification to instructor is required. Final grades will be based on a maximum of 350 points (450 points for graduate students) and will be curved unless the class mean exceeds 75%.

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE - BIOL 1001

FALL TERM 2012 COORDINATOR: Mr. Tracy Klotz EMAIL: [email protected] OFFICE: LSE 318; Phone 972-3143 OFFICE HOURS: M & T 8:00-9:00, T 1:00-2:00; or by Appointment INSTRUCTOR OF RECORD: Dr. Richard Grippo EMAIL: [email protected] TEACHING ASSISTANT Ms. DeMali EMAIL: [email protected] TEXT: Exploring Biology in the Laboratory, custom for ASU 2011; Pendarvis and Crawley.

ISBN 978-0-89582-919-1

Learning Objectives will: 1) Introduce students to the science of biology through hands-on lab activities 2) Develop an understanding of the process of science and the research aspect of biology. 3) Establish a basic understanding of the biological world for non-majors 4) Increase understanding of the way people function as living organisms and components of the

biological world.

COURSE REQUIREMENTS AND EVALUATION PROCEDURES LECTURE/LAB: LECTURE AND LAB ARE SEPARATE COURSES. INSTITUTIONAL/CLASSROOM POLICIES:

Students with Special Instructional Needs: If you have any special needs related to learning or testing in this course, please let the Graduate Teaching Assistant (GTA) know as soon as possible so those needs can be addressed. Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability should first be registered with ASU Disability Services. Appropriate arrangements will be made to ensure equal access to this course. Inclement Weather Policy: The University remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to contact each of his/her professors immediately upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. See notes about makeup policies and inclement weather below. Attendance Policy: Students should attend every lab session. Students who miss class should expect to makeup missed work or receive a failing mark on missed work. If you miss the first lab, then you may come to another lab meeting later in the week, but you must contact your GTA to determine which lab section you should attend. Students who participate in university-sponsored activities will be given reasonable opportunities to makeup missed assignments. Students in this course who miss more than 2 class sessions per semester MAY be assigned an ‘F’ in the course depending upon circumstances discussed in the student handbook (1999-2000 edition, p. 12). Please review to the make-up policy provided by your Instructor of Record Students should attend every session. Regular classroom attendance, completing lab assignments and participation is critical to your success in this course. CELL PHONE POLICY: Cell phone use is not permitted in class. Please turn all cell phones off when entering the classroom. If a cell phone is used during class it may be taken up, you may asked to leave the room, and/or you may receive a failing grade on a quiz or assignment. CHEATING: Cheating is defined and described in the student handbook. Any activity that falls in the category of cheating or deals with issues of academic misconduct will be addressed and disciplined to the fullest extent. This includes but is not limited to assigning the offending student a failing grade for the assignment or course, and then reporting them to the student conduct system. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following: Individual quizzes: 12 @ 10 points each = 120 points Formal Laboratory Report: 1 @ 80 points each = 80 points Comprehensive Quiz 1 @ 50 points = 50 points TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE = 250 points GRADING SCALE: A = 100 - 90% B = 89 - 80% C = 79 - 70% D = 69 - 60% F = 59% or lower Homework: Like all researchers you are required to do your homework which includes reading ahead and sometimes working on procedures before or outside of class. These assignments will be posted on the board each day and include your lab report.

Quizzes: Quizzes will be given during each class meeting. These quizzes will be administered orally at the end of class. Papers should be folded in half and kept that way unless you are writing on them. If you are caught cheating, or with your paper left open, it may be taken up to receive a zero. Laboratory Reports: Each student is required to turn in a formal lab report during the semester. You may choose the procedure or experiment to report on from the manual. Lab reports are to be 3-5 pages in length, double spaced and in 12 font. It should include a title page, an introduction, materials and methods, results, discussion, and any citations of references used. Please refer to the lab coordinators web page for tips and guidelines for writing a lab report. Please note: If you turn in your lab report before midterm, and are unhappy with your grade, you will have the opportunity to turn in another before final to replace that grade. Mini comprehensive Quiz: This quiz will be given the last day of class and will consist of approximately 30 multiple choice questions from material covered throughout the semester. Disclaimer: The information contained in this syllabus is as accurate as possible, but may be subject to change with reasonable advance notice. The schedule and content of lectures and assignments may be changed at the discretion of the instructor upon oral notification in class. Changes may involve additions, deletions, substitutions, or changes in sequence or due date. DATES TO REMEMBER: Last day to drop an individual class or withdraw from the University: November 14, 2012

TENTATIVE LAB SCHEDULE

Date Topic Unit Procedures

Aug 21-23 Introduction: Measuring 3 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6

Aug 28-30 Microscopy 4 4.1,

4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 Sept 4-6 The Nature of Science 1 1.1 Sept 11-13 Experimentation 2 2.1

Sept 18-20 Structure and Function of Cells 6 6.1,

6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7 Sept 25-27 Cellular Transport Mechanisms 9 9.2,

9.3, 9.4 Oct 2-4 Photosynthesis 10 10.1,

10.2, 10.7, 10.8 Oct 9-11 Cellular Respiration 11 11.1,

11.2, 11.5 Oct 16-18 Cell Reproduction/ Ensuring Genetic Variation 12/13 12.1,

12.2, 13.1, 13.2, 13.3 Oct 23-25 Basic Mendelian Genetics 15 15.4,

15.5, 15.6 (Pedigree) Oct 30-Nov 1 Understanding DNA 16 16.1,

16.2 Nov 6-8 Evolution 17 17.1,

17.2, 17.3, 17.4 Nov 13-15 Ecology 36 36.1,

36.2 Nov 27-29 Final Quiz - Lab Reports Due

BIO 6603, 6601 - Environmental Systems Analysis Spring 2013

INSTRUCTOR Dr. Richard Grippo ([email protected]) Office hours: M 2 - 5p, T 3 - 5p or whenever I am in my office and not

busy (316 Laboratory Sciences East) Phone: 972-3082 (Biology office) 972-3649 (my office) 870-219-8421 (mobile) COURSE OUTCOMES This course, designed to provide experience in quantitative problem solving, uses computer based modeling and statistical analysis tools. Students learn to use the mathematical skills already possessed but for which they may be lacking confidence. TEXTS Harte, J. 1988. Consider a Spherical Cow. University Science Books Grippo, R.S. BIO 6601 Laboratory Manual (provided at cost by instructor for $10) You will need a jump (USB) drive labeled with your name and e-mail address so I can return it to you when you leave it in the computer lab (almost everyone [including me] does this at least once during the semester). BLACKBOARD This course will utilize the Blackboard Learning System. This will be used to post the syllabus, announcements, and assignments so check it often. If you need help using Blackboard please see the instructor. COMPUTER LAB Most laboratory meetings will be in the Department of Biological Sciences computer laboratory (LSE 203). This course relies on using Microsoft Excel (an electronic spreadsheet), MINITAB Ver. 14 (a statistical package) and Stella II (mathematical modeling software). Excel is available on most microcomputer labs, MINITAB is available in the Departmental computer lab and may also be available in the Mathematics Building computer lab. Stella is available only in the Departmental computer lab; ASSIGNMENTS Assignments are due at the beginning of lab one week following their assignment. Assignments handed in late will not be graded unless the instructor is notified with a valid excuse PRIOR to the due date. Four short assignments will be completed during the lab period. A standard format will be used for written assignments. You must use the required formats; examples are in the Lab Manual. Assignments can usually be completed during the lab period. A semester modeling or advanced problem solving project will be chosen and developed by each student. An oral presentation and a short written report and working model on disk will be due at the end of the semester. GRADES The point distribution is listed below.

In-lab assignments (4@10) 40 pts. Problems 1-3, 10 (4@15) 60 pts. Problems 4-9 (6@25) 150 pts. Modeling project & report 1@100) 100 pts Exams (3@100) 300 pts

TOTAL 650 pts. Grades will be based on a normalized distribution (curved) unless the class mean exceeds 80% (this is usually the case). Note: Most testing will be open book but cell phones may not be used during an exam or during class.

Course Schedule Week of Topic

Lab/Assignment [points] 1/14

Orientation to course: Introduction to problem solving

Recitation #1

1/21 (AR AFS mtg 1/23 – 1/25)

1/21 Martin Luther King, Jr Birthday – no class

Problem solving continued; Simple estimation

No lab scheduled. Think about modeling project

1/28

Simple (steady state) box models Excel-tables* [10] Assign problem #1 [15]

2/4

Applying box models – energy Recitation - problem #2 [15]

Excel graphing* [10] 2/11

Applying box models-pollution Test 1 Wed 2/13

Excel formulas*[10], Prob. #3 [15]

2/18

Dynamic models Tutorial: Introduction to Stella modeling

program* [10] 2/25

Applying dynamic models - nutrient cycling Problem #4 - Modeling perturbation of the

phosphorus cycle [25] 3/4

Applying dynamic models - population dynamics; Test 2 (Wed 3/6)

Problem #5 - Sensitivity analysis of Stella model [25]

3/11

Statistical models, hypothesis testing Applying statistical models – two sample tests

Intro to MINITAB; Two independent samples Problem #6a [15]

3/18

Spring Break Go to Cancun or catch up on sleep

3/25

Paired sample tests; Data collection and sampling methods

Paired sample testing Problem 6b [10]

4/1

Applying statistical models - one way analysis of variance; multiple comparisons

One-way layouts (Experiment #1) Problem #7 [25]

4/8

Applying statistical models - two way analysis of variance

Two-way layouts Problem #8 [25]

4/15

Correlation and Regression Experiment #2; Problem #9 [25]

4/22

Advanced descriptive statistics Complex data sets

Problem #10 [15] Oral presentations of models Written modeling report due the next day (Friday 4/26)

4/29

Review of statistics; Biological Sciences data set

5/1 (Wed)

Test #3 in computer lab during scheduled final exam time (12:30-2:30p)

Review as needed (part of this test will be closed book)

*Assignments due during laboratory period.

BIO 6603, 6601 - Environmental Systems Analysis Spring 2013

INSTRUCTOR Dr. Richard Grippo ([email protected]) Office hours: M 2 - 5p, T 3 - 5p or whenever I am in my office and not

busy (316 Laboratory Sciences East) Phone: 972-3082 (Biology office) 972-3649 (my office) 870-219-8421 (mobile) COURSE OUTCOMES This course, designed to provide experience in quantitative problem solving, uses computer based modeling and statistical analysis tools. Students learn to use the mathematical skills already possessed but for which they may be lacking confidence. TEXTS Harte, J. 1988. Consider a Spherical Cow. University Science Books Grippo, R.S. BIO 6601 Laboratory Manual (provided at cost by instructor for $10) You will need a jump (USB) drive labeled with your name and e-mail address so I can return it to you when you leave it in the computer lab (almost everyone [including me] does this at least once during the semester). BLACKBOARD This course will utilize the Blackboard Learning System. This will be used to post the syllabus, announcements, and assignments so check it often. If you need help using Blackboard please see the instructor. COMPUTER LAB Most laboratory meetings will be in the Department of Biological Sciences computer laboratory (LSE 203). This course relies on using Microsoft Excel (an electronic spreadsheet), MINITAB Ver. 14 (a statistical package) and Stella II (mathematical modeling software). Excel is available on most microcomputer labs, MINITAB is available in the Departmental computer lab and may also be available in the Mathematics Building computer lab. Stella is available only in the Departmental computer lab; ASSIGNMENTS Assignments are due at the beginning of lab one week following their assignment. Assignments handed in late will not be graded unless the instructor is notified with a valid excuse PRIOR to the due date. Four short assignments will be completed during the lab period. A standard format will be used for written assignments. You must use the required formats; examples are in the Lab Manual. Assignments can usually be completed during the lab period. A semester modeling or advanced problem solving project will be chosen and developed by each student. An oral presentation and a short written report and working model on disk will be due at the end of the semester. GRADES The point distribution is listed below.

In-lab assignments (4@10) 40 pts. Problems 1-3, 10 (4@15) 60 pts. Problems 4-9 (6@25) 150 pts. Modeling project & report 1@100) 100 pts Exams (3@100) 300 pts

TOTAL 650 pts. Grades will be based on a normalized distribution (curved) unless the class mean exceeds 80% (this is usually the case). Note: Most testing will be open book but cell phones may not be used during an exam or during class.

Course Schedule Week of Topic

Lab/Assignment [points] 1/14

Orientation to course: Introduction to problem solving

Recitation #1

1/21 (AR AFS mtg 1/23 – 1/25)

1/21 Martin Luther King, Jr Birthday – no class

Problem solving continued; Simple estimation

No lab scheduled. Think about modeling project

1/28

Simple (steady state) box models Excel-tables* [10] Assign problem #1 [15]

2/4

Applying box models – energy Recitation - problem #2 [15]

Excel graphing* [10] 2/11

Applying box models-pollution Test 1 Wed 2/13

Excel formulas*[10], Prob. #3 [15]

2/18

Dynamic models Tutorial: Introduction to Stella modeling

program* [10] 2/25

Applying dynamic models - nutrient cycling Problem #4 - Modeling perturbation of the

phosphorus cycle [25] 3/4

Applying dynamic models - population dynamics; Test 2 (Wed 3/6)

Problem #5 - Sensitivity analysis of Stella model [25]

3/11

Statistical models, hypothesis testing Applying statistical models – two sample tests

Intro to MINITAB; Two independent samples Problem #6a [15]

3/18

Spring Break Go to Cancun or catch up on sleep

3/25

Paired sample tests; Data collection and sampling methods

Paired sample testing Problem 6b [10]

4/1

Applying statistical models - one way analysis of variance; multiple comparisons

One-way layouts (Experiment #1) Problem #7 [25]

4/8

Applying statistical models - two way analysis of variance

Two-way layouts Problem #8 [25]

4/15

Correlation and Regression Experiment #2; Problem #9 [25]

4/22

Advanced descriptive statistics Complex data sets

Problem #10 [15] Oral presentations of models Written modeling report due the next day (Friday 4/26)

4/29

Review of statistics; Biological Sciences data set

5/1 (Wed)

Test #3 in computer lab during scheduled final exam time (12:30-2:30p)

Review as needed (part of this test will be closed book)

*Assignments due during laboratory period.

Biology of Sex

BIOL 1033-001 Spring 2013

Instructor: Dr. Richard S. Grippo Time: T, Th 9:30 - 10:50p, LSE 219

Office: LSE 316 Office Hours: M 2 - 5p, T 3 - 5p or whenever I am Phone: 972-3649 E-mail: [email protected] in my office and not busy (316 LSE) Text: Human Reproductive Biology, 3rd edition by Sylvia S. Mader

Week of

Topic Readings (read before class)

1/15

Introduction to Course, Chromosomes and Inheritance Preface, Chapter 1

1/22

Genes and Medical Genetics (AR AFS mtg) Chapter 2

1/29

DNA, Molecular Genetics, Biotechnology Chapter 3

2/5

Genetic Counseling Test 1 (Thur 2/7) Chapter 4

2/12 Reproductive Hormones and Sexual Maturation Chapter 5

2/19

Reproductive Anatomy Chapter 6

2/26

Human Sexual Response and Physiology of Sexual Intercourse Chapter 7

3/5

Conception, Pregnancy, and Birth Chapter 8

3/12

Test 2 Tues. 3/12 Sexually Transmitted Diseases and “Safe” Sex

Chapter 9, 10

3/19

Spring Break Get a tan in Cancun or Premier Tan while again reading Chapters 9, 10

3/26

Contraception, Infertility and Reproductive Technology Chapter 9

4/2

Choosing the Sex of Your Child, Pathophysiology of Sexual Disorders Internet: readings

4/9

Sex in the Later Years: Quality over Quantity, Test 3 Thur. 4/11

Chapter 7, pp. 121-122 only

4/16

Evolution, Behavior Chapter 11, Chapter 12

4/23 Evolution of Sexual Behavior, Population Concerns Video (bring popcorn!), Chapter 13

May 6 (Mon.)

Final exam (non‐cumulative) 8a – 10a in lecture room Review as needed

Threesemestertestsandafinalexamworth100pointseachwillbegivenondatesindicated.Thelowestsemester test will be dropped. If you miss a test that test will be the one dropped. If you miss a second test a zero will be averaged into your grade and it will be very difficult to pass this class. It is to the student’s advantage to not miss any tests. The non-cumulative final exam must be taken and will not be dropped even if it is the lowest score of all tests taken. Final grades will be based on tests only; there will be no extra credit offered for this class. The final grades will thus be based on a maximum of 300 points (200 pts from semester exams and 100 from the final). Each test (including the final) will be curved to a class mean of 75% unless the uncurved class mean exceeds 75%. Final exam will be given on the date, time and place indicated, no exceptions. Tests will cover both lectures and lecture material covered in assigned readings. Lectures are PowerPoint presentations and will be available on BlackBoard Learn, usually by 6p the evening before each class. Some lectures may not be on BlackBoard until one hour before class so be sure to check. Please print out lectures

before class (I suggest 4 slides to a page in black and white) and bring to class to add additional notes from what I add during lecture. Students will not be graded on class participation, however, students who regularly participate (ask/answer questions) usually do better on tests. Cell Phones, Pagers, etc are not to be used during class. This includes texting. If any of these are being used they will be confiscated and returned at the end of the semester. If they are used during a test they will be confiscated and destroyed, probably on the spot (see http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hut3VRL5XRE). Computers may be used during lectures to take notes but e-mailing, game playing or other non-class activities are not allowed. Anyone with a computer in class may be asked to serve as a Google Jockey to answer questions brought up in class, especially those I cannot answer from the Sex Bucket. Sex Bucket It is likely that questions about sex will arise from student’s about which they are embarrassed to ask verbally in class. These questions may be written down and placed in the Sex Bucket. Several of these questions will be randomly selected and answered approximately ½ way through class if the following conditions are met:

1) Class attendance is high (this will be decided by the instructor). 2) No one sleeps during class (you may gently use your elbow to wake your neighbor). 3) No one talks during class, except to ask questions, make pertinent comments, or laugh at my (bad) jokes. 4) There are questions to answer in the Sex Bucket (so make sure you throw in lots of questions) 5) Somebody raises their hand and reminds me to answer a Sex Bucket question(s).

Inclement Weather Policy: In the event of inclement weather this class will still meet for lectures and scheduled tests unless ASU officially cancels all classes. If the weather is bad in your area but ASU is open, leave earlier and drive slower and more carefully (especially going downhill, making turns, and following a car in front of you). If a test is scheduled and ASU officially closes the test will be given the next time the class meets. All other policy’s and procedures will be as stated in the Student Handbook. Some of these are attached for your convenience Learning Outcomes To address the General Education Goal of “Using Science to Accomplish Common Goals” the following objectives will be met 1) To provide non-biology major undergraduate students with learning opportunities about the function of biological systems with an emphasis on sex and reproduction of humans and how this information is discovered using the scientific method. 2) To provide students with tools to help understand present and future biomedical issues. 3) To help support the general education requirement for natural sciences while promoting better reproductive and sexual health and exploring the themes of scientific inquiry and evolution. Note: This course will not formally cover subjects such as sex roles, gender identity, alternative sexual orientation, sexual deviance, prostitution, etc. Such topics are more appropriate for a course in human sexuality. This course is meant to complement, not substitute, for such a course.

Some ASU Academic Policies and Procedures as they pertain to Biology of Sex Class Attendance Policy Students should attend every lecture, recitation, and laboratory session of every course in which they are enrolled. Students who miss a class session should expect to make up missed work or receive a failing grade on missed work. It is the practice of Arkansas State University to allow students to participate in university-sponsored events, even when those events cause them to be absent from class. Students participating in university-sponsored events will be given reasonable opportunities to make up missed assignments and exams.

Students enrolled in freshman or sophomore level courses numbered 1000 or 2000 may during a semester miss no more than twice the number of lectures, recitations, laboratory sessions, or other regularly scheduled class activities that would normally be scheduled during a week. Students who miss more than the maximum number of freshman or sophomore level classes may be assigned a grade of “F” for the course. Students who may be assigned a grade of “F” in a course because of excessive absences may withdraw from the course without penalty before the deadline for dropping an individual course. In determining whether excessive absences should result in a failing grade, consideration shall be given to the maturity and class standing of the student, the quality of academic work being accomplished by the student, and extenuating circumstances related to such absence. Students enrolled in junior or senior level courses numbered 3000 or 4000 will not be assigned a grade of “F” solely for failing to attend classes. However, instructors shall set forth at the beginning of the semester their expectations with regard to make-up policy for work missed, class participating and other factors that my influence course grades. Inclement Weather Policy The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the Chancellor of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. Academic Integrity Policy Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy are considered as serious misconduct and may result in disciplinary action and severe penalties. A. Plagiarism

Plagiarism is the act of taking and/or using the ideas, work, and/or writings of another person as one’s own. 1. To avoid plagiarism, give written credit and acknowledgment to the source of thoughts, ideas, and/or words, whether you have used direct quotation, paraphrasing, or just a reference to a general idea. 2. If you directly quote works written by someone else, enclose the quotation with quotation marks and provide an appropriate citation (e.g., footnote,

endnote, bibliographical reference). 3. Research as well as the complete written paper, must be the work of the person seeking academic credit for the course. (Papers, book reports, projects, and/or other class assignments are not to be purchased from individuals or companies which provide these services.)

Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of plagiarism in any of the following ways: 1. Return the paper or other item for rewriting; the grade may be lowered. 2. Give a failing grade on the paper or other item — “F” if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used. 3. Give the student who plagiarized a failing grade in the course. 4. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university.

B. Cheating Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using information in a fraudulent manner. 1. Observing and/or copying from another student’s test paper, reports, computer files, and/or other class assignments. 2. Giving or receiving assistance during an examination period. (This includes providing specific answers to subsequent examinees and/or dispensing or receiving information which would allow the student to have an unfair

advantage in the examination over students who did not possess such information.) 3. Using class notes, outlines, and other unauthorized information during an examination period.

4. Using, buying, selling, stealing, transporting, or soliciting, in part or entirety, the contents of an examination or other assignment not authorized by the professor of the class. 5. Using for credit in one class a term paper, book report, project, or class assignment written for credit in another class without the knowledge and permission of the professor of the class. 6. Exchanging places with another person for the purposes of taking an examination or completing other assignments. Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of cheating in any of the following ways: 1. Allow the testing to progress without interruption, later informing the offending student about the offense, — and award a failing grade on the test — “F” if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used. 2. Seize the test of the offending student and give a failing grade on the paper. 3. Give the offending student a failing grade in the course. 4. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university.

Human Anatomy and Physiology I - BIO 2203 001 Spring 2013 Time/Place: 5:30-6:50 MW, Room LSE219 Instructor: Mrs. Jana Hudspeth E-mail: [email protected] Office hours: Before or after class (or by appointment) Text: Anatomy & Physiology: an Integrative Approach, McKinley, O’Loughlin, and Bidle, McGraw-Hill. Exams: There will be five exams and a comprehensive final, each worth 100 points. The lowest test score will be dropped. Tests will be primarily made up of multiple choice questions. Questions may be taken from lecture notes as well as the text. If illness or an emergency prevents you from taking a scheduled exam, you must email me as soon as possible. The first missed exam will count as your drop grade. Make up exams will only be offered if more than one test is missed. Make up exams will be different from the original exam (expect some short answer/listing) and will be given only with proper documentation (doctor’s excuse, funeral, athletic excuse, etc.) and notification. All make-up exams will be given at the end of the semester. Only students needing a make up exam report to class that day. BONUS: Short quizzes will be given periodically during class. Some of these will count as bonus points. You must come to class and stay for the quizzes to accumulate bonus points. AVERAGE: There is a total of 500 points possible. Your top five test grades plus bonus can be divided by 500 to obtain your average. Classroom policies:

1. Cheating will not be tolerated. If caught cheating, you will receive a “0” for that assignment.

2. Cell phones should be turned off or placed on silent before class begins. Cell phones ringing and text messaging during class is disruptive and you may be asked to leave. If you have a cell phone out during a test, I will assume you are cheating and give you a “0” on that test.

3. If you must come late or leave early, please do so quietly.

4. You should read the chapters, as we may not have to time to cover every detail in class, but you are still responsible for all the material in that chapter.

Blackboard: Powerpoints, announcements, study guides, and test grades will be posted on Blackboard. Note that Blackboard sometimes does not add bonus points to your total point column. NOTICE: It is unlawful for me to give out grades over the phone or in an email where I cannot be sure of the person on the other end, so please do not call me or the school for your grade. Tentative Lecture Schedule for Spring 2013 Chapter 1: The Sciences of Anatomy and Physiology Chapter 2: Atoms, Ions, and Molecules Chapter 3: Energy, Chemical Reactions, and Cellular Respiration EXAM 1: Chapters 1 – 3 February 4, 2013 Chapter 4: Biology of the Cell Chapter 5: Tissue Organization Chapter 6: The Integumentary System EXAM 2: Chapters 4 - 6 February 20, 2013 Chapter 7: Skeletal System: Bone Structure and Function Chapter 8: Skeletal System: Axial and Appendicular Skeleton Chapter 9: Articulations EXAM 3: Chapters 7 - 9 March 11, 2013 Chapter 10: Muscle Tissue Chapter 11: Muscular System: Axial and Appendicular Muscles EXAM 4: Chapters 10 – 11 April 3, 2013

Chapter 12: Nervous System: Nervous Tissue Chapter 13: Nervous System: Brain and Cranial Nerves Chapter 14: Nervous System: Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves EXAM 5: Chapter 12 – 14 April 24, 2013 ALL Make up exams: Monday, April 29, 2013 COMPREHENSIVE FINAL EXAM: Monday, May 6, 2013 at 5:30. **NOTE: Test dates are estimated and are subject to change if needed. Attend class regularly in order to be aware of announced changes in the schedule. “Not knowing” about a change because you missed class is not an acceptable excuse.

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE – BIOL 1003 005 Spring 2013 Instructor: Mrs. Jana Hudspeth E-mail:[email protected] or [email protected] Lecture: 5:30-6:50 TR; LSW 444 Office hours: Before or after class and by appointment.

Text: Campbell Essential Biology with Physiology, 4th edition by Simon, Reece, & Dickey

Course Goals- Students upon completion of this class will be able to:

1. Know the major characteristics common to all living things. 2. Understand the hierarchy of organization that exists for life from the level of the

atom to the biosphere. 3. Describe the unifying theme of evolution for the unity and diversity of life. 4. Recognize the nature of scientific inquiry and how this is approach allows for the

acquisition of new knowledge. 5. Differentiate between a scientific fact, hypothesis, and theory. 6. Appreciate the significance of chemistry in understanding the basis of life. 7. Describe the basic tenets of cell theory and how it relates to the continuing existence

of single-celled and multicellular organisms. 8. Name the important structures within the cell, describe their functions, and tell which

are present in each primary cell type. 9. Describe the metabolic processes that occur in the cell, including energy sources that

are necessary for the continuing existence of life. 10. Understand the basis of bioenergetics: cellular respiration and photosynthesis. 11. Describe the processes of mitosis and meiosis, tell how they differ, and explain the

importance of each to the passage of genetic information from one cell generation to the next to allow for growth, cell replacement, and reproduction.

12. Understand the basis for asexual and sexual reproduction. 13. Describe the basic tenets of the particulate theory of inheritance 14. Recognize that genes are found in all living organisms and provide the basic instructions

expressed as traits in the individuals that possess particular forms of these genes (i.e., alleles).

15. Explain the relationship between a gene and DNA and why DNA is the molecular basis for inheritance in all organisms.

16. Illustrate how the integration of genetics into Darwinian evolutionary theory has lead to a more robust understanding of the biological connections among all living organisms and the origin of species.

17. Describe how interdependence among living organisms is necessary for the continued existence of biodiversity on Earth.

18. Understand some aspects as to how humans interact with other species and what impact these activities have on the biosphere.

19. Relate biological topics covered in course to contemporary issues.

Learning Outcome: Enable students to recognize the major unifying themes of biology, including evolutionary theory, cell theory, reproduction, and genetics as these relate to contemporary issues, such as biodiversity, human impact on the environment, and biotechnology.

Exams: There will be five exams and a comprehensive final, each worth 100 points. Tests will be primarily made up of multiple choice questions and you will need a pencil. If illness or an emergency prevents you from taking a scheduled exam, you must email me or leave a message with the Biology Department as soon as possible. The lowest exam grade will be dropped. The first exam missed with proper notification/reason may count as your drop grade. Make up exams for a second missed exam will be given only with proper notification and documentation (doctor’s excuse, funeral, athletic excuse, etc.). Make up exams will be different from the original exam (expect short answer, listing, essay) and will all be given at the end of the semester.

Mastering Biology: Assignments will be given online using the Mastering Biology Resources (probably five quizzes at 10 points each). You may use your book or notes, but not each other. Since so many students have had problems with the code in the past, this will be optional.

Disability Services: Students who require adjustments in the classroom due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, please contact me to discuss any appropriate academic accommodations. BONUS: Short quizzes will be given periodically during class. Some of these will count as bonus points. You must come to class and stay for the quizzes to accumulate bonus points.

Classroom policies:

5. Cheating is defined and described in the school handbook and will not be tolerated. If caught cheating, you will receive a “0” for that assignment.

6. Cell phones should be turned off or placed on silent before class begins. Cell phones ringing and text messaging during class is disruptive and you may be asked to leave. If you have a cell phone out during a test, you will receive a “0” on that test.

7. If you must come late or leave early, please do so quietly. Please attempt to get to class on time as late arrivals are always disruptive.

8. You should read the chapters, as we may not have to time to cover every detail in class. You are responsible for material in the textbook.

9. Student attendance seems to be a big problem. According to ASU policy, a student should not miss more than 4 days of class. You will have a better grasp of the material if you come to class. If you miss class, for whatever reason, you are still responsible for the material covered and expected to take the exams on time.

Blackboard: Powerpoints, announcements, study guides, and test grades will be posted on Blackboard. Your average is always your total points divided by the points possible. Blackboard sometimes does not add the bonus points to your total so you may have to add it in when figuring your average. Notice: It is unlawful for me to give out grades over the phone or in an email where I cannot be sure of the person on the other end, so please do not ask for me to issue grades in that manner. Tentative Schedule for Biological Science Spring 2013 Chapters to be covered: 1. Introduction: Biology Today 2. Essential Chemistry for Biology 3. The Molecules of Life EXAM 1 – January 29, 2013 4. A Tour of the Cell 5. The Working Cell 6. Cellular Respiration

7. Photosynthesis EXAM 2 – February 14, 2013 8. Cellular Reproduction: Cells from Cells 9. Patterns of Inheritance 10. The Structure and Function of DNA 12. DNA Technology (parts) EXAM 3 – March 5, 2013 13. How Populations Evolve 14. How Biological Diversity Evolves 17 – Evolution in Animals EXAM 4 – April 2, 2013 18. An Introduction to Ecology and the Biosphere 19. Population Ecology 20. Communities and Ecosystems 28. The Life of a Flowering Plant (time permitting) EXAM 5 – April 23, 2013 MAKE UP Exam Day: Thursday, April 25, 2013 COMPREHENSIVE FINAL EXAM - 5:30 Thursday, May 2, 2013

**NOTE: Test dates are estimated and are subject to change if needed. Attend class regularly in order to be aware of announced changes in the schedule. “Not knowing” about a change because you missed class is not an acceptable excuse.

Anatomy & Physiology II Fall 2012

CRN# 61224 BIO 2223‐001

Course Time: Tuesday/Thursday 5:30 PM‐6:50 PM

INSTRUCTOR: Mr. John Huggins (Phone: 870‐761‐2219 and e‐mail: [email protected])

Web Site: http://bblearn.astate.edu/

OFFICE: Adjunct instructors have no office.

OFFICE HOURS: No office, no hours….see me before or after class.

COURSE DESCRIPTION/OBJECTIVES: A&P II is the 2nd semester of a two semester course designed to

meet the needs of pre‐nursing and allied health students, exercise physiology students, and other

interested students. The course is designed so students will become familiar with the basic

terminology as well as the special senses, cardiovascular, respiratory, digestive, lymphatic, endocrine,

urinary, and both male and female reproductive organ systems of the human body, and will be able to

describe and understand the structure and function of each system.

Students should enroll concurrently in A&P II Lab if possible.

REQUIRED MATERIALS: Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology 12th ed. By Shier, Butler, and Lewis

(Ed.). McGraw‐Hill, Pub.

METHOD OF INSTRUCTION: Formal lectures are the primary means of instruction, supplemented with

Website materials, videos, transparencies, and outside reading assignments when needed. Student

Input is encouraged in the form of questions during the lectures.

COURSE REQUIREMENTS: Students are required to READ the material in the textbook and take notes

during the lectures. Students may download the power point notes from blackboard prior to class.

COURSE GOALS: To provide a basic, yet detailed knowledge of the human body for any and all medical

purposes; to familiarize students with the orientation of the human body, including correct terminology;

to establish an increased knowledge of the relationships between the major body systems, including

those already visited in A&P I, along with those newly introduced in A&P II. Additional pathologies will

also be introduced during this course.

COURSE OBJECTIVES: Students completing this course will be able to identify and discuss the function

and physiology of the organ systems covered. These include:

1) Special senses (touch, taste, hearing, equilibrium, sight)

2) Cardiovascular system (blood, heart, blood vessels)

3) Lymphatic system (lymph, lymphatic organs & vessels)

4) Respiratory system (upper & lower respiratory structures)

5) Digestive system (alimentary canal, accessory structures)

6) Endocrine system (hormones: their actions and sources)

7) Reproductive systems (both male & female systems)

METHOD OF EVALUATION:

CHAPTER TESTS—these will be available on blackboard learn as we finish each chapter of the text and

must be completed and submitted on blackboard within 3 days of the final lecture on each chapter.

Students must remain current on these tests as they will be removed from blackboard after 3 days.

Eleven (11) chapter tests will be given and none of the 11 will be dropped.

Each chapter test will be worth 20‐30 points.

DAILY QUIZZES—These will be given several times during the semester and will be NOT be announced

prior to being given. These are designed to encourage regular attendance and if missed, CANNOT be

made up. Quizzes will be worth 100 percentage points for the semester.

MIDTERM TEST: This test will be given prior to the date required for Midterm grades and will be

comprehensive over the material covered up to that point. Students should use Chapter Tests, Daily

Quizzes, the textbook, and power point lectures to prepare for the Midterm Test.

The Midterm will be worth 200 points.

FINAL EXAM: This test will be given on December 6, 2012 from 5:30‐7:30 pm. Finals cannot be given

Early. The Final will be comprehensive over the entire course and will be worth 200 points. Students

should use Chapter Tests,Daily Quizzes, the Midterm Test, the textbook, and the power point lectures

to study for the Final Exam.

POINTS POSSIBLE:

Chapter Tests (200‐250 pts)+ Daily Quizzes (100 pts)+Midterm (200 pts)+Final (200 pts)=700‐750 pts possible.

GRADING SCALE: A: 90‐100% D: 60‐69%

B: 80‐89% F: below 60%

C: 70‐79%

MAKEUP POLICIES:

CHAPTER TESTS: If these are not submitted within the allotted 3 days, the student will be given a zero

for that test and NO makeup will be allowed. If you have a problem with the chapter tests, you must

notify me BEFORE the 3 allotted days are up, otherwise, you will not be allowed to take the test. It

cannot be reopened on blackboard once the allotted time has expired.

DAILY QUIZZES: These are given to encourage regular attendance and if missed, the student will NOT be

allowed a makeup quiz.

MIDTERM TEST: If a student misses the Midterm and provides a valid excuse, then a makeup will be

available. However, the student must request a makeup exam and any makeup will be of an

essay/short answer format. Makeup exams will be given at the end of the semester.

FINAL EXAM: If a student misses the Final and provides a valid excuse, then a makeup will be available.

However, the student must request a makeup exam and any makeup will be of an essay/short answer

format. REMEMBER! The final will be given December 6, 2012 from 5:30‐7:30 pm.

CLASSROOM POLICIES:

ATTENDANCE: Regular attendance is required and necessary for a student to do well in this class.

ASU attendance policies will be followed.

INCLEMENT WEATHER: The University will remain open except in extreme circumstances. If the

Main campus cancels class, then Paragould classes will also be cancelled.

ACADEMIC INTEGRITY: Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using

information in a fraudulent manner. This includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:

a) observing and/or copying from another student's test, report, or other assignment

b) giving or receiving assistance during an exam

c) using notes, outlines, and other unauthorized information (like a cell phone or a computer!) during

an exam

IF CHEATING IS OBSERVED, ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS WILL OCCUR:

a) The instructor may allow the test to continue without interruption and inform the offending student

or students about the infraction after the exam. At this point, a failing grade for the exam may be

issued.

b) The instructor may seize the exam paper of the offending student(s) immediately and award a failing

grade for the exam.

c) The instructor may choose to award a failing grade for the course.

d) All cheating instances will be referred to the campus coordinator for additional sanctions (including

possible expulsion from the class and/or University).

e) If you suspect someone is trying to cheat, it is your obligation to report it to the instructor.

CELL PHONES/PAGERS/ETC.:

These devices should be turned to OFF or SILENT before class begins. Pay attention in class.

DISTURBING OR RUDE BEHAVIOR:

Loud whispering, talking to others, or other loud noises during lecture is rude and may interfere with the

learning process of others. This behavior will not be tolerated and if it persists the offending student(s)

will be asked to leave class. Permission to return to class must be obtained from the instructor.

Also, laser pointers, tobacco products (yes, "dip", also), alcohol, or drugs are not allowed in the building

or classroom. Possessing or using these items will also be reason for dismissal from class.

CHILDREN OR PETS:

No children or pets should be brought into the classroom.

TENTATIVE LECTURE SCHEDULE: (subject to change as needed)

REMEMBER! A chapter test (20‐30 pts each) will be placed on blackboard after the completion of each

chapter. Three (3) days will be allowed for the completion and submission of each on

blackboard. Late chapter exams will not be accepted.

CHAPTER 12: Somatic and Special Senses

CHAPTER 14: Blood

CHAPTER 15: Cardiovascular System

CHAPTER 16: Lymphatic System and Immunity

CHAPTER 17: Digestive System

MIDTERM TEST (comprehensive over chapters 12,14,15,16 and 17)

CHAPTER 18: Nutrition and Metabolism

CHAPTER 19: Respiratory System

CHAPTER 20: Urinary System

CHAPTER 21: Water, Electrolyte and Acid‐Base Balance

CHAPTER 13: Endocrine Systemi

CHAPTER 22: Reproductive System

CHAPTER 23: Pregnancy, Growth, & Development (may be assigned reading if necessary)

FINAL EXAM: (comprehensive over chapters 12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22 and 23)

IMPORTANT: Regular attendance is extremely important and while in class the student should listen

carefully, ask questions, and take notes as needed. If a student is absent more than 4

times during the semester, the student may have his/her grade lower due to excessive

absenses.

Also, the student should READ the chapters and view the power points before class. There

is not enough class time to cover every detail of the chapter, but the student is responsible

for all the material in each chapter covered. This includes the Figures and Tables included

in these chapters.

CRN 11411

BIOL 2223‐001 Human Anatomy and Physiology II

Syllabus‐Spring 2013

Instructor: Mr. John Huggins: [email protected]

Phone: 870‐761‐2219

Web site: https://bblearn.astate.edu/

You will also use Connect (http://connect.mcgraw‐

hill.com/connectweb/static_pages/signin/signin/index.html)

Course Description/Objectives: BIO 2223‐001 Human Anatomy and Physiology II is the second semester of a

two‐semester course designed to meet the needs of pre‐nursing and allied health students, as well as other

interested students. The course is designed so students will become familiar with the basic terminology of the

organ systems, including the special senses, respiratory, circulatory, urinary, digestive, reproductive, lymphatic

and endocrine systems of the human body, and will be able to describe the structure and function of each

system.

Required Text: Anatomy and Physiology: An Integrative Approach by McKinley, O’Loughlin, and Bidle

(McGraw‐Hill) This book comes with an access code for Connect Plus. You must purchase the Access

Card separately if you do not purchase your textbook from ASU Bookstore.

Method of Instruction: This is primarily a lecture course. The course notes will also be posted on Blackboard,

and additional study time will be required to learn the material. Written notes and/or Power Point are the

primary means of instruction, supplemented with World Wide Web materials from the textbook web site, and

possibly outside reading assignments. Students are encouraged to send in questions to the instructor via e‐

mail. NOTE: Homework assignment will be posted ½ way through the chapter and will be due when the

exam is due. Exams will be posted immediately following the completion of each chapter, and will be due 2

days later.

Technical requirements: For the ONLINE portion of this course the student should have a reliable computer and/or internet access at home. If you do not have the basic technological requirements you MUST go to a campus location, a public library, or other public location to complete assignments. There is free computer access in the ASU campus library, as well as other sites on ASU campus. Having a personal technical problem is NOT a reason to finish assignments late. However, if you do have technical problems during online assignments it is important to report them to the instructor, immediately. Contact ASU’s IT department Help Desk for assistance if necessary. (870‐972‐3933) Course requirements: Students are required to READ the material in the textbook and study the notes. The

McGraw‐Hill web site provides practice tests and study materials that will enhance learning and should be

utilized! Students who wish to succeed should plan on studying a little every day. It is also wise to recopy

notes immediately after downloading them. (Remember the 5 P’s: prior preparation prevents pitiful

performance). Students are encouraged to take the lab portion of the course (BIO 2221) along with the lecture

class.

Course Goals: To provide a basic, yet detailed knowledge of the human body for any and all medical purposes;

to familiarize students with the orientation of the human body, including terminology; to establish a

knowledge of the principal anatomy of the special senses, respiratory, cardiovascular, endocrine, urinary,

digestive, and reproductive systems of the human body; to develop an understanding of the physiology of

these systems as it relates to anatomy; to understand the importance of good nutrition and fluid/electrolyte

balance on good health; and to introduce students to pathologies (diseases) that affect these systems.

Method of evaluation:

Lecture examination over each chapter (primarily multiple choice, matching and true/false) (this will

be posted on Blackboard/Connect)

1 comprehensive midterm (on campus) 200 points

1 comprehensive final exam (on campus) 200 points

1 homework assignment over each chapter (posted on Blackboard/Connect)

Attendance (quizzes, roll call)

Grading Scale:

A: 90‐100 percent of total points possible

B: 80‐89 percent

C: 70‐79 percent

D: 60‐69 percent

F: below 60 percent

FN: failure due to incomplete assignments and tests

Attendance/submission of assignments:

Students should attend lectures regularly and take notes

Students must submit work by the due date (no make‐up on any missed assignment or online exam)

Exams must be taken within the scheduled time frame.

Homework must be completed by the due date.

These policies will be strictly followed. NO EXCEPTIONS.

You are responsible for withdrawing from the course if your circumstances change.

Course etiquette: Any student caught cheating will receive a grade of “0” for that exam and will earn a visit

with the department chairperson. This includes having someone else take your exams, collaborating with

another student during exams, having your cell phone out during exams, signing the roll for another student,

and/or plagiarism. This could result in suspension from the University for a semester.

Midterm and Final exam: The midterm will be February 27 during regular class time. The final exam will be

May 1, 2:45‐4:45 p.m. (Finals may not be given early).

Tentative Schedule (subject to change as necessary): (A detailed Calendar will be posted the first week of

class)

Week one: Ch. 15‐Nervous System: Autonomic Nervous System (review from last semester)

Week one: Ch. 16‐Nervous System: Senses

Week two: Ch. 18‐Cardiovascular System: Blood

Week three: Ch. 19‐Cardiovascular System: Heart

Week four: Ch. 20‐Cardiovascular System: Vessels and Circulation

Week five: Ch. 21‐Lymphatic System

Week six: Ch. 22‐Immune System and the Body’s Defenses

Week seven (Midterm): Ch. 23‐Respiratory System

Week eight: Ch. 24‐Urinary System

Week nine: Ch. 25‐Fluid and Electrolytes

Week ten: SPRING BREAK March 18‐23

Week eleven: Ch. 26‐Digestive System

Week twelve: Ch. 27‐Nutrition and Metabolism

Week thirteen: Ch. 28‐ Reproductive System

Week fourteen: Ch. 29‐ Development, Pregnancy, and Heredity

Week fifteen: Ch. 17‐Endocrine

CRN 61204

Bio 2101‐001 Microbiology for Nursing and Allied Health

Laboratory Syllabus‐ Fall 2012

Instructor: Dr. Julie Huggins

Office: LSW 550

Phone: 972‐3555

Office hours: 11‐12 MW and 9:30‐11 TTH (or by appointment)

TA:

Office:

E‐mail: [email protected]

Web site: Blackboard http://bblearn.astate.edu/

Required materials:

‐1 black sharpie marker

‐Laboratory Manual‐‐ Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach by Steven Obenauf and Susan Finazzo

(McGraw‐Hill Pub).

‐Optional: lab coat or old shirt to cover your clothes

Course description: Microbiology For Nursing and Allied Health Laboratory is a laboratory course

illustrating fundamental techniques and concepts of microbiology, including microscopic observations, aseptic

transfer, microorganism classification and identification, environmental factors influencing microorganisms,

and biochemistry of microorganisms. This course is designed to complement BIO 2103‐001 and should be

taken concurrently.

Course goals: Students will learn and have direct experience with fundamental techniques for observation,

handling, isolation, cultivation, counting, identification, staining, and control of microbes. Aseptic technique

and lab safety will be emphasized. This lab encourages experimentation and hands on learning, and

necessitates that student follow exact rules, guidelines, and protocol.

Student Learning Outcomes

Operate equipment used in microbiology laboratory. Prepare and use growth media properly. Perform aseptic transfer. Identify microorganisms using morphological and physiological tests. Follow biosafety procedures. Produce lab reports using the standard scientific format. Properly perform staining procedures with emphasis on gram staining.

Requirements:

Students should read the assigned lab exercises before class begins.

An introduction will be given by the instructor at the beginning of class, but students should be familiar

with the material ahead of time.

An unknown bacterium (pet) will be given to each student early in the term. Students will perform the

exercises on their unknown bacteria in order to identify it to species.

Students must write a brief lab report and keep it in a notebook each lab, detailing the experiments of

that week and the results

Once the tests have been completed, students will put together a lab report, describing the tests used

to identify the bacteria. These reports should include a thorough description of procedures used to

determine identification, and must include the data table with results obtained in class.

A more detailed set of instructions for the pet report will be given out in class or posted on Blackboard.

Pet reports due on the date of the lab practical exam

Course evaluations:

Midterm exam‐100

Gram stain ‐50

Lab technique‐50

Pet report (unknown)‐ 100

Lab practical‐ 100

GRAND TOTAL‐ 400 points

Grading scale: The grading scale will be based on a total of 400 points and will be averaged according to the scale below:

A: 90‐100 % B: 80‐89 % C: 70‐79 % D: 60‐69 % F: below 60%

Attendance, makeup, etc.: Regular and prompt attendance is a must if you want to make a good grade.

Absences virtually guarantee you will be behind and have a poorer understanding of the material than your

classmates. Anyone missing the lab practical will have an oral makeup exam. Since you will be doing a

number of exercises each day, the refrigerator will become cluttered very quickly with plates and tubes if you

don’t observe and discard yours each week. Plates from daily experiments will be kept in the refrigerator for 1

lab period only. If you are absent, be sure you pick your materials up the next lab day, or notify me if you will

be absent for longer than one day. Otherwise your instructor will discard them, and you will not have the

results from that experiment. Don’t expect me to know what you’ve missed. It’s your responsibility to tell me

which exercises and which tests you need to make up. Take care with the plates and test tubes for each week.

There will be ONE test tube or plate per procedure for each student. If you break yours you will forfeit that

experiment.

Inclement weather: ASU rarely cancels classes for the weather. However, it does occasionally occur. Any

exam scheduled during one of those times will be given the next class period. If class is not canceled and the

weather is icy or driving is hazardous, use your best judgment. Do not risk your own safety. You will be

allowed to make up missed work in the event of bad weather.

Classroom policies: It is ok to talk in lab after the instructor has finished with the introduction. However, it is

not permitted to have drinks, food, gum, or candy in the lab. We are working with potential pathogens, and

being careful is part of the course! Cheating is also not permitted. You may help each other with the lab work,

but not on the exams. Points will be deducted for careless lab technique.

Disability Statement: Any student who requires academic adjustments must first register with ASU Disability

Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, contact me with a copy of your

accommodation card to discuss any appropriate academic accommodations.

**Any student who has a chronic health condition or who is required to take immune suppressing drugs should

take extra precautions in lab. Gloves and masks are available upon request.

Tentative schedule: (subject to change as necessary)

Date Week of: Exercise

August 20 Introduction/safety rules Laboratory overview and syllabus

August 27 Use of the microscope ex. 1 (Pond Water) Algae ex. 4 Protozoans Ex. 5 Fungi Ex. 6 Streak plate Ex. 3 (environmental)

September 3 Aseptic Technique‐ex. 2 Introduction to staining Ex. 8 Negative Stain Ex. 9 Gram Stain Ex. 11 Demonstrate microscope knowledge

September 10 Receive Pet‐UNKNOWN Capsule Stain Ex. 10 Gram Stain Ex. 11 Endospore stain Ex. 12

September 17 Isolation Streak Ex. 3 Mannitol Salt Agar Ex. 15 Eosin Methylene Blue Ex. 16 MacConkey Agar Ex. 17

September 24 Blood Agar Ex. 14 Catalase Ex. 22 Oxidase Ex. 23 (if available) DNase Test Ex. 36 Gram Stain GRADED

October 1 (midterm) Written EXAM (all chapters through last week)

October 8 Antimicrobial susceptibility Ex. 25 Handwashing Ex. 26 Casein hydrolysis Ex. 39

October 22 Phenol Red Broth Ex. 40 Triple Sugar Iron Agar Ex. 41 Urease Ex. 44

October 29 IMVIC Reactions Ex. 43

November 5 Nitrate Reduction Ex. 45 Malonate TEST (EXTRA)

November 12 Complete all lab assignments, review for exam

November 19 Thanksgiving‐ FALL BREAK

November 26 FINAL LAB PRACTICAL Reports due!

CRN: 61207 Fall 2012 Microbiology for Nursing and Allied Health BIOL-2103-001 Instructor: Dr. Julie Huggins Phone: 870-972-3555 Office Location: Lab Science West Room 550 Office hours: 11-12 MW and 9:30-11 TTH (or by appointment) E-mail: [email protected] Web site: http://bblearn.astate.edu/ Use this for all course information. Meeting times and location: 5:30-6:50 TTH AG 203 Text book: Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach. By Marjorie Kelly Cowan (McGraw-Hill Pub). Course description: Biol 2103 Microbiology for Nursing and Allied Health is a course designed for students enrolled in the Allied Health program, but other students may enroll. The course will cover bacteria, viruses, rickettsiae, chlamydiae, fungi, molds, yeasts, and protozoans as they relate to human health. The course includes information about basic anatomy and physiology of microbes, diseases caused by bacteria, viruses, parasites, and fungi, and human defenses against them. Course goals:

Students will acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the microorganisms that affect human health

Students will acquire information that will enable them to act responsibly in preventing the spread of disease causing organisms.

Students will develop an understanding of the human non-specific and specific defenses and how these relate to infectious disease and overall well-being.

Students will learn the various mechanisms of control, including disinfection and antisepsis.

An overview of infectious diseases will introduce students to the many and varied diseases and disease causing organisms that can affect humans and influence behaviors.

Learning Outcomes: Be able to discuss the history of microbiology, including important scientists. Be able to describe the anatomy and physiology of bacteria. Understand the causative agents, symptoms, and treatments of common bacterial

diseases transmitted by the air, water, food, soil, arthropods, and sexually transmitted. Be able to describe the anatomy and the reproduction methods of viruses Know the common viral diseases of the respiratory system, skin, internal organs, and

nervous system. Know the anatomy and physiology of fungi and the common fungal diseases. Understand how infection occurs and how the human body resists infection. Be able to discuss ways to control microorganisms by physical and chemical means. Understand how antibiotics and chemotherapeutic drugs work Methods of teaching and learning: Formats, modes, and methods for teaching and learning may include:

Lecture and discussion Student collaboration Regular assessment Regular attendance

Course requirements and evaluation: Course grade is based on examinations. Exams will cover the lecture notes and assigned reading material from the textbook. If you miss a class for any reason, you are responsible for obtaining the notes.

1. Make up exams require a valid excuse and will be essay. Anyone who misses a scheduled makeup exam without prior notification will receive a ‘O’ for that exam.

2. There will be regular 4 exams worth 100 percentage points each and the final comprehensive exam is worth 200. These exams require a number 2 pencil, and are given on scantron sheets. There is NO CURVE.

3. Weekly quizzes and/or assignments (in class) will be worth 100 percentage points. 4. The course grade will be tabulated from the table below:

A: 90-100 percent D: 60-69 percent B: 80-89 percent F: below 60 percent C: 70-79 percent

Disability statement: Students who require academic adjustments must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, contact me to discuss any appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course. Attendance: Attendance is mandatory and necessary for successful completion of the course. Students should not miss class except for medical reasons. Roll will be called daily! Any quizzes or assignments given during class cannot be made up, no exceptions. There is a possibility that students will have to stay in class after exams. If so, exams will last for 50 minutes, then class will resume. Classroom policy: Cheating will not be tolerated. Anyone caught will be given a “0” for the assignment or exam and could be suspended from the University. Plagiarism is considered to be a form of cheating. Loud whispering or talking is disruptive and rude. Cell phones and beepers are also disruptive, so keep yours off during class. Anyone not conducting themselves in a mature fashion in the classroom could be asked to leave the classroom. Final Exam: December 6 (Thursday), 5:30-7:30 p.m. Finals cannot be given early. No exceptions. Tentative course outline (subject to change as necessary): Ch. 1-Introduction to Microbes and Their Building Blocks CH. 2-Tools of the Laboratory: The Methods for Studying Microorganisms CH. 3- Prokaryotic Structure Ch. 4- Eukaryotic Structure Ch. 5-Viral Structures and Life Cycles EXAM ONE-Ch. 1-5 Ch. 6-Microbial Nutrition and Growth Ch. 7-Microbial Metabolism

Ch. 8-Microbial Genetics and Genetic Engineering Ch. 9- Physical and Chemical Control of Microbes Ch. 10 Antimicrobial Treatment EXAM TWO- Ch. 6-10 Ch. 11 Interactions between Microbes and Humans Ch. 12 Host Defenses I Ch. 13 Host Defenses II Ch. 14 Disorders in Immunity Ch. 15 Diagnosing Infections EXAM THREE – Ch. 10-15 Ch. 16 Infectious Disease Affecting the Skin and Eyes Ch. 17 Infectious Disease Affecting the Nervous System Ch. 18 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Cardiovascular and Lymphatic Systems Ch. 19 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Respiratory system Ch. 20 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Gastrointestinal Tract CH. 21 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Genitourinary System EXAM FOUR –CH. 16-21

CRN 61208 BIO 2201‐001 Anatomy and Physiology Lab I

Fall 2012

InstructorofRecord:Dr.JulieHuggins

OfficeHours:TTH9:30‐11andMW11‐12orbyappointment Office: LSW 550

Phone: 870‐972‐3555

TeachingAssistant:

TAOfficehours: Office: Phone: Required lab text: Anatomy and Physiology: An Integrative Approach Laboratory Manual (Main Version) by Eckel, Bidle, and Ross (McGraw‐Hill Publisher). Course web site: http://www.sites.astate.edu/jhuggins All material, bonus info, daily lab information, etc will be posted here. Required textbook: Anatomy and Physiology: An Integrative Approach by McKinley, O’Loughlin, and Bidle (McGraw‐Hill Pub.) Course Objectives: Human Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory I is designed to provide the student with the opportunity for ‘hands on’ exploration of the organ systems and will complement the lecture portion of the course. By adhering to attendance guidelines, listening, utilizing classroom materials, and staying focused, students should be able to successfully enhance their knowledge. Models, posters, glass slides, power point lectures, and computer web sites will be available to help students learn the anatomical characteristics of the human body. Preserved specimens from sheep, pigs, or rats may also be used to enhance the learning experience. The students are encouraged to work in groups for the maximum learning experience.

Learning Objectives: Students will be expected to explain, discuss, recognize, and apply knowledge and understanding of the following: General body organization and function, basic biochemistry, cellular structure and function, metabolism, histology, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, nervous system, and proper use and care of laboratory equipment. Course Evaluation:


material in the lab book, the textbook, or from extra material provided by the lab instructor.

Use the syllabus and lab book as your guide and attend weekly review labs.

13. Quizzes: There will be daily pre‐lab quizzes worth 10 points each that will be given at the

beginning of each lab period (100 points possible). (11 quizzes total…one drop quiz). Roll will

be called at the end of the class and students who leave early without valid excuse could

forfeit half of the quiz points from that lab period.

14. Lab Exams (practical exam): There will be 3 lab practical exams worth 100 points each. Each

practical will cover material from the previous 3 or 4 labs. A practical is ALWAYS fill in the

blank, and requires you to identify structures (anatomy) on microscopic slides, 35 mm slides,

models, dissections, lab manual figures, etc. You may also be asked questions that are related

to physiology (function). You should study your laboratory manual and models to prepare for

these exams. 1 point will be deducted for each 2 misspelled words on your exam. SPELLING

IS IMPORTANT!


Classroom Attendance Policy: 10. Students are expected to attend each lab and remain the entire lab period. Roll will be called

daily. Anyone who misses more than two times without valid excuse could have their grade

dropped by one letter grade. Miss two more times and the grade drops again, etc.



12. Do not miss your lab practicals. There will be ONE COMPREHENSIVE make up at the end of the

semester only. Students must have a valid excuse to take the exam. ONLY ONE EXAM is allowed.

If you missed more than one you will not receive a second make up exam.

Lab Behavior:

Your lab time is very limited. To complete the labs in the allotted time, you will need to

recognize, before coming to lab, the required anatomical structures on the diagrams in the

assigned chapter and assigned lab manual activity. To assist you with this endeavor, pre‐lab

quizzes are being implemented this semester.

You are expected to clean up after yourself following lab activities. This means that you must,

for example, return all pieces to the models, return prepared slides to their specific slide trays,

and wash and dry dissecting tools and then return them to their assigned bins, throw away

any trash in your space.

Your Teaching Assistant is your guide, but it is up to you to learn the material during the time

allotted. Take advantage of the time you have in lab and stay focused.


Academic Integrity: Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using

information in a fraudulent manner. This includes:

Observing and/or copying from another student's test paper, reports, computer files

and/or other class assignments.


Using class notes, outlines, and other unauthorized information during an

examination.



1. The TA may allow the testing to progress without interruption, informing the

offending student about the offense—and award a failinggradeonthetest—"F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used.



4. All cases will be referred to the department chairperson for additional sanctions

(including possible expulsion from the class and/or University)


5. There are 400 percentage points possible (3 exams, 10 quizzes) and grades will be averaged as

follows:

100‐90% A 400‐360 points

89‐80% B 359‐320 points 79‐70% C 319‐280 points 69‐60% D 279‐240 points below 60% F below 240 points


Week of: August 20














CRN 61218 BIO 2203-001 Human Anatomy and Physiology I Syllabus-Fall 2012 Instructor: Dr. Julie Huggins Office: LSW 550 Office Hours: 11-12 MW and 9:30-11 TTH (or by appointment) Class Room number: LSE 219 Meeting times: 10:00-10:50 MSF Required Materials:

NEW TEXT Anatomy and Physiology: An Integrative Approach by McKinley, O’Loughlin, and

Bidle McGraw-Hill, Pub. (Packaged with access code for Connect Plus) Course Description: BIO 2203 Human Anatomy and Physiology I is the first semester of a two semester course designed to meet the needs of prenursing and allied health students, exercise physiology students, and other interested students. The course is designed so students will become familiar with the basic terminology as well as the nervous, muscular, skeletal, integumentary, and organ systems of the human body, and will be able to describe and understand the structure and function of each system. Students should enroll concurrently in BIO 2001 Human Anatomy and Physiology I laboratory if possible. Method of Instruction: The course meets 50 minutes 3 days per week. Formal lectures are the primary means of instruction, supplemented with World Wide Web materials, videos, transparencies, Connect, and outside reading assignments. Student input is encouraged in the form of questions during the lectures, or questions can be sent in via e-mail. Any bonus opportunities or homework must be turned in by the date assigned for credit. Course requirements: Students are required to READ the material in the textbook and take notes over the lectures. Students may download the notes (power point) before class. It is advisable to read at least 5 pages in the assigned chapter daily). If you wait until the day before the test to read the chapter, study the notes, and learn the vocabulary, you are doomed to failure. Course Goals: To provide a basic, yet detailed knowledge of the human body for any and all medical purposes; to familiarize students with the orientation of the human body, including terminology; to establish a knowledge of the principal anatomy of the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, and nervous systems of the human body; to develop

an understanding of the physiology of these systems as it relates to anatomy; to bring students into contact with pathologies (diseases) that affect these systems. Course Objectives/Learning Objectives: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1. Use appropriate anatomical terminology as it relates to regions, directions, body planes, and cavities of the body. 2. Understand homeostasis and how it is controlled in the human body. 3. Understand the basic concept of chemistry such as atomic and molecular structure. 4. Understand the anatomy and physiology of a cell. 5. Understand the different types of tissues and their significance to the human body. 6. Understand DNA replication, protein synthesis, and cellular respiration. 7. Understand the anatomy and physiology of the following human body systems: skeletal, integumentary, muscular, and nervous, 8. Be able to use technology to research information on human anatomy and physiology. 9. Understand how body systems interact Method of evaluation: There will be 4 lecture examinations worth 100 points each and 1 comprehensive final exam worth 200 points. Students will have weekly assignments on Connect that will also count toward the total points required for the class. Lecture exams will be primarily multiple choice, matching and true/false. The final will include all material covered during the semester and will also be multiple choice, matching, and true/false. Occasionally there may be a pop quiz over previous material. There is NO CURVE, no drop grade, and no makeup on any pop quizzes. Grading Scale: A: 90-100 % B: 80-89 % C: 70-79% D: 60-69% F: below 60% Final exam: Monday, December 10, 2012 from 10:15-12:15. Exams cannot be given early. No exceptions. Attendance: Students are expected to attend class, and roll will be called daily for the first two weeks. If you miss class it is your responsibility to obtain the notes from a fellow student. Check with me to verify test dates if you have missed more than one class. ASU policy states that a student should limit absences to less than 6 or face possible failure. If ASU cancels class due to inclement weather and an exam was scheduled, that exam will take place on the next class day.

Attendance is mandatory for exams. If illness or family emergencies prevent you from taking the scheduled exam contact me via e-mail or phone and leave a message. Athletes should inform me before a scheduled sporting event that will require you to miss an exam. All make-up exams could be essay, and will be given only with proper documentation (doctor’s excuse, funeral excuse, athletic excuse, etc). There will be a make-up exam day scheduled at the end of the term for ALL missed exams. There will be only ONE make up test allowed. Disability: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability must first register with the ASU Disability Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, please provide me a copy of your card and to discuss any appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course. Inclement weather: The University will remain open except in extreme circumstances: If you commute to the University, it is up to you to use your best judgment on whether you can get here safely. You will be given the opportunity to makeup work without penalty. Classroom policies: 1. Cheating will not be tolerated. Any student caught cheating will receive a grade of “0” for that exam and will be sent to the Department Chairperson for disciplinary action. If you suspect a student is cheating it is your duty to report the incident to the instructor. 2. Loud whispering or talking is rude, and beepers and cell phones are disturbing to others. Please turn your cell phones and pagers off before class begins. NO TEXTING or CALLS during class! Anyone causing a disturbance will be asked to leave the classroom. Repeated violation of the cell phone rule could result in your phone being confiscated during class. 3. No laser pointers, tobacco products, alcohol, or drugs are allowed in the classroom or in the building. ASU is a smoke free campus. 4. Small children should not be brought to the classroom. Young children become restless and could become a distraction quickly. 5. Class is from 10:00-10:50. Tardiness is disruptive and so is leaving early. Please be courteous to your classmates and instructor and refrain from this behavior.

6. You should take notes during class and read the chapters before the exams. There is not enough class time to cover every detail of the chapter, but you are responsible for all the material in each chapter covered. Work on vocabulary words! Tentative Schedule: (subject to change as needed) Chapter 1 The Sciences of Anatomy and Physiology Chapter 2 Atoms, Ions, and Molecules Chapter 3 Energy, Chemical Reactions, and Cellular Respiration Chapter 4 Biology of the Cell EXAM I (Ch. 1, 2, 3, 4) Chapter 6 Integumentary System Chapter 7 Skeletal System: Bone Structure and Function Chapter 8 Skeletal System: Axial and Appendicular Skeleton Chapter 9 Skeletal System: Articulations EXAM II ( Ch. 6, 7, 8, 9) Chapter 10 Muscle Tissue Chapter 11 Muscular Tissue: Axial and Appendicular Muscles Chapter 12 Nervous System: Nervous Tissue EXAM III (Ch. 10, 11, 12) Chapter 13 Nervous System: Brain and Cranial Nerves Chapter 14 Nervous System: Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves Chapter 15 Nervous System: Autonomic Nervous System EXAM IV (Ch. 13, 14, 15) Final Exam covers Chapters 1-15. There will be a study guide available. Helpful hint: Use your web site that comes with the book: www.mhhe.com/mckinleyap click on student edition

CRN:11404BIO2221‐001AnatomyandPhysiologyII

LaboratorySpring2013


Instructor:

TeachingAssistant:

LabLocation:LSW433


Requiredlabtext:AnatomyandPhysiology:AnIntegrativeApproachLaboratoryManualbyEckel,Bidle,andRoss(McGraw‐HillPub).

Requiredtextbook:AnatomyandPhysiology:AnIntegrativeApproachbyMcKinley,O’Loughlin,andBidle(McGraw‐HillPub.)

CourseDescription:BIO2221,HumanAnatomyandPhysiologyIIlaboratoryisthesecondsemesterofatwo‐semestercoursedesignedtomeettheneedsofnursing,physicalscience,andotheralliedhealthstudents.Laboratorystudieswillsupplementmaterialstudiedinlectureandprovideaframeworkforfuturestudyofthehumanbody.

CourseObjectives:HumanAnatomyandPhysiologyLaboratoryIIisdesignedtoprovidethestudentwiththeopportunityfor‘handson’explorationoftheorgansystemsandwillcomplementthelectureportionofthecourse.Byadheringtoattendanceguidelines,listening,utilizingclassroommaterials,andstayingfocused,studentsshouldbeabletosuccessfullyenhancetheirknowledge.Models,posters,glassslides,websites,preservedspecimens,andPowerPointmaterialswillbeavailabletohelpstudentslearntheanatomicalcharacteristicsofthehumanbody.

MethodofInstruction:Asoftenaspossible,lectureswillparallelthelaboratorystudies.Thelecturetextwillalsobeusedinthelaboratoryportionofthecourse(seeabovereference).Studentswillworkinsmallgroups.Eachlabsessionwillbeginwithabriefintroductorylecture,followedbythelabinwhichstudentswillidentifystructuresthroughdissectionand/ormodels.

Thesuccessfulstudentswillnotlimitthemselvestojustidentifications,butwillalsostudytheterminologyandproperspellingoftheterms.

StudentLearningOutcomes


Identifyanatomicalstructuresandexplainthephysiologyofeachbodysystemcovered(specialsenses,endocrine,cardiovascular,lymphatic,respiratory,digestive,urinary,reproductive)



Usecorrectspellingforanyandallanatomicalstructuresstudiedinthelaboratory.

CourseEvaluation:

16. Therewillbethreelabpracticalexamsspacedevenlythroughoutthesemester.Formatfortheseisfill‐in‐the‐blankidentifications(spelling,left/rightandartery/veindistinctionscountaswell).Thisprovidesatotalof300points.

17. Quizzes:Therewillbe10dailyquizzesworth10pointseachthatwillbegivenattheendofeachlabperiod.Thisprovidesatotalof100points.

18. Cellphonesmustbeturnedoffduringlabexamsorpointsmaybededucted.

PLEASENOTETHEREISNOFINALEXAMINTHISCOURSE

Attendance:Regularattendanceinlabisexpected,andstudentsareexpectedtobeONTIME.Rollwillbechecked,andifthestudentisnotinthelabwhenrolliscalledhe/shewillbemarkedabsent.Ifthestudentistardy,itistheresponsibilityofthestudenttoinformtheinstructorofhavingarrivedlate.Repeatedabsences/tardinesswillbereportedtotheteacherofrecord.

Absences:MissingclassisSTRONGLYdiscouraged.Studentswhomissalab(illness,schoolsponsoredfunction,familyemergency,etc)willbepermittedtomakeupthemissedlabworkduringanothersessioninthesameweek(ifpossible).Itisthestudents’responsibilitytonotifytheinstructorofanabsenceviae‐mailorvoicemail.Failuretomakecontactwithin24hourscouldresultinastudentmissingtheopportunitytomakeupthework.Permissiontoattendanotherlabsessionmustbeobtainedfromtheteacherofrecord/teachingassistantforthatlabsectionwithin24hoursoftheabsence.



CourseGrades:

6. Thereare400percentagepointspossible(3exams,10quizzes)

7. 100‐90%A 69‐60%D 89‐80%Bbelow59%F 79‐70%C


Disabilitystatement:StudentswhorequireacademicadjustmentsmustfirstregisterwithASUDisabilityServices.Followingregistrationandwithinthefirsttwoweeksofclasscontactyourinstructorwithacopyofyouraccommodationcardtodiscussyourneeds.Appropriatearrangementscanbemadetoensureequalaccesstothiscourse.

InclementWeather:TheUniversitywillremainopenexceptinextremecircumstances.IfyoucommutetotheUniversity,useyourbestjudgmentonwhetheryoucanarrivesafely.IftheUniversitycancelsclass,anyexamsscheduledwillbegiventhenextlabperiod.



Givingorreceivingassistanceduringanexaminationperiod Usingclassnotes,outlines,andotherunauthorizedinformationduringanexamination. Usingacellphoneduringtheexam.

**Studentsaretorefrainfromusingunauthorizedaidsduringtesting(includingbutnotlimitedtotechnologydevicessuchasdigitalcameras,cellphones,cellphonecameras,andtextmessagingdevices).



2.Seizethetestoftheoffendingstudentandgiveafailinggradeonthepaper. 3.Givetheoffendingstudentafailinggradeinthecourse. 4.Allcaseswillbereferredtothedepartmentchairpersonforadditional

sanctions(includingpossibleexpulsionfromtheclassand/orUniversity)

TentativeSchedule:subjecttochangeasneeded

Weekof: Labexercises:1/14 Meetforsyllabusandrollcall1/21 Ex.18GeneralandSpecialSensespages

465‐490(anatomy)1/28 Ex.18GeneralandSpecialSenses

(physiology)pages491‐5082/4 Ex.20CardiovascularSystem:Blood2/11 LabPracticalExam:Generaland

SpecialSensesandBlood2/18 Ex.21Cardiovascularsystem:Heart

2/25(MIDTERMweek) Ex.22Cardiovascular:Vesselsand

Circulation(topage613)3/4 Ex.22Continued:page614‐640)

3/11 EXAMTWOCardiovascularsystem3/18‐3/23 SpringBreak3/25 Ex.23LymphaticSystem

Ex.24RespiratorySystem4/1 Ex.25DigestiveSystem

4/8 Ex.26UrinarySystem

4/15 Ex.19EndocrineSystemEx.27ReproductiveSystem

4/22 EXAMTHREE:Lymphatics,Respiratory,Digestive,Urinary,Endocrine,Reproductive

TBA MAKEUPEXAM—ThisisaCOMPREHENSIVELabExam

CRN 11395

Bio 2101‐001 Microbiology for Nursing and Allied Health

Laboratory Syllabus‐ Spring 2013

Instructor: Dr. Julie Huggins

Office: LSW 550

Phone: 972‐3555

Office hours: TTH 10:00‐12:00; Wednesday 1:00‐2:00(or by appointment)

TA:

Office:


Web site: Blackboard http://bblearn.astate.edu/

Required materials:

‐1 black sharpie marker

‐Laboratory Manual‐‐ Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach by Steven Obenauf and Susan Finazzo

(McGraw‐Hill Pub).

‐Optional: lab coat or old shirt to cover your clothes

Course description: Microbiology For Nursing and Allied Health Laboratory is a laboratory course

illustrating fundamental techniques and concepts of microbiology, including microscopic observations, aseptic

transfer, microorganism classification and identification, environmental factors influencing microorganisms,

and biochemistry of microorganisms. This course is designed to complement BIO 2103‐001 and should be

taken concurrently.

Course goals: Students will learn and have direct experience with fundamental techniques for observation,

handling, isolation, cultivation, counting, identification, staining, and control of microbes. Aseptic technique

and lab safety will be emphasized. This lab encourages experimentation and hands on learning, and

necessitates that student follow exact rules, guidelines, and protocol.

Student Learning Outcomes

Operate equipment used in microbiology laboratory. Prepare and use growth media properly. Perform aseptic transfer. Identify microorganisms using morphological and physiological tests. Follow biosafety procedures. Produce lab reports using the standard scientific format. Properly perform staining procedures with emphasis on gram staining.

Course Requirements:

Students should read the assigned lab exercises before class begins.

An introduction will be given by the instructor at the beginning of class, but students should be familiar

with the material ahead of time.

An unknown bacterium (pet) will be given to each student early in the term. Students will perform the

exercises on their unknown bacteria and identify it to the species level.

Students must write a brief lab report and keep it in a notebook each lab, detailing the experiments of

that week and the results

Once the tests have been completed, students will put together a lab report, describing the tests used

to identify the bacteria. These reports should include a thorough description of procedures used to

determine identification, and must include the data table with results obtained in class as well as a

reference page.

A more detailed set of instructions for the pet report will be given out in class or posted on Blackboard.

Pet reports due on the date of the lab practical exam

Course evaluations:

Midterm exam‐100

Gram stain ‐50

Lab technique ‐50

Pet report (unknown)‐ 100

Lab practical‐ 100

GRAND TOTAL‐ 400 points

Grading scale: The grading scale will be based on a total of 400 points and will be averaged according to the scale below:

A: 90‐100 % B: 80‐89 % C: 70‐79 % D: 60‐69 % F: below 60%

Attendance, makeup, etc.: Regular and prompt attendance is a must if you want to make a good grade.

Absences virtually guarantee you will be behind and have a poorer understanding of the material than your

classmates. Anyone missing the lab practical will have an oral makeup exam. Since you will be doing a

number of exercises each day, the refrigerator will become cluttered very quickly with plates and tubes if you

don’t observe and discard yours each week. Plates from daily experiments will be kept in the refrigerator for 1

lab period only. If you are absent, be sure you pick your materials up the next lab day, or notify me if you will

be absent for longer than one day. Otherwise your instructor will discard them, and you will not have the

results from that experiment. Don’t expect me to know what you’ve missed. It’s your responsibility to tell me

which exercises and which tests you need to make up. Take care with the plates and test tubes for each week.

There will be ONE test tube or plate per procedure for each student. If you break yours you will forfeit that

experiment.

Inclement weather: ASU rarely cancels classes for the weather. However, it does occasionally occur. Any

exam scheduled during one of those times will be given the next class period. If class is not canceled and the

weather is icy or driving is hazardous, use your best judgment. Do not risk your own safety. You will be

allowed to make up missed work in the event of bad weather.

Classroom policies: It is ok to talk in lab after the instructor has finished with the introduction. However, it is

not permitted to have drinks, food, gum, or candy in the lab. We are working with potential pathogens, and

being careful is part of the course! Cheating is also not permitted. You may help each other with the lab work,

but not on the exams. Points will be deducted for careless lab technique.

Disability Statement: Any student who requires academic adjustments must first register with ASU Disability

Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, contact me with a copy of your

accommodation card to discuss any appropriate academic accommodations.

**Any student who has a chronic health condition or who is required to take immune suppressing drugs should

take extra precautions in lab. Gloves and masks are available upon request.

Tentative schedule: (subject to change as necessary)

Date Week of: Exercise

January 14 Introduction/safety rules Laboratory overview and syllabus

January 21 Use of the microscope ex. 1 (Pond Water) Algae ex. 4

Protozoans Ex. 5 Fungi Ex. 6 Streak plate Ex. 3 (environmental)

January 28 Aseptic Technique‐ex. 2 Introduction to staining Ex. 8 Negative Stain Ex. 9 Gram Stain Ex. 11 Demonstrate microscope knowledge

February 4 Receive Pet‐UNKNOWN Gram Stain Ex. 11 Endospore stain Ex. 12 Motility: Hanging Drop Ex. 7

February 11 Isolation Streak Ex. 3 Mannitol Salt Agar Ex. 15 Eosin Methylene Blue Ex. 16 MacConkey Agar Ex. 17

February 18 Blood Agar Ex. 14 Capsule Stain Ex. 10 Catalase Ex. 22 Gram Stain GRADED

February 25 (midterm) Written EXAM (all chapters through last week)

March 4 Antimicrobial susceptibility Ex. 25 Handwashing Ex. 26 OR Osmotic Growth Ex. 20

March 11 Phenol Red Broth Ex. 40 Triple Sugar Iron Agar Ex. 41 Urease Ex. 44

March 17 Spring Break

March 25 IMVIC Reactions Ex. 43

April 1 Nitrate Reduction Ex. 45

April 8 Review/finish labs

April 25 FINAL LAB PRACTICAL Reports due!

CRN: 11398 Spring 2013 Microbiology for Nursing and Allied Health BIOL-2103-001 Instructor: Dr. Julie Huggins Phone: 870-972-3555 Office Location: Lab Science West Room 550 Office hours: 10:00-12:00 TTH and 1:00-2:00 Wednesday (or by appointment) E-mail: [email protected] Web site: http://bblearn.astate.edu/ Use this for all course information. Meeting times and location: 12:30-1:50 TTH LSE 219 Text book: Microbiology Fundamentals: A Clinical Approach. By Marjorie Kelly Cowan (McGraw-Hill Pub). This book comes with an access code for Connect Plus. If you do not have an access code you will need to purchase one separately. Course description: BIOL 2103-001 Microbiology for Nursing and Allied Health is a course designed for students enrolled in the Allied Health program, but other students may enroll. The course will cover bacteria, viruses, rickettsia, chlamydia, fungi, molds, yeasts, and protozoans as they relate to human health. The course includes information about basic anatomy and physiology of microbes, diseases caused by bacteria, viruses, parasites, and fungi, and human defenses against them. Course goals:

Students will acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the microorganisms that affect human health

Students will acquire information that will enable them to act responsibly in preventing the spread of disease causing organisms.

Students will develop an understanding of the human non-specific and specific defenses and how these relate to infectious disease and overall well-being.

Students will learn the various mechanisms of control, including disinfection and antisepsis.

An overview of infectious diseases will introduce students to the many and varied diseases and disease causing organisms that can affect humans and influence behaviors.

Learning Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to: Discuss the history of microbiology, including important scientists. Describe the anatomy and physiology of bacteria. Understand the causative agents, symptoms, and treatments of common bacterial

diseases transmitted by the air, water, food, soil, arthropods, and sexually transmitted. Describe the anatomy and the reproduction methods of viruses Describe the common viral diseases of the respiratory system, skin, internal organs, and

nervous system. Describe the anatomy and physiology of fungi and the common fungal diseases. Understand how infection occurs and how the human body resists infection. Discuss ways to control microorganisms by physical and chemical means. Understand how antibiotics and chemotherapeutic drugs work Methods of teaching and learning: Formats, modes, and methods for teaching and learning may include:

Lecture and discussion Student collaboration (case studies) Regular assessment (exams and quizzes) Regular attendance

Course requirements and evaluation: Course grade is based on examinations and quizzes. Exams will cover the lecture notes and assigned reading material from the textbook. If you miss a class for any reason, you are responsible for obtaining the notes.

5. There will be an exam posted online after each chapter is completed. Students will have 2 days to complete the assigned examination. NO make-up tests will be allowed.

6. There will be a comprehensive midterm examination worth 200 points and a comprehensive final exam worth 200. These exams require a number 2 pencil, and are given on scantron sheets in the classroom.

7. Weekly quizzes (in class) will be worth 100 percentage points. 8. Homework assignments on Connect Plus will be averaged in to the total number of

points for the course. 9. The course grade will be tabulated from the table below:

A: 90-100 percent D: 60-69 percent B: 80-89 percent F: below 60 percent C: 70-79 percent

Disability statement: Students who require academic adjustments must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, contact me to discuss any appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course. Attendance: Attendance is mandatory and necessary for successful completion of the course. Students should not miss class except for medical reasons or ASU sponsored events. Roll will be called daily! Weekly quizzes given during class cannot be made up, except for ASU sponsored events. Course etiquette: Cheating will not be tolerated. Anyone caught cheating will be given a “0” for the assignment or exam and could be suspended from the University. This include having someone else take your exams, collaborating with another student during exams, signing the roll for another student, having a cell phone out during exams, and plagiarism. Loud whispering or talking is disruptive and rude. Cell phones should be placed out of sight and turned off during class. Texting is not allowed during class. If you are texting you are not paying attention and will miss important information. Anyone not conducting themselves in a mature fashion in the classroom could be asked to leave the classroom. Final Exam: Thursday, May 2 (2:45-4:45) Finals cannot be given early. No exceptions.

Tentative course outline (subject to change as necessary): Week one:

Ch. 1-Introduction to Microbes and Their Building Blocks CH. 2-Tools of the Laboratory: The Methods for Studying Microorganisms

Week two: CH. 3- Prokaryotic Structure Ch. 4- Eukaryotic Structure

Week three: Ch. 5-Viral Structures and Life Cycles Ch. 6-Microbial Nutrition and Growth

Week four: Ch. 7-Microbial Metabolism

Week five: Ch. 8-Microbial Genetics and Genetic Engineering

Week six: Ch. 9- Physical and Chemical Control of Microbes

Week seven (MIDTERM) Chapter 10: Antimicrobial Treatment

Week eight: Chapter 11 Interactions between Microbes and Humans

Week nine: Ch. 12 Host Defenses I

Week ten Spring Break

Week eleven: Ch. 13 Host Defenses II Ch. 14 Disorders in Immunity

Week twelve: Ch. 15 Diagnosing Infections

Week thirteen: Ch. 16 Infectious Disease Affecting the Skin and Eyes

Infectious Disease Affecting the Nervous System Week fourteen:

Ch. 18 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Cardiovascular and Lymphatic Systems Ch. 19 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Respiratory system

Week fifteen: Ch. 20 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Gastrointestinal Tract CH. 21 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Genitourinary System

Week sixteen Final (May 2)

CRN 11412

BIOL 2223‐002 Human Anatomy and Physiology II

Syllabus‐Spring 2013

Instructor: Dr. Julie Huggins: [email protected]

Office: LSW 550 Phone: 972‐3555


You will also use Connect (http://connect.mcgraw‐

hill.com/connectweb/static_pages/signin/signin/index.html)

Office Hours: TTH 10:00‐12:00 and Wed 1:00‐2:00 (or by appointment)

Course Description/Objectives: BIO 2223‐002 Human Anatomy and Physiology II is the second semester of a

two‐semester course designed to meet the needs of pre‐nursing and allied health students, as well as other

interested students. The course is designed so students will become familiar with the basic terminology of the

organ systems, including the special senses, respiratory, circulatory, urinary, digestive, reproductive, lymphatic

and endocrine systems of the human body, and will be able to describe the structure and function of each

system.

Required Text: Anatomy and Physiology: An Integrative Approach by McKinley, O’Loughlin, and Bidle

(McGraw‐Hill) This book comes with an access code for Connect Plus. You must purchase the Access

Card separately if you do not purchase your textbook from ASU Bookstore.

Method of Instruction: This is primarily a lecture course. The course notes will also be posted on Blackboard,

and additional study time will be required to learn the material. Written notes and/or Power Point are the

primary means of instruction, supplemented with World Wide Web materials from the textbook web site, and

possibly outside reading assignments. Students are encouraged to send in questions to the instructor via e‐

mail. NOTE: Homework assignment will be posted ½ way through the chapter and will be due when the

exam is due. Exams will be posted immediately following the completion of each chapter, and will be due 2

days later.

Technical requirements: For the ONLINE portion of this course the student should have a reliable computer and/or internet access at home. If you do not have the basic technological requirements you MUST go to a campus location, a public library, or other public location to complete assignments. There is free computer access in the ASU campus library, as well as other sites on ASU campus. Having a personal technical problem is NOT a reason to finish assignments late. However, if you do have technical problems during online assignments it is important to report them to the instructor, immediately. Contact ASU’s IT department Help Desk for assistance if necessary. (870‐972‐3933) Course requirements: Students are required to READ the material in the textbook and study the notes. The

McGraw‐Hill web site provides practice tests and study materials that will enhance learning and should be

utilized! Students who wish to succeed should plan on studying a little every day. It is also wise to recopy

notes immediately after downloading them. (Remember the 5 P’s: prior preparation prevents pitiful

performance). Students are encouraged to take the lab portion of the course (BIO 2221) along with the lecture

class.

Course Goals: To provide a basic, yet detailed knowledge of the human body for any and all medical purposes;

to familiarize students with the orientation of the human body, including terminology; to establish a

knowledge of the principal anatomy of the special senses, respiratory, cardiovascular, endocrine, urinary,

digestive, and reproductive systems of the human body; to develop an understanding of the physiology of

these systems as it relates to anatomy; to understand the importance of good nutrition and fluid/electrolyte

balance on good health; and to introduce students to pathologies (diseases) that affect these systems.

Method of evaluation:

lecture examination over each chapter (primarily multiple choice, matching and true/false) (this will be

posted on Blackboard/Connect)

1 comprehensive midterm (on campus) 200 points

1 comprehensive final exam (on campus) 200 points

1 homework assignment over each chapter (posted on Blackboard/Connect)

Attendance (quizzes, roll call)

Grading Scale:

A: 90‐100 percent of total points possible

B: 80‐89 percent

C: 70‐79 percent

D: 60‐69 percent

F: below 60 percent

FN: failure due to incomplete assignments and tests

Attendance/submission of assignments:

Students should attend lectures regularly and take notes

Students must submit work by the due date (no make‐up on any missed assignment or online exam)

Exams must be taken within the scheduled time frame.

Homework must be completed by the due date.

These policies will be strictly followed. NO EXCEPTIONS.

You are responsible for withdrawing from the course if your circumstances change.

Course etiquette: Any student caught cheating will receive a grade of “0” for that exam and will earn a visit

with the department chairperson. This includes having someone else take your exams, collaborating with

another student during exams, having your cell phone out during exams, signing the roll for another student,

and/or plagiarism. This could result in suspension from the University for a semester.

Midterm and Final exam: The midterm will be February 27 during regular class time. The final exam will be

May 6 (10:15‐12:15).

Tentative Schedule (subject to change as necessary): (A detailed Calendar will be posted the first week of

class)

Week one: Ch. 15‐Nervous System: Autonomic Nervous System (review from last semester)

Week one: Ch. 16‐Nervous System: Senses

Week two: Ch. 18‐Cardiovascular System: Blood

Week three: Ch. 19‐Cardiovascular System: Heart

Week four: Ch. 20‐Cardiovascular System: Vessels and Circulation

Week five: Ch. 21‐Lymphatic System

Week six: Ch. 22‐Immune System and the Body’s Defenses

Week seven (Midterm): Ch. 23‐Respiratory System

Week eight: Ch. 24‐Urinary System

Week nine: Ch. 25‐Fluid and Electrolytes

Week ten: SPRING BREAK March 18‐23

Week eleven: Ch. 26‐Digestive System

Week twelve: Ch. 27‐Nutrition and Metabolism

Week thirteen: Ch. 28‐ Reproductive System

Week fourteen: Ch. 29‐ Development, Pregnancy, and Heredity

Week fifteen: Ch. 17‐Endocrine

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE - BIOL 1001 FALL TERM, 2012

COORDINATOR: Mr. Tracy Klotz EMAIL: [email protected] OFFICE: LSE 318; Phone 972-3143 OFFICE HOURS: M & T 8:00-9:00, T 1:00-2:00; or by Appointment TEACHING ASSISTANT ___________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ TEXT: Exploring Biology in the Laboratory, custom for ASU 2011; Pendarvis and Crawley.

ISBN 978-0-89582-919-1

COURSE PHILOSOPHY: Investigational Biology 1001 is an introduction to the science of biology through hands-on lab activities that allow you to develop an understanding of the process of science, and the research aspect of biology. Although you are not biology majors, this course should establish a basic understanding of the biological world and the way people function as living organisms and components of the biological world.


Students with Special Instructional Needs: If you have any special needs related to learning or testing in this course, please let the Graduate Teaching Assistant (GTA) know as soon as possible so those needs can be addressed. Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability should first be registered with ASU Disability Services. Appropriate arrangements will be made to ensure equal access to this course. Inclement Weather Policy: The University remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to contact each of his/her professors immediately upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. See notes about makeup policies and inclement weather below. Attendance Policy: Students should attend every lab session. Students who miss class should expect to makeup missed work or receive a failing mark on missed work. If you miss the first lab, then you may come to another lab meeting later in the week, but you must contact your GTA to determine which lab section you should attend. Students who participate in university-sponsored activities will be given reasonable opportunities to makeup missed assignments. Students in this course who miss more than 2 class sessions per semester MAY be assigned an ‘F’ in the course depending upon circumstances discussed in the student handbook (1999-2000 edition, p. 12). Please review to the make-up policy provided by your Instructor of Record Students should attend every session. Regular classroom attendance, completing lab assignments and participation is critical to your success in this course.

CELL PHONE POLICY: Cell phone use is not permitted in class. Please turn all cell phones off when entering the classroom. If a cell phone is used during class it may be taken up, you may asked to leave the room, and/or you may receive a failing grade on a quiz or assignment. CHEATING: Cheating is defined and described in the student handbook. Any activity that falls in the category of cheating or deals with issues of academic misconduct will be addressed and disciplined to the fullest extent. This includes but is not limited to assigning the offending student a failing grade for the assignment or course, and then reporting them to the student conduct system. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following: Individual quizzes: 12 @ 10 points each = 120 points Formal Laboratory Report: 1 @ 80 points each = 80 points Comprehensive Quiz 1 @ 50 points = 50 points TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE = 250 points GRADING SCALE: A = 100 - 90% B = 89 - 80% C = 79 - 70% D = 69 - 60% F = 59% or lower Homework: Like all researchers you are required to do your homework which includes reading ahead and sometimes working on procedures before or outside of class. These assignments will be posted on the board each day and include your lab report.. Quizzes: Quizzes will be given during each class meeting. These quizzes will be administered orally at the end of class. Papers should be folded in half and kept that way unless you are writing on them. If you are caught cheating, or with your paper left open, it may be taken up to receive a zero. Laboratory Reports: Each student is required to turn in a formal lab report during the semester. You may choose the procedure or experiment to report on from the manual. Lab reports are to be 3-5 pages in length, double spaced and in 12 font. It should include a title page, an introduction, materials and methods, results, discussion, and any citations of references used. Please refer to the lab coordinators web page for tips and guidelines for writing a lab report. Please note: If you turn in your lab report before midterm, and are unhappy with your grade, you will have the opportunity to turn in another before final to replace that grade. Mini comprehensive Quiz: This quiz will be given the last day of class and will consist of approximately 30 multiple choice questions from material covered throughout the semester. Disclaimer: The information contained in this syllabus is as accurate as possible, but may be subject to change with reasonable advance notice. The schedule and content of lectures and assignments may be changed at the discretion of the instructor upon oral notification in class. Changes may involve additions, deletions, substitutions, or changes in sequence or due date. DATES TO REMEMBER: Last day to drop an individual class or withdraw from the University: November 16, 2011



Aug 21-23 Introduction: Measuring 3 3.1,

3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 Aug 28-30 Microscopy 4 4.1,









16.2 Nov 6-8 Evolution 17 17.1,

17.2, 17.3, 17.4 Nov 13-15 Ecology 36 36.1,

36.2 Nov 27-29 Final Quiz - Lab Reports Due CRN 11889

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE LAB – BIOL 1001

LABORATORY SYLLABUS – SPRING 2013

INSTRUCTOR: Mr. John Huggins

PHONE: 870‐761‐2219

E‐MAIL: [email protected]

OFFICE HOURS: By Appointment

BLACKBOARD PAGE: http://bblearn.astate.edu/

MEETING TIME: This class does not meet at a particular place or time during the course session as would a

typical "brick and mortar" class. Therefore, the student must be self‐motivated, well‐organized, and willing to

work within described time constraints to insure that all work is completed in a timely manner.

REQUIRED MATERIALS: BK 101 LABPAQ BIOLOGY KIT – manufactured by Hands‐On Labs, Inc.

(https://www.labpaq.com/). These kits are available for pick‐up or shipment directly to you from the ASU

Bookstore, also.

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Biological Science Laboratory 1001 is an introduction to the science of biology through

hands‐on lab activities that allow you to develop an understanding of the process of science, and the research

aspect of biology. Although you are not a biology major, this course should establish a basic understanding of

the biological world and the way people function as living organisms and components of the biological world.

This section of Investigational Biology 1001 is designed to allow you to safely and accurately perform a series

of experiments and activities at your home in place of the traditional on‐campus laboratory.

COURSE REQUIREMENTS: During this course, you will learn how to safely and accurately conduct a series of

activities and experiments at home that will emphasize and illustrate various biological principles, concepts,

and processes by utilizing the LabPaq Biology Kit described in REQUIRED MATERIALS. In these kits you will find

a CD containing the laboratory manual, printable lab worksheets to be uploaded to your personal computer,

and all the physical materials and equipment necessary to perform a series of twelve experiments listed in the

table of contents for the lab manual. The printable worksheets provided in your kit must be completed and

submitted electronically to your instructor via the course management system (i.e., Blackboard Learn) so that

your performance of each experiment can be evaluated. Students MUST read and sign the Science Lab Safety

Reinforcement Agreement found in the manual before beginning experimentation. The signed agreements

should be mailed to:

Mr. John Huggins Department of Biological Sciences PO Box 599 State University, AR 72467 Please complete and mail these agreements before attempting any experiment. Also, read each experiment

completely before attempting to complete the experiment.

COURSE OBJECTIVES: This course will enable students to learn biological concepts and understand processes

through inquiry‐based exploration of nature, especially as these relate to contemporary issues in the life

sciences, such as biodiversity, human impact on the environment, and evolution. This lab is intended to

complement the companion lecture course BIOL 1003 – Biological Science. The laboratory course will provide

observational and hands‐on experiences in biology to assist students in gaining a better understanding of the

biological principles, concepts and processes. Lab experiments are intended to sharpen critical thinking skills

and provide students greater insight into the process of scientific inquiry.

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES: Students will learn:

What steps are commonly involved in the scientific method

The four major groups of macromolecules and how to test for them

About producers and consumers as well as motile and sessile organisms

How molecules traverse the cell membrane and the effect of temperature on this process

About the phases of mitosis and how it relates to growth in plants and animals

Classic Mendelian genetics and Punnett square utilization

The concepts of phenotype and genotype

The structure and function of DNA and how it relates to transcription and translation

The process for extracting DNA

About the characteristics of primates: similarities and differences

About taxonomy and systematics: the use of the dichotomous key

About the five major biomes and how ecosystems are structured

COURSE EVALUATION: Each lab experiment will be worth a total of 100 points if completed accurately,

completely, and on time. Points will be deducted for inaccurate results, failure to complete all exercises in the

experiment, and late submission of your work. Total points possible for the course will be 1200.

The Grading Scale will be as follows:

A : 90 ‐ 100 %

B : 80 ‐ 89 %

C : 70 ‐ 79 %

D : 60 ‐ 69 %

F : below 60 %

NO CURVE WILL BE APPLIED TO THE GRADING SCALE!

MAKEUP POLICY: Ordinarily, no makeup is allowed if you fail to complete the experiment within the allotted

time. Failure to submit an accurate, completed experiment on time will result in a zero for that experiment. If

extraordinary circumstances occur, please contact me immediately by e‐mail or telephone.

ASU POLICIES AND REGULATIONS: You have the responsibility to review information regarding your rights

and responsibilities. Copies of the ASU Student Handbook and The Standards of Student Conduct can be found

on the ASU website.

Please read and review these documents to familiarize yourself with the ASU Academic Integrity Policy.

Cheating and academic dishonesty will not be tolerated!

DISABILITY STATEMENT: Any student who requires academic adjustments must first register with ASU

Disability Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, contact me with a copy of

your accommodation card to discuss any appropriate academic accommodations.

TENTATIVE LAB SCHEDULE (Subject to change if circumstances require.)

Week of: Experiment Due date

1/21/13 Acquire kit and complete Science Lab Safety Reinforcement Agreement (Mail to instructor)

1/27/13

1/28/13 The Scientific Method 2/03/13

2/04/13 Macromolecules of Life 2/10/13

2/11/13 The Microbiome 2/17/13

2/18/13 Cell Membrane Transport 2/24/13

2/25/13 Mitosis 3/03/13

3/04/13 Plant Genetics 3/10/13

3/11/13 Phenotype and Genotype 3/17/13

3/18/13 Spring Break 3/24/13

3/25/13 DNA and Protein Synthesis 3/31/13

4/01/13 Extraction of DNA 4/07/13

4/08/13 Primate Characteristics 4/14/13

4/15/13 Classification of Species 4/21/13

4/22/13 The Macrobiome 4/28/13

GENETICS LABORATORY SYLLABUS SPRING 2012

INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Ronald L. Johnson OFFICE: LSE 321 RESEARCH LAB: LSE 405 TEXT: Johnson, R.L. Genetics Laboratory Manual. SUPPLIES: Calculator GOALS: A student completing the laboratory course of Genetics should have mastered the following:

1. To understand the basic procedures of DNA isolation and characterization.

2. To develop fundamental molecular laboratory skills.

3. To understand and identify the processes of mitosis

and meiosis.

4. To understand and apply the principles of Mendelian inheritance.

5. To understand and apply the principles of population

genetics. 6. To develop effective scientific writing skills. DATE TOPIC EXERCISE Week 1 Isolation of chromosomal DNA 1 Week 2 DNA digestion of lambda DNA 2

Electrophoresis of chromosomal DNA 3 Week 3 Restriction site analysis of lambda DNA 4 Week 4 Amplification of DNA by polymerase chain

5 reaction

Week 5 Karyotyping of human chromosomes 6

Sex Chromatin in Human Cells 6 Comparative karyotyping 7

Week 6 Laboratory Exam # 1 (Weeks 1-5) Week 7 Meiosis in corn and Ascaris 8

Mitosis in Ascaris 8

Week 8 Laboratory Exam # 2 (Week 7) Biology of Drosophila 9

Biology of Maize 10,11 Week 9 Monohybrid crosses in Drosophila and Zea 9

Dihybrid crosses of maize 10 Week 10 Simply inherited traits in man 12

Population genetics of Drosophila 13 Week 11 Probability in genetics and Chi-square 14,15 Week 12 Polygenic inheritance in humans: 16

Fingerprinting Week 13 Fruit Fly Results- Population Genetics Week 14 Laboratory Exam # 3 GRADING: 3 Laboratory Exams 225 pts

Laboratory Write-ups130 pts Total 355 pts

88-100% A 75- 87% B 65- 74% C 55- 64% D 0- 54% F

Grades are to be determined from the performance within the

exams, assignments and laboratory write-ups. Arkansas State University and your professor enthusiastically promote academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Discussion of and the consequences of plagiarism and cheating on exams are thoroughly outlined within your student handbook. If these issues are a concern of yours, read it.

Attendance is expected for all class meetings; make-up exams are at the discretion of the instructor (The reason for missing an exam had better be major.). It is the responsibility of the student to inform the professor if there are medical conditions requiring special assistance or recognition. The following are not allowed in the laboratory: tobacco usage, active pagers or cell phones. The use of a cell phone during an exam will be considered as cheating and will result in a grade of 0 for that exam. The last day to drop the class or campus withdrawal is September 6. The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing.

Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the

circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. LABORATORY WRITE-UPS: You will be preparing two karyotypes and a comparative karyotype from the week 5 exercise. You will turn in those karyotypes at the beginning of the Week 8 exam (10 pts each). You will be responsible to fill in the information required within your textbook, as well (p. 119). You will also have several writing assignments for this laboratory. Each assignment other than the major population genetics assignment will be due to week after that assignment. The first assignment will be a description of the methods of the DNA isolation exercise (10 pts). The second assignment will be to turn in the Results section for the restriction digest exercise (10 pts); the third assignment will be the completion of an Introduction and a Discussion section for the PCR exercise (20 pts). The fourth writing assignment will involve the population genetics of Drosophila, which will be due at the second exam (70 pts). This is to be your work in your words. You will not get credit if you are not in class. Copied and paraphrased papers will be referred to Student Affairs; dismissal from the University could result. LABORATORY EXAM INFORMATION For the laboratory exams, you are responsible for any information provided during the laboratory period, the basics of the protocols utilized and their goals. Week 1 Isolation of chromosomal DNA (Ex. 1)- Perform steps 1-17. Answer all questions. Know the steps of the protocol and why these steps are performed. Week 2 DNA digestion and electrophoresis of lambda DNA (Ex. 2)- Understand the steps of the protocol and why these steps are performed. Know the specific characteristics of your RE used. What were the relative sizes of your restriction fragments? Electrophoresis of chromosomal DNA (Ex. 16)-Load and electrophorese chromosomal DNA isolated in week 1. Stain and visualize. Determine types of nucleic acids present, approximate mass of nucleic acids, and relative sizes. Week 3 Restriction site analysis of lambda DNA (Ex. 4)-. Answer all questions. Be able to perform these 3 procedures. Week 4 Amplification of DNA by polymerase chain reaction (Ex. 19)- Perform all steps and answer questions. Week 5 Karyotyping of human chromosomes (Ex. 6)-Answer questions, prepare two of the karyotypes as stated. Sex Chromatin in Human Cells (Ex. 6, back)- White blood cells with Barr bodies, and chromosome smear will be on demonstration microscopes. Read and perform all steps.

Comparative karyotyping (Ex. 7)-Complete protocol and answer all questions. Be able to perform a comparative karyotype. Week 6 Laboratory Exam # 1 (Weeks 1-5) Week 7 Biology of Maize (Ex. 10,11)- Plant corn seeds. Meiosis in Ascaris (Ex.8)-Know the slides and their order: sperm entrance, maturation, cleavage, late cleavage. Know the following stages: Prophase I, Metaphase I, Anaphase I, Telophase I, Prophase II, Metaphase II, Anaphase II, Telophase II, primary oocyte, secondary oocyte, ootid. Mitosis in Ascaris -Prophase, Metaphase, Anaphase, Telophase. Identify chromatin, chromosomes, cleavage furrow, fertilization membrane, spermatozoan, pronuclei. Meiosis in grasshopper spermatogenesis-Identify the primary spermatocyte, secondary spermatocyte, spermatid, spermatozoan, chromatin, chromosomes. Meiosis in lily (Ex. 8)- Know the following stages- Prophase I(you are not responsible for the substages of Leptotene, Zygotene, etc.), Metaphase I, Anaphase I, Telophase I, Prophase II, Metaphase II, Anaphase II, Telophase II. Identify primary microsporocyte, secondary microsporocyte, microspores, chromatin, chromosomes, cell plate. Know the basic differences in spermatogenesis and oogenesis. Know the ploidy number for all of the stages above. Week 8 Laboratory Exam # 2 (Week 7) Genetics of Drosophila (Ex. 9)-Prepare genetic crosses of flies. Answer questions. Know characteristics of mutant flies used in lab. Biology of Maize (Ex. 10,11)- Plant corn seeds. Week 9 Monohybrid crosses in Drosophila and Zea (Ex. 10-11)-Prepare second cross of fruit flies. Count results of maize plantings. Count kernals on maize crosses. Dihybrid crosses of maize (Ex. 10)-Count kernals and answer questions. Week 10 Simply inherited traits in man (Ex. 12)- Complete all sections and determine the allele frequency for each trait. Population genetics of Drosophila- Prepare islands for colonization for flies. Be able to define gene pool shift, genetic drift, and selection. Make predictions as to the differences between the islands and the mainland. Week 11 Principles of Probability (Ex. 14)- Complete all sections. The Chi-Square Test (Ex. 15)- Complete all sections.

Week 12 Polygenic inheritance in humans (Ex. 16)- Take all fingerprints and complete tables and questions. Be able to define and determine total ridge count, whorl, loop, and arch. Week 13 Fruit Fly Results- Make counts and complete Ex. 9. Perform Chi Square on data. Explain any discrepancy between predictions and observed. Population Genetics- Make counts of island populations. Determine validity of hypotheses on island populations. Determine the allele frequencies from your data. Week 14 Exam 2 (Weeks 8-13)

GENETICS SYLLABUS FALL 2012 INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Ronald L. Johnson OFFICE: LSE 321 RESEARCH LAB: LSE 405 TEXT: None GOALS: A student completing the lecture course of Genetics should have mastered the following:

1. To understand the history of DNA and chromosomal structure.

2. To develop a grasp of molecular structure and function. 3. To gain an understanding of the impact of genetic advances on the fields of medicine and ecology.

4. To understand and identify the processes of mitosis and meiosis.


6. To understand and apply the principles of population genetics.

Tentative Lecture Schedule Week Topic 1 Introduction

DNA structure and function

2 Extrachromosomal DNA 3 Chromosome structure

Karyotype 4 DNA replication/ Cloning 5 PCR and sequencing 6 Mutations of DNA replication

Cell cycle and mitosis 7 Cancer

Meiosis 8 Crossing over and gene mapping 9 Chromosomal abnormalities by number

Chromosomal abnormalities by structure 10 Gene structure and regulation 11 Transcription

Translation 12 Mendelian inheritance

Pedigree analysis

13 ABO and Rh systems

Polygenics Population genetics 14-15 Genomics, Bioinformatics and Proteomics TENTATIVE EXAM DATES: Sept. 7, Sept. 28, Oct. 19, Nov. 9, Final

EACH EXAM IS 80 PTS; FINAL IS not COMPREHENSIVE GRADING:

88-100 % A 77-87% B 65-76% C 55-64% D 0-54% Unfortunate

Grades are to be determined from the performance within the five lecture exams, each equally weighted. Exams are taken from lecture content in addition to reading assignments as provided. If an individual is caught cheating on an exam a score of zero will be recorded for that exam, and the incident will be reported to Student Affairs. Expulsion could result. Attendance is expected for all class meetings; make-up exams are at the discretion of the instructor (The reason for missing an exam had better be major.). The following are not allowed: tobacco usage, active pagers or cell phones. The last day to drop is August 26, campus withdrawal is September 4. The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Aside from these nuisances, my hope is that we have a great semester. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor.

INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL AND DENTAL PRACTICES

Professor: Ronald L. Johnson Office: LSE 321 Phone: 972-2366 email: [email protected] Assignment: Your jobs for this term are to be in class and to investigate the official website of a

professional organization covered by one of the speakers in the class. From that website I want the following:

1. List the specific web address 2. Cut and paste the mission statement of that organization 3. Write 3 sentences as to how that mission fits into your own life purpose 4. List 5 professional schools NOT in Arkansas. 5. Go to one of those professional school websites and list the application deadlines of that school, the number of students enrolled annually by that school, and specific required and recommended courses by that school. The above assignment represents 30% of your grade, but will not raise your grade above the attendance requirements below. Attendance: You are allowed 2 ‘free’ absences. Beyond that, each two absences will result in a grade drop. 3 absences = B; 5 absences = C; 7 absences = D; 9+ absences = F.

Attendance is expected for all class meetings; make-up exams are at the discretion of the instructor (The reason for missing an exam had better be major.). The following are not allowed: tobacco usage, active pagers or cell phones. The last day to drop is Sept. 27, campus withdrawal is Nov. 18. The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Aside from these nuisances, my hope is that we have a great semester.

Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor.

INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS

Professor: Dr. Shane Lyerly Course Goals and Objectives: To enhance student excitement for entering a medical career. To enhance student understanding of the day to day life of a physician. Attendance: You are allowed 2 ‘free’ absences. Beyond that, each two absences will result in a grade drop. 3 absences = B; 5 absences = C; 7 absences = D; 9+ absences = F.

Attendance is expected for all class meetings; make-up exams are at the discretion of the instructor (The reason for missing an exam had better be major.). The following are not allowed: tobacco usage, active pagers or cell phones. The last day to drop is Sept. 27, campus withdrawal is Nov. 18. The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Aside from these nuisances, my hope is that we have a great semester. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor.

POPULATION GENETICS SYLLABUS FALL 2012 INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Ronald L. Johnson OFFICE: LSE 321 RESEARCH LAB: LSE 303 EMAIL: [email protected] TEXT: Templeton. 2006. Population Genetics and Microevolutionary Theory. 1. To understand the role of molecular advances in the field of population genetics 2. To develop a grasp of the interactions of ecology and genetics 3. To gain an understanding of the Hardy-Weinberg equation in population genetics. 4. To understand the role of statistics in advances in population genetics. 5. To understand and apply the principles of Mendelian inheritance. 6. To understand and apply the principles of population genetics. OUTLINE: Week Topic Chapter 1 Genetic and statistical background 1 2 Review of probability and 1 hypothesis testing 3 Genetic and Phenotypic variation 2 3 Hardy Weinberg rule of gene frequencies 2

4 Systems of Mating 3 5 Genetic Drift 4-5 6-7 Gene Flow and Population Structure

6-7 8-9 Quantitative genetics 8-10 10 Natural Selection and Genetics 11-12 11-12 Natural Selection and Genetics 13-15 Sexual Selection 13 Molecular population genetics 14 Molecular population genetics 14 Presentations of graduate students TENTATIVE EXAM DATES: Sep. 17, Oct. 8, Nov. 3, Final EACH EXAM IS 100 PTS; FINAL IS not COMPREHENSIVE Paper format: Each student is expected to complete a minimum typed, double-spaced 10 page paper with a minimum of 20 primary sources (books and websites are in addition to the 20 primary references) pertaining to population genetics during the course of the semester. As a guideline, an appropriate title might be “Population genetics of ...”, where you review the literature studying the population genetics of that particular group. The specific breadth of the taxa could be limited by the amount of available literature on that group. For example, you probably would not be able to find enough to do a Population Genetics of the Aardvark, but you could broaden up the topic to a study of the aardvark family. Some species, however, have been studied pretty extensively, such as the fruit fly, Drosophila. Instead of choosing a specific taxa, you could choose a theme in population genetics, such as studies on mechanisms behind Hardy-Weinberg disequilibrium, for example. Be sure that the topic and the content of your paper is on population genetics, and if in doubt, ask me. By September 22th there will be submitted a title and a one page outline of the project (10 pts). By October 6th an annotated bibliography (minimum 20 articles) will be submitted (25 pts). By November 10 three copies of the paper will be submitted. Each paper will be reviewed by two other students within the class and myself (35 pts). These critiques will be returned by November 13 (35 pts for critique) with a re-submission of a final manuscript by December 1 (75 pts). Oral presentations (50 pts) of the project by graduate students and discussion of those projects will take place during the last two class meetings. GRADING: 88-100 A 77-87 B 65-76 C

55-64 D 0-54 Unfortunate Grades are to be determined from the performance within the four lecture exams and the completed paper, with each equally weighted. Arkansas State University and your professor enthusiastically promote academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Discussion of and the consequences of plagiarism and cheating on exams are thoroughly outlined within your student handbook. If these issues are a concern of yours, read it. Attendance is expected for all class meetings; make-up exams are at the discretion of the instructor (The reason for missing an exam had better be major.). The following are not allowed: tobacco usage, active pagers or cell phones. The last day to drop is March 31, campus withdrawal is May 1. The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor.

GENETICS LABORATORY SYLLABUS SPRING 2013 INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Ronald L. Johnson OFFICE: LSE 321 RESEARCH LAB: LSE 405 TEXT: Johnson, R.L. Genetics Laboratory Manual. SUPPLIES: Calculator GOALS: A student completing the laboratory course of Genetics should have mastered the following:

1. To understand the basic procedures of DNA isolation and characterization.

2. To develop fundamental molecular laboratory skills.

3. To understand and identify the processes of mitosis

and meiosis.


5. To understand and apply the principles of population

genetics. 6. To develop effective scientific writing skills. DATE TOPIC EXERCISE Week 1 Isolation of chromosomal DNA 1 Week 2 DNA digestion of lambda DNA 2

Electrophoresis of chromosomal DNA 3 Week 3 Restriction site analysis of lambda DNA 4

Week 4 Amplification of DNA by polymerase chain 5

reaction Week 5 Karyotyping of human chromosomes 6

Sex Chromatin in Human Cells 6 Comparative karyotyping 7

Week 6 Laboratory Exam # 1 (Weeks 1-5) Week 7 Meiosis in corn and Ascaris 8

Mitosis in Ascaris 8 Week 8 Laboratory Exam # 2 (Week 7) Biology of Sophophora 9

Biology of Maize 10,11 Week 9 Monohybrid crosses in Sophophora and Zea 9

Dihybrid crosses of maize 10 Week 10 Simply inherited traits in man 12

Population genetics of Sophophora 13 Week 11 Probability in genetics and Chi-square 14,15 Week 12 Polygenic inheritance in humans: 16

Fingerprinting Week 13 Fruit Fly Results- Population Genetics Week 14 Laboratory Exam # 3 GRADING: 3 Laboratory Exams 225 pts

Laboratory Write-ups 95 pts Total 320 pts

88-100% A 75- 87% B 65- 74% C 55- 64% D 0- 54% F

Grades are to be determined from the performance within the

exams, assignments and laboratory write-ups. Arkansas State University and your professor enthusiastically promote academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Discussion of and the consequences of plagiarism and cheating on exams are thoroughly outlined within your student handbook. If these issues are a concern of yours, read it.

Attendance is expected for all class meetings; make-up exams are at the discretion of the instructor (The reason for missing an exam had better be major.). It is the responsibility of the student to inform the professor if there are medical conditions requiring special assistance or recognition. The following are not allowed in

the laboratory: tobacco usage, active pagers or cell phones. The use of a cell phone during an exam will be considered as cheating and will result in a grade of 0 for that exam. The last day to drop the class or campus withdrawal is September 6. The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing.

Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. LABORATORY WRITE-UPS: You will be preparing two karyotypes and a comparative karyotype from the week 5 exercise. You will turn in those karyotypes at the beginning of the Week 8 exam (10 pts each). You will be responsible to fill in the information required within your textbook, as well (p. 119). You will also have several writing assignments for this laboratory. Each assignment other than the major population genetics assignment will be due to week after that assignment. The first assignment will be a description of the methods of the DNA isolation exercise (10 pts). The second assignment will be to turn in the Results section for the restriction digest exercise (10 pts); the third assignment will be the completion of an Introduction and a Discussion section for the PCR exercise (20 pts). The fourth writing assignment will involve the population genetics of Sophophora, which will be due at the second exam (35 pts). This assignment involves the listing of your hypotheses, and the results of and discussion of those hypotheses. This is to be your work in your words. You will not get credit if you are not in class. Copied and paraphrased papers will be referred to Student Affairs; dismissal from the University could result. LABORATORY EXAM INFORMATION For the laboratory exams, you are responsible for any information provided during the laboratory period, the basics of the protocols utilized and their goals. Week 1 Isolation of chromosomal DNA (Ex. 1)- Perform steps 1-17. Answer all questions. Know the steps of the protocol and why these steps are performed. Week 2 DNA digestion and electrophoresis of lambda DNA (Ex. 2)- Understand the steps of the protocol and why these steps are performed. Know the specific characteristics of your RE used. What were the relative sizes of your restriction fragments?

Electrophoresis of chromosomal DNA (Ex. 16)-Load and electrophorese chromosomal DNA isolated in week 1. Stain and visualize. Determine types of nucleic acids present, approximate mass of nucleic acids, and relative sizes. Week 3 Restriction site analysis of lambda DNA (Ex. 4)-. Answer all questions. Be able to perform these 3 procedures. Week 4 Amplification of DNA by polymerase chain reaction (Ex. 19)- Perform all steps and answer questions. Week 5 Karyotyping of human chromosomes (Ex. 6)-Answer questions, prepare two of the karyotypes as stated. Sex Chromatin in Human Cells (Ex. 6, back)- White blood cells with Barr bodies, and chromosome smear will be on demonstration microscopes. Read and perform all steps. Comparative karyotyping (Ex. 7)-Complete protocol and answer all questions. Be able to perform a comparative karyotype. Week 6 Laboratory Exam # 1 (Weeks 1-5) Week 7 Biology of Maize (Ex. 10,11)- Plant corn seeds. Meiosis in Ascaris (Ex.8)-Know the slides and their order: sperm entrance, maturation, cleavage, late cleavage. Know the following stages: Prophase I, Metaphase I, Anaphase I, Telophase I, Prophase II, Metaphase II, Anaphase II, Telophase II, primary oocyte, secondary oocyte, ootid. Mitosis in Ascaris -Prophase, Metaphase, Anaphase, Telophase. Identify chromatin, chromosomes, cleavage furrow, fertilization membrane, spermatozoan, pronuclei. Meiosis in grasshopper spermatogenesis-Identify the primary spermatocyte, secondary spermatocyte, spermatid, spermatozoan, chromatin, chromosomes. Meiosis in lily (Ex. 8)- Know the following stages- Prophase I(you are not responsible for the substages of Leptotene, Zygotene, etc.), Metaphase I, Anaphase I, Telophase I, Prophase II, Metaphase II, Anaphase II, Telophase II. Identify primary microsporocyte, secondary microsporocyte, microspores, chromatin, chromosomes, cell plate. Know the basic differences in spermatogenesis and oogenesis. Know the ploidy number for all of the stages above. Week 8 Laboratory Exam # 2 (Week 7) Genetics of Sophophora (Ex. 9)-Prepare genetic crosses of flies. Answer questions. Know characteristics of mutant flies used in lab. Biology of Maize (Ex. 10,11)- Plant corn seeds.

Week 9 Monohybrid crosses in Sophophora and Zea (Ex. 10-11)-Prepare second cross of fruit flies. Count results of maize plantings. Count kernals on maize crosses. Dihybrid crosses of maize (Ex. 10)-Count kernals and answer questions. Week 10 Simply inherited traits in man (Ex. 12)- Complete all sections and determine the allele frequency for each trait. Population genetics of Sophophora- Prepare islands for colonization for flies. Be able to define gene pool shift, genetic drift, and selection. Make predictions as to the differences between the islands and the mainland. Week 11 Principles of Probability (Ex. 14)- Complete all sections. The Chi-Square Test (Ex. 15)- Complete all sections. Week 12 Polygenic inheritance in humans (Ex. 16)- Take all fingerprints and complete tables and questions. Be able to define and determine total ridge count, whorl, loop, and arch. Week 13 Fruit Fly Results- Make counts and complete Ex. 9. Perform Chi Square on data. Explain any discrepancy between predictions and observed. Population Genetics- Make counts of island populations. Determine validity of hypotheses on island populations. Determine the allele frequencies from your data. Week 14 Exam 2 (Weeks 8-13)

INTRODUCTION TO PATHOLOGY

Professor: Dr. Shane Lyerly Course Goals and Objectives: To enhance student excitement for entering a medical career. To enhance student understanding of the day to day life of a physician. Attendance: You are allowed 2 ‘free’ absences. Beyond that, each two absences will result in a grade drop. 3 absences = B; 5 absences = C; 7 absences = D; 9+ absences = F.

Attendance is expected for all class meetings; make-up exams are at the discretion of the instructor (The reason for missing an exam had better be major.). The following are not allowed: tobacco usage, active pagers or cell phones. The last day to drop is Jan. 23, campus withdrawal is April 13. The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Aside from these nuisances, my hope is that we have a great semester. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor.

SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES: PROBLEM SOLVING IN THE SCIENCES

Professor: Ronald L. Johnson Office: LSE 321 Phone: 972-2366 email: [email protected] DESCRIPTION: Development of problem solving skills in the natural sciences. Lab two hours per week. GOALS: A student completing the special topics course should have mastered the following: 1. To perform basic algebraic problems without the use of a calculator.

2. To develop and manipulate equations to solve biological and physical science problems.

Attendance: You are allowed 2 ‘free’ absences. Beyond that, each two absences

will result in a grade drop. 3 absences = B; 5 absences = C; 7 absences = D; 9+ absences = F.

Attendance is expected for all class meetings; make-up exams are at the discretion of the instructor (The reason for missing an exam had better be major.). The following are not allowed: tobacco usage, active pagers or cell phones. The last day to drop or withdraw from the campus is April 13. The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Aside from these nuisances, my hope is that we have a great semester. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. ANIMAL EMBRYOLOGY LABORATORY SYLLABUS SPRING 2013 INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Ronald L. Johnson TEXT: Descriptive atlas of embryology. Johnson. COURSE DESCRIPTION: Study of reproduction in the vertebrates, including reproductive systems, gamete formation, fertilization, early cleavage, formation of germ

layers, and development of the organ systems. GOALS: A student completing the laboratory course of Animal Embryology should have mastered the following: 1. To distinguish the early developmental stages of the starfish, frog and chick. 2. To distinguish the developing germ layers and their derivatives. 3. To develop a 3-dimensional understanding of chick development despite becoming cross-eyed.

GRADING: 3 Laboratory Exams 255 pts 88-100% A 77- 87% B 65- 76% C 55- 64% D 0- 54% F LABORATORY SCHEDULE Week 1 Organizational lab Reproduction- Study of the testis and ovary Week 2 Study of the testis and ovary Development of fish embryos- Japanese Medaka Week 3 Early development of embryos- starfish Week 4 Early development of the frog- slides Unincubated chick- eggs and slides Chick development- Slides of 18 hours Week 5 Exam 1 Feb. 15 (50 pts) Week 6 Early development of embryos- Xenopus Chick development- Slides of 24 hours Week 7 Chick development- Slides of 33 hours Week 8 Chick development- Baggie chicks Chick development- Slides of 33 hours Week 9 Chick development- Slides of 48 hours Week 10 Chick development- Slides of 48 hours Week 11 Exam 2 April 5 (130 pts) Week 12 Chick development- Slides of 72 hours Week 13 Chick development- Slides of 72 hours Week 14 Exam 3 April 26 (75 pts) LABORATORY EXAM INFORMATION You are responsible for the bold faced text within the Johnson laboratory manual, in addition to what is discussed during the course of the laboratory. An important website you should be familiar with is http://www.uoguelph.ca/zoology/devobio/dbindex.htm#Chick. It is an excellent website. Grades are to be determined from the performance within the three laboratory exams.

Arkansas State University and your professor enthusiastically promote academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Discussion of and the consequences of plagiarism and cheating on exams are thoroughly outlined within your student handbook. If these issues are a concern of yours, read it. Attendance is expected for all class meetings; make-up exams are at the discretion of the instructor (The reason for missing an exam had better be major.). The following are not allowed: tobacco usage, active pagers or cell phones. The last day to drop or withdraw from campus is April 13. The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor.

ZOOLOGY 4063 ANIMAL EMBRYOLOGY INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Ronald L. Johnson OFFICE: LSE 321 DESCRIPTION: Study of reproduction and development in animals, including reproductive systems, gamete formation, fertilization, early cleavage, formation of germ layers, and development of the organ systems. Lecture three hours per week. TEXT: Sadler, T.W. Langman's medical embryology. Williams and Wilkins: Baltimore. GOALS: A student completing the course of Animal Embryology should have mastered the following: 1. To distinguish between the reproductive systems of the vertebrates, particularly the mammals. 2. To understand the process of gamete formation. 3. To understand the process of early cleavage to the blastula stage. 4. To understand cellular movement during gastrulation with the formation of the germ layers. 5. To understand the formation and development of the extraembryonic membranes. 6. To understand the formation of the various organs

and organ systems from each of the germ layers. GRADING: During the semester four lecture exams will be completed, each totaling 100 points. TENTATIVE DATES: Feb. 11, Mar. 6, Apr. 8, FINAL(Non-comprehensive)

SCALE: 88-100% A 77- 87% B 65- 76% C 55- 64% D 0- 54% Unthinkable!!

OUTLINE: WEEK TOPIC CHAPTER 1 Introduction History of embryology 2 Reproductive systems 1 Gametogenesis 3 Reproductive cycles and patterns 2 4 Ovulation and fertilization 2 Implantation and placentation 7 5 Early cleavage 3

4-5 6 Extraembryonic membranes 7 Ectodermal derivatives: Skin and associated structures 19 7 Nervous system 20 8 Nervous system 17-18 Endodermal derivatives: Mouth and pharynx 16 9 Digestive system 14 10 Respiratory system 13 11 Mesodermal derivatives: Mesenteries and coelom 11 Urinary system 15 12 Urinary system 15 Reproductive system 15 13 Cardiovascular system 12 14 Skeletal system 9 Muscular system 10 15 Teratogenesis 8 Grades are to be determined from the performance within the five lecture exams. Arkansas

State University and your professor enthusiastically promote academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Discussion of and the consequences of plagiarism and cheating on exams are thoroughly outlined within your student handbook. If these issues are a concern of yours, read it. Students with Special Instructional Needs: If you have any special needs related to learning or testing in this course, please let me know as soon as possible so I can address those needs." Attendance is expected for all class meetings; make-up exams are at the discretion of the instructor (The reason for missing an exam had better be major.). The following are not allowed: tobacco usage, active pagers or cell phones. The use of a cell phone during an exam will be considered as cheating; this will result in a grade of 0 for that exam. The last day to drop or for campus withdrawal is April 13. The university remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor.



ISBN 978-0-89582-919-1



Students with Special Instructional Needs: If you have any special needs related to learning or testing in this course, please let the Graduate Teaching Assistant (GTA) know as soon as possible so those needs can be addressed. Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability should first be registered with ASU Disability Services. Appropriate arrangements will be made to ensure equal access to this course. Inclement Weather Policy: The University remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to contact each of his/her professors immediately upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. See notes about makeup policies and inclement weather below. Attendance Policy: Students should attend every lab session. Students who miss class should expect to makeup missed work or receive a failing mark on missed work. If you miss the first lab, then you may come to another lab meeting later in the week, but you must contact your GTA to determine which lab section you should attend. Students who participate in university-sponsored activities will be given reasonable opportunities to makeup missed assignments. Students in this course who miss more than 2 class sessions per semester MAY be assigned an ‘F’ in the course depending upon circumstances discussed in the student handbook (1999-2000 edition, p. 12). Please review to the make-up policy provided by your Instructor of Record Students should attend every session. Regular classroom attendance, completing lab assignments and participation is critical to your success in this course. CELL PHONE POLICY: Cell phone use is not permitted in class. Please turn all cell phones off when entering the classroom. If a cell phone is used during class it may be taken up, you may asked to leave

the room, and/or you may receive a failing grade on a quiz or assignment. CHEATING: Cheating is defined and described in the student handbook. Any activity that falls in the category of cheating or deals with issues of academic misconduct will be addressed and disciplined to the fullest extent. This includes but is not limited to assigning the offending student a failing grade for the assignment or course, and then reporting them to the student conduct system. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following: Individual quizzes: 12 @ 10 points each = 120 points Formal Laboratory Report: 1 @ 80 points each = 80 points Comprehensive Quiz 1 @ 50 points = 50 points TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE = 250 points GRADING SCALE: A = 100 - 90% B = 89 - 80% C = 79 - 70% D = 69 - 60% F = 59% or lower Homework: Like all researchers you are required to do your homework which includes reading ahead and sometimes working on procedures before or outside of class. These assignments will be posted on the board each day and include your lab report.. Quizzes: Quizzes will be given during each class meeting. These quizzes will be administered orally at the end of class. Papers should be folded in half and kept that way unless you are writing on them. If you are caught cheating, or with your paper left open, it may be taken up to receive a zero. Laboratory Reports: Each student is required to turn in a formal lab report during the semester. You may choose the procedure or experiment to report on from the manual. Lab reports are to be 3-5 pages in length, double spaced and in 12 font. It should include a title page, an introduction, materials and methods, results, discussion, and any citations of references used. Please refer to the lab coordinators web page for tips and guidelines for writing a lab report. Please note: If you turn in your lab report before midterm, and are unhappy with your grade, you will have the opportunity to turn in another before final to replace that grade. Mini comprehensive Quiz: This quiz will be given the last day of class and will consist of approximately 30 multiple choice questions from material covered throughout the semester. Disclaimer: The information contained in this syllabus is as accurate as possible, but may be subject to change with reasonable advance notice. The schedule and content of lectures and assignments may be changed at the discretion of the instructor upon oral notification in class. Changes may involve additions, deletions, substitutions, or changes in sequence or due date. DATES TO REMEMBER: Last day to drop an individual class or withdraw from the University: November 16, 2011




3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 Aug 28-30 Microscopy 4 4.1,









16.2 Nov 6-8 Evolution 17 17.1,

17.2, 17.3, 17.4 Nov 13-15 Ecology 36 36.1,


WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT LAB BIO-4651 FALL TERM, 2012

COORDINATOR: Mr. Tracy Klotz EMAIL: [email protected] OFFICE: LSE 318; Phone 972-3143 OFFICE HOURS: M & T 8:00-9:00, T 1:00-2:00; or by Appointment TEXT: No required textbook. Students will be given handouts and required readings.

COURSE GOALS: The students will learn wildlife ecology and management with an emphasis on Arkansas and the mid-south US. Students will learn the scientific approach to wildlife management and be able to successfully implement management applications. Students will learn to effectively communicate the goals and processes of successful wildlife management to others. COURSE OBJECTIVES: The students will learn the basic knowledge of wildlife ecology and be equipped with the skills to address wildlife questions. The students will perform “hands on” applications of data collecting. The students will learn how to develop a reasonable and sound approach to manage wildlife populations and how to share the information with other people. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following: Assignment Number Points Each Total Habitat assessments 2 25 50 Habitat plans 4 50 200 Quizzes 5 10 50 Homework 5 10 50 Field trips 4 10 40 Weekend Field trip 1 50 50 Total 450

GRADING SCALE: A = 100-90% B = 89-80% C = 79-70% D = 69-60% F = 59% or lower Habitat assessments – Students will collect data on two different habitat types. The habitat types will be selected by the instructor. A written report will be completed and submitted. Reports should be a minimum of 2 single spaced written pages. Habitat plans – Students will write individual habitat plans on four different habitat types. The habitat types will be selected by the instructor. A written report will be completed and submitted. Habitat plans should be a minimum of 5 single spaced written pages. Figures and table WILL NOT count toward the total page requirement. Quizzes – Five quizzes will be completed. The quizzes will be either in class or in the field. The quizzes will consist of habitat sampling (3 quizzes), radio telemetry and wildlife population assessment. Homework – Students will be required to complete 5 homework assignments. Homework will consist of habitat assessment, wildlife population assessment and radio telemetry. Field trips – Students will be required to attend 5 field trips. Field trips located within 10 miles of ASU campus will not count toward the field trip requirement. There will be 4 Saturday field trips and one full weekend field trip.

Tentative Schedule Date Topic August 20 Introduction to class August 30 Forest data collection Sept 6 Habitat assessment (local field trip) Sept 13 Wildlife sampling techniques Sept 15 Field trip (Saturday) Sept 20 Wildlife aging and gender Habitat assessment #1 due Sept 27 Radio telemetry Sept 29 Field trip (Saturday) Oct 4 Habitat restoration Habitat plans 1 and 2 due Oct 11 Habitat assessment (local field trip) Oct 12-14 Weekend field trip Oct 18 Radio telemetry Habitat assessment #2 due Oct 25 Wetland data collection Nov 1 Field trip (Saturday) Nov 8 Game species data collection Nov 10 Field trip (Saturday) Nov 15 Human dimensions Nov 19-23 FALL BREAK Nov 29 Open lab discussion Habitat plans 3 and 4 due

WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT BIO-4653 FALL TERM, 2012

COORDINATOR: Mr. Tracy Klotz EMAIL: [email protected] OFFICE: LSE 318; Phone 972-3143 OFFICE HOURS: M & T 8:00-9:00, T 1:00-2:00; or by Appointment TEXT: No required textbook. Students will be given handouts and required readings.

COURSE GOALS: The students will learn wildlife ecology and management with an emphasis on Arkansas and the mid-south US. Students will learn the scientific approach to wildlife management and be able to successfully implement management applications. Students will learn to effectively communicate the goals and processes of successful wildlife management to others. COURSE OBJECTIVES: The students will learn the basic knowledge of wildlife ecology and be equipped with the skills to address wildlife questions. The students will learn how to develop a reasonable and sound approach to manage wildlife populations and how to share the information with other people. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following: Assignment Number Points Each Total Test 2 100 200 Final 1 100 100 Synthesis paper 1 100 100 Literature reviews 4 25 100 Total 500

GRADING SCALE: A = 100-90% B = 89-80% C = 79-70% D = 69-60% F = 59% or lower Test – Tests will be conducted during regular scheduled class period. The tests will be composed of definition, short answer, and essay. Synthesis paper – A review of literature on the conservation and management of one species of animal. The topic species does not have to be a game species. Synthesis papers should be a minimum or 5 single spaced pages and contain a minimum of 30 peer-reviewed sources. An example synthesis paper will be provided. Literature reviews – Peer reviewed literature will be provided and a review will be due one week from distribution. A class discussion will take place the day the review is due. Literature reviews should be at least 2 single spaced pages and contain corroborating and/or refuting data from other peer reviewed literature. Tentative Schedule Date Topic

August 20 Introduction to class August 27 Forest data collection Sept 6 Population ecology and dynamics Sept 11 Population sampling Sept 13 Literature review 1 due Sept 18 Diet and foraging Sept 20 Age, growth and reproduction Sept 25 Wildlife diseases Sept 27 Wildlife diseases Oct 2 Test 1 Oct 4 Habitat sampling Oct 9 Habitat management Oct 11 Literature review 2 due Oct 16 Endangered and threatened species Oct 18 Law enforcement Oct 23 Forest management Oct 25 Wetland management Oct 30 Farmland/rangeland management Nov 1 Literature review 3 due Nov 6 Deer management Nov 8 Duck management Nov 13 Quail and turkey management Nov 15 Human dimensions Nov 19-23 FALL BREAK Nov 27 Literature review 4 due Nov 29 Test 2 DEC 10 FINAL! Monday 8 am

MAMMALOGY LAB BIO-4351-5351 FALL TERM, 2012

Tracy Klotz EMAIL: [email protected]

OFFICE: LSE 318; Phone 972-3143 OFFICE HOURS: M & T 8:00-9:00, T 1:00-2:00; or by Appointment Patrick Moore [email protected] TEXT: No required textbook. Students need to purchase a mammal field guide of their choice Recommended field guide: Arkansas Mammals: Their natural history, classification, and distribution.

John A. Sealander and Gary A. Heidt.

COURSE GOALS: The students will learn the diversity of mammal species in Arkansas and surrounding areas. Additionally, students will learn proper techniques to capture, handle and survey mammals. Students will learn how to work cooperatively to conduct a mammal survey and present the result in a written format. COURSE OBJECTIVES: The students will learn to sight identify the mammals of Arkansas and surrounding areas by external body features, skeletal remains and environmental signs. At the conclusion of the course, students will be able to independently perform a mammal survey and know the proper capture and handling procedures of mammals. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following: Assignment Number Points Each Total Lab practical 2 100 200 Class project 1 100 100 Class participation Local field trips 5 10 50 Species account 1 50 50 Total 400

GRADING SCALE: A = 100-90% B = 89-80% C = 79-70% D = 69-60% F = 59% or lower Lab practical - Will be held during lab sessions and will include approximately equal thirds of the material covered in lab. Lab specimens will be available for review during announced times the week prior to each evaluation. Class project – A mammal survey of the ASU main campus will be completed cooperatively by the ENTIRE CLASS. A single written report will be submitted 28 November 2012. Local field trips – Students are required to attend 5 local (within 50 mile radius of ASU campus) field trips. Mammal capture and handling techniques will be demonstrated as well as species identification. Local weather will determine the exact dates of local field trips. One overnight weekend field trip is mandatory. Participation in overnight weekend field trip cannot be used to substitute for a required local field trip obligation. Species account – A written report on the taxonomy, ecology, distribution, reproduction and behavior of a single mammal species will be individually completed. Examples of species accounts will be distributed in class. Tentative Schedule Date Topic August 22 Introduction to class August 29 Skull morphology

External morphology Sept 5 Order Didelphimorphia Order Soricomorpha Order Cingulata Sept 12 Order Chiroptera Sept 19 Order Lagomorpha review Sept 26 Practical 1 Oct 3 Order Rodentia Oct 10 Order Rodentia cont Oct 17 Order Carnivora Oct 24 Order Artiodactyla Oct 31 Nov 7 Class project/local field trips Nov 14 Nov 21 FALL BREAK Nov 28 Practical 2, Class project written report due, Species account due

WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATIONAL TECHNIQUES LAB BIO-4661 SPRING 2013

INSTRUCTOR: Mr. Tracy Klotz EMAIL: [email protected] OFFICE: LSE 318; Phone 972-3143; Cell 870-761-2802 OFFICE HOURS: M 10:00-11:00, T 1:00-2:00 W 8:00-9:00 or by Appointment

TEACHING ASSISSTANT: Jeremiah Salinger EMAIL: [email protected] OFFICE: LSE411 OFFICE HOURS: T,TH 8-9 (LSE411); F 9-10 (LSW341) TEXT: No required textbook. Students will be given handouts and required readings.

COURSE GOALS: The goals of this course are to give students hands-on experience with field techniques in wildlife research and management that they can expect to be involved with in many entry-level jobs following graduation. Techniques focus on various methods of conducting indices, estimates, and censuses of wildlife populations and wildlife habitat. Fieldwork will be done locally on university grounds, Beritage Farm, Harp Field Station, state wildlife management areas and local bodies of water (within 30 miles of Jonesboro). COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objectives of this course are to give students experience with field techniques in wildlife research that they will utilize during their career. Students should, upon completion of the course, be able to plan, execute and synthesize various techniques used in wildlife research with no or minimal assistance. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following: Assignment Number Points Each Total Lab exercises 2 50 100 Animal capture 4 10 40 Mist netting 2 10 20 Saturday field trip 1 10 10 Weekend field trip 2 50 100 Wildlife ID exam 1 30 30 Sherwood Forest Assessment 1 100 100 Total 400

GRADING SCALE: A = 100-90% B = 89-80% C = 79-70% D = 69-60% F = 59% or lower Lab exercises – Students will do two exercises using provided wildlife research computer software (LOCATE and DISTANCE). The exercises will require the collection of wildlife data in the field and a written report for each exercise. The written reports are due March 26 (the first Tuesday after spring break) at the BEGINNING of class and should be 2-5 pages (single spaced, maximum 12 point font). Failure to meet the exercise requirements will result in a reduction of points. Animal capture – Students are required to attend four small vertebrate capture sessions at Beritage Farm. A total of six sessions of small vertebrate capture will be available with POSSIBLE bonus points for students attending over the four required sessions. Mist netting – Students are required to attend two sessions of mist netting for bats. The netting will be conducted either at Beritage Farm or Earl Buss/Bayou DeView WMA or Dave Donaldson/Black River WMA. A total of four sessions of mist netting for bats will be available with POSSIBLE bonus points for students attending over the two required sessions. Saturday Field Trip – Students are required to attend one Saturday field trip to a local water body to conduct an electro-shocking survey. The Saturday field trip will be during the month of April, however the exact date is to be determined. Weekend Field Trip – Students are required to attend two weekend field trips. One weekend field trip will be during late January/early February to assist AGFC with black bear research. The date for the first weekend field trip is to be determined. The other weekend field trip is in April to the Harp Field Station to install flying squirrel nest boxes.

Waterfowl ID exam – Students will take one in class exam covering waterfowl identification. The exam will include whole specimens of waterfowl along with partial waterfowl remains (feathered wings, feathered head, etc.). Sherwood Forest Assessment – Students will complete a biotic assessment of Sherwood Forest – Beritage Farm. The assessment should include a description of the property; data collected during the semester and any wildlife management and/or habitat recommendations. A 3-5 page written report (excluding figures and tables) is due by 5:00 pm April 30th. An example will be provided. Transportation will be provided for all off campus field trips. Make up policy: Due to the unique nature of this course, make up labs of actual field trips are not possible. However, students with excusable absences will be allowed to make up points for missed field trips and/or assignments. Make up assignments will be related to the topic missed and MAY include an extensive written report.

Inclement weather: The University will be open except in extreme circumstances. If you commute to the University, it is up to you to use your best judgment on whether you can get here safely. You will be given the opportunity to make up any work that you may have missed without penalty.

Disability services: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, please contact me to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course.

Date Topic Jan 15. Introduction/wildlife marking Jan 22. Mapping/GPS/GIS – in class Jan 29. Radio-telemetry/LOCATE – triangulation exercise at local area

(ASU rugby field) Feb 5. Line transect/DISTANCE –squirrel nests at Beritage – Sherwood

Forest Feb 12. Animal Handling – in class Feb 19. Animal capture – pitfall and Sherman – Beritage Farm – Sherwood

Forest Feb 26. Animal capture – pitfall and Sherman – Beritage Farm – Sherwood

Forest Mar 5. Non-capture – point count, pellet count, scent stations – Beritage

Farm –Sherwood Forest Mar 12. Aquatic sampling – Thompson’s Creek Mar 19 Spring Break Mar 26 Wildlife Identification – game species EXERCISES DUE Mar 29-31. Weekend – mist netting bats – Bayou DeView or Beritage Farm Apr 2. Vegetation sampling – Beritage Farm – Sherwood Forest Apr 9. Vegetation sampling – Beritage Farm – Sherwood Forest Apr 16. Wildlife ID exam Apr 23. Nutrition

Apr 26-28 Field trip – Harp station, flying squirrel boxes Apr 30 Sherwood Forest Assessment due

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE LECTURE-BIOL 1003-008 FALL TERM, 2012

Lecture: TR 2:00-3:15PM; LSW219

INSTRUCTOR: Mr. Tracy Klotz OFFICE: LSE318; 972-3143 (Biology office 972-3082) OFFICE HOURS: M 10-11, T 1-2, W 8-9, or by appointment EMAIL: [email protected] Text: Campbell Essential Biology with Physiology 3rd; with Mastering Biology Resources; by Simon, Reece, and Dickey.

ISBN-10: 0321651995 or ISBN-10: 0321602072 COURSE GOALS: Students upon completion of this class will be able to:

20. Know the major characteristics common to all living things. 21. Understand the hierarchy of organization that exists for life from the level of the atom to the

biosphere. 22. Describe the unifying theme of evolution for the unity and diversity of life. 23. Recognize the nature of scientific inquiry and how this is approach allows for the acquisition

of new knowledge. 24. Differentiate between a scientific fact, hypothesis, and theory. 25. Appreciate the significance of chemistry in understanding the basis of life. 26. Describe the basic tenets of cell theory and how it relates to the continuing existence of single-

celled and multicellular organisms. 27. Name the important structures within the cell, describe their functions, and tell which are

present in each primary cell type. 28. Describe the metabolic processes that occur in the cell, including energy sources that are

necessary for the continuing existence of life. 29. Understand the basis of bioenergetics: cellular respiration and photosynthesis. 30. Describe the processes of mitosis and meiosis, tell how they differ, and explain the importance

of each to the passage of genetic information from one cell generation to the next to allow for growth, cell replacement, and reproduction.


expressed as traits in the individuals that possess particular forms of these genes (i.e., alleles). 34. Explain the relationship between a gene and DNA and why DNA is the molecular basis for

inheritance in all organisms. 35. Illustrate how the integration of genetics into Darwinian evolutionary theory has lead to a

more robust understanding of the biological connections among all living organisms and the origin of species.



38. Relate biological topics covered in course to contemporary issues. LEARNING OUTCOME: Enable students to recognize the major unifying themes of biology,

including evolutionary theory, cell theory, reproduction, and genetics as these relate to contemporary issues, such as biodiversity, human impact on the environment, and biotechnology.

COURSE REQUIREMENTS AND EVALUATION PROCEDURES

LECTURE/LAB: LECTURE AND LAB ARE SEPARATE COURSES. INSTITUTIONAL/CLASSROOM POLICIES: 1. STUDENTS WITH SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL NEEDS: If you have any special needs

related to learning or testing in this course, please let me know as soon as possible so I can

address those needs. Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course.

2. INCLEMENT WEATHER POLICY: The University remains open for academic classes and

all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. See notes about makeup policies below.

3. ATTENDANCE POLICY: Students should attend every lecture session. Regular classroom

attendance, reading textbook assignments and participation is critical to your success in this course. Students who miss a class session should expect to make up missed work or receive a failing mark on missed work (see quiz policy). Students who participate in university-sponsored activities will be given reasonable opportunities to make up missed assignments. Students in this course who miss more than six class sessions per semester MAY be assigned an ‘F’ in the course depending upon circumstances as discussed in the student handbook.

4. IDENTIFICATION: When you take an exam, you must bring a #2 lead pencil and a photo ID to class. You must show your ID when you turn your exam in. If you forget to bring an ID, your exam will be set aside until you return with your ID. A driver’s license or student ID is acceptable. If you do not produce identification within 48 hours, then your exam will be given a zero.

5. CELL PHONE POLICY: Cell phone use is not permitted in class. Please turn all cell phones

off when entering the classroom. If I observe a cell phone during an exam, your exam will be taken up, you will be asked to leave the room, and your exam will be given a zero.

6. EXAMS AND ASSIGNMENTS: Exam dates are given in the syllabus and students are

required to take all the tests offered. Exam questions will be taken from lecture notes, discussion, audiovisuals, handouts, textbook and other assignments. Exams may include all or any combination of the following types of questions: multiple choice, true/false, short-answer, fill-in-the blank, draw and label, matching, and essay.

7. JUST TO MAKE THINGS INTERESTING: Each student is permitted to prepare a crib

sheet and bring it to each exam. Requirements are the following: a) must be on a 4" X 6" index card.

b) absolutely, positively must be handwritten. c) must be turned in with your exam. d) include your name and student ID number.

Extra credit will be offered for each exam and will be based on crib sheets that you turn in. An index card with 1 side filled will be worth 2 ½ points; an index card with both sides full (+/- full) will be worth 5 extra points added to that exam score.

8. CHEATING: Cheating is defined and described in the student handbook. Any activity that falls in the category of cheating or deals with issues of academic misconduct will be addressed and disciplined to the fullest extent. This includes but is not limited to assigning the offending student a failing grade for the assignment or course, and then reporting them to the student conduct system.

9. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following factors: Hourly exams: 4 @ 100 points each = 400 points Quizzes: 8 @ 10 points each = 80 points Comprehensive final 1 @ 100 points = 100 points TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE = 580 points * GRADING SCALE: A = 100 - 90% B = 89 - 80% C = 79 - 70% D = 69 - 60% F = 59% or lower

Quizzes – A total of 8 quizzes, worth 10 points each, will be administered online using the MasteringBiology Resource so all students should understand how to access this online. These will be open note, open book quizzes, but solitary (meaning no group or partner help) that will reflect material covered in class and likely to be on the exams. You are on the honor system regarding taking the quizzes by yourself. Comprehensive Final - 100 multiple choice questions taken from the 4 hourly exams given

during the semester. 1. Everyone must take the comprehensive final * 2. However, if you have taken all the exams including the comprehensive final or have a

documented excused absence for having missed an exam, you will have the opportunity to drop a test grade. If you miss an exam with no excuse, your grade will remain a 0.

10. MAKE-UP POLICY: Exams must be taken on the date scheduled. If you miss a scheduled

exam, a drop grade will be offered ONLY in the case of documented excused absences. If you miss an exam FOR ANY REASON you should contact the instructor no later than the first day of return to class, with documentation.

Quizzes will be posted at various times throughout the semester. Quiz postings will be announced in class along with the deadline for submission. Quizzes will be posted for a minimum of two days and for this reason will only be offered for make-up given extenuating circumstances.

Disclaimer: The information contained in this syllabus is as accurate as possible, but may be subject to change with reasonable advance notice. The schedule and content of lectures and assignments may be changed at the

discretion of the instructor upon oral notification in class. Changes may involve additions, deletions, substitutions, or changes in sequence or due date.

LECTURE AND EXAM SCHEDULE* Unit Chapter Topic Introduction 1 Biology Today Essential Chemistry for Biology 2 Chemistry A Tour of the Cell 4 Cell Structure Obtaining Energy from Food 6 Cellular Respiration

HOURLY EXAM I 8 February 2013 Using Light to Make Food 7 Photosynthesis Cellular Reproduction: Cells from Cells 8 Mitosis/Meiosis Patterns of Inheritance 9 Inheritance The Structure and Function of DNA 10 DNA HOURLY EXAM II 4 March 2013 How Genes are Controlled 11 Genes DNA Technology 12 Biotechnology How Populations Evolve 13 Evolution How Biological Diversity Evolves 14 Classification HOURLY EXAM III 5 April 2013 Introduction to Ecology and the Biosphere 18 Ecology Communities and Ecosystems 20 Impact of Humans on Earth Animal Structure and Function 21 Animal Biology The Working Plant 29 Plant Biology HOURLY EXAM IV 29 April 2013 COMPREHENSIVE FINAL 1 May 2013 12:30-2:30 Last Day to Drop a course or Withdraw from the University – 24 April 2013

*Though Lecture dates are tentative, Exam Dates are FIRM and will not be moved unless the

University is closed!

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE LAB - BIOL 1001

Spring 2013 COORDINATOR: Mr. Tracy Klotz EMAIL: [email protected] OFFICE: LSE 318; Phone 972-3143 OFFICE HOURS: M 10:00-11:00, T 1:00-2:00, W 8:00-9:00 or by Appointment INSTRUCTOR OF RECORD: EMAIL: [email protected] TEACHING ASSISTANT: EMAIL: [email protected] TEXT: Exploring Biology in the Laboratory, custom for ASU 2011; Pendarvis and Crawley.

ISBN 978-0-89582-919-1



Students with Special Instructional Needs: If you have any special needs related to learning or testing in this course, please let the Graduate Teaching Assistant (GTA) know as soon as possible so those needs can be addressed. Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability should first be registered with ASU Disability Services. Appropriate arrangements will be made to ensure equal access to this course. Inclement Weather Policy: The University remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to contact each of his/her professors immediately upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. See notes about makeup policies and inclement weather below. Attendance Policy: Students should attend every lab session. Students who miss class should expect to makeup missed work or receive a failing mark on missed work. If you miss the first lab, then you may come to another lab meeting later in the week, but you must contact your GTA to determine which lab section you should attend. Students who participate in university-sponsored activities will be given reasonable opportunities to makeup missed assignments. Students in this course who miss more than 2 class sessions per semester MAY be assigned an ‘F’ in the course depending upon circumstances discussed in the student handbook (1999-2000 edition, p. 12). Please review to the make-up policy provided by your Instructor of Record Students should attend every session. Regular classroom attendance, completing lab assignments and participation is critical to your success in this course. CELL PHONE POLICY: Cell phone use is not permitted in class. Please turn all cell phones off when

entering the classroom. If a cell phone is used during class it may be taken up, you may asked to leave the room, and/or you may receive a failing grade on a quiz or assignment. CHEATING: Cheating is defined and described in the student handbook. Any activity that falls in the category of cheating or deals with issues of academic misconduct will be addressed and disciplined to the fullest extent. This includes but is not limited to assigning the offending student a failing grade for the assignment or course, and then reporting them to the student conduct system. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following: Weekly Pre-lab Questions: 12 @ 5 points each = 60 points Weekly Participation: 12 @ 5 points each = 60 points Laboratory Write-ups: 4 @ 20 points each = 80 points Comprehensive Quiz 1 @ 50 points = 50 points TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE = 250 points GRADING SCALE: A = 100 - 90% B = 89 - 80% C = 79 - 70% D = 69 - 60% F = 59% or lower Homework: Like all researchers you are required to do your homework which includes reading ahead and sometimes working on procedures before or outside of class. These assignments will be posted on the board each day and include your lab report. Pre-lab Questions: Questions worth a total of 5 points will be given during each class meeting. These questions will be administered orally at the beginning of class. Papers should be folded in half and kept that way unless you are writing on them. If you are caught cheating, or with your paper left open, it may be taken up to receive a zero. Participation: At the end of each class meeting you will be evaluated on your participation (a total of 5 possible points) by your laboratory partner(s)/group, and the instructor. Laboratory Write-ups: Each student is required to turn in 4 laboratory write-ups during the semester. You may choose the procedure or experiment to report on from the manual. Lab write-ups are to be 2 pages in length, 1.5 spacing and in 12 font. It should include an introduction, results, discussion, and any citations of references used. Please refer to the lab coordinators web page for tips and guidelines for writing a lab report. Mini comprehensive quiz: This quiz will be given the last day of class and will consist of approximately 50 multiple choice questions from material covered throughout the semester. Disclaimer: The information contained in this syllabus is as accurate as possible, but may be subject to change with reasonable advance notice. The schedule and content of lectures and assignments may be changed at the discretion of the instructor upon oral notification in class. Changes may involve additions, deletions, substitutions, or changes in sequence or due date. DATES TO REMEMBER: Last day to drop an individual class or withdraw from the University: April 24, 2013



Jan 14 Introduction: Measuring 3 3.1,

3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 Jan 21 Microscopy 4 4.1,

4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 Jan 28 The Nature of Science 1.1 1 Feb 4 Experimentation 2.1 2 Feb 11 Structure and Function of Cells 6 6.1,

6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7 Lab write-up 1 due Feb 18 Cellular Transport Mechanisms 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 9 Feb 25 Photosynthesis 10.1, 10.2, 10.7, 10.8 10 Mar 4 Cellular Respiration 11 11.1,

11.2, 11.5 Lab write-up 2 due Mar 11 Cell Reproduction/ Ensuring Genetic Variation 12/13 12.1,

12.2, 13.1, 13.2, 13.3 Mar 25 Basic Mendelian Genetics 15 15.4,

15.5, 15.6 (Pedigree) April 1 Understanding DNA 16 16.1,

16.2 Lab write-up 3 due April 8 Evolution 17 17.1,

17.2, 17.3, 17.4 April 15 Ecology 36 36.1,

36.2 April 22 Final Quiz AND Last lab write-up due

SYLLABUS FOR BIO 1501 - LABORATORY FOR BIOLOGY OF PLANTS FALL 2012

A. Learning Outcomes This laboratory is intended to complement the companion lecture course BIO 1503 - Biology of Plants. The laboratory course will provide observational and hands-on experiences (using microscopes and other lab equipment) in plant biology to assist students in identifying the form, structure, function, and reproduction of plants. By the end of this course, the successful student will create and evaluate a laboratory report that reflects clear understanding of the scientific method, demonstrating sharpened critical thinking skills. B. Course Organization Each section of Laboratory for BIO 1501 - Biology of Plants meets weekly for 1 hour and 50 minutes. The content for this course will continually build on the material that has been covered previously in class. As a best practice, students should keep abreast of the material and continually study as opposed to trying to “cram” prior to the lab practical exams. Laboratory exercises and related course documents will be available to students as downloadable text files available for this course through Bb Learn under on the ASU web site. Materials relating to each laboratory exercise must be read BEFORE arrival to class. C. Textbook Students should obtain A Photographic Atlas for the Botany Laboratory 5th edition (2008) by, S.R. Rushforth, R.R. Robbins, J.L. Crawley, and K.M. Van De Graaff, published by Morton Publishing Company, which will be used to accompany lab exercises. ISBN: 978-0895827708. Additional reading assignments and materials from other sources may be incorporated into the content of this course as deemed necessary by the instructor or teaching assistant. Instructor of Record:

Dr. Travis Marsico Lab time & place: Section 1 (8:00 am to 9:50 am), Section 2 (10:00 am to 11:50 am), and Section 3 (12:00pm

to 1:50pm) on Thursday in LSW 442 Dr. Marsico's Office: LSE 414; but office hours this semester held in lab, LSW 442. Office Hours: M 8:30-11 and 1-2; T 8:30-10; these are posted on the door of LSW 442. Office phone: (870) 680-8191 E-mail address: [email protected]

Graduate Teaching Assistants:

Kellie Nelson: [email protected] (8am-9:50am) Jill Czerwonky: [email protected] (10am-11:50am and 12pm-1:50pm)

D. Schedule

FALL 2012 - LAB SCHEDULE Date Lab exercises and other will be posted to Bb

Learn for this course Important Due Dates

August 23 Overview of course goals, objectives, and lab format; Medicinal Plant Synopsis discussion; Semester Group Project introduction; Exercise 1 – The Plant Body

August 30 Exercise 2 - Plant cells, organelles, and cell division; Semester Group Project ideas proposed

September 6 Exercise 3 - Cell and Tissue Types: Primary & Secondary Growth

Medicinal Plant Synopsis 1 due

September 13 Exercise 4 - Roots: Form & Function Formal Proposal for Semester Group Project due

September 20 Exercise 5 - Stems: Form & Function Medicinal Plant Synopsis 2 due September 27 Exercise 6 – Leaves: Form & Function; OPEN LAB

TBA October 4 LAB PRACTICAL EXAM I - Includes ALL lab

material covered thus far.

October 11 Exercise 7 – Campus Field Trip; Identification of Trees Using a Dichotomous Key

October 18 Exercise 11 – Plant Ecology, part 1 Medicinal Plant Synopsis 3 due October 25 Exercise 8 – Flower Structure and Diversity;

Exercise 9 - Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants

November 1 Exercise 10 - Fruit Morphology and Seed Dispersal

November 8 Exercise 11 – Plant Ecology, part 2 Medicinal Plant Synopsis 4 due November 15 Work on finalizing data collection and results of

Semester Group Project; OPEN LAB TBA

November 22 THANKSGIVING—NO CLASS November 29 LAB PRACTICAL EXAM II—Includes ALL lab

material covered since the first exam Semester Group Reports due

E. Performance and Grade Evaluation

EXAM OR ASSIGNMENT DATE POINTS POSSIBLE Laboratory Practical Exam I October 4 100 Laboratory Practical Exam II November 29 100 Lab quizzes (10 point laboratory quizzes/assignments; with one drop grade)

Each week on days with no lab practical

100

Semester Group Project Projects due on November 29

100

Medicinal Plant Synopses (4 assignments at 25 points each)

September 6, September 20, October 18, November 8

100

Lab notebook drawings; weekly participation. These will be initialed by instructor before you leave class each week (5 points per week for 10 weeks of lab)

Every week on days with no lab practical

50

Total Points Possible: 550 F. Testing conditions: Exams will be handed out at the beginning of class and will be collected when the student completes the exam. Should a student arrive late, he/she will not be given extra time. Once an exam has been handed out, students are not allowed to leave the classroom and return. Make sure that you bring a writing instrument; pens and pencils will not be provided. All personal items must be stored near the front of the room so that the exam proctor may use the aisles between tables during the exam.

G. Grading Scale Letter grades will be determined from the percentage of points earned by the student from the total number of possible points (550 points). A = 90-100% (495-550 points) B = 80-89% (440-494 points) C = 70-79% (385-439 points) D = 60-69%% (330-384 points) F = Below 60% (329 points and below) H. Make up Policy Exams must be taken on the date scheduled. Make-up exams will be given only for approved documented excuses. A student must contact the instructor no later than the date of the exam and be prepared to have documentation. Not following this procedure may result in a failing grade on that exam. I. ASU Policies and Regulations Students in this course should conduct themselves with the utmost honesty and integrity. All University policies on attendance and student conduct are expected to be followed. ASU’s Office of Student Conduct has posted a list of Academic Policies and Procedures that can be reviewed at http://studentconduct.astate.edu/0809Handbook/AAPoliciesProcedures.html (as of 22 August 2010). READ THIS DOCUMENT TO FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF WITH THE ARKANSAS STATE UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY. THE STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT IS A GUIDE TO YOUR RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES. CHEATING AND ACADEMIC DISHONESTY WILL NOT BE TOLERATED. J. Disability Policy Any student having a certified disability (physical, mental, or learning) should see the instructor and/or Disability Services (Telephone No. 870-972-3964) about making any necessary course modifications as early in the course as possible. K. Classroom Etiquette Students are expected to be civil and respectful toward others in the laboratory. Disturbing others by carrying on private conversations while the instructor or other students are addressing the class is discourteous. Please treat others with the proper consideration. Arrive to class on time so that you do not interrupt the class that is already in session.


InstructorofRecord:TravisMarsico

OfficeHours: Office: LSE 414; but hours held in LSW 442 M 8:30‐11; 1‐2 and T 8:30‐10

Phone: 680‐8191

TeachingAssistant:JasonGaspar















IS IMPORTANT!


Classroom Attendance Policy:

13. Students are expected to attend each lab and remain the entire lab period. Roll will be called








Lab Behavior:


















examination.











follows:



Week of: Go over Syllabus, review safety guidelines AND

August 20 quiz over syllabus at end of class















Meeting Time and Place: 2:00-5:50 M, 2:00-3:50 W in LSW 442 Instructor: Dr. Travis D. Marsico Office: LSE 414

Office Hours: Monday 8:30-11:00 and 1-2; Tuesday 8:30-10; also by appointment Phone: 870-680-8191 email: [email protected] COURSE DESCRIPTION

Fall, Even. Prerequisites: BIO 1501 and 1503. A study of the systematics, nomenclature, morphology, phenology, geographic range, and natural history of woody plants with an emphasis on field recognition throughout the year. Lecture two in-class hours per week; laboratory four in-lab hours per week.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

The successful student will interpret the bases of woody plant classification and nomenclature and current theories of woody plant evolutionary mechanisms and the sources of variation in woody plants. In addition, students will recognize selected woody plant taxa by sight based upon their distinguishing characteristics and they will develop skills in identifying additional woody plants with the aid of dichotomous keys, comparing among similar species. Successful students will become comfortable using appropriate terminology to describe woody plants and their morphology and collecting and preparing proper herbarium specimens.

REQUIRED TEXTS

Judd, W.S. et al. 2008. Plant Systematics: A Phylogenetic Approach. 3rd ed. Sinauer Associates, Inc. Sunderland, Massachusetts. (with Photo Gallery of Vascular Plants CD). ISBN: 978-0-87893-407-2.

Smith, E.B. 1994. Keys to the Flora of Arkansas. The University of Arkansas Press. Fayetteville, Arkansas. ISBN: 1-55728-312-5.

Harris, J.G. and M.W. Harris. 2000. Plant Identification Terminology. An Illustrated Glossary, 2nd ed. Spring Lake Publishing, Salt Lake, Utah.

HELPFUL OPTIONAL TEXTS

Hardin, J., D. Leopold, and F. White. 2001, 9th edition. Harlow and Harrar’s Textbook of Dendrology. McGraw Hill, Boston.

Hunter, C.G. 1995. Trees, Shrubs, and Vines of Arkansas, 2nd ed. The Ozark Society Foundation, Little Rock, Arkansas.

Kirkman, L.K., C.L. Brown, and D.J. Leopold. 2007. Native Trees of the Southeast: An Identification Guide. Timber Press, Portland, Oregon.

Stein, J., D. Binion, and R. Acciavatti. 2003. Field Guide to Native Oak Species of Eastern North America. Forest Service. USDA (available in digital format from Marsico upon request).

REQUIRED EQUIPMENT

You will need an inexpensive (10X or more) hand lens for field trips and inside labs; these may be purchased from any office supply store or online (two sources are Herbarium Supply Company [herbariumsupply.com] and The Compleat Naturalist [compleatnaturalist.com]). You will also need a 15 cm ruler. Dissecting scopes will always be available in the laboratory, and you will need to be comfortable using one.

STUDENT CONDUCT

Students in this course should conduct themselves with the utmost honesty and integrity. All University policies on attendance and student conduct are expected to be followed. ASU’s Office of Student Conduct has posted a list of Academic Policies and Procedures that can be reviewed at http://studentconduct.astate.edu/0809Handbook/AAPoliciesProcedures.html (as of 6 January 2012).

Course Schedule for Fall 2012

Week Monday Wednesday

20 Aug Syllabus overview, campus walk for plant terminology, vegetative and reproductive; Chapter 4

Plant terminology (cont.); Chapter 4

27 Aug Nomenclature and Identification; Appendix 1 and 2, Field trip 1; using keys to identify woody plants (FIELD QUIZ 1)

Plant Collection Criteria; Evolution and sources of variation (Chapter 6)

3 Sept No class—Labor Day holiday Gymnosperms (Chapter 8): Ginkgoaceae (pp. 208-210), Pinaceae (pp. 208-210), Cupressaceae (pp. 215-217)

10 Sept Field trip 2 (FIELD QUIZ 2) Magnoliid Clade (Chapter 9): Magnoliaceae (pp. 237-240), Annonaceae (p. 240), Lauraceae (pp. 242-244), Aristolochiaceae (pp. 247-248)

17 Sept Field trip 3 (FIELD QUIZ 3) Monocots: Smilacaceae (pp. 259-260), Agavaceae (pp. 268-269), Arecaceae (pp. 278-280)

24 Sept Field trip 4 (FIELD QUIZ 4) Basal tricolpates: Menispermaceae (pp. 308-309), Platanaceae (pp. 316-317); Core Eudicots: Santalaceae (pp.338-339)

1 Oct Field trip 5 (FIELD QUIZ 5) Hamamelidaceae (pp. 342-344), Altingiaceae (pp. 344-346), Rosid Clade: Vitaceae (pp. 346-348)

8 Oct Fabids (Eurosids I): Salicaceae (pp. 367-371), Fabaceae (pp. 371-377), Rosaceae (pp. 379-388), Rhamnaceae (pp. 388-389), Ulmaceae (pp. 389-391), Cannabaceae (p. 391), Moraceae (pp. 392-393)

EXAM 1

15 Oct OPEN LAB: SPECIMEN STUDY

OPEN LAB: SPECIMEN STUDY

22 Oct Field trip 6 (FIELD QUIZ 6) LAB PRACTICAL 1

29 Oct Fagaceae (pp. 401-404), Betulaceae (pp. 404-405), Myricaceae (pp. 406-408), Juglandaceae (pp. 408-410); Malvids (Eurosids II): Malvaceae (pp. 424-427), Rutaceae (pp. 429-432)

Meliaceae (pp. 432-435), Simaroubaceae (p. 435), Anacardiaceae (pp. 435-437), Sapindaceae (pp. 438-439)

5 Nov Asterid Clade (Sympetalae): Hydrangeaceae (pp. 441-443), Cornaceae (pp. 443-445), Ebenaceae (pp. 449-450), Ericaceae (pp. 452-455); Lamiids (Euasterids I): Rubiaceae (pp. 469-470), Oleaceae (pp. 477-481), Bignoniaceae (p. 486)

Campanulids (Euasterids II): Aquifoliaceae (p. 494), Araliaceae (pp. 499-501), Caprifoliaceae (pp. 501-504); Adoxaceae (pp. 504-505), Asteraceae (pp. 508-515)

12 Nov Molecular Systematics (Chapter 5) Plant Phylogeny (Chapter 7)

19 Nov No class—Fall Break No class—Fall Break

26 Nov Field trip 7 (FIELD QUIZ 7: WINTER TWIG QUIZ) EXAM 2

3 Dec LAB PRACTICAL 2; Work on finalizing collections PLANT COLLECTION DUE

PLANT SPECIMEN COLLECTION Students are required to make a professional quality plant collection in the course. The purposes of this collection are: to familiarize you with a number of plants; to teach you how to identify plants; and to teach you how to prepare proper herbarium specimens. Always remember that you are preparing herbarium specimens for scientific purposes, not a leaf collection for a grade school science project. What we are doing requires much more effort, but it has lasting significance (beyond the fact that it is part of your grade).

GRADE COMPOSITION Course Exams (2); 150 pts. each 300 pts. Lab practical (2); 100 pts. each 200 pts. Field quizzes (7); 20 pts. each 140 pts. Specimen collection (40 specimens; 8 pts. each) 320 pts. Total = 960 pts. Final percentage calculated as (Points earned) ÷ 960 FINAL GRADE DETERMINATION A ≥90% (864-960 pts.) B 80-89% (768-863 pts.) C 70-79% (672-767 pts.) D 60-69% (567-671 pts.) F ≤59% (566 pts. or fewer) Meeting: T 2:00-4:45, LSW 437 Instructor: Dr. Travis D. Marsico

Office: LSE 414 Office Hours: M 8:30-11:00, 1:00-2:00; T 8:30-10:00; also by appointment Phone: 870-680-8191 email: [email protected] COURSE DESCRIPTION Fall, Even. Advanced graduate course evaluating anthropogenic global changes and the ecological and evolutionary impacts they cause. This course covers climate change, land use change, pollution, and species invasions as the largest factors involved in losses of and changes in distributions of Earth’s biodiversity. This is a discussion-based course in which discussion leaders will present an overview of their chosen topic, and then lead discussion of a relevant literature contribution (chosen by the instructor). Student participation in the discussions is a necessary component of the course. Additionally, each student will write a review or synthesis paper on the particular topic of global change biology that is of most interest to him/her or most closely related to his/her graduate research. LEARNING OUTCOMES The successful student will apply knowledge of anthropogenic environmental changes and the biotic responses and changes in species interactions that result. Students will become comfortable leading discussions, giving presentations, and writing to advanced scientific audiences. Students will create a literature review or synthesis of high quality, with the goal that the writing will be included as a chapter in a dissertation or thesis or a stand-alone publication. METHODS OF INSTRUCTION Student-led discussions will begin with a Powerpoint presentation to introduce the topic to the rest of the class. This presentation will include the human-caused mechanisms behind the global change activity and associated physical or chemical changes to the environment. The presentation then will provide an overview of ecological and evolutionary impacts of the global change. This portion of the presentation may rely heavily on specific examples or case studies. The presentation will be followed by a discussion of relevant peer-reviewed literature. Every student (not only the discussion leader) will have to read the literature selection(s) before class in order to contribute to group learning. Participation in the discussion is expected at every class meeting. FINAL PAPER A final paper will be required in this course. This paper should be a review or synthesis of the current knowledge on a particular topic in global change biology. Ideally, students will write these papers to become a chapter of their theses or dissertations and/or be submitted for peer review. Therefore, the paper should be started near the beginning of the semester so that plenty of time can be allocated for revision. There is no minimum page requirement on the final paper, but it may not exceed 6,000 words (Abstract through Discussion). The final paper will be graded based on the criteria in the attached rubric. FINAL PAPER IMPORTANT DATES: 11 September (by class time, so we can discuss)—Topic selection 25 September (by 11:59pm)—Outline submitted 19 October (by 11:59pm)—Rough draft submitted 7 December (by 11:59pm)—Final paper submitted STUDENT CONDUCT Students in this course should conduct themselves with the utmost honesty and integrity. All University policies on attendance and student conduct are expected to be followed. ASU’s Office of Student Conduct has posted a list of Academic Policies and Procedures that can be reviewed at http://studentconduct.astate.edu/0809Handbook/AAPoliciesProcedures.html (as of 22 August 2010). Additionally, Graduate School academic policies can be reviewed at http://www2.astate.edu/a/graduate/academic-policies.dot. The 2009-2010 Graduate Bulletin can be found at http://www2.astate.edu/dotAsset/194845.pdf. Course Schedule for Fall 2012

Meeting Topic Presentation / Paper discussion

21 Aug Organizational meeting/syllabus overview Marsico

28 Aug Climate change (global temperature rise and temperature extremes)

Marsico / Marsico

4 Sept Climate change (polar changes) Lauren / Martina 11 Sept Climate change (temperate changes) Martina / Kari 18 Sept Climate change (tropical changes) Carlos / Melissa 25 Sept Climate change (ocean warming and acidification) Chuck / Karl

2 Oct Pollution (atmospheric or water pollution in developing nations)

Kari / Bree

9 Oct Land use change (habitat loss and fragmentation) Daniel / Marsico 16 Oct NO CLASS—WORK ON ROUGH DRAFTS NO CLASS 23 Oct Species invasions (causes: enemy release) Melissa / Lauren 30 Oct Species invasions (causes: the role of evolution) Marsico / Daniel 6 Nov Species invasions (impacts: trophic interactions) Phillip / Carlos

13 Nov Species invasions (impacts: replacement or coexistence)

Karl / Chuck

20 Nov NO CLASS—Fall Break NO CLASS 27 Nov Synergistic global changes and extinction Bree / Phillip 4 Dec Ecological footprint (Capstone) Marsico / Marsico

GRADE COMPOSITION Topic Presentation 50 pts (each student will present on a single global change topic) Leader of Paper Discussion 50 pts (each student will lead one discussion) Participant Comments & Questions 22 pts., 2 each (each student will provide comments/questions to discussion leader at every meeting) Participation each week in discussions 22 pts., 2 each Final Synthesis Paper 100 pts Total = 244 pts Final percentage calculated as (Points earned) ÷ 244 FINAL GRADE DETERMINATION A ≥90% (219 – 244 pts.) B 80-89% (195 – 218 pts.) C 70-79% (170 – 194 pts.) D 60-69% (146 – 169 pts.) F ≤59% (145 pts. or fewer) TEXT No single text will be used in this course, though we will rely heavily on relevant primary literature and the IPCC 4th assessment report (available for download online at www.ipcc.ch/ipccreports/assessments-reports.htm).

TOPIC PRESENTATION—GRADING RUBRIC STUDENT NAME:_________________ Each student will introduce the class to a particular topic related to Global Change Biology. All students should begin preparing for their presentation as soon as their topics are chosen. This presentation should cover a brief introduction to the physical basis and causes of the global change phenomenon, and then focus on the biological impacts of the particular global change. Information for presentations can be gathered from primary literature including research papers and review articles. Students will likely need to get out of their “comfort zone” in terms of terminology and recent advances in particular fields, but each student needs to become the class’s resident expert on his/her chosen topic. This presentation should be viewed as an opportunity to educate your peers about your chosen global change topic and an opportunity to strengthen your own understanding of the biological impacts of anthropogenic global change and the scientific process involved in understanding biotic responses to perturbation in the natural world. Presentations should be between 35 and 45 minutes, with the remaining 30 or so minutes for group discussion led by the presenter (with class asking questions of the presenter) but moderated by the instructor. This discussion time would be the appropriate place for the presenter to include information discovered during research that either did not cleanly fit into the presentation, or was given lower priority and not included due to time constraints. TOTAL POINTS _____ out of 50. POINT BREAKDOWN: PRESENTATION CONTENT 20 pts.

1) Demonstrated clear knowledge of global change topic 5 pts. 2) Content at a level that is appropriate for target audience 5 pts.

(i.e., don’t spend most of the presentation “dumbing it down”)

3) Demonstrated detailed literature research effort 5 pts. (e.g., show author and year citations at the bottom of your slides)

4) Presentation with a clear introduction to the global change phenomenon (i.e, the causes) but with a focus on the biological impacts 5 pts.

PRESENTATION DELIVERY 20 pts.

1) Demonstrated comfort with topic and audience 5 pts.

2) Logical flow of material 5 pts.

3) Appropriate use of allotted time 5 pts.

4) Appropriate handling of discussion and questions that follow presentation 5 pts. PRESENTATION STYLE 10 pts.

1) Visually pleasing slides with few words 5 pts.

2) Smooth transitions among slides and topics 5 pts

LEADER OF PAPER DISCUSSION—GRADING RUBRIC STUDENT NAME:___________ Each student will lead a one-hour discussion focused on one or a few pieces of primary literature chosen by the instructor. This discussion will serve as an opportunity for the class to obtain a deeper understanding of a particular global change topic. In order for the discussions to work, all students will need to read the paper(s) well in advance of class and think of / jot down questions and points of discussion to bring to class. The discussion leader is expected to do the same, but delve deeper into the topic than the rest of the class. For example, the discussion leader may want to pull a few citations from the Literature Cited section of the discussion manuscript to gain a fuller understanding of the context, results, or methods used in the discussion paper. The discussion leader also will need to come prepared with questions to spur on a discussion, in case the group participants need prodding or the discussion begins to fall flat. At the end of the discussion, all discussion participants will provide the discussion leader with two questions and/or comments that relate to the discussion and the paper discussed. The discussion leader is then charged with compiling the questions and comments, spending a few hours addressing these, and sending an email to the class with the compiled set of questions/comments and responses. The discussion leader also has the responsibility of informing the instructor of any students who did not supply questions or comments. TOTAL POINTS _____ out of 50. POINT BREAKDOWN: LEADING DISCUSSION 35 pts.

1) Brief introduction that puts the subject of the discussion in context (NOTE: this is not the place to summarize the entire reading) 5 pts.

2) Demonstrated understanding of paper(s) 5 pts. 3) Demonstrated that leader went beyond assigned paper(s) into further research 5 pts. 4) Discussion prompts that are at a level appropriate for target audience (i.e., if too dumbed down it will

indicate a lack of preparation) 5 pts. 5) Maintained focus on the topic at hand by allowing few tangential discussions to become full-blown

5 pts. 6) Presided over a lively and interesting discussion 5 pts. 7) Ability to facilitate learning so that students leave a discussion with more understanding and are more

equipped to discuss the topic in a sophisticated way outside of class 5 pts. RESPONDING TO QUESTIONS / COMMENTS 15 pts.

1) A solid attempt was made to further the group’s understanding by investigating student questions / comments 15 pts.

FINAL PAPER—GRADING RUBRIC STUDENT NAME:_________________ Be sure to include: title, name, and date submitted (due by 11:59pm CST on Friday, December 7, 2012) Abstract/Summary (10 pts) This should be a brief summary of the paper including introductory statements, methods of any literature analysis such as vote-counting or meta-analysis (if included), results of review or synthesis, and significance or main conclusions. Ideally, this will be in the 150-250 words range (300 maximum).

Introduction (20 pts) Frame the problem: why is this review or synthesis necessary to further understanding on the topic? Provide background information on the issue relying (if available) on other syntheses or reviews. Then state the specific objectives of your review. Body of the paper (Including Methods and Results) (40 pts) Typically in a synthesis or review, the topics addressed do not follow the typical Methods and Results format of original work. Therefore, sections headings after the Introduction and before the Conclusion can be topic-based and relevant to your paper’s structure. The goal here is to contribute to the scientific community by integrating ecological and/or evolutionary knowledge from multiple (possible disparate) sources on at topic of global change. Conclusion/Discussion (20 pts) Summarize the most important points you addressed and convince the reader that your synthesis is accurate, important, and sound. References (10 pts) You must correctly cite all literature parenthetically referenced in the text. Use your favorite journal format, preferably the target journal for future submission. Be sure that all literature used in the text is cited in this section and that all literature cited in this section is used in the text. The following items also will be evaluated within the point allocations given above. Figures and tables Figures and tables are important to review and synthesis papers, just as they are to original work, because they can be used to appropriately summarize broad topics covered in the review (e.g., number of papers published on the topic over time or theoretical diagram). For your submission you should be embedded within the text, along with appropriate captions or legends. If the figures are not the original work of the student, proper acknowledgement should be given to the original source (i.e., in figure caption state “From Author DATE”). Accuracy Did you accurately interpret the original work used in the review? Did you provide accurate assessments of the literature you surveyed? It is important not to pick a necessary outcome and then only cite literature in support of this outcome if there is evidence for the opposite, as well. Completeness Did you include the information you said you were going to include? Did you miss key publications, recent or otherwise? Grammar This includes use of complete sentences, proper punctuation, subject-verb agreement, correct spelling, and so forth. Strength of argument Did you provide thorough and sufficient evidence for your arguments/conclusions? Did you make a logical argument based on the information you provided?

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE - BIOL 1001

FALL TERM, 2012 COORDINATOR: Mr. Tracy Klotz EMAIL: [email protected] OFFICE: LSE 318; Phone 972-3143 OFFICE HOURS: M & T 8:00-9:00, T 1:00-2:00; or by Appointment TEACHING ASSISTANT ___________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ TEXT: Exploring Biology in the Laboratory, custom for ASU 2011; Pendarvis and Crawley.

ISBN 978-0-89582-919-1



Students with Special Instructional Needs: If you have any special needs related to learning or testing in this course, please let the Graduate Teaching Assistant (GTA) know as soon as possible so those needs can be addressed. Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability should first be registered with ASU Disability Services. Appropriate arrangements will be made to ensure equal access to this course. Inclement Weather Policy: The University remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to contact each of his/her professors immediately upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. See notes about makeup policies and inclement weather below. Attendance Policy: Students should attend every lab session. Students who miss class should expect to makeup missed work or receive a failing mark on missed work. If you miss the first lab, then you may come to another lab meeting later in the week, but you must contact your GTA to determine which lab section you should attend. Students who participate in university-sponsored activities will be given reasonable opportunities to makeup missed assignments. Students in this course who miss more than 2 class sessions per semester MAY be assigned an ‘F’ in the course depending upon circumstances discussed in the student handbook (1999-2000 edition, p. 12). Please review to the make-up policy provided by your Instructor of Record Students should attend every session. Regular classroom attendance, completing lab assignments and participation is critical to your success in this course. CELL PHONE POLICY: Cell phone use is not permitted in class. Please turn all cell phones off when entering the classroom. If a cell phone is used during class it may be taken up, you may asked to leave

the room, and/or you may receive a failing grade on a quiz or assignment. CHEATING: Cheating is defined and described in the student handbook. Any activity that falls in the category of cheating or deals with issues of academic misconduct will be addressed and disciplined to the fullest extent. This includes but is not limited to assigning the offending student a failing grade for the assignment or course, and then reporting them to the student conduct system. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following: Individual quizzes: 12 @ 10 points each = 120 points Formal Laboratory Report: 1 @ 80 points each = 80 points Comprehensive Quiz 1 @ 50 points = 50 points TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE = 250 points GRADING SCALE: A = 100 - 90% B = 89 - 80% C = 79 - 70% D = 69 - 60% F = 59% or lower Homework: Like all researchers you are required to do your homework which includes reading ahead and sometimes working on procedures before or outside of class. These assignments will be posted on the board each day and include your lab report.. Quizzes: Quizzes will be given during each class meeting. These quizzes will be administered orally at the end of class. Papers should be folded in half and kept that way unless you are writing on them. If you are caught cheating, or with your paper left open, it may be taken up to receive a zero. Laboratory Reports: Each student is required to turn in a formal lab report during the semester. You may choose the procedure or experiment to report on from the manual. Lab reports are to be 3-5 pages in length, double spaced and in 12 font. It should include a title page, an introduction, materials and methods, results, discussion, and any citations of references used. Please refer to the lab coordinators web page for tips and guidelines for writing a lab report. Please note: If you turn in your lab report before midterm, and are unhappy with your grade, you will have the opportunity to turn in another before final to replace that grade. Mini comprehensive Quiz: This quiz will be given the last day of class and will consist of approximately 30 multiple choice questions from material covered throughout the semester. Disclaimer: The information contained in this syllabus is as accurate as possible, but may be subject to change with reasonable advance notice. The schedule and content of lectures and assignments may be changed at the discretion of the instructor upon oral notification in class. Changes may involve additions, deletions, substitutions, or changes in sequence or due date. DATES TO REMEMBER: Last day to drop an individual class or withdraw from the University: November 16, 2011



Aug 21-23 Introduction: Measuring 3

3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 Aug 28-30 Microscopy 4

4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9

Sept 4-6 The Nature of Science 1

1.1 Sept 11-13 Experimentation 2

2.1 Sept 18-20 Structure and Function of Cells 6

6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7 Sept 25-27 Cellular Transport Mechanisms 9

9.2, 9.3, 9.4 Oct 2-4 Photosynthesis 10

10.1, 10.2, 10.7, 10.8 Oct 9-11 Cellular Respiration 11

11.1, 11.2, 11.5 Oct 16-18 Cell Reproduction/ Ensuring Genetic Variation 12/13

12.1, 12.2, 13.1, 13.2, 13.3 Oct 23-25 Basic Mendelian Genetics 15

15.4, 15.5, 15.6 (Pedigree) Oct 30-Nov 1 Understanding DNA 16

16.1, 16.2 Nov 6-8 Evolution 17

17.1, 17.2, 17.3, 17.4 Nov 13-15 Ecology 36

36.1, 36.2 Nov 27-29 Final Quiz - Lab Reports Due

INSTRUCTOR Dr. Travis D. Marsico Office: LSE 414 Office Hours (held in LSW 442 and LSE 414): M 8:30-11; T 9:30-12; also by appointment Phone: 870-680-8191 Email: [email protected]

MEETING TIME AND LOCATION 8:00-9:15 T and R; LSE 219 COURSE DESCRIPTION

A comprehensive survey of 1) the form and function of plant cells, 2) mechanisms plants employ to obtain and use energy, 3) plant genetics and evolution, 4) the diversity of life (excluding animals), 5) physiology of seed plants, and 6) plant ecology. Lecture three hours per week. Special course fees may apply. Fall, Spring, Summer, odd.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

The goal of this course is for students to acquire a basic understanding of 1) the importance of plants to global ecology, 2) the importance of plants to human food, medicine, infrastructure, and commerce, 3) plant cell structure and function including metabolism, 4) plant reproduction, 5) plant evolution and classification, 6) the evolutionary history of botanical life on earth, and 7) the physiology of seed plants. The successful student will demonstrate acquired basic understanding of this broad range of topics through daily quizzes and occasional multiple choice exams. The topics covered in this course are foundational for a life of continued learning in biology, and they encompass the 3 pillars identified as essential for student learning in the Biological Sciences Department at Arkansas State University. These pillars are: 1) Evolution, adaptation, and diversity, 2) energy flow, genetics, and biological machinery, and 3) structure, function, and systems.

REQUIRED TEXT

Evert, R. F. and S. E. Eichhorn. 2013. Raven Biology of Plants, 8th Edition. W. H. Freeman and Company. 880 pages. Hardcover ISBN: 978-1-4292-1961-7; Loose-leaf ISBN: 978-1-4641-1780-0; e-Book ISBN (cheapest): 978-1-4641-1797-8.

Online Resources: http://bcs.whfreeman.com/raven8e/#t_800920____ ASU Library Resources: http://libguides.astate.edu/content.php?pid=38457&sid=282384

STUDENT CONDUCT

Students in this course should conduct themselves with the utmost honesty and integrity. All University policies on attendance and student conduct are expected to be followed. ASU’s Office of Student Conduct has posted a list of Academic Policies and Procedures that can be reviewed at http://www2.astate.edu/a/student-affairs/student-conduct/OSC/standards-of-student-conduct.dot (as of 10 January 2013).

EXAMS

This course has three lecture exams during the semester. These exams will be multiple choice tests with 50 questions each. In addition, there will be a 50-question comprehensive final exam. Twenty-five questions on the final will address new material covered since Exam 3, and the remaining 25 questions will address material learned earlier in the semester.

PRE-TEST

A pre-test will be given on Thursday, January 17. This test is a comprehensive exam over introductory plant science material. The purpose of this exam is to evaluate your botanical knowledge BEFORE you take the introductory Biology of Plants course. You

will receive 10 bonus points for completing the exam, but PLEASE TAKE THIS EXAM SERIOUSLY, AS IT CAN REPLACE A GRADE FOR A MISSED EXAM (see below for make-up policy).

CLASS QUIZZES

A brief quiz will be administered at the beginning of each (non-exam) class period. The quiz will cover material THAT IS ABOUT TO BE TAUGHT IN CLASS. The purpose of these quizzes is to ensure that students read ahead, come prepared, and are more ready to learn in each and every class. Of the 23 quizzes given (each non-exam class period except the first meeting), 20 of the quizzes will be counted. That allows for the dropping of the lowest 3 quiz grades and/or allows for missing class (excused or unexcused) a few times. These quizzes are designed to help you. Keep in mind that success in this course will be achieved through regular, focused attendance and study.

MAKE-UP POLICY

Exams must be taken on the date scheduled. Make-up exams will be given only for approved documented excuses. A student must contact me no later than the date of the exam and be prepared to have documentation. Not following this procedure may result in a failing grade on that exam. If you have an unexcused absence on any exam, your score on your pre-test can replace the zero earned on the missed exam. Quizzes will be taken at the beginning of each class period. Since more quizzes will be given than will count toward the grade of all quizzes, missed quizzes cannot be made up.

DISABILITY POLICY

Any student having a certified disability (physical, mental, or learning) should see me and Disability Services (Telephone No. 870-972-3964) about making any necessary course modifications as early in the course as possible.

CLASSROOM ETIQUETTE

Students are expected to be civil and respectful toward others in the classroom. Disturbing others in the classroom by carrying on private conversations while the instructor or other students are addressing the class is discourteous. Please treat others with the proper consideration. Arrive to class on time so that you do not interrupt the class that is already in session. All cell phones must be turned off before entering the classroom in order to prevent disturbing the class. Unless you are using a laptop or notebook computer to assist you in taking notes, these also should be turned off and put away during the lecture period.

Course Schedule for Spring 2013; 24 scheduled lecture meetings, 4 exams (including Pre-Test), and a final exam

Week Tuesday Thursday

14 Jan Course introduction, syllabus overview, and Chapter 31: The Dynamics of Communities and Ecosystems

PRE-TEST (Kilmer)

21 Jan Chapter 32: Global Ecology Chapters 2-4: Biology of the Plant Cell

28 Jan Chapter 5: The Flow of Energy Chapter 6: Respiration

4 Feb Chapter 7: Photosynthesis, Light, and Life Chapter 8: Sexual Reproduction and Heredity

11 Feb Chapter 9: The Chemistry of Heredity and Gene Expression

EXAM 1 (Kilmer)

18 Feb Chapter 10: Recombinant DNA Technology, Plant Biotechnology, and Genomics

Chapter 11: The Process of Evolution

25 Feb Chapter 12: Systematics: The Science of Biological Diversity

Chapter 13: Prokaryotes and Viruses

4 Mar Chapter 14: Fungi (Huss) Chapter 15: Protists: Algae and Heterotrophic Protists

11 Mar Chapter 16: Bryophytes EXAM 2

18 Mar SPRING BREAK: No Class SPRING BREAK: No Class

25 Mar Chapter 17: Seedless Vascular Plants Chapter 18: Gymnosperms

1 Apr Chapter 19: Introduction to the Angiosperms Chapter 20: Evolution of the Angiosperms

8 Apr Chapter 21: Plants and People EXAM 3 (Bobowski)

15 Apr Chapter 27: Regulating Growth and Development: The Plant Hormones

Chapter 28: External Factors and Plant Growth

22 Apr Chapter 29: Plant Nutrition and Soils Chapter 30: The Movement of Water and Solutes in Plants

29 Apr No class FINAL—Exam 4

GRADE COMPOSITION

Course Exams (4); 100 pts. each 400 pts. Quizzes (20); 5 pts. each 100 pts. Total = 500 pts.

FINAL GRADE DETERMINATION

A ≥90% (450-500 pts.) B 80-89% (400-449 pts.) C 70-79% (350-399 pts.) D 60-69% (300-349 pts.) F <60% (299 pts. or fewer)

SYLLABUS FOR BIO 1501 - LABORATORY FOR BIOLOGY OF PLANTS SPRING 2013

A. Learning Outcomes This laboratory is intended to complement the companion lecture course BIO 1503 - Biology of Plants. The laboratory course will provide observational and hands-on experiences (using microscopes and other lab equipment) in plant biology to assist students in identifying the form, structure, function, and reproduction of plants. The successful student will demonstrate basic proficiency on a broad array of subjects within the Plant Kingdom. By the end of this course, the successful student will create and evaluate a laboratory report that reflects clear understanding of the scientific method, demonstrating sharpened critical thinking skills. Of the identified pillars within the Department of Biological Sciences, the laboratory course is focused primarily on the structure and function of systems, but introduces elements of diversity within the plant kingdom. The hands-on nature of the course provides students with the opportunity to hone their skills of 1) understanding the nature of living organisms, 2) making keen observations, developing and testing hypotheses, and designing experiments, 3) working independently and in teams, 4) searching databases to obtain information, 5) communicating knowledge, particularly in the written form, 6) fine-tuning intellectual (memory, application) and practical (working in teams as scientists-in-training) skills for the future, and 7) appreciating and understanding the effects of human activities on the natural environment, at a university level. B. Course Organization Each section of Laboratory for BIO 1501 - Biology of Plants meets weekly for 1 hour and 50 minutes. The content for this course will continually build on the material that has been covered previously in class. As a best practice, students should keep abreast of the material and continually study as opposed to trying to “cram” prior to the lab practical exams. Laboratory exercises and related course documents will be available to students as downloadable text files available for this course through Bb Learn under on the ASU web site. Materials relating to each laboratory exercise must be read BEFORE arrival to class. As there are questions and problems associated with each laboratory course, these files should be printed and brought to each class. C. Textbook Students should obtain A Photographic Atlas for the Botany Laboratory 5th edition (2008) by, S.R. Rushforth, R.R. Robbins, J.L. Crawley, and K.M. Van De Graaff, published by Morton Publishing Company, which will be used to accompany lab exercises. ISBN: 978-0895827708. Additional reading assignments and materials from other sources, particularly from the textbook affiliated with the lecture section of the course, may be incorporated into the content of this course as deemed necessary by the instructor or teaching assistant.

Instructor of Record:

Dr. Travis Marsico Lab time & place: Section 1 (10:00 am to 11:50 am), Section 2 (12:00 pm to 1:50 pm),

and Section 3 (2:00pm to 3:50pm) on Thursday in LSW 442 Dr. Marsico's Office: LSE 414; but office hours this semester held in lab, LSW 442. Office Hours: M 8:30-11; T 9:30-12; these are posted on the door of LSW 442. Office phone: (870) 680-8191 E-mail address: [email protected]

Graduate Teaching Assistants:

Melissa Bobowski: [email protected] (10 am-11:50am)

John Kilmer: [email protected] (12pm-1:50pm and 2pm-3:50pm) D. Schedule SPRING 2013 - LAB SCHEDULE Date Lab exercises and other will be posted to

Bb Learn for this course Important Due Dates Suggested

reading from Raven Biology of Plants

January 17 Exercise 2 - Plant cells, organelles, and cell division

Quiz 1 Chapter 3

January 24 Overview of course goals, objectives, and lab format; Medicinal Plant Synopsis discussion; Semester Group Project introduction and brainstorming

Quiz 2

January 31 Exercise 3 - Cell and Tissue Types: Primary & Secondary Growth; talk with instructor about semester project ideas

Quiz 3; Formal Proposal for Semester Group Project due

Chapter 23

February 7 Exercise 4 - Roots: Form & Function Quiz 4; Medicinal Plant Synopsis 1 due

Chapter 24

February 14 Exercise 5 - Stems: Form & Function Quiz 5; Begin Semester Group Project

Chapters 25 and 26

February 21 Exercise 6 – Leaves: Form & Function Quiz 6; Medicinal Plant Synopsis 2 due

Chapter 25

February 28 LAB PRACTICAL EXAM I - Includes ALL lab material covered thus far (Exercises 1-6).

March 7 Exercise 8 – Flower Structure and Diversity; Exercise 9 - Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants

Quiz 7; Medicinal Plant Synopsis 3 due

Chapter 19

March 14 Exercise 10 - Fruit and Seed Morphology Quiz 8 Chapters 19 and 22

March 21 SPRING BREAK—NO CLASS March 28 Exercise 11 – Plant Ecology, part 1 Quiz 9; Medicinal Plant

Synopsis 4 due Chapter 31

April 4 Exercise 7 – Campus Field Trip; Identification of Trees Using a Dichotomous Key

Quiz 10 Chapter 12

April 11 Exercise 11 – Plant Ecology, part 2 Quiz 11 Chapter 31 April 18 Exercise 12 – Data analysis for experiments

in botany; work on finalizing data collection and results of Semester Group Project; work closely with Instructor to iron out any issues with project

April 25 LAB PRACTICAL EXAM II—Includes ALL lab material covered since the first exam

Semester Group Reports due Wednesday, May 1, by 4:45pm.

E. Performance and Grade Evaluation

EXAM OR ASSIGNMENT DATE POINTS POSSIBLE

Laboratory Practical Exam I February 28 100

Laboratory Practical Exam II April 25 100

Lab quizzes (10 point laboratory quizzes/assignments; with one drop grade)

Each week on days with no lab practical

100

Semester Group Project Projects due May 1, by 4:45 pm 100

Medicinal Plant Synopses (4 assignments at 25 points each)

February 7, February 21, March 7, March 28

100

Lab drawings; weekly participation. These will be initialed by instructor before you leave class each week (5 points per week for 10 weeks of lab)

Every week on days with no lab practical

50

Total Points Possible: 550

F. Grading Scale Letter grades will be determined from the percentage of points earned by the student from the total number of possible points (550 points). A = 90-100% (495-550 points) B = 80-89% (440-494 points) C = 70-79% (385-439 points) D = 60-69%% (330-384 points) F = Below 60% (329 points and below) G. Testing conditions Laboratory exams are not the same as lecture exams. Each student will be expected to place all personal belongings (i.e., backpacks, purses, etc.) at the front of the room. Then the student needs to find an open station. Students are allowed a certain amount of time per station (e.g., 1 minute), and then all students move to the next station. Once an exam has begun, students are not allowed to leave the classroom and return. Make sure that you bring a writing instrument; pens and pencils will not be provided. H. Make up Policy Exams must be taken on the date scheduled. Make-up exams will be given only for approved documented excuses. A student must contact the instructor no later than the date of the exam and be prepared to have documentation. Not following this procedure may result in a failing grade on that exam. I. ASU Policies and Regulations Students in this course should conduct themselves with the utmost honesty and integrity. All University policies on attendance and student conduct are expected to be followed. ASU’s Office of Student Conduct has posted a list of Academic Policies and Procedures that can be reviewed at http://www2.astate.edu/a/student-affairs/student-conduct/OSC/standards-of-student-conduct.dot (as of 10 January 2013).

READ THIS DOCUMENT TO FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF WITH THE ARKANSAS STATE UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY. THE STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT IS A GUIDE TO YOUR RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES. CHEATING AND ACADEMIC DISHONESTY WILL NOT BE TOLERATED. J. Disability Policy Any student having a certified disability (physical, mental, or learning) should see the instructor and/or Disability Services (Telephone No. 870-972-3964) about making any necessary course modifications as early in the course as possible. K. Classroom Etiquette Students are expected to be civil and respectful toward others in the laboratory. Disturbing others by carrying on private conversations while the instructor or other students are addressing the class is discourteous. Please treat others with the proper consideration. Arrive to class on time so that you do not interrupt the class that is already in session and so you can get the very most out of it. We only meet 14 times this semester; please make sure you make it to every lab meeting. Meeting times: M 1:00-4:50, W 1:00-2:50 Meeting location: LSW 442 Instructor: Dr. Travis D. Marsico Office: LSE 414 Office Hours: M 8:30-11 and T 9:30-12; also by appointment; NOTE: Office Hours held in LSW 442

Phone: 870-680-8191 email: [email protected]

COURSE DESCRIPTION

Spring, Every. Prerequisites: BIO 1501 and 1503. A study of the systematics, nomenclature, morphology, and identification terminology for vascular plants with an emphasis on dichotomous key-based identification of flowering plants of Arkansas. Lecture two in-class hours per week; laboratory four in-lab hours per week.

LEARNING OUTCOMES

The successful student will demonstrate understanding of the bases of plant classification and nomenclature and current theories of plant evolutionary mechanisms and the sources of variation in plants. In addition, students will recognize plant families by sight based upon their distinguishing characteristics and they will develop skills in identifying selected taxa with the aid of dichotomous keys. Successful students will become comfortable using appropriate terminology to describe plants and their morphology and collecting and preparing proper herbarium specimens. This course is focused on developing the Biological Sciences Department’s pillar of understanding of Evolution. At the end of the course, the successful student will be able to apply knowledge about the evolution and systematics of plants in academic and practical ways (e.g., plant identification). By the end of the course, students will have improved skills of collaborating with peers, communicating knowledge with peers, fine-tuning intellectual and practical skills, and appreciate the impacts of human activity on the environment.

REQUIRED TEXTS

Judd, W.S. et al. 2008. Plant Systematics: A Phylogenetic Approach. 3rd ed. Sinauer Associates, Inc. Sunderland, Massachusetts. (with Photo Gallery of Vascular Plants CD). ISBN: 978-0-87893-407-2.

Smith, E.B. 1994. Keys to the Flora of Arkansas. The University of Arkansas Press. Fayetteville, Arkansas. ISBN: 1-55728-312-5.

Harris, J.G. and M.W. Harris. 2001. Plant Identification Terminology. 2nd edition. Spring Lake Publishing. ISBN: 978-0964022164.

HELPFUL OPTIONAL TEXTS

Hunter, C.G. 2000. Trees, Shrubs, and Vines of Arkansas, 3rd ed. The Ozark Society Foundation, Little Rock, Arkansas. ISBN: 978-0912456195

Hunter, C.G. 2000. Wildflowers of Arkansas, 4th ed. The Ozark Society Foundation, Little Rock, Arkansas. ISBN: 978-0912456171

REQUIRED EQUIPMENT

You will need an inexpensive (10X or more) hand lens for field trips and inside labs; these may be purchased from any office supply store or online (two sources are Herbarium Supply Company [herbariumsupply.com] and The Compleat Naturalist [compleatnaturalist.com]). You will also need a 15 cm ruler. Dissecting scopes will always be available in the laboratory, and you will need to be comfortable using one.

STUDENT CONDUCT

Students in this course should conduct themselves with the utmost honesty and integrity. All University policies on attendance and student conduct are expected to be followed. ASU’s Office of Student Conduct has posted a list of Academic Policies and Procedures that can be reviewed at http://studentconduct.astate.edu/0809Handbook/AAPoliciesProcedures.html (as of 6 January 2012).

Course Schedule for Spring 2013 Week Monday Wednesday

14 Jan Syllabus overview, Writing assignment families chosen by Wednesday, January 23. Chapter 1: What is plant systematics? Chapter 4 (in part): Plant Terminology (vegetative)

Chapter 4 (in part): Plant terminology (reproductive)

21 Jan MLKJ Day: Happy Holiday and work on Research Assignment: Pick Family and Topic

Writing assignment…topics chosen; Chapter 6: Evolution and sources of variation

28 Jan Nomenclature and Identification: Appendix 1 and Appendix 2; Ferns: Chapters 7 & 8 Ophioglossaceae (p. 193); Equisetaceae (pp. 193-194); Osmundaceae (pp. 197-198); Polypdiales (pp. 199-206)

Gymnosperms: Chapters 7 & 8; Ginkgoaceae (pp. 208-210); Pinaceae (pp. 211-215); Cupressaceae (pp. 215-217)

4 Feb Monocots: Chapters 7 & 9; Monocots: Araceae (including Lemnaceae) (pp. 250-252); Alismataceae (pp. 252-254); Liliales and Asparagales: Liliaceae (sensu Smith 1994); Iridaceae (pp. 272-273); Orchidaceae (pp. 273-275)

Exam 1: Plant terminology through Orchidaceae; plant collection criteria

11 Feb Commelinaceae (281-282); Juncaceae (292-294); Cyperaceae (pp. 294-296); Poaceae (pp. 296-301);

No class: Work on rough draft of writing assignment

18 Feb Draft of writing assignment due; Eudicots: Ranunculaceae (pp. 309-312); Berberidaceae (pp. 312-314); Caryophyllaceae (pp. 320-323); Amaranthaceae (pp. 324-327)

Polygonaceae (pp. 332-334); Euphorbiaceae (pp. 355-359); Hypericaceae (pp. 362-364);

25 Feb Violaceae (pp. 364-367); Fabaceae (371-377); Rosaceae (pp. 379-388); Cucurbitaceae (pp. 396-398); Fagaceae (pp. 401-404)

Exam 2: Commelinaceae through Fagaceae

4 Mar Onagraceae (pp. 414-415); Brassicaceae (pp. 420-423); Malvaceae (pp. 424-427); Ericaceae (pp. 452-455); Solanaceae (pp. 459-462); Convolvulaceae (pp. 462); Boraginaceae (pp. 465-466)

Rubiaceae (469-470); Apocynaceae (including Ascelpiadaceae) (pp. 471-474); Plantaginaceae (pp. 481-483)

11 Mar Verbenaceae (pp. 490-492); Lamiaceae (pp. 492-494); Apiaceae (pp. 495-499); Caprifoliaceae (pp. 503-504); Asteraceae (pp. 508-515)

Exam 3: Onagraceae through Asteraceae

18 Mar SPRING BREAK (be collecting!) SPRING BREAK (be collecting!) 25 Mar Field trip 1 Completed medicinal / wildlife writing

assignment due; Lab keying quiz 1 1 Apr Field trip 2 Lab keying quiz 2 8 Apr Field trip 3 Lab keying quiz 3 15 Apr Field trip 4 Lab keying quiz 4 22 Apr Field trip 5 Lab keying quiz 5 29 Apr Lab practical: Ophioglossaceae through

Asteraceae (be able to identify 43 families by sight)

No class

6 May FINAL: Plant collections due Monday, May 6 by 4:45pm; LSE 406

SYSTEMATICS / MEDICINAL / WILDLIFE WRITING ASSIGNMENT Students will choose one plant family as a focus family for writing. This family does not have to be one covered in this course, and in fact, it is encouraged for the student to pick a plant family not covered in the course to expand the breadth of knowledge. Depending upon the students’ interest (taxonomic, ecological, medical, or wildlife), the student will write a paper on species within the chosen plant family. Examples of particularly interesting papers include the determination of how widespread medicinal or wildlife-important plants are in the chosen family. Students will earn credit from 1) completing and turning in a rough draft for my comment (40 points), and 2) completing and turning in a final paper (60 points). The goals of this writing assignment are 2-fold: 1) to improve student writing skills, and 2) to improve retention of Plant Systematics material by making the families relevant to student interests. All plant families and research topics must be cleared through the professor before research commences. PLANT SPECIMEN COLLECTION Students are required to make a professional quality plant collection in the course. The purposes of this collection are: to familiarize you with a number of plants; to teach you how to identify plants; and to teach you how to prepare proper herbarium specimens. Always remember that you are preparing herbarium specimens for scientific purposes, not a leaf collection for a grade school science project. What we are doing requires much more effort, but it has lasting significance (beyond the fact that it is part of your grade). GRADE COMPOSITION Course exams (3); 100 pts. each 300 pts. Systematics / Medicinal / Wildlife writing assignment 100 pts. Field keying quizzes (5); 10 pts. each 50 pts. Lab keying quizzes (5); 10 pts. each 50 pts. Lab practical (1) 100 pts. Specimen collection (25 specimens; 8 pts. each) 200 pts. Total = 800 pts. FINAL GRADE DETERMINATION A ≥90% (720-800 pts.) B 80-89% (640-719 pts.) C 70-79% (560-639 pts.) D 60-69% (480-559 pts.) F <60% (479 pts. or fewer)

Course Syllabus





Instructors:















Text:



10% Presentation


Take Home Exams:




Unit 3: Section 6

Unit 4: Section 7

Unit 5: Section 8.





Class Attendance: Student attendance is required in every lecture. Students who miss a class

should notify the professor in advance.

Academic Integrity: Academic Integrity Policy from the Arkansas State University Student’s

Handbook and / or Graduate Bulletin will be enforced on the case of infringement of academic

integrity, including plagiarism and cheating. Please see http://www.astate.edu/a/registrar/tools-

forms/bulletins.dot

Disability Clause: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom or modifications

in course requirements due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services

(Telephone No. 870 972-3964, web link http://www.astate.edu/disability/). Following

registration and within the first two weeks of class, contact the professor to discuss appropriate

academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this

course.

Flexibility Clause: Circumstances may arise during the course that may prevent the instructors

from fulfilling each and every component of this syllabus. Therefore, the syllabus should be

viewed as a guide and is subject to change. Students will be notified of any changes.

Course outline



2, 3, 4 Aug 22 to Sept10





Dolan





/Medrano


6 Sept 17 to 19


Agrobacterium

Hairy roots




Zhou (Oct 10 to 17)


Yu


cell movement Hood



ENT 3001

GENERAL ENTOMOLOGY LABORATORY Syllabus Fall 2012

TA: Jason Gaspar email: [email protected] Office hours: TBA

Instructor of Record: Dr. Tanja McKay, 315 LSE Phone: 972-3240 email: [email protected] Office hours: 10:00 – 11:00 Mondays, Wednesdays; 9:15-10:15 Tuesdays; 9:15-10:00, 12:00-1:15 Thursdays. You can always phone or email me to make an appointment.

GENERAL COURSE ORGANIZATION:

This laboratory course deals with the identification of insects. Labs will be organized taxonomically. Each lab will focus on one or more Orders of insects. You will learn to identify insects to the Family level. If time permits, you can work on your own collections during regularly scheduled laboratories.

OVERALL LEARNING OUTCOMES:

1) To be able to identify various insects to the order and family level.

2) To be able to identify various insect body structures and types.

3) To become familiar with various developmental strategies.

4) To introduce students to various insect sampling devices.

5) To develop a well-organized and neat insect collection. “It is the mission of the Department of Biological Sciences at Arkansas State University to provide exceptional quality education and research to successfully meet the current and future challenges of Biology.” Students who acquire the above skills are on track to fulfill two of the three pillars of Biology that the Department of Biological Sciences’ has incorporated throughout the curriculum. These two pillars include:

Evolution, adaptation and diversity (process and outcomes of history of life on earth).

Structure and function, and systems. In understanding the connectedness of these concepts, students will learn to apply critical thinking and achieve the following goals:

Obtain a clear understanding of the nature of living organisms as well as biological processes.

Communicate to share knowledge with peers, faculty, K-12 students and the general public.

Fine-tune intellectual and practical skills to be successful in graduate/professional school and/or a chosen career.

LABORATORY: Thursdays 10:00 – 11:50, LSW 441

TEXT BOOKS:

Bland, R.G. Jaques, H.E. 1978. How to know the insects, 3rd ed. Wm. C. Brown Company Publishers, Dubuque, Iowa (recommended).

FIELD TRIPS:

We will go on a number of field trips with the purpose of collecting insects for your laboratory requirement. These trips will provide outstanding opportunities to collect a diversity of insect families in many different habitats and to learn various collecting techniques used in entomology. Although these trips will be scheduled on weekends or during evenings, it is highly recommended to participate in these collecting trips.

LAB EXAMS:

Three lab practical exams will be administered each worth 100 points. New material will be covered on each exam and will not be comprehensive. For the exam, you will be asked to identify insects to order and / or family. You might also be asked a short, general question related to that insect. Exams will take the form of laboratory stations with a 1-minute time frame to answer each question.

Since there is a fair amount of time to set up lab exams, no makeup tests will be administered. If you miss a test, you must have a verifiable medical excuse in order to arrange for alternative credit.

COLLECTING EQUIPMENT:

Each student will be given a collecting net, and a collecting jar. All equipment must be returned when you hand in your insect collection. If equipment is not returned, you will receive an “F” for this class.

INSECT COLLECTION:

Insect collections should consist of at least 60 unique specimens representing at least 16 orders and 60 families. You must at least attempt to identify all insects in your collection to receive even partial credit! Insect collections will not be returned to you. You are encouraged to begin collections as soon as possible, before the weather turns cold. Minimum collection requirements:

Specimens must be properly identified; misidentified specimens will not be given credit.

Each specimen must be in good condition and properly mounted or preserved and properly labeled.

The collection must be neatly organized by taxonomic order. The collection must be accompanied by a typed list of each

specimen, and its order and family. If this list is not included, your collection will not be graded. You must have a minimum of 16 orders and 60 families in your collection. You will receive bonus points for each additional order and family collected.

Each specimen must have been collected during the calendar year in which you take the course.

You may collect specimens from any geographic location.

COLLECTION GRADING:

If your collection includes more than 60 families and more than 16 orders, each additional order will be worth two extra credit points. A specimen representing an extra family will be worth one extra point. If you collect different species of the same family, each additional species is worth 1 pt.

Unlabeled or unidentified insects will not be considered as part of the collection. To be eligible for an “A” grade the collection must contain at least 171 pts, 152 pts for a B, 133 pts for a C, and 114 pts for a D.

Each collection should include at least 2 but no more than five specimens from the four non-hexapod classes/orders covered in class (1 point per specimen).

Each insect specimen must be identified to family or it will not be graded. The texts, study specimens in lab, and the World Wide Web may all be used as identification resources. Insect families that are covered in class must be identified correctly to receive credit. Insect families that are not covered in class must also be identified to family but partial credit will be given in the case of misidentification if the student has placed it in the correct order. Arachnids and Crustaceans must be identified to order. Chilopods and Diplopods must be identified to Class.

LATE PENALTY: Twenty points will be deducted for each day late (about 10%).

NO IMMATURE SPECIMENS.

Your final collections will be retained to improve the teaching collection for this course and other entomology courses. You should obtain extra specimens if you want to keep them for your personal collection.

Specimens for Insect Collection

Taxa Group A

Must have 2 (no more than 5) of the following:

Family Pt. Value

Points Collected

Notes:

Class Chilopoda 1 Class Diplopoda 1 Order Acari 1 Order Araneae 1 Order Opiliones 1 Order Scorpiones 1 Order Pseudoscorpiones 1 Total:

Group B Must have 16 orders & 60

families listed below

Order Collembola 3 Order Thysanura 3 Machilidae 2 Lepismatidae 2 Order Ephemeroptera 3 Order Odonata 3 Aeshnidae 2 Libellulidae 2 Calopterygidae 2 Lestidae 2 Coenagrionidae 2 Order Plecoptera 3 Order Phasmatodea 3 Heteronemiidae 2 Order Orthoptera 3 Tetrigidae 2 Acrididae 2 Tridactylidae 2 Tettigonidae 2 Gryllacrididae 2 Gryllidae 2 Gryllotalpidae 2

Order Dermaptera 3 Order Mantodea 3 Mantidae 2 Order Blattodea 3 Blattidae 2 Blattellidae 2 Taxa Family 2 Points

Collected Notes:

Order Isoptera 3 Order Psocoptera 3 Order Mallophaga 3 Order Anoplura 3 Order Hemiptera 3 Pentatomidae 2 Coreidae 2 Rhopalidae 2 Lygaeidae 2 Berytidae 2 Aradidae 2 Tingidae 2 Phymatidae 2 Reduviidae 2 Nabidae 2 Miridae 2 Anthocoridae 2 Gerridae 2 Notonectidae 2 Corixidae 2 Nepidae 2 Belostomatidae 2 Gelastocoridae 2 Order Homoptera 3 Fulgoridae 2 Acanaloniidae 2 Flatidae 2 Dictyopharidae 2 Cercopidae 2 Cicadidae 2 Cicadellidae 2 Membracidae 2 Aleyrodidae 2 Psyllidae 2 Aphididae 2 Pseudococcidae 2 Coccidae 2

Order Thysanoptera 3 Order Neuroptera 3 Sialidae 2 Corydalidae 2 Mantispidae 2 Hemerobiidae 2 Taxa Family 2 Points

Collected Notes:

Chrysopidae 2 Myrmeleontidae 2 Ascalaphidae 2 Order Coleoptera 3 Cicindelidae 2 Carabidae 2 Dytiscidae 2 Gyrinidae 2 Hydrophilidae 2 Silphidae 2 Staphylinidae 2 Histeridae 2 Lucanidae 2 Passalidae 2 Scarabaeidae 2 Buprestidae 2 Elateridae 2 Lampyridae 2 Cantharidae 2 Dermestidae 2 Chrysomalidae 2 Coccinellidae 2 Tenebrionidae 2 Meloidae 2 Cerambycidae 2 Curculionidae 2 Order Hymenoptera 3 Siricidae 2 Braconidae 2 Braconidae 2 Ichneumonidae 2 Chalcidae 2 Chrysididae 2 Tiphiidae 2 Mutillidae 2 Formicidae 2 Vespidae 2

Sphecidae 2 Pompiliidae 2 Halictidae 2 Megachilidae 2 Apidae 2 Taxa Family Pt.

Value Points Collected

Notes:

Order Trichoptera 3 Order Lepidoptera 3 Psychidae 2 Pyralidae 2 Lasiocampidae 2 Saturniidae 2 Sphingidae 2 Notodontidae 2 Arctiidae 2 Noctuidae 2 Hesperiidae 2 Papilionidae 2 Pieridae 2 Lycaenidae 2 Nymphalidae 2 Apaturidae 2 Satyridae 2 Danidae 2 Order Mecoptera 3 Bittacidae 2 Panorpidae 2 Order Diptera 3 Tipulidae 2 Bibionidae 2 Culicidae 2 Simuliidae 2 Chironimidae 2 Tabanidae 2 Stratiomyidae 2 Muscidae 2 Asilidae 2 Bombyliidae 2 Syrphidae 2 Tephritidae 2 Drosophilidae 2 Calliphoridae 2 Sarcophagidae 2

Tachinidae 2 Order Siphonaptera 3 Total: Additional families:

Grading for Insect Collection

No. Taxa Required

Points

Group A 2 (2 pts.) Group B- Orders 16 (48 pts) Group B - Families 60 (120 pts.) 170 Presentation/ Proper techniques

20 pts.

20 Bonus Orders 2 pts. each Bonus Families 1 pt. each Total: 190 pts.

GRADES:

LABORATORY (490 points):

Lab Exam # 1 = 100 points

Lab Exam # 2 = 100 points

Final Lab Exam = 100 points

Insect collection = 190 points

BIO 3301 GENERAL ENTOMOLOGY LABORATORY

Fall 2012 Schedule

This syllabus should be viewed as a guide and is subject to change.

Lab # Date Topic

1 Aug. 23 Introduction - collecting insects, specimen preparation, Arthropod Classes

2 Aug. 30 External Anatomy

3 Sept. 6 Collembola, Thysanura, Ephemeroptera, Odonata, Plectoptera, Dermaptera, Psocoptera, Anoplura, Mallophaga, Thysanoptera

4 Sept. 13 Lab Exam # 1

5 Sept. 20 Blattaria, Mantodea, Phasmida, Orthoptera, Isoptera

6 Sept. 27 Hemiptera, Homoptera

7 Oct. 4 Neuroptera, Mecoptera, Trichoptera, Lepidoptera

8 Oct. 11 Lab Exam # 2

9 Oct. 18 Coleoptera

10 Oct. 25 Diptera, Siphonaptera

11 Nov. 1 Hymenoptera

12 Nov. 8 Lab Exam # 3

13 Nov. 15 Insect collection preparation

Fall Break (Nov. 19-29) 14 Nov. 29 Insect Collections Due

282

Arkansas State University

ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY

Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy are considered as serious misconduct and may result in disciplinary action and severe penalties.

A. PLAGIARISM


1. To avoid plagiarism give written credit and acknowledgment to the source of thoughts, ideas, and/or words, whether you have used direct quotation, paraphrasing, or just a reference to a general idea.

2. If you directly quote works written by someone else, enclose the quotation with quotation marks and provide an appropriate citation (e.g., footnote, endnote, bibliographical reference).

3. Research, as well as the complete written paper, must be the work of the person seeking academic credit for the course. (Papers, book reports, projects, and/or other class assignments)





4. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university. All cases should be referred to the student conduct system.

B. CHEATING


283


2. Giving or receiving assistance during an examination period. (This includes providing specific answers to subsequent examinees and/or dispensing or receiving information that would allow the student to have an unfair advantage in the examination over students who did not possess such information.)


4. Using, buying, selling, stealing, transporting, or soliciting, in part or in whole the contents of an examination or other assignment not authorized by the professor of the class.




1. Allow the testing to progress without interruption, informing the offending student about the offense—and award a failing grade on the test—"F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used.




Important Dates: Last day to drop a course without financial penalty – Aug. 26 Labor Day Holiday – Sept. 3 Last day to withdraw from course – Nov. 14 Thanksgiving Holiday/ Fall Break – Nov. 19-24 Finals Week – Dec. 5-11

Class Attendance Policy

284

Students should attend every laboratory session. Students who miss a lab will be expected to make up missed work or receive a failing grade on missed work. It is the practice of Arkansas State University to allow students to participate in university-sponsored events, even when those events cause them to be absent from class. Students participating in these events will be given reasonable opportunities to make up missed assignments and exams.

Students enrolled in freshman or sophomore level courses numbered 1000 or 2000 may during a semester miss no more than twice the number of lectures, recitations, laboratory sessions, or other regularly scheduled class activities that would normally be scheduled during a week. Students who miss more than the maximum number of freshman or sophomore level classes may be assigned a grade of “F” for the course. Students who may be assigned a grade of “F” in a course because of excessive absences may withdraw from the course without penalty before the deadline for dropping an individual course.

In determining whether excessive absences should result in a failing grade, consideration shall be given to the maturity and class standing of the student, the quality of academic work accomplished by the student, and extenuating circumstances related to such absences.

Inclement Weather The university will remain open for classes and other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. If you are a commuter, please use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases, it is the responsibility of the student to contact each professor immediately upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. Students with documented learning disabilities or serious health problems should contact the instructor to ensure proper testing, and to make special arrangements that follow University regulations.

285

BIO 3303

GENERAL ENTOMOLOGY Syllabus Fall 2012

Instructor: Dr. Tanja McKay, 315 LSE Phone: 972-3240 email: [email protected] Office hours: 10:00 – 11:00 Mondays, Wednesdays; 9:15-10:15 Tuesdays; 9:15-10:00, 12:00-1:15 Thursdays. You can always phone or email me to make an appointment. GENERAL COURSE ORGANIZATION: This course deals with the study of insects. Lectures will emphasize the ecology, biology and life history patterns of insects. OVERALL LEARNING OUTCOMES:

1) To become familiar with the internal and external anatomy of insects, and to understand insect physiology.

2) To appreciate the importance of insects in our environment.

3) To develop an understanding of the ecological relationships between

insects and their environment.

4) To appreciate the important role that insects play as vectors of some of the most serious diseases afflicting humans and animals.

5) To introduce students to various strategies used to control insect pest

populations. “It is the mission of the Department of Biological Sciences at Arkansas State University to provide exceptional quality education and research to successfully meet the current and future challenges of Biology.” Students who acquire the above skills are on track to fulfill two of the three pillars of Biology that the Department of Biological Sciences’ has incorporated throughout the curriculum. These two pillars include:

Evolution, adaptation and diversity (process and outcomes of history of life on earth).

Structure and function, and systems.

286

In understanding the connectedness of these concepts, students will learn to apply critical thinking and achieve the following goals:

Obtain a clear understanding of the nature of living organisms as well as biological processes.

Communicate to share knowledge with peers, faculty, K-12 students and the general public.

Fine-tune intellectual and practical skills to be successful in graduate/professional school and/or a chosen career.

LECTURE: Tuesdays and Thursdays, 8:00 – 9:15 a.m. in LSE 204. Attendance is required, be prompt.

Please turn off your cell phones BEFORE entering the lecture room.

TEXT BOOK:

The Insects, An outline of Entomology (Fourth Edition). 2010 by P.J Gullan and P.S. Cranston. Blackwell Publishing. ISBN – 97814444330366.

EXAMINATIONS:

Three in class exams will be administered during the course to cover the lectures. The fourth test will be your final exam and will be worth 150 points. New material will be covered primarily on the final exam (Thursday, December 6, 2012; 8:00-10:00 am), but you will also be tested on your comprehension and understanding of key topics discussed earlier in the semester. Exams typically take the form of short answer questions, labeling and or drawing of diagrams, and matching questions.

QUIZZES:

Six in class quizzes will be administered (20 points each). The lowest quiz grade will be dropped. Quizzes will be in the same format as exams.

No makeup tests or quizzes will be administered. If you miss a test or quiz, you must have a verifiable medical excuse in order to arrange for alternative credit.

RESEARCH PAPER:

You will be required to write one research paper on an entomological topic (100 points; late penalty: deduction of 10 points per day). I will provide a list of given

287

topics, or you can choose your own topic of interest, however, your topic must first be approved no later than Sept. 4, 2012.

An outline and reference list will be due one month before the due date (Oct. 18, 2012) of your final draft (20 points; late penalty: deduction of 5 points per day). The outline will be a brief discussion of what will be in the 8 - 10 page term paper (double-spaced, Times Roman 12 font). For your outline, please include a reference list of 10 articles you will be using for your paper (this is not exclusive, you may collect more references after the outline is handed in). For each of the references used in your outline, provide a one paragraph explanation on what the paper is about and how this paper will be used in your research paper.

Research papers are due at the end of class on Nov. 15, 2012. Your paper should be written in a "scientific" writing style. It should include an introduction, body and conclusions. I also encourage the use of subheadings. You should use a minimum of 20 references (peer-reviewed articles only). All work must be cited. No internet sources please.

For your paper, use the following styles:

For your citations within your paper: Broce (1990) - One author. Corbet et al. (1987) - more than two authors Smith and Long (2003) - Two authors.

In your reference section use this style:

For a journal article:

Briano, J. A. and D. F. Williams. 2002. Natural occurrence and laboratory studies of the fire ant pathogen Vairimorpha invictae (Microspora: Burenellidae) in Argentina. Environmental Entomology. 31: 887-894.

For a book chapter:

Sokal, R.R. and F.J. Rohlf. 1981. Biometry, 2nd ed. Freeman, New York.

GRADING:

LECTURE:

Exam #1 = 100 points



288

Final Exam = 150 points

Paper outline = 20 points

Research paper = 100 points

Quizzes (6) = 100 points

TOTAL: 670 POINTS

Students with documented learning disabilities or serious health problems should contact the instructor to ensure proper testing, and to make special arrangements that follow University regulations. Each student in this course is expected to abide by the Arkansas State University's Code of Conduct. Work submitted by students will be that of their own work.

Arkansas State University

ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY


A. PLAGIARISM


1. To avoid plagiarism give written credit and acknowledgment to the source of thoughts, ideas, and/or words, whether you have used direct quotation, paraphrasing, or just a reference to a general idea.

2. If you directly quote works written by someone else, enclose the quotation with quotation marks and provide an appropriate citation (e.g., footnote, endnote, bibliographical reference).

3. Research, as well as the complete written paper, must be the work of the person seeking academic credit for the course. (Papers, book reports, projects, and/or other class assignments)

289






B. CHEATING



2. Giving or receiving assistance during an examination period. (This includes providing specific answers to subsequent examinees and/or dispensing or receiving information that would allow the student to have an unfair advantage in the examination over students who did not possess such information.)


4. Using, buying, selling, stealing, transporting, or soliciting, in part or in whole the contents of an examination or other assignment not authorized by the professor of the class.




290





Important Dates: Last day to drop a course without financial penalty – Aug. 26 Labor Day Holiday – Sept. 3 Last day to withdraw from course – Nov. 14 Thanksgiving Holiday/ Fall Break – Nov. 19-24 Finals Week – Dec. 5-11


Students should attend every lecture session. Students who miss a lecture will be expected to make up missed work. It is the practice of Arkansas State University to allow students to participate in university-sponsored events, even when those events cause them to be absent from class. Students participating in these events will be given reasonable opportunities to make up missed assignments and exams.

Students enrolled in freshman or sophomore level courses numbered 1000 or 2000 may during a semester miss no more than twice the number of lectures, recitations, laboratory sessions, or other regularly scheduled class activities that would normally be scheduled during a week. Students who miss more than the maximum number of freshman or sophomore level classes may be assigned a grade of “F” for the course. Students who may be assigned a grade of “F” in a course because of excessive absences may withdraw from the course without penalty before the deadline for dropping an individual course.

In determining whether excessive absences should result in a failing grade, consideration shall be given to the maturity and class standing of the student, the quality of academic work accomplished by the student, and extenuating circumstances related to such absences.

Inclement Weather The university will remain open for classes and other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances. Regional and local news media will

291

publicize the closing. If you are a commuter, please use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases, it is the responsibility of the student to contact each professor immediately upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments.

292

BIO 3303

GENERAL ENTOMOLOGY Schedule Fall 2012

Topics Page # The importance, diversity and conservation of insects 2-22 External anatomy 24-52 Quiz #1 Internal anatomy and physiology 53-90 Quiz #2 Sensory systems and behavior 92-120 Exam 1 Reproduction & insect development 121-150 Insect feeding Insect defense and escape 366-384 Quiz #3 Insects and their fluctuating environment 178-188 Aquatic insects 258-275 Exam 2 Insect societies 308-337 Insects and plants 278-306 Quiz #4 Insect predation and parasitism 340-363 Beneficial insects Exam 3 Insects and human disease transmission 386-405 Topics in veterinary entomology Quiz #5 Stored products and household pests Forensic entomology 404 Insect pest management- cultural control; breeding insect-resistant hosts Quiz #6 Biological and genetic control of insects 408-441 Pheromones, growth regulators, mechanical and physical control Chemical control of insects Final Exam INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY AND RESEARCH DESIGN BIO 6143-001, CRN 63975 3 hour credit- This course is an introduction to the applications, industries and tools of biotechnology. It will be taught by addressing the subjects listed below. The class will be taught in 1hour 15 minute sessions twice a week. An introduction to the scientific literature will familiarize the class with the subject matter and general questions addressed in

293

the papers. To effectively communicate their findings both oral and written using biological terminology, two students will lead the discussion about the papers and everyone is expected to participate. The students will be required to write a brief report on the papers and suggest other techniques that could/ or have been used to complement this study with references. To enhance the writing skills of the students, the last part of this course will focus on CV, portfolio and letters of intent preparations. Time: 10-11:15am T, 2:30-3:45pm R Where: LSW 545 INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Rebecca D. Parr OFFICE: LSE 320 OFFICE HOURS: Tuesday 1-3pm; Wednesday 10am to noon; Thursday 1-2pm LEARNING OUTCOME GOALS: 1. The students will be able to read, comprehend and assess current biotechnology using scientific literature. 2. The students will be able to communicate both verbal and written critiques on current biotechnology using scientific

literature. 3. The students will produce a professional curriculum vitae, work portfolio and letter of intent to present at job

interviews. COURSE OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to introduce the students to the fundamental biological principles of molecular biology techniques and teach them how to skillfully design and communicate their research projects. REQUIRED BOOKS: Introduction to Biotechnology 3nd edition by William J. Thieman & Michael A Pallandino

Pearson Benjamin Cummings; Publication Date: January 23, 2012 | ISBN-10: 0321766113 | ISBN-13: 978-0321766113 | Edition: 3

ASSESSMENT OF LEARNING OUTCOMES:

Daily class participation - 40% of the grade Team laboratory reports and presentations -40% of the grade CV, portfolio and letter of intent – 15-20% of the grade Pop quizzes may be given -0-5% of the grade

Class attendance and participation are expected. Exams are taken from lecture content in addition to reading assignments. Makeup quizzes that differ from the original quizzes will be offered one time only. If an individual is caught cheating or found to be committing plagiarism, will receive a score of zero and the incident will be reported to Student Affairs. Expulsion could result. TENTATIVE TOPICS:

1. Recombinant DNA technology & genomics 2. Proteins as products 3. Microbial biotechnology 4. Plant biotechnology 5. Animal biotechnology 6. Forensic analysis 7. Bioremediation 8. Medical biotechnology 9. CV preparation

10. Portfolio preparation General class and ASU policies will be on Blackboard INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY AND RESEARCH DESIGN BIO 6143-001, CRN 63975

294

3 hour credit- This course is an introduction to the applications, industries and tools of biotechnology. It will be taught by addressing the subjects listed below. The class will be taught in 1hour 15 minute sessions twice a week. An introduction to the scientific literature will familiarize the class with the subject matter and general questions addressed in the papers. To effectively communicate their findings both oral and written using biological terminology, two students will lead the discussion about the papers and everyone is expected to participate. The students will be required to write a brief report on the papers and suggest other techniques that could/ or have been used to complement this study with references. To enhance the writing skills of the students, the last part of this course will focus on CV, portfolio and letters of intent preparations. Time: 10-11:15am T, 2:30-3:45pm R Where: LSW 545 INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Rebecca D. Parr OFFICE: LSE 320 OFFICE HOURS: Tuesday 1-3pm; Wednesday 10am to noon; Thursday 1-2pm LEARNING OUTCOME GOALS: 4. The students will be able to read, comprehend and assess current biotechnology using scientific literature. 5. The students will be able to communicate both verbal and written critiques on current biotechnology using scientific






Class attendance and participation are expected. Exams are taken from lecture content in addition to reading assignments. Makeup quizzes that differ from the original quizzes will be offered one time only. If an individual is caught cheating or found to be committing plagiarism, will receive a score of zero and the incident will be reported to Student Affairs. Expulsion could result. TENTATIVE TOPICS: 11. Recombinant DNA technology & genomics 12. Proteins as products 13. Microbial biotechnology 14. Plant biotechnology 15. Animal biotechnology 16. Forensic analysis 17. Bioremediation 18. Medical biotechnology 19. CV preparation 20. Portfolio preparation

General class and ASU policies will be on Blackboard

295

BIOTECHNIQUES I LABORATORY – This 4 hour credit course will combine lectures with hands-on laboratory exercises to allow the students to develop the technical skills to clone DNA sequences This will be accomplished through experiments that will be designed, performed and analyzed by the students. We will meet in LSW545 MW 2-6pm Students will work in teams of 2 for some of the laboratory exercises. CRN: 62750 INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Rebecca D. Parr OFFICE: LSE 320 OFFICE HOURS: Tuesday 1-3pm; Wednesday 10am to noon; Thursday 1-2pm Learning Outcome Goals: To develop the students’ skills to design, perform and analyze DNA cloning projects to produce recombinant molecules using classical molecular biological techniques.

Course objective: This course will allow the students to have hands on experience of gene manipulation including: 1) recombinant DNA technologies; 2) PCR technologies; 3) DNA sequencing;4) Bioinformatics; and 5) Dot blot immunoassay.

Requirements: Required Text: Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual

by Sambrook, Joseph and Russell, David Publication Date: May 31, 2006 | ISBN-10: 0879697717 | ISBN-13: 978-0879697716 | Edition: 1st Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press

Suggested Text: At the Bench; A Laboratory Navigator Kathy Barker Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press Assessment of Learning Outcomes:

Class participation will be 25% of the grade Comprehensive Final will be 20% of the grade Notebooks will be graded as 25% of the grade Tests with be 25-30% of the grade Pop quizzes may be given & will be 0-5% of the grade

Class attendance and participation are expected. Makeup exams will be offered one time only and they will be different tests than the class exam. The class will meet two days a week, Monday and Wednesday 2-5:50pm. Exams are taken from lecture content in addition to reading assignments. If an individual is caught cheating on an exam a score of zero will be recorded for that exam, and the incident will be reported to Student Affairs. Expulsion could result. Tentative Schedule for Laboratory activities: A tentative daily outline will be on Blackboard.

Topic 1. Laboratory preparation for experiments 2. Prepare E.coli and in silico cloning experiments . 3. DNA for cloning including strategy preparation with restriction enzymes 4. Transformation of DNA into E.coli, amplification and purification of recombinant plasmids, and

sequencing reactions 5. Introduction to Gateway cloning and transformation into yeast 6. Induce protein in yeast and set up a protein assay to demonstrate the presence of the induced protein

General class and ASU policies will be on Blackboard INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY AND RESEARCH DESIGN BIO 6143-001, CRN 63975 3 hour credit- This course is an introduction to the applications, industries and tools of biotechnology. It will be taught by addressing the subjects listed below. The class will be taught in 1hour 15 minute sessions twice a week. An

296

introduction to the scientific literature will familiarize the class with the subject matter and general questions addressed in the papers. To effectively communicate their findings both oral and written using biological terminology, two students will lead the discussion about the papers and everyone is expected to participate. The students will be required to write a brief report on the papers and suggest other techniques that could/ or have been used to complement this study with references. To enhance the writing skills of the students, the last part of this course will focus on CV, portfolio and letters of intent preparations. Time: 10-11:15am T, 2:30-3:45pm R Where: LSW 545 INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Rebecca D. Parr OFFICE: LSE 320 OFFICE HOURS: Tuesday 1-3pm; Wednesday 10am to noon; Thursday 1-2pm LEARNING OUTCOME GOALS: 7. The students will be able to read, comprehend and assess current biotechnology using scientific literature. 8. The students will be able to communicate both verbal and written critiques on current biotechnology using scientific






Class attendance and participation are expected. Exams are taken from lecture content in addition to reading assignments. Makeup quizzes that differ from the original quizzes will be offered one time only. If an individual is caught cheating or found to be committing plagiarism, will receive a score of zero and the incident will be reported to Student Affairs. Expulsion could result. TENTATIVE TOPICS: 21. Recombinant DNA technology & genomics 22. Proteins as products 23. Microbial biotechnology 24. Plant biotechnology 25. Animal biotechnology 26. Forensic analysis 27. Bioremediation 28. Medical biotechnology 29. CV preparation 30. Portfolio preparation

General class and ASU policies will be on Blackboard

297

Spring 2013

LSE 207 Tuesday & Thursday 11-12:15pm

INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Rebecca D. Parr OFFICES: LSE 320 OFFICE PHONE: 870-972-3235 [email protected] OFFICE HOURS: Monday and Wednesday 8:30am-11:30am; Tuesday 1pm-2pm

Learning Outcome Goals:

The students will attain a detailed understanding of basic molecular techniques used in the biological sciences to produce and detect recombinant molecules.

Course objective:

This course will examine methodologies and applications of gene manipulation including: 1) Recombinant DNA technologies; 2) PCR technologies; 3) Bioinformatics; 4) Spectroscopy; 5) Protein quantification; 6) Chromatography; 7) Gel electrophoresis of proteins; and 8) Protein purification.

Required Text: Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics. S.B. Primrose and R.M. Twyman. 2010. 8th edition. Blackwell Publishing. Paperback ISBN PowerPoint slides presentations of the material will be put onto blackboard after the lectures. Class attendance and participation are expected. Makeup exams will be offered one time only and they will be different tests than the class exam. Assessment of Learning Outcomes:

Class participation will be 15-20% of the grade (including presentations) Comprehensive Final will be 20% of grade Tests with be 15% each of the grade (4x15=60%) Pop quizzes may be given & will be 0-5% of the grade

Total % of points of the student’s grade will be averaged up. This means an 89.5% total grade point average will be an A and an 89.4% will be a B.

Tentative Class Schedule & Topics

Date Topic 15-Jan Introduction to Genetic Engineering (G.E.) 17-Jan Manipulation of nucleic acids 22-Jan G.E. Enzymes & methods of analysis 24-Jan Host cells & vectors 29-Jan Cloning strategies 31-Jan Cloning strategies 5-Feb 1rstTest 7-Feb Polymerase chain reaction

12-Feb Polymerase chain reaction

14-Feb Bioinformatics (information on internet for biochemists, literature & data searches, visualization of molecular structures, etc)

19-Feb Bioinformatics lab 21-Feb Understanding gene structure & function

GENETIC ENGINEERING - BIO 6103 - 001 CRN: 12950

298

26-Feb Understanding otheromes 28-Feb 2ndTest 5-Mar G.E & Biotechnology: 7-Mar G.E & Biotechnology:

12-Mar Protein Engineering (Enzyme kinetics, ligand binding, methods of analysis)

14-Mar Protein Engineering(Enzyme kinetics, ligand binding, methods of analysis)

18-22Mar Spring Break 26 Mar 3rdTest 28 Mar Medical & Forensic Applications

2 Apr Transgenic plants and animals 4 Apr Spectroscopy 9 Apr Chromatography 11 Apr Protein Quantification 16 Apr Gel electrophoresis 18 Apr 4thTest

23 Apr Mass Spectrometry 25 Apr Student presentations (last day of class

1-7 May Final exams Academic Misconduct Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy are considered as serious academic misconduct and may result in severe penalties. Sanctions for Academic Misconduct may be imposed by the faculty member or instructor discovering the Academic Misconduct except in the case of dismissal from a particular program which shall be made by the department chair or program director, or suspension or expulsion from the university, which shall be made by the dean. A Student may not avoid academic sanctions by withdrawing from a class, a program, or the university. A student disagreeing with the sanction issued based on Academic Misconduct should follow the Academic Grievance Procedure. It is the student’s responsibility to have read and understood the topics under Academic Misconduct section of the Student Handbook From Student Handbook Course Syllabus Checklist Page 3 Disabilities Services The director of Disability Services (DS) is the university’s compliance coordinator for Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Appropriate arrangements are made for qualified students with disabilities to receive academic adjustments, auxiliary aids, and support services on campus. Auxiliary aids include various modes of communication, assistive devices, and technology which will also encompass computer aids. Students are assisted with adaptive testing, note taking, reader services, and special seating arrangements in the classroom. Arrangements are also made for workplace access and accommodations. Procedures are followed to remove barriers that block physical access to buildings and facilities on the ASU campus. Disability Services (DS) strives to provide services that promote access for students with documented disabilities/impairments. Students may contact Disability Services at (870) 972-3964 or visit the office in the Reng Student Services Center, Room 2181. From Student Handbook General Computer or Blackboard Help For general help, contact the Help Desk at 870-972-3933. Hours of operation: 8:00 am to 10:00 pm Monday through Friday. From Information and Technology Services BIO 6154 - 001 SYLLABUS Spring 2013

299

BIOTECHNIQUES II LABORATORY CRN: 12356 This 4 hour credit course will combine lectures with hands-on laboratory exercises to allow the students to develop the technical skills to express, identify, quantify and purify recombinant proteins using a yeast expression system. The students will participate in the design, performance and analysis of protein purification techniques. We will meet in LSW545 for lecture and laboratory work. INSTRUCTOR: Dr. Rebecca D. Parr OFFICES: LSE 320 OFFICE HOURS: Monday and Wednesday 8:30am-11:30am; Tuesday 1pm-2pm OFFICE PHONE: 870-972-3235 [email protected] Learning Outcome Goals:

To develop the students’ skills to design, construct, perform and analyze protein experiments using recombinant molecules and classical molecular biological techniques.

Course objective:

This course will allow the students to have hands on experience of protein assays including: 1) production of recombinant proteins in a yeast expression system; 2) protein quantitation; 3) Bioinformatics; 5) immuno-assays; 6) SDS-PAGE with Western blots; and affinity purification. The students will have other protein purification & detection methods demonstrated as time allows.

Required Text: Guide to Protein Purification, Second Edition (Methods in Enzymology)Richard R Burgess (Editor), Murray P. Deutscher (Editor) 2009. Academic Press Paperback ISBN 978-0-12-374978-9 Suggested Texts: Fundamental Laboratory Approaches for Biochemistry and Biotechnology, 2nd Edition by Alexander J. Ninfa, David P. Ballou, Marilee Benore, ISBN 978-0-470-08766-4 May 2009, ©2010 Protein Purification Techniques: A Practical Approach (Practical Approach Series) - Paperback (Apr. 5, 2001) By Simon Roe - Oxford University Press (2001) - Paperback - 262 pages - ISBN 0199636737 Protein Purification (THE BASICS (Garland Science)) by Philip L. R. Bonner (Paperback - Apr 11, 2007) Assessment of Learning Outcomes:

Class participation will be 25% of the grade Comprehensive Final will be 20% of the grade Notebooks will be graded as 25% of the grade Tests with be 25-30% of the grade Pop quizzes may be given & will be 0-5% of the grade

Class attendance and participation are expected. Makeup exams will be offered one time only and they will be different tests than the class exam. This class will meet two days a week, Monday and Wednesday from 2pm-5:50pm. Exams are taken from lecture content in addition to reading assignments. If an individual is caught cheating on an exam a score of zero will be recorded for that exam, and the incident will be reported to Student Affairs. Expulsion could result. Tentative Schedule for Laboratory activities: A tentative daily outline will be on Blackboard.

300

Topics 1 Review lab etiquette & procedures and introduce Pichia expression system

2 Grow & Induce Yeast, perform protein, enzyme assays and SDS PAGE

3 Introduce protein purification step(chromatography, HPLC, Maldi-Tof MS)

4 Execute Affinity Column Chromatography & Western blots

5 Rerun Affinity Column Chromatography & Western blots

6 Western blot Demo; cleanup & Final

Academic Misconduct

Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy are considered as serious academic misconduct and may result in severe penalties. Sanctions for Academic Misconduct may be imposed by the faculty member or instructor discovering the Academic Misconduct except in the case of dismissal from a particular program which shall be made by the department chair or program director, or suspension or expulsion from the university, which shall be made by the dean. A Student may not avoid academic sanctions by withdrawing from a class, a program, or the university. A student disagreeing with the sanction issued based on Academic Misconduct should follow the Academic Grievance Procedure. It is the student’s responsibility to have read and understood the topics under Academic Misconduct section of the Student Handbook From Student Handbook Course Syllabus Checklist Page 3 Disabilities Services The director of Disability Services (DS) is the university’s compliance coordinator for Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Appropriate arrangements are made for qualified students with disabilities to receive academic adjustments, auxiliary aids, and support services on campus. Auxiliary aids include various modes of communication, assistive devices, and technology which will also encompass computer aids. Students are assisted with adaptive testing, note taking, reader services, and special seating arrangements in the classroom. Arrangements are also made for workplace access and accommodations. Procedures are followed to remove barriers that block physical access to buildings and facilities on the ASU campus. Disability Services (DS) strives to provide services that promote access for students with documented disabilities/impairments. Students may contact Disability Services at (870) 972-3964 or visit the office in the Reng Student Services Center, Room 2181. From Student Handbook General Computer or Blackboard Help For general help, contact the Help Desk at 870-972-3933. Hours of operation: 8:00 am to 10:00 pm Monday through Friday. From Information and Technology Services Mammalogy Lec. BIOL 4352 Fall 2012

301

Instructor: Dr. Thomas S. Risch Office: LSE 201A/ Lab: LSE 304 Office hours: MW 10:00-11:30 Office phone: (870) 972-3333; (870) 680-8474 E-mail address: [email protected] Course Objectives and Learning Outcomes: 1) Present major groups of mammals; Students will master the diversity of mammals. 2) Present ecology of mammals; students will construct explanations based an adaptation. 3) Present mammalian anatomy; students are expected to construct explanations of

anatomical structures in terms of form and function. 4) Detail the Scientific Method in order to increase the student’s ability to formulate

hypotheses that explain observed phenomena. Lecture Schedule: Week Of: Topic: Reading: 21 August What’s a Mammal notes only 28 August Morphology Chapters 4&6 4 September Adaptations to Feeding Chapter 7 11 September Adaptations to Temperature Chapter 9 25 September Reproduction Chapter 10 2 October Forms of Locomotion Chapter 6 & TBA 9 October Aggression and Competition Chapter 21 16 October Reproductive Ecology Chapter 22 23 October Cooperation and Groups Chapter 23 6 November Ecology of Movement Chapter 24 13 November Life Histories Chapter 25 8 November Community Ecology Chapter 26 3 December Zoogeography Chapter 5 Exams Dates 1. 20 September 2. 25 October 3. 15 November Final – as scheduled Taxonomy Tests (all are cumulative): 1. 4 September – Prototheria & Metatheria 2. 25 September – Insectivora - Primates 3. 9 October - Xenartha - Cetacea 4. 30 October – Rodentia & Lagomorpha 5. 13 November Proboscidea - Artiodactyla Grading: EXAM I 100 450-500 = A

302

EXAM II 100 400-449 = B EXAM III 100 350-399 = C

Final 100 300-349 = D -300 = F Taxonomy Tests 20 Pts each Total = 100 Required Text: 1. Feldhamer et al. Mammalogy 3rd edition 2. Arkansas Mammals

Lecture Attendance: I will not take attendance. I expect you to come to class. Students who attend class tend to make

the most out of their education. Exams:

There will be three hour-long exams and a comprehensive final. Exams will focus on material presented in lecture.

Make-up Policy:

No make-up exams without a doctor’s note indicating an incapacitating illness. Official University business that is in conflict with an examination date will be honored if the student calls attention to the conflict before the examination.

Grades: See above. What you see is what you get. Cheating:

The student has the responsibility to review information regarding their rights and responsibilities in the ASU Student Handbook. Please refer to the ASU Student Handbook for university policies and regulations, particularly those pertaining to attendance, inclement weather, enforcement of academic integrity (e.g., cheating, plagiarism), and scheduling of final exams. Copies of the Student Handbook are available online off of the internet at http://studentaffairs.astate.edu/handbook.html or by contacting the Office of Student Affairs at Arkansas State University (Telephone No. 870 972-2048).

Special Needs: Any student having special needs should see the instructor about making any necessary course modifications as early in the course as possible.

Flexibility Clause

Circumstances may arise during the course which prevents the instructor from fulfilling each and every component of this syllabus; therefore, the syllabus should be viewed as a guide and is subject to change. Students will be notified prior to any changes.

303

MAMMALOGY LAB BIO-4351-5351 FALL TERM, 2012

Tom Risch EMAIL: [email protected] OFFICE: LSE 201a; Phone 972-3333 OFFICE HOURS: M & T 8:00-9:00, T 1:00-2:00; or by Appointment Patrick Moore [email protected] TEXT: No required textbook. Students need to purchase a mammal field guide of their choice Recommended field guide: Arkansas Mammals: Their natural history, classification, and distribution. John A.

Sealander and Gary A. Heidt.

COURSE GOALS: The students will learn the diversity of mammal species in Arkansas and surrounding areas. Additionally, students will learn proper techniques to capture, handle and survey mammals. Students will learn how to work cooperatively to conduct a mammal survey and present the result in a written format. COURSE OBJECTIVES: The students will learn to sight identify the mammals of Arkansas and surrounding areas by external body features, skeletal remains and environmental signs. At the conclusion of the course, students will be able to independently perform a mammal survey and know the proper capture and handling procedures of mammals. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following: Assignment Number Points Each Total Lab practical 2 100 200 Class project 1 100 100 Class participation Local field trips 5 10 50 Species account 1 50 50 Total 400

GRADING SCALE: A = 100-90% B = 89-80% C = 79-70% D = 69-60% F = 59% or lower Lab practical - Will be held during lab sessions and will include approximately equal thirds of the material covered in lab. Lab specimens will be available for review during announced times the week prior to each evaluation. Class project – A mammal survey of the ASU main campus will be completed cooperatively by the ENTIRE CLASS. A single written report will be submitted 28 November 2012. Local field trips – Students are required to attend 5 local (within 50 mile radius of ASU campus) field trips. Mammal capture and handling techniques will be demonstrated as well as species identification. Local weather will determine the exact dates of local field trips. One overnight weekend field trip is mandatory. Participation in overnight weekend field trip cannot be used to substitute for a required local field trip obligation. Species account – A written report on the taxonomy, ecology, distribution, reproduction and behavior of a single mammal species will be individually completed. Examples of species accounts will be distributed in class. Tentative Schedule Date Topic August 22 Introduction to class August 29 Skull morphology External morphology

304

Sept 5 Order Didelphimorphia Order Soricomorpha Order Cingulata Sept 12 Order Chiroptera Sept 19 Order Lagomorpha review Sept 26 Practical 1 Oct 3 Order Rodentia Oct 10 Order Rodentia cont Oct 17 Order Carnivora Oct 24 Order Artiodactyla Oct 31 Nov 7 Class project/local field trips Nov 14 Nov 21 FALL BREAK Nov 28 Practical 2, Class project written report due, Species account due

SYLLABUS FOR EVOLUTION – SPRING 2013 BIO 3033.001 (CRN 12482)

Lectures and discussions will be presented on the assumption that the respective assignments have been read. Required reading assignments listed in this syllabus, unless otherwise indicated, are from Strickberger’s Evolution, 4th edition by Brian K. Hall and

305

Benedikt Hallgrimsson, 2008, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Boston. Other pertinent reading assignments, handouts, exercises, films, and problem sets will be incorporated throughout the semester to help clarify and reinforce the material covered in this course Instructor: Dr. Thomas S. Risch

Lecture time: 10:00am-10:50pm, MWF Lecture Place: LSE 204 Office: LSE 201A Office hours: MWF 8:30 am - 10:50 am, and by appointment Office phone: (870) 972-3333 E-mail address: [email protected]

SPRING 2013 - LECTURE SCHEDULE

LECTURE/DISCUSSION TOPIC READING ASSIGNMENT

Introduction to course; Does life evolve? Handouts (i.e., syllabus, class policy, etc.)

The evidence for evolution; The Scientific Method; hypothesis, fact, and theory.

Chapter 1 and Chapter 3; Essay by Gould "Evolution as Fact and Theory": http://www.stephenjaygould.org/library/gould_fact-and-theory.html

Theories of evolution by Lamarck, and Darwin & Wallace. Chapter 2

Adaptations: Examples in Animals, Plants, and other organisms.

Lecture and discussion different types of adaptations.

Exam I, February 1, 2013

Heritable variation and genetic mutation; Influence of the Environment on Phenotype.

Chapter 9

The Modern Synthesis; Genetic equilibrium: The Hardy-Weinberg theorem.

Ch. 21; problem set.

Natural selection. Lecture and discussion different types of selection - handout.

Sexual selection. Lecture and discussion - handout.

Genetic drift; gene flow. Chapter 22

Exam II, February 22, 2013

Species concepts. Chapter 11

Isolating Mechanisms. Chapter 24

Allopatric, parapatric, and sympatric speciation. Handout with illustrations and information on various speciation models.

Speciation through polyploidy and chromosomal changes; Reticulate evolution.

Chapter 10

Rates of evolution: gradual or punctuated? Chapter 24 (pages 631-632).

Population Structure and Maintenance; Competition and the Competitive Exclusion (Gause's) Principle: the fundamental niche vs. the realized niche.

Chapter 23

Intraspecific Competition. Lecture and Discussion

Exam III, March 15, 2013

The origin and evolution of the universe, the solar system, and the earth.

Chapter 4 and 5

The origin of life and the emergence of early prokaryotes and single-celled eukaryotes.

Chapter 6

Molecular evolution. Chapter 7

Reconstructing phylogenies; the problem of convergent evolution.

Chapter 12

306

History of Life: From early eukaryotes to multi-cellular fungi, animals, and plants.

Chapter 8, 13, 14, and 15

The fossil record. Handout

Exam IV April 12, 2013

Animal Evolution Chapters 16, 17, 18, and 19

Mass extinctions and the survivors; Co-evolution and mutualism

Lecture and Discussion

Evolution of mammals, primates, and humans. Chapter 19 and 20

The evolution of human intelligence and culture; The uses and abuses of evolutionary theory.

Chapter 25

Belief, Religion, and Evolution Chapter 26

Comprehensive Final Exam: Monday, May 6, 2013 from 10:15 am to 12:15 pm in LSE 204

COURSE REQUIREMENTS AND EVALUATION PROCEDURES FOR

BIO 3033.001 (CRN 12482) – EVOLUTION – SPRING 2013

A. Course Organization

Learning Outcome: Enable students to recognize the major unifying theme of evolution in biology from a historical and present-day context as these relate to contemporary issues for understanding the origins of life, changes in the patterns of biological diversity over time, and the processes behind the origins of new species.

Evolution is primarily a lecture and discussion course presented as two 75 minute sessions per week. Activities and demonstrations will be used to illustrate particular principles and concepts, as applicable. This class is one in which we are continually building on the material that we have previously covered. It is suggested that you keep abreast of the material and study some after each class as opposed to trying to “cram” prior to the exams. During the lecture period, all cell phones; pagers or automatic alarm watches should be turned off or silenced before entering the classroom in order to prevent disturbing the class. It is strongly recommended that students consult their syllabus and read associated text chapters.

B. ASU Policies and Regulations

The student has the responsibility to review information regarding their rights and responsibilities in the ASU Student Handbook. Please refer to the ASU Student Handbook for university policies and regulations, particularly those pertaining to attendance, inclement weather, enforcement of academic integrity (e.g., cheating, plagiarism), and other pertinent material. Copies of the Student Handbook are available online off of the internet at http://www2.astate.edu/a/student-affairs/student-conduct/student-handbook-cover-page.dot. The Student Code of Conduct can be found by visiting: http://www2.astate.edu/a/student-affairs/student-conduct/student-code-of-conduct.dot. REVIEW AND READ THESE DOCUMENTS TO FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF WITH THE ARKANSAS STATE UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY. THE STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT IS A GUIDE TO YOUR RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES! CHEATING AND ACADEMIC DISHONESTY WILL NOT BE TOLERATED!

C. Handicap Policy

Any student having a certified handicapping condition should see the instructor and/or Disability Services (Telephone No. 870 972-3964) about making any necessary course modifications as early in the course as possible.

D. Examinations

Lecture Exam Sequence Exams in 2013 Points possible

Exam I February 1 100

Exam II February 22 100

Exam III March 15 100

Exam IV April 12 100

307

Comprehensive Final test administered in LSE 204.

Monday, May 6, 2013 from 10:15 am to 12:15 pm

May 7 100

Class Participation Quizzes, and Miscellaneous Assignments 50

TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE FROM EXAMS = 550 points

Announced quizzes, unannounced quizzes, and additional assignments may be given during the course of the semester.

E. Grading Scale

Letter grades will be determined from the percentage of points earned by the student from the total number of possible points (550 points).

A = 100 to 90% B = 89 to 80% C = 79 to 70% D = 69 to 60% F = Below 60%

F. Make up Policy

Exams must be taken on the date scheduled. Make-up exams will be given only for approved documented excuses. A student must contact the instructor (or departmental secretary - Telephone No. 870 972-3082) no later than the date of the exam and be prepared to have documentation. Not following this procedure may result in a failing grade on that exam.

G. Flexibility Clause

Circumstances may arise during the course that prevents the instructor from fulfilling each and every component of this syllabus; therefore, the syllabus should be viewed as a guide and is subject to change. Students will be notified prior to any changes.

CourseSyllabusConservation Biology – BIO 4613 / BIO 5613

Lecture: Tuesday and Thursday ∙ 9:30-10:45am ∙ LSE 204

308

Instructor: Rebecca Cooper ∙ [email protected] Instructor of Record: Dr. Thomas Risch ∙ [email protected] Office Hours: Tuesday & Thursday 10:45am-12:15pm, by appointment ∙ LSE 421 Textbook: Principles of Conservation Biology, 3rd edition by Martha J. Groom, Gary K.

Meffe, and C. Ronald Carroll. 2006. Sinauer Associates, Inc. Sunderland, MA, USA. ISBN-10: 0878935975

Course Objectives

A. Gain knowledge and appreciation of contemporary conservation issues including: biodiversity, habitat

loss/fragmentation, species exploitation and invasions, restoration efforts, and economic and political challenges to conservation.

B. Gain scientific writing experience through primary literature reviews, risk assessment evaluation, and

evaluation of popular literature while practicing critical thinking skills by analyzing case studies and peer-reviewed documents.

C. Gain experience articulating conservation issues to peers and persons currently employed in conservation-related fields via topical debates, interviews, and presentations.

Course Schedule and Important Dates

Date Topic Readings/Assignments 15 January Chapter 1 – What is Conservation Biology? 17 January Chapter 2 – Global Biodiversity Debate choices, Essay 2.3 22 January Chapter 3 – Threats to Biodiversity BRA Part I idea,

Box 3.2, Case Study 3.2 24 January Chapter 4 – Conservation Values and Ethics &

Chapter 5 – Ecological Economics and Nature Conservation Case Study 4.1, Case Study 5.2

29 January Chapter 6 – Habitat Destruction and Loss Case Study 6.2 31 January Chapters 1-6 Case Study Discussions & Review BRA Part I 5 February Exam 1 7 February Chapter 7 – Habitat Fragmentation Case Study 7.2 12 February Debate 1: The 6th mass extinction is currently occurring 14 February Chapter 8 – Overexploitation Case Studies 8.3 19 February Chapter 9 – Species Invasions Case Study 9.4 21 February Debate 2: Hunting is a conservation tool 26 February Chapter 10 – Biological Impacts of Climate Change Final project idea,

Case Study 10.2 28 February Chapter 11 – Conservation Genetics Case Study 11.3

5 March Chapter 12 – Species and Landscape Approaches to Conservation

BRA Part II, Case Study 12.3

7 March Chapters 7-12 Case Study Discussions & Review 12 March Exam 2 14 March Chapter 13 – Ecosystem Approaches to Conservation Essay 13.1,

Case Study 13.3

309

March 18-22 – Spring Break 26 March Chapter 14 – Protected Areas Case Study 14.1 28 March Debate 3: Global warming is a threat to biodiversity 2 April Chapter 15 – Restoration of Damaged Ecosystems and

Endangered Populations Book Report,

Case Study 15.4 4 April Chapter 16 – Sustainable Development Case Study 16.5 9 April Debate 4: Habitat preservation should be main cons. focus 11 April Chapter 17 – Integration of Conservation Science and Policy Case Study 17.1 16 April Chapter 18 – Meeting Conservation Challenges in the 21st

Century Case Study 18.1

18 April Debate 5: Conservation is limited by scientific knowledge 23 April Chapters 13-18 Case Study Discussions & Review 25 April Exam 3

Final Exam: TBA – Final Project Presentations and Written Portions due Academic Dishonesty and Conduct What constitutes academic dishonesty is covered in detail in the ASU Student Handbook (including plagiarism and cheating). All written assignments will be checked through a plagiarism checker. The minimum penalty will be an automatic F in the course and the incident will be reported to the administration. Silence all electronic devices prior to the start of class. Discuss any special circumstances with the instructor. All other violations of this rule will result in the violator singing a song of the instructor’s choosing a cappella. Refrain from talking while the instructor is lecturing or classmates are presenting, debating, or asking questions. Disruptive students will be asked to leave for the remainder of the class period; continued disruptive behavior will result in removal from the course. Personal/Medical Emergencies If a personal or medical emergency occurs (e.g. death in family, medical condition, etc.) that will affect exam attendance or assignment completion, please inform the instructor as soon possible. Arrangements for make-ups and extensions can be made, but ONLY if the student communicates with the instructor immediately (therefore, do not wait until April to inform the instructor about something that happened in February). Exams (100 points each; 5 February, 12 March, 25 April) Given during class time, exams will be a mix of multiple choice, definitions, matching, short answer, and discussion questions. Material from lectures, debates, and case studies/essays are all possible content. Students are responsible for bringing their own writing implements. Any disability that affects test-taking should be discussed with the instructor one-on-one prior to the first exam, as Disability Services does not inform instructors of student registration. Oxford–style Debates (100 points each, choices due 17 January) Debate 1: Humans have set into motion the sixth mass extinction event. Debate 2: Hunting is a valuable conservation tool. Debate 3: Global warming is a threat to biodiversity.

310

Debate 4: All conservation efforts should focus on habitat preservation. Debate 5: Conservation management is limited by scientific knowledge, rather than policy and practice. Structure:

Two teams (“For” and “Against”) argue opposing sides of the same motion, or statement supporting their arguments with papers or research (minimum of 5 sources, emailed to instructor before the debate begins). The goal for each team is to persuade the audience with their side of the motion.

The debate is divided into three main sections: 1. Opening Statements

a. Each panelist from each team gets 2 minutes to make an opening statement in support of their position on the motion.

b. The judge (the instructor) ensures that no panelist gets more than the allotted time.

2. Questions from the Audience

a. Audience members (anyone NOT on the debate teams) ask questions about the motion.

b. These questions may be directed to a particular panelist or to an entire team.

3. Closing Remarks

a. Each panelist receives 2 minutes to make closing remarks in support of their position on the motion.

b. Once again, the judge will ensure that no panelist gets more than the allotted time.

Rules of Engagement:

1. The purpose of these debates is to elevate the level of discourse on real-world issues in conservation. Therefore, language used by panelist and audience members must honor the Arkansas State University Code of Conduct.

2. The debate is an engagement of words only. Use of visual aids (props, pyrotechnics, PPT, etc.) or

audio enhancements (radios, iPods, speakers, etc.) are not permitted in these debates.

How is the “winner” determined?

The audience will be polled on the motion before and after the debate, indicating if they are “for,” “against,” or “undecided.” Winners will be determined by changes in audience opinion from before and after the debate.

Assignments

311

All assignments should be emailed to the instructor by midnight on the day they are due. Formatting guidelines are as follows: 12 point Times New Roman font, 1” page margins, double spaced, indentations instead of spaces between paragraphs. All documents MUST be cited; you may use formatting from the journal of your choice.

A. Biological Risk Assessment Part I (100 points, idea due 22 January, assessment due 31 January)

1. Choose ONE of the proposed projects or actions: 1. Dam construction 2. Highway construction 3. Natural gas pipeline 4. Off-shore drilling

5. Power line corridor 6. Power plant (coal or nuclear) construction 7. Wind turbine farm

2. Determine an area where your selected project might be proposed (Arkansas, U.S., or anywhere in

the world that interests you). This area must be on this planet and be relevant to wildlife/human interactions. If you are uncertain, start broadly (state or country-level) at first and then we can narrow it down.

3. After you have selected your project/action and location, identify ONE species that is currently

classified as endangered or threatened under the ESA or on the IUCN Red List. You will need to email me your proposed project, area, and species for approval before beginning the next part.

4. Write a summary of the existing ecology, behavior, and conservation (if any) of your species, the

habitat it occupies, and how the project might impact the species. There may be other impacts less obvious than the main issue, so be sure to be as thorough as possible. Also, include an explanation of WHY your biological assessment is necessary, referencing applicable legal considerations (e.g. ESA, Clean Water Act). Subject headings for this part of the assignment should include: demography, breeding, habitat use, management, conservation status, current threats, vulnerabilities, and potential impacts.

B. Biological Risk Assessment Part II (100 points, due 5 March)

1. Begin with the same area and species from Part I. Then, decide which of the potential impacts against

your species is likely to have the most detrimental effect on your species.

2. Design a research study to examine the effects of the proposed project on your species in your area. The papers you researched for Part I should have some examples of possible experiments/analyses that you can incorporate into your proposed project (be sure to cite appropriately). NOTE: Your project MUST be unique; therefore, it cannot be the same experiment from a publication where you substitute your species, area, and project for theirs.

3. Explain how the data gathered from your study will effectively evaluate potential impacts (or lack thereof) of the proposed project on your species. Conclude your proposal with a discussion of potential conservation strategies which allow for an avoidance, minimization, or compensation mechanism relative to the evaluated impact.

C. Book Report (100 points, due 2 April)

312

Choose ONE of the following conservation-related books to read. All are available at the ASU library for checkout, but there are limited quantities (so, the sooner you pick your book, the better selection you will have). Otherwise, the majority of the titles are available on Amazon.com or at local bookstores for less than $15.00.

1. A Sand County Almanac, Aldo Leopold (1949) 2. Conservation Across Borders: Biodiversity in an Interdependent World, Charles C. Chester (2006) 3. Four Fish, Paul Greenberg (2010) 4. Last Child in the Woods, Richard Louv (2005) 5. Listed, Joe Roman (2011) 6. Preserving the Nation: The Conservation and Environmental Movements 1870-2000, Thomas R.

Wellock (2007) 7. Requiem for Nature, John Terborgh (1999) 8. Silent Spring, Rachel Carson (1962) 9. The Future of Life, Edward O. Wilson (2002) 10. The Nature Study Movement, Kevin C. Armitage (2009) 11. The Race to Save the Lord God Bird, Phillip Hoose (2004) 12. The World Without Us, Alan Weisman (2007) 13. Walden, Henry David Thoreau (1854) 14. Wilderness and the American Mind, Roderick Nash (1967)

After reading your book, prepare a 3-page book report. The first two pages should be a summary that discusses how this book relates to conservation biology. Anything contradicting what we have learned/discussed in class should be noted and expounded upon. The third page should be your overall critique of the book (would you recommend it to a friend or for use in a conservation biology class – why/why not, was there anything the author should have expanded upon but ignored, etc.).

Final Projects (200 points, idea due 26 February, presentation/written portion due during final session) Choose ONE of the following three options:

313

A. Review paper of a conservation topic B. Interview of someone currently employed in a conservation-related field C. Video or photo documentary of a local conservation point of interest

You will present your final project (5-7 minutes) during the final exam period for this class. The presentation should include some visual component (audio, visual, or PPT). The written portion should be turned in via email by midnight the same day.

A. Review paper of a conservation topic

1. The chosen topic should be specific enough that it can be covered in 7 pages (including references). For example, a review on deforestation would be too general, but a review of the effect of tropical deforestation on mammalian populations in Brazil would be more appropriate.

2. The topic should be well cited. A review paper with less than five references from the primary literature is insufficient. Also, be certain to use your own words; lines taken directly from other sources should be put in quotes and cited.

B. Interview of someone currently employed in a conservation-related field

1. Identify and contact a person with a conservation career. Each interviewee can only be selected

by one student.

2. Then, come up with a list of questions for your interview. They should be primarily focused upon the role of your interviewee as it relates to conservation. Potential questions could include: how the interviewee obtained their job, their primary duties with a walkthrough of their average day/month/year, why they chose their job, etc. The interview should last between 30 and 45 minutes.

3. Transcribe your interview to turn in for the written portion.

C. Video or photo documentary of a local conservation point of interest

1. Identify and select a local area currently protected for conservation purposes. Each location can

only be selected by one student.

2. Then, visit your location and use either video or photographs to document the features and status of your point of interest. The documentary should focus on conservation-related topics such as biodiversity, habitat destruction and/or restoration, invasive and/or protected species, etc.

3. Describe/label your video or photo documentary to turn in for the written portion.

Grading

Assignment/Exam Possible Points

Exam 1 100 Exam 2 100 Exam 3 100

Debates (100 pts. each) 200 Biological Risk Assessment Part I 100

Biological Risk Assessment Part II 100 Book Report 100

Final Project & Presentation 200 Total Possible Points* 1000

314

Grading Scale

1000-900 A 899-800 B 799-700 C 699-600 D 599-0 F

*There will be no extra credit opportunities

BIOLOGY OF ANIMALS LABORATORY - BIO 1301 003 CRN:

61197 Fall, 2012 Tuesday at 12pm-1:50pm

Teaching Assistant: Jill Czerwonky Office: LSE 304 phone: 870-202-9472 Email: [email protected]

Office Hours: M 9-11, W 10-11

315

Instructor of Record: Virginie Rolland Office: LSE 314 phone: 870-972-3194 Email: [email protected]

Office Hours: M 11-12, W 12-2, R 9-11 Course Description: This lab will provide a hands-on introduction to the fundamentals of modern zoology through a survey of the major phyla and dissection of various anatomical systems. Goals: Gain an understanding of the terminology and process of classifying animals in the major phyla and other taxa. Gain an understanding of the increasing complexity of tissues, organ systems, and organisms. Required Supplies: Lab manual: Hickman, Kats, Keen, and Ober. 2010. Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 15th ed. McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math New York, NY. ISBN-10: 0073040517; ISBN-13: 978-0073040516. Lab supplement: Posted to Blackboard Learn and designated technology formats as needed. Learning outcomes of the course that support the programmatic learning outcomes: This course is an intermediate level laboratory experience, designed to introduce biology terminology, a comprehensive, phylogenetic approach in emphasizing basic biological principles, animal form and function, evolutionary concepts, and critical thinking and analyses of topics relevant to the study of animal diversity and enabling adaptations. These are critical and fundamental areas of biology in which graduating students are expected to:

6) Identify living phyla and classes of animals 7) Understand the scientific approach to

studying animal diversity 8) Understand key morphological features of

and differences among animals 9) Identify major anatomical features of

vertebrates 10) Write an effective lab report.







Course Evaluation: Standard grading format: A (90-100%), B (80-89%), C (70-79%), D (60-69%), F (<60%) Assignment Number Points Each Total Pre-lab quizzes 10 5 50 Practicum evaluations 3 100 300 Lab reports 2 1st = 20; 2nd = 30 50 Total 400

Pre-lab Quizzes: Although we will not follow the lab manual exactly, it is essential that you understand the main concepts before coming to class. To reward you for your efforts, we will have 10 pre-lab quizzes based on the material in the lab manual. Comprehensive evaluations: Will be held during lab sessions and will include approximately equal thirds of the material covered in lab. Lab specimens and slides will be available for review during announced times the week prior to each evaluation. Lab reports: There will be 2 lab reports generated by each student and submitted during the semester by the specified due dates. More detailed instructions and guidance will be provided in the

316

laboratory introduction. Important Dates: Important dates can be found here: http://www2.astate.edu/a/registrar/Dates.dot Make-Up Policy: Lab examinations demand many hours to prepare and administer. As such, make-up exams are difficult to give and will only be given with a valid excuse (i.e. doctors note, vehicle accident). Official University business that is in conflict with an examination date will be honored if the student calls attention to the conflict before the examination. Make-up exams will be administered only during the week following the scheduled exam, and will only be administered on one day of that week. The make-up exam day will be announced. If you miss an exam due to an unexpected condition (accident, sick), contact the Teaching Assistant as soon as possible and at least BEFORE the next scheduled lab class. Attendance: Attendance for this class is very important! Students that do not attend regularly typically do not do well in this class. If you do miss a lab, see your instructor and try to make it up with another section. Disabilities: Students with disabilities must register with ASU Disability Services, and then contact me within the first two weeks of class to discuss appropriate accommodations. Inclement Weather: The University remains open except for extreme circumstances as determined by the university president. Use good judgment if you commute. You will not be penalized for missing class if you believe it is too dangerous to commute. However, it is the responsibility of the student to contact the instructor regarding missed work, quizzes, etc. Cell phones: This is a hands-on course and as such, the use of cell phones is not permitted during lab. If you have extenuating circumstances that may require the use of your phone, please talk to your Teaching Assistant. Tentative Course Outline (Note: outline is subject to change as needed) Week: Date Topic Representative Taxa Manual Pages 1: Aug 20 Course Intro./Scientific

Methods/ Microscope

2: Aug 27 Single-celled Eukaryotes Amoeba, Euglena,Plasmodium, 77-107 Paramecium, and others K.ingdom Animalia 109-118 Phylum Porifera Sycon & Grantia Phylum Cnidaria Hydra & others 119-134 Aurelia Metridium 3: Sept 3 P. Platyhelmithes Planarians 135-154 Flukes Tapeworms 155-178 Pseudocoelomates Ascaris Rotifers Horsehair worms INTRODUCTION TO LABORATORY REPORTING AND REFERENCING 4: Sept 10 Lab Exam I 5: Sept 17 P. Mollusca Mussels, Snails, Squid 169-186 P. Annelida Clamworms, Earthworm, Leech 187-202

P. Arthropoda Spider, Horseshoe Crab 202-209

Chelicerata 6: Sept 24 P. Arthropoda Crayfish 211-247 Centipedes & Millipedes

317

Insects (Grasshopper) 7: Oct 1 Lab report 1 due

P. Echinodermata Starfish 249-265

Sea Start Brittlestars Sea Urchins Sea Cucumbers Feather Stars & Sea Lilies P. Chordata Tunicates 267-275 Protochordates Amphioxus Hagfishes 8. Oct 8 Lab exam II 9: Oct 15 P. Chordata 277-298

Class Petromyzontida Lamprey C. Chondrichthyes Sharks, Rays

C. Actinopterygii Bony Fish 10. Oct 22 P. Chordata C. Amphibia frog 299-369 C. Reptilia (incl. birds) snake, robin

C. Mammalia mouse, human

11: Oct 29 Vertebrate Anatomy 12: Nov 5 Vertebrate Anatomy 13: Nov 12 Laboratory Final Prep and Report reviews

Nov 19-24 FALL BREAK (No laboratories or classes) 13: Nov 26 Lab exam III – Lab report 2 due


A. PLAGIARISM


1.


2.


3.








B. CHEATING Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention

318

of obtaining and/or using information in a fraudulent manner. 1.

Observing and/or copying from another student's test paper, reports, computer files and/or other class assignments.

2.



4.


5.




1.







319



ISBN 978-0-89582-919-1




320


321


Date Topic Unit Procedures Aug 21-23 Introduction: Measuring 3 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5,

3.6 Aug 28-30 Microscopy 4 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5,

4.6,4.7,4.8,4.9 Sept 4-6 The Nature of Science 1 1.1 Sept 11-13 Experimentation 2 2.1 Sept 18-20 Structure and Function of Cells 6 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5,

6.6,6.7 Sept 25-27 Cellular Transport Mechanisms 9 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 Oct 2-4 Photosynthesis 10 10.1, 10.2, 10.7, 10.8 Oct 9-11 Cellular Respiration 11 11.1, 11.2, 11.5 Oct 16-18 Cell Repro/ Ensuring Genetic Var 12/13 12.1, 12.2, 13.1, 13.2,

13.3 Oct 23-25 Basic Mendelian Genetics 15 15.4, 15.5, 15.6 (Pedigree) Oct 30-Nov 1 Understanding DNA 16 16.1, 16.2 Nov 6-8 Evolution 17 17.1, 17.2, 17.3, 17.4 Nov 13-15 Ecology 36 36.1, 36.2 Nov 27-29 Final Quiz - Lab Reports Due

Wildlife Investigation Techniques – BIO 4663

322

Dr. Virginie Rolland [email protected] (870) 972‐3194 Spring 2013 CRN: 13548 Grade type: Standard letters Frequency: Odd Spring (3 hours a week) Meeting times: MWF 9‐9:50 LSE 403 Office hours: M 10‐12, T 9‐11, W 4‐5 LSE 314 Or by Appointment Course description: Ecosystems and diversity being threatened by several factors such as habitat degradation, alien invasive species, pollution and climate change, assessing wildlife status and management or conservation strategies are essential to conserve diversity and sustain natural resources. The first step in this process is to collect data (possibly through experiments) and analyze them. This course, concurrently taken with Wildlife Investigation Techniques Lab, is thus meant to introduce routine and recent techniques to monitor field research, conduct habitat analyses, or estimate population abundance. Course goals and objectives This course aims to provide students with the field and research techniques involved in wildlife management that they will be required to know in many wildlife‐related jobs. Specifically, students will learn what behavioral data to collect, how to estimate home range, population abundance, species richness or individual survival using various field (e.g., cameras, radio‐transmitters) and statistical techniques (e.g., indices, kernel, capture‐mark‐recapture). Students will also expand on their writing and Excel skills. Student learning outcomes At the end of the course, students should be able to:

‐ To decide on the appropriate method to use for the estimation of population abundance and density

‐ To distinguish among techniques required for survival estimation based on radio‐telemetry data vs. mark‐recapture data

‐ To demonstrate knowledge of techniques used for other wildlife data ‐ To demonstrate competency in writing in proper scientific style

Required textbook (either or) ‐ Braun (2005) Techniques for wildlife investigations and management. The Wildlife Society, 6th

edition, Bethesda, Maryland, USA.

323

‐ Silvy (2012) The wildlife techniques manual: Research (Vol.1). The Wildlife Society, 7th edition, Bethesda, Maryland, USA.

Tentative course outline:

Topic Day Specifically Reading To turn in

Introduction

14‐Jan M Syllabus + CWB requirements

16‐Jan W Animal care and use Chapter 7 Questionnaire

18‐Jan F Problem Solving

Behavior

21‐Jan M NO CLASS

23‐Jan W Animal Behavior Chapter 23

25‐Jan F Animal Behavior Quiz 1 ‐ Chapter 1

28‐Jan M Animal Behavior

Spatial

30‐Jan W Remote monitoring Chapter 14

1‐Feb F Home range

4‐Feb M Home range Exercise Behavior

6‐Feb W Habitat analyses Chapter 17 Quiz 2 ‐ ACU‐Bhv

8‐Feb F Habitat analyses

11‐Feb M Habitat analyses

Abundance

13‐Feb W Abundance ‐ unmarked Chapter 5 (‐130)

15‐Feb F Abundance ‐ unmarked Summary 1

18‐Feb M Abundance ‐ unmarked Quiz 3 ‐ Spatial

20‐Feb W MID‐TERM EXAM

22‐Feb F Abundance ‐ closed Chapter 5 (‐138)

25‐Feb M Abundance ‐ closed

27‐Feb W Abundance ‐ closed

1‐Mar F Abundance ‐ open Chapter 5 (‐153) Exercise Lin.‐Peters.

4‐Mar M Abundance ‐ open Proposal‐1

6‐Mar W Abundance ‐ open Quiz 4 ‐ Abundance

8‐Mar F Conclave ‐ NO CLASS

Community

11‐Mar M Species richness and diversity Handout

13‐Mar W Species richness and diversity

15‐Mar F Species diversity and diversity

Spring break

18‐Mar M NO CLASS

20‐Mar W NO CLASS

22‐Mar F NO CLASS

Individual

25‐Mar M Age/Sex Chapter 12 Exercise Richness

27‐Mar W Reproductive status Chapter 22 Quiz 5 ‐ Community

29‐Mar F Conservation genetics Chapter 24

Fecundity 1‐Apr M Age ratio p160‐162 Summary 2

324

3‐Apr W Nest success Handout

5‐Apr F Nest success

Survival

8‐Apr M Known‐fate models p162‐173 Proposal‐2

10‐Apr W Kaplan‐Meier method Handout Exercise Nest Suc.

12‐Apr F Kaplan‐Meier method Quiz 6 ‐ Fecundity

15‐Apr M Recovery models

17‐Apr W Tag‐recovery model Handout

19‐Apr F Tag‐recovery model Exercise Kapl.‐Mei

22‐Apr M Recapture models Quiz 7 ‐ Survival

24‐Apr W CJS model Handout Questions for review

26‐Apr F CJS model Proposal‐3

29‐Apr M Last day: Review

Final

1‐May W

3‐May F FINAL EXAM

5‐May M

Assignments and assessment In addition to general participation, student progress will be assessed through quizzes, various assignments, and exams (mid‐term and final) for which the dates are indicated in the tentative schedule. These different activities will be graded as follows:

Activity Points

Attendance 015 Exercises 100 Summaries 040 Quizzes 070 Mid‐term 100 Final exam 125 Proposal 150

Total 600

Attendance: Attendance is expected. Failing to attend all classes will decrease your ability to

perform well as any given class tends to build upon the preceding ones. No unexcused absence will be accepted. In case of emergency, written excuses will be requested at return. If notified in advance, arrangements can be made. In any case, it is your responsibility to arrange for missed assignments, lecture notes and any announcements made in class.

Reading: Book chapters (or handouts in the event of no corresponding chapter) as listed must be read before class (see outline above). Note that there will be a quiz on the first chapter even

325

though it will not be covered in class. Work on your notes regularly and do not hesitate to ask questions in class, by email, during office hours or by appointment.

Exercises: Seven exercises will have to be completed throughout the semester. Some might be started in class but they must all be finished at home and be turned in electronically by the dates indicated in the outline. Each exercise is worth 20 points and should give you training with some of the techniques used to analyze wildlife data and should help you feel more comfortable with the use of Excel (if not mastered yet).

Summaries: Read and summarize 2 scientific peer‐review journal articles that present a wildlife technique (e.g., blood collection in birds: Owen 2011). Each paper must cover a different wildlife technique and be published recently (10 years‐old at most) in Wildlife Society Bulletin, Journal of Wildlife Management, Journal of Field Ornithology, Wildlife Research, European Journal of Wildlife Research, or Journal of Herpetology. Searching engines include Google Scholar and the ASU library website http://www.library.astate.edu/. Make sure you check the filter “Peer Reviewed”. Everyone should choose articles that no one else in the class selected. A sheet will circulate to ensure this. Summaries must not be longer than 1.5 pages, double‐spaced, Times New Roman, font 12. Send each article along with the summaries. Deadlines are indicated in the above outline although they can be turned in earlier. Each article is worth 20 points. Any late homework will result in your homework grade reduced by 5% for each day late. This activity is meant to train your writing skills (grammar and conciseness). A rubric will be provided on Blackboard.

Quizzes: Quizzes of 10 points each will be given regularly to evaluate your understanding of recent lectures and book chapters. No document will be allowed. So, keep up with your readings and reviewing your past lectures.

Proposal: Groups of 4 students will be formed based on individual proficiencies to write a research proposal involving a wildlife technique. One student will take the role of leader but each team is free to share tasks they wish. The leader will submit the work in 3 steps and will report the contribution (i.e., percentage of effort) of his/her team mates every time. Chapter 1 should help in this process.

1. Get familiar with the IACUC proposal form and brainstorm ideas of research questions. Choose a species (and possibly a site) in Arkansas. Find a research question and define objectives based on a literature search. The assignment denoted Proposal‐1 is a document with a title, a research question, and objectives. This document is worth 20 points.

2. Fill out the IACUC form. You can use pictures to explain a trapping or surgical procedure. If a special (federal orstate) permit is required, it should be indicated. An example and a rubric will be provided on Blackboard. This IACUC proposal (Proposal‐2) is worth 80 points.

3. Each team will receive the IACUC proposal of another team for review, i.e., constructive criticism about the pain/distress category of the species, the appropriateness of the techniques used, the clarity of the proposal, etc. A rubric will be provided. This review (Proposal‐3) is worth 50 points.

Through this activity, you should learn how to work in a team, further improve your writing skills and think through each aspect involved in wildlife research.

326

Exam: Both mid‐term and final exams will be comprehensive (lecture, book chapter, readings, exercises) with open documents. Make‐up exams must be arranged in advance if excusable absences are discussed with the instructor. Any bonus points?

‐ The questionnaire to turn on Jan 16 is simply a questionnaire that I made to know you better and adjust the content of this class. As an incentive to get your answers, I offer 5 bonus points.

‐ Bonus points will be assigned if relevant statistical techniques are provided in the IACUC proposal.

‐ At the end of the semester, you will be asked to complete an anonymous evaluation for this class. Your feedback is important to me and if I can get at least 75% of your surveys, 5 more bonus points will be assigned to each of you.

This syllabus is subject to change throughout the semester. Changes (if any) will be announced in class or by email (through Blackboard)

Course Policies The use of cellphone will not be tolerated without permission. If you are found using it, you will be asked to step out of class. Cheating and plagiarism will be severely punished following the procedures stated in the student handbook. Below is an excerpt.

Academic Policies and Procedures Academic Misconduct

Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy are considered as serious misconduct and may result in severe penalties.

A. PLAGIARISM


• To avoid plagiarism give written credit and acknowledgment to the source of thoughts, ideas, and/or words, whether you have used direct quotation, paraphrasing, or just a reference to a general idea. • If you directly quote works written by someone else, enclose the quotation with quotation marks and provide an appropriate citation (e.g., footnote, endnote, bibliographical reference).

• Research, as well as the complete written paper, must be the work of the person seeking academic credit for the course. (Papers, book reports, projects, and/or other class assignments)

327

Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of plagiarism in any of the following ways: 1. Return the paper or other item for rewriting; the grade may be lowered. 2. Give a failing grade on the paper or other item‐"F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used. 3. Give the student who plagiarized a failing grade in the course. 4. Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university.

B. CHEATING

Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using information in a fraudulent manner. 1. Observing and/or copying from another student's test paper, reports, computer files and/or other class assignments. 2. Giving or receiving assistance during an examination period. (This includes providing specific answers to subsequent examinees and/or dispensing or receiving information that would allow the student to have an unfair advantage in the examination over students who did not possess such information.) 3. Using class notes, outlines, and other unauthorized information during an examination. 4. Using, buying, selling, stealing, transporting, or soliciting, in part or in whole the contents of an examination or other assignment not authorized by the professor of the class. 5. Using for credit in one class a term paper, book report, project, or class assignment written for credit in another class without the knowledge and permission of the professor of the class. 6. Exchanging places with another person for the purpose of taking an examination or completing other assignments. Discipline: Faculty members may respond to cases of cheating in any of the following ways:

• Allow the testing to progress without interruption, informing the offending student about the offense‐and award a failing grade on the test‐"F" if a letter grade is used or zero if a numerical grade is used.

• Seize the test of the offending student and give a failing grade on the paper.

• Give the offending student a failing grade in the course.

• Recommend sanctions, including disciplinary expulsion from the university. NOTE: Colleges and Departments (e.g., Art, Nursing, Biology) may add to these guidelines in order to enforce academic integrity and professional ethics to meet their special needs (e.g., clinical, computer, laboratory experiences). Procedures for Handling Academic Misconduct Charges for Violations of the Standards of Student Conduct

• A student disagreeing with the sanction issued based on Academic Misconduct should follow the Academic Grievance Procedure

328

BIOLOGY OF ANIMALS LABORATORY - BIO 1301 XXX CRN: XXXXX Fall, 2012

DAY AND TIME OF SECTION

Teaching Assistant: Office: phone: Email: Office Hours:

329

Instructor of Record: Paul Sikkel Office: phone: Email: Office Hours: Course Description: This lab will provide a hands-on introduction to the fundamentals of modern zoology through a survey of the major phyla and dissection of various anatomical systems. Goals: Gain an understanding of the terminology and process of classifying animals in the major phyla and other taxa. Gain an understanding of the increasing complexity of tissues, organ systems, and organisms. Required Supplies: Lab manual: Hickman, Kats, Keen, and Ober. 2010. Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 15th ed. McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math New York, NY. ISBN-10: 0073040517; ISBN-13: 978-0073040516. Lab supplement: Posted to Blackboard Learn and designated technology formats as needed. Learning outcomes of the course that support the programmatic learning outcomes: This course is an intermediate level laboratory experience, designed to introduce biology terminology, a comprehensive, phylogenetic approach in emphasizing basic biological principles, animal form and function, evolutionary concepts, and critical thinking and analyses of topics relevant to the study of animal diversity and enabling adaptations. These are critical and fundamental areas of biology in which graduating students are expected to:









330

Pre-lab Quizzes: Although we will not follow the lab manual exactly, it is essential that you understand the main concepts before coming to class. To reward you for your efforts, we will have 10 pre-lab quizzes based on the material in the lab manual. Comprehensive evaluations: Will be held during lab sessions and will include approximately equal thirds of the material covered in lab. Lab specimens and slides will be available for review during announced times the week prior to each evaluation. Lab reports: There will be 2 lab reports generated by each student and submitted during the semester by the specified due dates. More detailed instructions and guidance will be provided in the laboratory introduction. Important Dates: Important dates can be found here: http://www2.astate.edu/a/registrar/Dates.dot Make-Up Policy: Lab examinations demand many hours to prepare and administer. As such, make-up exams are difficult to give and will only be given with a valid excuse (i.e. doctors note, vehicle accident). Official University business that is in conflict with an examination date will be honored if the student calls attention to the conflict before the examination. Make-up exams will be administered only during the week following the scheduled exam, and will only be administered on one day of that week. The make-up exam day will be announced. If you miss an exam due to an unexpected condition (accident, sick), contact the Teaching Assistant as soon as possible and at least BEFORE the next scheduled lab class. Attendance: Attendance for this class is very important! Students that do not attend regularly typically do not do well in this class. If you do miss a lab, see your instructor and try to make it up with another section. Disabilities: Students with disabilities must register with ASU Disability Services, and then contact me within the first two weeks of class to discuss appropriate accommodations. Inclement Weather: The University remains open except for extreme circumstances as determined by the university president. Use good judgment if you commute. You will not be penalized for missing class if you believe it is too dangerous to commute. However, it is the responsibility of the student to contact the instructor regarding missed work, quizzes, etc. Cell phones: This is a hands-on course and as such, the use of cell phones is not permitted during lab. If you have extenuating circumstances that may require the use of your phone, please talk to your Teaching Assistant. Tentative Course Outline (Note: outline is subject to change as needed) Week: Date Topic Representative Taxa Manual Pages 1: Aug 20 Course Intro./Scientific

Methods/ Microscope 2: Aug 27 Single-celled Eukaryotes Amoeba, Euglena,Plasmodium, 77-107 Paramecium, and others K.ingdom Animalia 109-118 Phylum Porifera Sycon & Grantia Phylum Cnidaria Hydra & others 119-134 Aurelia Metridium 3: Sept 3 P. Platyhelmithes Planarians 135-154 Flukes Tapeworms 155-178 Pseudocoelomates Ascaris

331

Rotifers Horsehair worms INTRODUCTION TO LABORATORY REPORTING AND REFERENCING 4: Sept 10 Lab Exam I 5: Sept 17 P. Mollusca Mussels, Snails, Squid 169-186 P. Annelida Clamworms, Earthworm, Leech 187-202

P. Arthropoda Spider, Horseshoe Crab 202-209 Chelicerata 6: Sept 24 P. Arthropoda Crayfish 211-247 Centipedes & Millipedes Insects (Grasshopper) 7: Oct 1 Lab report 1 due

P. Echinodermata Starfish 249-265 Sea Start Brittlestars Sea Urchins Sea Cucumbers Feather Stars & Sea Lilies P. Chordata Tunicates 267-275 Protochordates Amphioxus Hagfishes 8. Oct 8 Lab exam II 9: Oct 15 P. Chordata 277-298


10. Oct 22 P. Chordata C. Amphibia frog 299-369 C. Reptilia (incl. birds) snake, robin


11: Oct 29 Vertebrate Anatomy 12: Nov 5 Vertebrate Anatomy 13: Nov 12 Laboratory Final Prep and Report reviews Nov 19-24 FALL BREAK (No laboratories or classes) 13: Nov 26 Lab exam III – Lab report 2 due

332


A. PLAGIARISM


1.


2.


3.








B. CHEATING


1.


2.



4.


5.





333







COORDINATOR: Mr. Tracy Klotz EMAIL: [email protected] OFFICE: LSE 318; Phone 972-3143 OFFICE HOURS: M & T 8:00-9:00, T 1:00-2:00; or by Appointment TEACHING ASSISTANT ___________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________

334

TEXT: Exploring Biology in the Laboratory, custom for ASU 2011; Pendarvis and Crawley. ISBN 978-0-89582-919-1



Students with Special Instructional Needs: If you have any special needs related to learning or testing in this course, please let the Graduate Teaching Assistant (GTA) know as soon as possible so those needs can be addressed. Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability should first be registered with ASU Disability Services. Appropriate arrangements will be made to ensure equal access to this course. Inclement Weather Policy: The University remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to contact each of his/her professors immediately upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. See notes about makeup policies and inclement weather below. Attendance Policy: Students should attend every lab session. Students who miss class should expect to makeup missed work or receive a failing mark on missed work. If you miss the first lab, then you may come to another lab meeting later in the week, but you must contact your GTA to determine which lab section you should attend. Students who participate in university-sponsored activities will be given reasonable opportunities to makeup missed assignments. Students in this course who miss more than 2 class sessions per semester MAY be assigned an ‘F’ in the course depending upon circumstances discussed in the student handbook (1999-2000 edition, p. 12). Please review to the make-up policy provided by your Instructor of Record Students should attend every session. Regular classroom attendance, completing lab assignments and participation is critical to your success in this course. CELL PHONE POLICY: Cell phone use is not permitted in class. Please turn all cell phones off when entering the classroom. If a cell phone is used during class it may be taken up, you may asked to leave the room, and/or you may receive a failing grade on a quiz or assignment. CHEATING: Cheating is defined and described in the student handbook. Any activity that falls in the category of cheating or deals with issues of academic misconduct will be addressed and disciplined to the fullest extent. This includes but is not limited to assigning the offending student a failing grade for the assignment or course, and then reporting them to the student conduct system. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following:

335

Individual quizzes: 12 @ 10 points each = 120 points Formal Laboratory Report: 1 @ 80 points each = 80 points Comprehensive Quiz 1 @ 50 points = 50 points TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE = 250 points GRADING SCALE: A = 100 - 90% B = 89 - 80% C = 79 - 70% D = 69 - 60% F = 59% or lower Homework: Like all researchers you are required to do your homework which includes reading ahead and sometimes working on procedures before or outside of class. These assignments will be posted on the board each day and include your lab report.. Quizzes: Quizzes will be given during each class meeting. These quizzes will be administered orally at the end of class. Papers should be folded in half and kept that way unless you are writing on them. If you are caught cheating, or with your paper left open, it may be taken up to receive a zero. Laboratory Reports: Each student is required to turn in a formal lab report during the semester. You may choose the procedure or experiment to report on from the manual. Lab reports are to be 3-5 pages in length, double spaced and in 12 font. It should include a title page, an introduction, materials and methods, results, discussion, and any citations of references used. Please refer to the lab coordinators web page for tips and guidelines for writing a lab report. Please note: If you turn in your lab report before midterm, and are unhappy with your grade, you will have the opportunity to turn in another before final to replace that grade. Mini comprehensive Quiz: This quiz will be given the last day of class and will consist of approximately 30 multiple choice questions from material covered throughout the semester. Disclaimer: The information contained in this syllabus is as accurate as possible, but may be subject to change with reasonable advance notice. The schedule and content of lectures and assignments may be changed at the discretion of the instructor upon oral notification in class. Changes may involve additions, deletions, substitutions, or changes in sequence or due date. DATES TO REMEMBER: Last day to drop an individual class or withdraw from the University: November 16, 2011




3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6

336

Aug 28-30 Microscopy 4 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9

Sept 4-6 The Nature of Science 1 1.1 Sept 11-13 Experimentation 2 2.1








16.2 Nov 6-8 Evolution 17 17.1,

17.2, 17.3, 17.4 Nov 13-15 Ecology 36 36.1,


Biology of Animals: Honors Dr. Paul Sikkel Fall 2012 Office Hours: M: 10:00 –12:00, 14:00-17:00, W:10:00-12:00, by appointment, or whenever you see me. Office: LSE 411/412 E-mail: [email protected] Phone : (870) 972-3296

337

Course meetings: MWF 09 :00 – 09:50 Text: Hickman et al. Animal Diversity, 6th Edition Supplemental: Wilson, E.O. 1999. The diversity of life. Norton and Co. Course Objectives:

1) Introduce the student to basic concepts in zoology, formal principles of evolution, the major groups of animals, and animal organ systems.

2) Introduce the student to basic biological investigative skills 3) Further develop the critical thinking skills of the student. 4) Further develop the research skills of the student. 5) Increase the student’s ability to make informed decisions based on sound scientific principles. Learning Outcomes: At the end of this course, the student should be able to: 1) Show initiative and take responsibility and ownership for their education in biology. 2) Be able to think critically and analytically about the subject matter. 3) Understand the process of evolution and how it relates to biodiversity. 4) Understand zoological terminology. 5) Understand the process of systematics. 6) Understand the basic function of major animal organ systems. Class Preparation: Science, and learning about science is very much a collaborative effort, and your participation in class is encouraged and expected. That said, effective collaboration requires that each individual be prepared and contributes to that effort. Thus, I expect you to read the assigned chapters before each class meeting. Class presentations, discussions and exercises will presuppose a certain amount of understanding of the concepts to be covered in class during that day. You are also responsible for any additional assigned reading. The in-class sessions are designed to help focus and supplement the reading. Reading is not the only way to learn, but learning to navigate and utilize written sources is essential in biology and other sciences. You will not be able to perform well in the course, or other science courses, if you do not get in the habit of reading and learning how to find information. As a minimum, you should read each assigned chapter 2-3 times, and re-read the topics we cover in class. If you are properly prepared, you should be ready for an exam every day, and you should never have to “study” for an exam. I also encourage you to utilize supplemental internet resources (see below).

Attendance: I do not take roll. While you are free to make your own decisions, you are responsible for material covered during class. Classroom sessions will not cover everything in the text, and we will also include material that is not presented in the text. I will gladly help you make up work missed due to an excused absence. However, this needs to be

338

done in a timely manner. If you need to leave class early, please sit near the door so as to minimize disruption. Please keep cell phones silent during class. Academic dishonesty: Please read the ASU Student Handbook regarding this. Violations will result in major inconveniences. Copying work from other students is clearly a violation - “nuf said” Grading: Major presentations: 30% Minor presentations/Discussions: 10% Exams: 20% Quiz’s: 20% (drop lowest score) Final Project: 20% Final project: Your final project should apply or expand on something from your presentation (or another topic if you choose but this will require more work). It should incorporate evolution, ecology, behavior, and conservation. For example, you could do a presentation at a school, write a paper, make a short film, make a web site, etc. The project should be something that allows you to show initiative and creativity, and apply and/or expand on what you have learned in the class. Once you have an idea, please clear it with me before proceeding. Philosophy: 1) Biology is the most relevant/important subject to your life. Indeed, biology is the study of life on earth, which includes you and all living things you depend on for survival and well-being. Zoology is a subdiscipline within Biology that focuses on animals; 2) You are your own best teacher, and most learning in your life, even in college, will occur outside the classroom. Thus, a major aim of the in- class sessions is to help prepare and motivate you for out of class learning. As a rule of thumb, you should be spending a minimum of 3 hours outside of class learning about zoology for every hour spent in class. I encourage you to seek the art and thrill of zoology, and learn to learn for yourself, not for me, and not for the exams. Final note: Please let me know if you have any questions, concerns, or comments about the class. The fact that there are many of you and only one of me creates complications for both of us. We will cover a lot of material, so it is important that you keep up. Zoology is a lot of fun, and highly relevant to your everyday life. Tentative Schedule I have developed a tentative schedule below. Please note that faculty have many responsibilities including research, attending professional meetings, giving presentations, and serving on committees. Attending to these other responsibilities may require my occasional absence and/or otherwise require some modification to the schedule. However, if you are keeping up with the reading, this will not

339

create problems for you. In many ways, the journey is more important than the destination, so we may modify the course as we go along. While there are certain “basics” everyone should know, we do have some flexibility, and student input on course direction is always welcome. Week of Topic Reading 20 Aug. Course introduction, career options, Chpt. 1-4 biodiversity is cool!, Chucky D and evolution. 29 Aug. Animal Behavior, basic principles Chpt. 1-4 of ecology, biogeography, body plans, taxonomy and phylogeny Begin reading Wilson 3 Sept. Continue above. Quiz 1 10 September Finish above, Protozoans Chpt. 5 17 September Porifera, Chpt. 6 Cnidarians and Ctenophores Chpt. 7 Quiz 2 24 September Platyhelminthes-Acanthocephala Chpt. 8 Team 1: Cyliophora-Nemertea Chpt. 9 1 October Team 2: Mollusca Chpt. 10 Team 3: Annelida Chpt. 11 Quiz 3 8 October Team 4: Nematoda & Tardigrada Chpt. 12 Team 5: Arthropoda: Trilobita, Merostomata, Pycnogonida Chpt. 13 Team 6: Arthropoda: Arachnida 15 October Team 7: Arthropoda: Chilopoda, Diplopoda Team 8: Arthropoda: Crustacea Team 9: Arthropoda: Hexapoda 22 October Sikkel Saba Exam 1 29 October Team 10: Chaetognaths, Echinoderms (Crinoidea, Asteroidea) Chpt. 14 Team 1: Echinoderms (Ophiuroidea, Echinoidea, Holothuroidea) 5 November Team 2: Hemichordates and Early Chordates Chpt. 15 Team 3: Early vertebrates (ancestral fishes, Chpt. 15-16 living jawless fishes)

340

Team 4: Chondrichthyes Chpt. 16 12 November Team 5: Actinopterygii Chpt. 16 Team 6: Sarcopterygii Chpt. 16 Quiz 5 19 November Fall Break 26 November Team 7: Early tetrapods/modernAmphibia Chpt. 17 Team 8: Non avian reptiles Chpt. 18 Team 9: Avian reptiles Chpt. 19 Team 10: Mammals Chpt. 20 (have to schedule make up time for this) 3 December Exam 2 Useful websites:

1) Text companion: www.mhhe.com/hickmanad6e 2) University of Michigan: http://animaldiversity.ummz.umich.edu/site/index.html 3) University of Florida:

http://www.flmnh.ufl.edu/ 4) UC Berkeley:

http://mvz.berkeley.edu/ 5) Linnean Society:

http://www.linnean.org/

Biology 4382

Parasitology: Spring 2013

Course MC: Dr. Paul Sikkel

Office: LSE 412

Phone: X 3296

341


Course meeting times: T, TH, 08:00 – 09:15

Office Hours: T 09:30 – 12:30; TR 09:30‐12:30 ‐‐ Of course, you are welcome to talk to me whenever you see

me.

Text: Roberts et al.: Foundations of Parasitology (Ninth edition).

There will also be additional assigned readings.

Some useful web sites:

American Society of Parasitologists

http://amsocparasit.org/

Australian Society for Parasitology

http://parasite.org.au/?p=308

http://animaldiversity.ummz.umich.edu/site/index.html (Animal Diversity)

Course Description/Justification

Parasites constitute the most common “lifestyle” among living organisms. They are found in nearly every

Phylum and on or in nearly every living organism. Parasites range from microscopic single‐cells to small sharks.

Thus, an understanding of the biology of parasites is essential for an understanding of biology in general. This

course focuses on the evolution, systematics, ecology, and life history of parasites, including their role in

diseases of humans and other organisms. The course meetings will employ a variety of formats and will include

student presentations. The course will emphasize a global perspective .

Philosophy: Learning is a “do it yourself” thing, you are your own best teacher, and you should take

responsibility for your own education. My job is to help you by exposing you to new topics and ideas, and by

providing you with resources and advice. I cannot learn for you, and you should not learn for me, but rather for

yourself. This is an exciting topic and I am assuming you all are here because you want to be. You will get more

from the course if you focus on learning and enjoying the subject, and not on your grade. The text is excellent

and there will be plenty of supplemental resources, so you should never feel that you aren’t being sufficiently

challenged.

Course objectives:

At the end of this course, you will:

342

1) Have a basic understanding of the taxonomy and systematic, biology, ecology, evolution, and life

history of parasites.

2) Understand the terminology of the science of parasitology.

3) Be able to read, critically evaluate, and discuss scientific papers about parasitology.

4) Give an effective oral presentation.

Proposed assessment of performance:

Classroom sessions:

Exams (1 midterm, 1 final): 25%

Presentation of selected topic: 25%

Leading of paper discussion: 25%

Participation in Discussions: 25%

Pre and post test (ungraded by counts toward “participation” component)

Tentative Schedule

Week of In class Reading

14 January Introduction and pretest Chpt: 1‐3

21 January Sikkel presentations Chpt. 4

28 January Presentation Contd./ Discussion Ch 1‐3 Chpt. 34 & 41

343

4 February T: Discuss Chpt. 34&41 Th: Midterm (1‐4, 34&41)

11 February T: OP Chpt. 7 (Denton) & 8 (Monica) – Th: OP Chpt. 9 (Casey) & 16‐18 (Zach)

18 February T: DP Chpt 7 (Denton) & 22/26 (Monica) ‐ Th: DP Chpt. 9 (Casey) & 16‐18 (Zach)

25 February T: OP Chpt. 19‐21 (Julian) & 26/27 (Megan) – Th: OP Chpt. 36/37 (Scott) & 38/39 (Aaron)

4 March T: DP Chpt 19‐21 (Julian) & 26/27 (Megan) ‐ Th: DP Chpt. 36/37 (Scott) & 38/39 (Aaron)

11 March Final and post‐test

OP = Oral presentation

DP = Discussion Paper

LECTURE SYLLABUS

MAMMALIAN NEUROBIOLOGY - BIO 4363 001 CRN: 63979, Fall, 2012 Lectures: T, R 8:00-9:15 am. – Room 207, Lab Sciences East Dr. Malathi Srivatsan Office: LSW 547/ ABI 214 Web site: https://bblearn.astate.edu/ Phone: 972-3167 E-mail: [email protected]

344

Course Information: Required Text Book: From Neuron to Brain (4th ed.) by Nicholls, J.G., Martin, A.R., Wallace, B.G., and Fuchs, P.A. (2001). Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, MT: ISBN-10: 0878934391 ISBN-13: 978-0878934393 For Additional Reading: Principles of Neural Science (4th ed.). by Kandel, Schwartz, and Jessell (2000) McGraw-Hill, NY, NY. ISBN-10: 0838577016 ISBN-13: 978-0838577011 Introduction to Neurobiology by Heinrich Reichert (Author), Brigitte Zwickel-Noelle (Illustrator), G. S. Boylan Publisher: Oxford University Press, USA (November 11, 1992) Language: English ISBN-10: 0195210107 ISBN-13: 978-0195210101 Journal articles: will be provided. Recommended supplemental resources may be announced in class or posted on web site Please be considerate of fellow students in the class and turn off your cell phones during lecture. Office Hours: Monday 3:30 – 5:00 p.m. or by appointment Tuesday 3:00 – 5:00 p.m. Thursday 2:30 – 4:30 p.m. If you are unable to see me during office hours, please call or email me to schedule an appointment. If you have difficulty understanding the material or keeping up with this course, please let me know as early as you can. I will work with you to discuss / clarify and find solutions. If you have questions about the text (or the lecture) please ask. Emails are encouraged. Course Description: Bio 4363 Mammalian Neurobiology is designed to familiarize you with the knowledge of the development, structure and function of central nervous system. This can be considered an intermediate level neuroscience course. We will begin by familiarizing ourselves with the basic developmental processes of the nervous system, followed by discussion of the principles of neuronal signaling, the properties of membranes, channels and cells and a refresher on basic anatomy, electrophysiology, and chemistry of the nervous system. Finally, we will focus on the integrative mechanisms of different sensory systems and end with neurodegeneration, regeneration and aging. The lectures will be supplemented with media presentations and hands on activities. Learning outcomes of the course that support the programmatic learning outcomes: This course is a higher level course, designed to (a) introduce neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and neurochemistry underlying the structure and function of Nervous System, (b) help understand the conversion of physical energy into neurophysiological activity, (c) describe the relationship of major neural systems and motor function, (d) examine the process of sensory perception via the major

345

sensory systems, (e) learn about learning & memory, neuronal plasticity, and its role in health and disease, (f) engage students in critical thinking and analyses of topics relevant to mammalian neurobiology and expose students to the interdisciplinary nature of this field. These are critical and fundamental areas of Biology in which graduating students of Biology are expected to have a clear understanding. During this course the students will obtain the skills to

(1) Appreciate and participate in the interdisciplinary nature of this field, its accelerated pace of growth, and its outcomes and applications

(2) Expand knowledge by searching databases to obtain current information, including primary literature; and build a lifelong desire for learning

(3) Communicate to share knowledge (4) Fine-tune intellectual and practical skills to be successful in graduate/professional school

and/or a chosen career (5) Understand the underlying neuronal functions in health and disease (6) Comprehend the stimuli, signals and the receptors which detect them (7) Engage in critical thinking and analyses of topics relevant to neurobiology (8) Learn about the interdisciplinary nature of this field and the current accelerated pace of its

growth Method of instruction: This is primarily a lecture course which meets two days a week for a total 150 minutes. Along with following the lectures, additional study time will be required to learn the material. Lectures will be supplemented with visual aids, journal articles, material from the text book and outside reading assignments. Lecture notes will be posted on a regular basis. Please feel free to send me your questions via e-mail or raise your doubts in class. Course requirements: Students are required to (i) READ the material in the text book and take notes during lectures; (ii) actively participate in discussions, (iii) develop the habit of reading primary literature and (iv) make oral presentations. Method of evaluation: There will be (1) three written reports, each worth 30 points for a total of 90 points, (2) one oral presentation worth 60 points, one take home exam worth 50 points and (4) one mid-term and one final exam, each worth 100 points. Thus a total of 400 points can be obtained. In addition 5 minute quizzes will be given in the class from time to time towards extra credit points. In-class activities cannot be made up in the event of an absence.

Assignments You will be given information about upcoming assignments at appropriate times during the term. If you miss a class in which an assignment is made or discussed, you will be responsible for obtaining that information, either from this site or from other students in the course. Please note that NO make-up or late assignments will be accepted unless under extenuating circumstances. Written Reports For certain topics covered in this course, I will ask you to prepare a comprehensive discussion. These so-called 'Essay Exercises' will be posted on course web site. You will be required to select three of these essay topics throughout the semester and submit your typed responses. Normally, responses will

346

be around 500 words. Work will only be accepted at the beginning of class on the due dates. Please avoid submitting handwritten responses. Essay Exercises are worth 20 points each. Fourteen topics for essays are listed at the end of this syllabus. You will choose one essay from topics 1-4, one from 5-8, and one from 9-14 and thus a minimum of three will be due on various dates throughout the semester. Oral Presentation You will be expected to make one oral presentation, worth 50 points covering a current topic in Mammalian Neurobiology. Guidelines, format and evaluation criteria will be discussed in class. Mid- term, Take Home and Final Exam One take home exam worth 50 points, one mid-term and one final exam, worth 100 points each will be given at scheduled times. The exams will address the material covered in this course. The mid-term exam will consist of multiple choice, fill in the blank and short answer questions. The take home exam will be on reading assignment. The Final exam will consist of short answer, fill-in-the-blank, description and/or essay questions over items covered in the assigned readings and material presented in class. You must take the final to pass the course.

Grades will be determined from scores on your exam and exercises and will be assigned as follows: Grading scale: A = 90-100% B = 80-89.9% C = 70-79.9% D = 60- 69.9% F = < 59.9 Attendance and Academic integrity : ASU Academic Policies and Procedures will be strictly enforced. The student has the responsibility to review information regarding their rights and responsibilities in the ASU Student Handbook and/or the Undergraduate/Graduate Bulletin (the latter are available through the Registrar’s Office at http://www2.astate.edu/a/registrar/tools-forms/bulletins.dot Please refer to the ASU Student Handbook for university policies and regulations (http://studentconduct.astate.edu/studenthandbook.html) particularly those pertaining to attendance, inclement weather, enforcement of academic integrity (http://studentconduct.astate.edu/AcademicIntegrity.html), and scheduling of final exam. Cheating and plagiarism will not be tolerated. Any student caught cheating will receive a grade of “0” for that assignment or exam and the incident will be reported to the office of registrar. Handicap Policy - Any student having a certified handicapping condition should see the instructor and/or Disability Services (Telephone No. 870 972-3964, web link http://www2.astate.edu/disability/ ) about making any necessary course modifications as early in the course as possible FERPA: The federal government act Family Educational Right to Privacy Act (FERPA) protects the rights of students to privacy. Unauthorized persons, including parents, are prohibited from viewing individually identifiable information about the student, without the consent of the student. Only information considered to be directory information may be released without the prior consent of the student. Directory Information is: name, address, telephone number, enrollment status, major, degree obtained and date conferred, and the dates of attendance. All other information about the student must NOT be released without the prior consent of the student. If you request non-directory information via email, you need to provide a signed consent form.

347

Syllabus (Tentative - Subject to change) Mammalian Neurobiology 5163-001 Lecture Topic, Readings and Discussion Aug 21 Intro to Course/Review Chapter 1, Development of NS first half chapter 23 Aug 23 Development of NS Second half of chapter 23 Aug 28 Neurogenesis/ differentiation/stem cells Readings/ Discussions Aug 30 Development of NS/ multimedia / Article(s) Sept 4 Electrical Signaling Chapters 2,5,6 Sept 6 Electrical Signaling Chapters 6,7/ Sept 11 Neural Communication I Chapters 9,10 Sept 13 Neural Communication II Chapters 11,12,13 Sept 18 Signal Readings/ Discussions Sept 25 Functional Neuroanatomy (various) Sept 27 Functional Neuroanatomy (cont…..) ; NTs/Pharmacology ch 14 Oct 2 NTs/Pharmacology ch 14 Oct 4 Autonomic NS ch 16 Oct 9 Mid-term Exam Oct 11 Nicotine Readings and/ Discussions Oct 16 Synaptic Plasticity Chapter 12 Oct 18 & 23 Sensory system- Multimedia Oct 25 Sensory system I ch17 Oct 30 Sensory system II ch 18 Nov 1 Sensory system III ch 19 Nov 6 Sensory system /Discussions Nov 8 Neuroglia Chapter 8 / Take home exam due Nov 13 Denervation, Regeneration/ Diseases of NS ch 24 Nov 15 Diseases of NS continued…… Nov 20 & 22 Fall Break – Thanksgiving Holidays Nov 27 Research Techniques/ Open questions and Future research Ch 26 Nov 29 Presentations Dec 4 Study Day Dec 06* Final Exam 8:00 to 10:00 am *Date set by registrar’s office and cannot be changed

Topics for Written Reports (Choose any four, each not to exceed 500 words)

1) Discuss the role of genetics and environment in shaping the developing nervous system ---due on 09/04 2) What are neural stem cells? What is the progress in neural stem cell research today? Why does this research bring about strong reactions either for or against it? ----due on 09/11

348

3) Discus the ionic mechanism(s) involved in generating an action potential. Include the evidence to support such mechanisms-----due on 09/18 4) How do signal integration and synaptic transmission in the mammalian nervous system influence behavior? Describe giving an example----due on 10/02 5) Discus the mechanism and significance of neurotransmitter release, receptor binding and inhibitor action at the cholinergic synapse----due on 10/16 6) What are the subtypes of adrenergic receptors in the nervous system? Discuss their functional significance ---due on 10/16 7) Trace the olfactory pathway from nose to brain and explain briefly how do we smell (including the signal transduction)---due on 11/01 8) Draw a diagram of the section of the retina and explain the role of each layer of cells in visual perception ----due on 11/08 9) What is the role of hair cells in hearing? What are the different types of hearing loss? ------due on 11/08 10) Describe the environment (including molecules) which is conducive to axon / neurite growth. Why is it very difficult for axons to regenerate in mammalian CNS? ---due on 11/15 11) Describe your research approach if you have to find a cure for Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Alzheimer’s disease or Parkinson’s disease and why will you take that approach? (choose any one disease)----due on 11/27 12) What are free radicals? Discuss oxidative stress and neurodegeneration ------- due on 11/27 13) Discuss the role of Dopamine in the biology of reward mechanisms and addiction-----due on 11/29 14) Describe MRI. How MRI is helping in learning about the functions of different areas of brain and in diagnosis of diseases-----due on 11/29

349

LABORATORY SYLLABUS

MAMMALIAN NEUROBIOLOGY LABORATORY - BIO 5361 001 CRN: 63977 Fall, 2012, Wednesdays (08:00-09:50 AM) at LSW 434

Instructor Teaching Assistant

Dr. Malathi Srivatsan Mr. Kenton Leigh

Office: LSW 547/ABI 214 [email protected]

Office: 214 Arkansas Bioscience Institute


E-mail: [email protected]

Office Hours (M.Srivatsan): Monday 3:30 – 5:00 p.m. or by appointment Tuesday 3:00 – 5:00 p.m.

350

Thursday 2:30 – 4:30 p.m.

Requirement: Please bring a 1” three ring binder (labeled with your name and student ID) with college ruled papers and plain, un-ruled papers for the Neurobiology lab. All your lab instructions, work and raw data should be in this binder. The binder will also be included in the evaluation towards the participation points. Please bring appropriate disks or Flash drive media storage devices to copy and save your data.

Learning outcomes of the course that support the programmatic learning outcomes: This course is a higher level course, in which the students will learn through hands on experimentation and activities neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and neurochemistry underlying the structure and function of Nervous System. The students will (a) study models, (b) perform microscopic examination of histology slides, (c) dissect preserved sheep brain, (d) perform simulation of electrophysiology recordings, (e) analyze enzyme activity in the nervous system, (f) learn enzyme histochemical and immunocytochemical methods and neuron culture and microscopy procedures. These are critical and fundamental areas of Biology in which graduating students of Biology are expected to have a clear understanding. During this course the students will obtain the skills to A. Formulate hypothesis, design experiments to test the hypothesis, observe and collect data, analyze data and results and arrive at conclusions B. Write scientific reports C. Critical thinking and analysis D. Work in teams to discuss and learn from each other E. Appreciate the interdisciplinary nature of Neurobiology F. Communicate scientific ideas to peers

TENTATIVE SCHEDULE

Date Topic Report Due Date*

Aug 22 Groups, Reports, Grading Individual Sept 05 Developmental neurobiology – models, videos

Aug 29 Histology of Nervous system Individual Sept 12

Sept 05 Sensory Neurophysiology Individual Sept 19

Sept 12 & 19 Behavioral Neurophysiology Ind & Group Sept 19, 26

Sept 26 Ionic Basis of Neuronal Activity Group Oct 3

351

Oct 3 Synaptic transmission Group Oct 10

Oct 3 Participation Points awarded

Oct 10 Enzyme Assay Group Oct 17

Oct 17 Brain Dissection-I Group

Oct 24 Brain Dissection-II Group Oct 31

Oct 31 Cell Culture -I Group

Nov 07 Cell Culture –II Group Nov 14

(growth factors/second messengers)

Nov 14 Immunocytochemistry Group Nov 28

Nov 21 Fall Break

Nov 28 ELISA Group Dec 03

Nov 28 Participation Points awarded

*Typewritten reports are due on the due dates at the lab. Reports cannot be emailed.

Each report is worth 50 points. An additional 100 points will be available for participation. 50 of these points will be awarded on Oct 3, the other 50 on Nov 28. Thus, the total possible points will be 700.

Lab reports: Some of the exercises are individual exercises and others are group exercises in which two or three students will perform the experiment as a group. Some labs will require drawing diagrams /answering questions and other lab reports will be of the traditional lab report consisting of Aim/hypothesis, materials, methods, results and discussion. The lab handout will describe what type of report is expected for that specific exercise. Laboratory instructions (handouts) will be posted on the course blackboard site. The report cover sheet is to be signed by each member of the group if it is a group report. Each member of the group will submit a copy. Any member that does not sign the cover sheet will receive a "0" for that lab. Grade scale used for the course is

90-100 % A

80 - 89.9% B

70 - 79.9% C

60 -69.9% D

352

below 60% F

Note : All lab reports must be typed. All diagrams must be neatly and correctly drawn with clear labeling of parts.

Report structure and evaluation

Report content Possible points

I. Title and title page 2.5

II. Grammar and spelling checked 5.0

III Graphs, Tables and Figures

Organization 2.5

Presentation 2.5

Appropriate headings 2.5

Referenced in report 2.5

IV. SECTIONS OF REPORT

Aim / Hypothesis 2.5

Introduction 2. 5

Materials and Methods 4

Results 8.5

[ Results should include your actual measurements,

Figures, table(s) and graph(s) showing data and relationships and

calculations (when applicable)]

Discussion 6.5

Future direction (How will you improve this experiment 5

as well as information on what will be your next investigation

if you are continuing this experiment or how will you apply this

353

technique in your study)

V. Information on each group member’s contribution to

the experiment and report 3.5

------------- Total 50

WETLAND PLANT ECOLOGY

Bio 4522/5522

Spring 2013

Dr. B. Bennett [email protected]

Office: LSW 330A Time: 10:00-10:50

Phone: 972 3289 Location: LSW 442

Office Hours: Mon, Wed,& Thurs 11:00-1:00PM Or By Appointment

Text: Wetlands 4th Edition

Dr. William J. Mitsch and Dr. James G. Gosselink

354

Date Tentative Lecture Schedule-Read before Class

JAN. 14/16 Introduction / Wetlands, Human History, Use and Science (1)

21/23 MLK Day / Definitions of Wetlands (2)

28/30 Definitions of Wetlands (2) / Wetlands of the World (3)

FEB 04/06 Wetlands of the World (3)

11/13 Exam 1 / Hydrology of Wetlands (4)

18/20 Hydrology of Wetlands (4) / Wetland Biogeochemistry (5)

25/27 Wetland Biogeochemistry (5)

MAR 04/06 Biological Adaptations to the Wetland Environment (6)

11/13 Exam 2 / Wetland Ecosystem Development (Succession) (7)

18/20 Spring Break

25/27 Wetland Classification (8)

Apr 01/03 Human Impacts and Management of Wetlands (9)

08/10 Exam 3 / Climate Change and Wetlands (10)

15/17 Wetland Creation and Restoration (12)

22/24 Wetland Laws and Protection (14)

29 Wetland Laws and Protection and Review

May 06 Final Exam - Monday 10:15-12:15 9M, LSW 442

________________________________________________________________________COURSE OBJECTIVE: PROVIDE STUDENTS WITH AN EXTENSIVE EXAMINATION OF ONE OF THE WORLD’S MAJOR ECOSYSTEMS, WETLANDS. THE COURSE WILL PROVIDE AN UNDERSTANDING OF THE MAJOR BIOTIC AND ABIOTIC COMPONETS THAT COMPRISE A WETLAND

355

ECOLSYSTEM. ACTIVE DISCUSSIONS ON THESE TOPICS OR OTHER TOPICS ARE INCOURAGED AND EXPECTED.

Requirements: Total Points Possible = 500 points (400 points for exams and 100 points for paper).

1. Exams: Four 100 Point Exams (Graduate Students will have an additional set of questions on each exam).

2. Undergraduates: Select a single wetland type and write up a 3 page report on the

distribution, physical characteristics, plant life and animal life typically found in this wetland, and the distribution of this wetland in the U.S.A. The report must include at

least 2 articles from science journals, and other references totaling 5 sources (if using

internet sources they must be from web address ending in .edu or .gov.)

3. Graduate Student: same as above but 5 pages in length and 10 references.

Grades: 100-90%=A; 89-80%=B; 79-70%=C; 69-60%=D; 59% and below F.

CLASS ATTENDANCE IS REQUIRED!

CHEATING (AS PER STUDENT HANDBOOK) - Cheating is an act of dishonesty with the intention of obtaining and/or using information in a fraudulent manner.

356

NO GRADES GIVEN OVER THE PHONE OR BY EMAIL

NO ACTIVE CELL PHONES OR PAGERS

KEYS TO SUCCESS:

1. ATTEND CLASS

2. READ CHAPTERS IN TEXT BOOK BEFORE CLASS

3. REVIEW NOTES FREQUENTLY

4. ASK QUESTIONS IN AND OUT OF CLASS

5. COME TO SEE ME WHEN YOU HAVE PROBLEMS

6. DO NOT WAIT TILL THE END OF SEMESTER TO ASK FOR HELP

7. DEVELOP A REGULAR STUDY TIME FOR THE CLASS

8. MAKE YOUR OWN REVIEW NOTES BASED ON LECTURE AND TEXTBOOK.

ASU ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES




357







1. To avoid plagiarism, give written credit and acknowledgment to the source of thoughts, ideas, and/or words, whether you have used direct quotation, paraphrasing, or just a reference to a general idea.

2. If you directly quote works written by someone else, enclose the quotation with quotation marks and provide an appropriate citation (e.g., footnote, end note, bibliographical reference).

3. Research as well as the complete written paper, must be the work of the person seeking academic credit for the course. (Papers, book reports, projects, and/or other class assignments are not to be purchased from individuals or companies which provide these services.)



358

2. Give a failing grade on the paper or other item "F" if a letter grade is used or

zero if a numerical grade is used.



(Student Handbook)









359





BIOLOGY OF ANIMALS LABORATORY - BIO 1301 007 CRN: 63997 Fall, 2012 Wednesdays, 2:00-3:50

Teaching Assistant: Patrick Moore Office: LSE 304 phone: Email: [email protected] Office Hours: R 10-12 Instructor of Record: Dr. Malathi Srivatsan Office: LSW 547 phone: (870)972-3167 Email: [email protected] Office Hours: M 3:30-5:00; T 3:00-5:00; TR 2:30-4:30 Course Description: This lab will provide a hands-on introduction to the fundamentals of modern zoology through a survey of the major phyla and dissection of various anatomical systems. Goals: Gain an understanding of the terminology and process of classifying animals in the major phyla and other taxa. Gain an understanding of the increasing complexity of tissues, organ systems, and organisms. Required Supplies: Lab manual: Hickman, Kats, Keen, and Ober. 2010. Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 15th ed. McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math New York, NY. ISBN-10: 0073040517; ISBN-13: 978-0073040516. Lab supplement: Posted to Blackboard Learn and designated technology formats as needed. Learning outcomes of the course that support the programmatic learning outcomes: This course is an intermediate level laboratory experience, designed to introduce biology terminology, a comprehensive, phylogenetic approach in emphasizing basic biological principles, animal form and function, evolutionary concepts, and critical thinking and analyses of topics relevant to the study of animal diversity and enabling adaptations. These are critical and fundamental areas of biology in which graduating students are expected to:

360









Pre-lab Quizzes: Although we will not follow the lab manual exactly, it is essential that you understand the main concepts before coming to class. To reward you for your efforts, we will have 10 pre-lab quizzes based on the material in the lab manual. Comprehensive evaluations: Will be held during lab sessions and will include approximately equal thirds of the material covered in lab. Lab specimens and slides will be available for review during announced times the week prior to each evaluation. Lab reports: There will be 2 lab reports generated by each student and submitted during the semester by the specified due dates. More detailed instructions and guidance will be provided in the laboratory introduction. Important Dates: Important dates can be found here: http://www2.astate.edu/a/registrar/Dates.dot Make-Up Policy: Lab examinations demand many hours to prepare and administer. As such, make-up exams are difficult to give and will only be given with a valid excuse (i.e. doctors note, vehicle accident). Official University business that is in conflict with an examination date will be honored if the student calls attention to the conflict before the examination. Make-up exams will be administered only during the week following the scheduled exam, and will only be administered on one day of that week. The make-up exam day will be announced. If you miss an exam due to an unexpected condition (accident, sick), contact the Teaching Assistant as soon as possible and at least BEFORE the next scheduled lab class. Attendance: Attendance for this class is very important! Students that do not attend regularly typically do not do well in this class. If you do miss a lab, see your instructor and try to make it up with another section.

361

Disabilities: Students with disabilities must register with ASU Disability Services, and then contact me within the first two weeks of class to discuss appropriate accommodations. Inclement Weather: The University remains open except for extreme circumstances as determined by the university president. Use good judgment if you commute. You will not be penalized for missing class if you believe it is too dangerous to commute. However, it is the responsibility of the student to contact the instructor regarding missed work, quizzes, etc. Cell phones: This is a hands-on course and as such, the use of cell phones is not permitted during lab. If you have extenuating circumstances that may require the use of your phone, please talk to your Teaching Assistant. Tentative Course Outline (Note: outline is subject to change as needed) Week: Date Topic Representative Taxa Manual Pages 1: Aug 20 Course Intro./Scientific

Methods/ Microscope 2: Aug 27 Single-celled Eukaryotes Amoeba, Euglena,Plasmodium, 77-107 Paramecium, and others K.ingdom Animalia 109-118 Phylum Porifera Sycon & Grantia Phylum Cnidaria Hydra & others 119-134 Aurelia Metridium 3: Sept 3 P. Platyhelmithes Planarians 135-154 Flukes Tapeworms 155-178 Pseudocoelomates Ascaris Rotifers Horsehair worms INTRODUCTION TO LABORATORY REPORTING AND REFERENCING 4: Sept 10 Lab Exam I 5: Sept 17 P. Mollusca Mussels, Snails, Squid 169-186 P. Annelida Clamworms, Earthworm, Leech 187-202

P. Arthropoda Spider, Horseshoe Crab 202-209 Chelicerata 6: Sept 24 P. Arthropoda Crayfish 211-247 Centipedes & Millipedes Insects (Grasshopper) 7: Oct 1 Lab report 1 due

P. Echinodermata Starfish 249-265 Sea Start Brittlestars Sea Urchins

362

Sea Cucumbers Feather Stars & Sea Lilies P. Chordata Tunicates 267-275 Protochordates Amphioxus Hagfishes 8. Oct 8 Lab exam II 9: Oct 15 P. Chordata 277-298


10. Oct 22 P. Chordata C. Amphibia frog 299-369 C. Reptilia (incl. birds) snake, robin


11: Oct 29 Vertebrate Anatomy 12: Nov 5 Vertebrate Anatomy 13: Nov 12 Laboratory Final Prep and Report reviews Nov 19-24 FALL BREAK (No laboratories or classes) 13: Nov 26 Lab exam III – Lab report 2 due


A. PLAGIARISM


1.


2.


3.



363






B. CHEATING


1.


2.



4.


5.




1.







364

Course Syllabus





Instructors:











365





Text:



10% Presentation


Take Home Exams:




Unit 3: Section 6

Unit 4: Section 7

Unit 5: Section 8.

For the units with multiple instructors, the relative weight for each topic will be assigned based on the number of classes taught by each instructor. These take-home exams will be 80% of a student’s total grade. Details for

366

each take-home exam (including the due date) will be provided by each instructor. There is no final exam for this course.




Class Attendance: Student attendance is required in every lecture. Students who miss a class should notify the

professor in advance.

Academic Integrity: Academic Integrity Policy from the Arkansas State University Student’s Handbook and /

or Graduate Bulletin will be enforced on the case of infringement of academic integrity, including plagiarism

and cheating. Please see http://www.astate.edu/a/registrar/tools-forms/bulletins.dot

Disability Clause: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom or modifications in course

requirements due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services (Telephone No. 870 972-3964, web link http://www.astate.edu/disability/). Following registration and within the first two weeks of class,

contact the professor to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made

to ensure equal access to this course.

Flexibility Clause: Circumstances may arise during the course that may prevent the instructors from fulfilling

each and every component of this syllabus. Therefore, the syllabus should be viewed as a guide and is subject to

change. Students will be notified of any changes.

Course outline



367

2, 3, 4 Aug 22 to Sept10





Dolan





/Medrano


6 Sept 17 to 19


Agrobacterium

Hairy roots




Zhou (Oct 10 to 17)


Yu


cell movement Hood



368

LABORATORY SYLLABUS

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY – BIO 3321-001, 12178 Spring, 2013 Tuesdays (12:30-2:20PM)

LSW 434

Instructor Teaching Assistant Dr. Malathi Srivatsan Mr. Gregory Robinson Office: 214 ABI, 547 Lab Sciences West Office: LSE 417 Phone: 972-3167 Phone: 972-3311 or 972-3082 E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] Course Information Web site: Black Board at http://bblearn.astate.edu/ Office hours: Malathi Srivatsan Gregory Robinson Monday 2:00 – 5:00 p.m. M … will let you know Wednesday 3:00 – 4:00 p.m. or by appointment please email Friday 11:00 – 12:00 noon

369

Requirement: Please bring a 1” three ring binder (labeled with your name and student ID) with college ruled papers and graph papers for the animal physiology lab. All your lab instructions, work and raw data should be in this binder. The binder will be included in the evaluation towards the participation points. Course Description/objectives: BIO 3201 Animal Physiology Laboratory course is designed to enable students to obtain a good understanding of the basic principles and mechanisms of animal physiology by performing experiments and through computer simulations. The Laboratory instruction and exercises will focus on the physiological mechanisms and the experimental basis of physiology . We will examine the physiological systems at the molecular, cellular and organismal levels. Learning outcomes of the course that support the programmatic learning outcomes: This course is aligned with the programmatic learning outcomes of Bachelor’s degree program in Biology. In this course students will perform experiments to understand the mechanism of energy flow, and the role of biological machinery in driving physiological processes. They will develop an understanding of the physiological adaptations of cells and systems to suit the internal and external environments More importantly this course will help students obtain an in depth understanding of structure & function, and systems. These are critical and fundamental areas of Biology in which graduating students of Biology are expected to have a clear understanding. During this course the students will meet the following goals:

(1) Obtain a clear understanding of the nature of living organisms & biological processes

(2) Make keen observations to develop hypotheses; devise experiments to test them, and/or learn how to collect data; analyze and interpret their results

(3) Learn to work independently as well as a team member, collaborating with peers to fulfill requirements

(4) Appreciate and participate in the interdisciplinary nature of scientific research, its outcomes and applications, cultivating a commitment to scientific ethics

(5) Learn to write a scientific laboratory report

(6) Communicate to share knowledge with peers

TENTATIVE SCHEDULE

Date Topic Due Date* Jan 15 Groups, Reports and Grading None Jan 22 Osmolarity Feb 05 Jan 29& Feb 05 Enzyme Kinetics Feb 12 Feb 12 Nervous System Structure-Function Feb 19 Feb 19 Sensory conduction Feb 26

370

Feb 26& Mar 05 Basis of Neuronal Activity Mar 12 Feb 26 Participation Points awarded Mar 12 Skeletal Muscle Contraction Mar 18-22 Spring Break Mar 26 Skeletal Muscle Contraction & Apr 02

Introduction to data collection for Human Physiology Lab

Apr 02 & Apr 09 Human Physiology Apr 16 Apr 16 & Apr 23 Oxygen consumption and Effects of Stress on O2consumption Apr 29 Apr 23 Participation Points awarded *Typewritten reports are due on the due dates at the lab. Reports cannot be emailed. Before the end of the semester you will have completed 8 reports. Each report is worth 100 points. An additional 100 points will be available for participation. 50 of these points will be awarded on Feb 26 the other 50 on April 23. Thus, the total possible points will be 900. Group lab reports: Each group will turn in one (1) lab report [the members of the same group will turn in copies of the same report]. The members of the team should contribute equally to the report. The report cover sheet is to be signed by each member of the group. Any member that does not sign the cover sheet will receive a "0" for that lab. Reports will receive a percent grade. Grade scale used is 90-100 % A 80 - 89% B 70 - 79% C 60 -69% D below 60% F Note : All lab reports must be typed. All graphs must be two-dimensional.

Report structure and evaluation Report content Possible points I. Title and title page 5 II. Grammar and spelling checked 10 III Graphs, Tables and Figures Organization 5 Presentation 5 Appropriate headings 5 Referenced in report 3 IV. SECTIONS OF REPORT

Aim / Hypothesis 5 Introduction 5 Materials and Methods 12 Results 20

[ Results should include your actual measurements,

371

table(s) and graph(s) showing data and relationships and calculations (when applicable)] Discussion 10 Future direction (How will you improve this experiment 10 as well as information on what will be your next investigation if you are continuing this experiment) V. Information on each group member’s contribution to the experiment and report 5 Total 100

SYLLABUS ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY – BIO 3323‐001(12176)

Spring, 2013 T,TR 9:30‐10:50 am, LSE 207

Dr. Malathi Srivatsan Office: LSW 547

Web site: http://bblearn.astate.edu/ Phone: 972‐3167


Course Information:

Required Text Book: Text: Eckert Animal Physiology: Mechanisms and Adaptations, 5th Ed. by D. Randall, W.

Burggren & K. French, Publisher: W.H. Freeman & Co. New York.

Lectures: T,TR 9:30‐10:50 am, Room: Lab Sciences East 207

Please try not to disturb those around you by arriving late or leaving early. Also, please be considerate of

fellow students, turn off your cell phones, and do not converse during lecture.

Office Hours: Monday 2:00 – 5:00 p.m.

372

Wednesday 3:00 – 4:00 p.m. or by appointment

Friday 11:00 – 12:00 noon

If you are unable to see me during office hours, please call or email me to schedule an appointment. If you

have difficulty understanding the material or keeping up with this course, please let me know as early as you

can. I will work with you to discuss / clarify and find solutions. If you have questions about the text (or the

lecture) please ask. Emails are encouraged. Unless you study and keep up with previous lecture material,

following the next lecture will be often difficult.

Course Description/objectives: BIO 3203 Animal Physiology is designed to meet the needs of students

requiring a good understanding of the basic principles and mechanisms of animal physiology. The lectures will

focus on the physiological mechanisms and the experimental basis of physiology using the comparative and

integrative approaches. We will examine the physiological systems at the molecular, cellular and organismal

levels with special emphasis on mammalian physiology and further extend these studies to the animals with

their environment.

Learning outcomes of the course that support the programmatic learning outcomes: This course is aligned with the programmatic learning outcomes of Bachelor’s degree program in Biology. In this course students will understand the mechanism of energy flow, role of genetics and biological machinery in driving physiological processes. They will develop an understanding of the physiological adaptations of animals to suit the animals’ environments. Further, this course will help students obtain an in depth understanding of structure & function, and systems. These are critical and fundamental areas or pillars of Biology in which graduating students of Biology are expected to have a clear understanding.

During this course the students will meet the following goals:

(1) Obtain a clear understanding of the nature of living organisms & biological processes

(2) Exapnd knowledge by searching databases to obtain current information, including primary

literature; and build a lifelong desire for learning

(3) Communicate to share knowledge

(4) To develop the ability to think critically about issues in animal physiology and communicate about

those effectively

Method of instruction: This is primarily a lecture course which meets two days a week for a total 150 minutes.

Lecture notes in the form of powerpoint, course announcements, assignments, reading material will all be

posted in black board. Make sure to check Black board regularly and print out your notes. Class discussions

will be encouraged and review sessions will be held. Along with following the lectures, additional study time

will be required to learn the material. Written notes are the primary means of instruction, supplemented with

visual aids, movie clips, material from the text book web site and possible, outside reading assignments.

Lecture notes will be posted on a regular basis. Journal articles (primary literature) will be posted. Please feel

free to send me your questions via e‐mail or raise your doubts in class.

373

Course requirements: Students are required to READ the material in the text book and take notes during

lectures. The Freeman web site http://www.whfreeman.com/animalphys5 provides excellent links to web

sites related to animal physiology.

Method of evaluation: There will be four exams, each having a different format, ‐‐one of which will be a take

home test on material from primary literature. The format includes: multiple choice, short‐answer, essay (to

be completed in class), and take home test. In addition to the exams, each student is expected to do a

presentation towards 25 points. The topics for the presentations will be announced in class. In addition,

starting from the second lecture there will be regular quizzes in the class and the points earned will be

incorporated into your final grade. Grades will be determined from scores on your exams and quizzes and will

be calculated using this formula:

(Total points obtained in exams + points obtained in presentation + Total points from quizzes) divided by (Total

points possible on exams + Total points possible in presentation ) x 100 = obtained %

Grading scale: A = 90‐100%

B = 80‐89.9%

C = 70‐79.9%

D = 60‐ 69.9%

F = < 59.9

Make‐Up: Students are expected to take the exams when they are scheduled. If there is a very valid

reason to miss an exam, one make up exam is allowed. All make‐up exams will be given at the same time

following the third semester exam. These will be all essay exams, and will be scheduled at a time convenient

for all students who missed any semester exams.

PLEASE NOTE: University policy dictates that the final exam MUST be taken at the scheduled time and date.

There will be NO exception.

Attendance and Academic integrity : ASU Academic Policies and Procedures will be strictly enforced. The

student has the responsibility to review information regarding their rights and responsibilities in the ASU

Student Handbook and/or the Undergraduate/Graduate Bulletin (are available through the Registrar’s

Office at http://wt‐dc‐prod.astate.edu/dotAsset/edfbe0cc‐ff88‐467c‐8d2a‐4cfa98aa5b02.pdf ; http://wt‐dc‐

prod.astate.edu/info/current‐students/index.dot) Please refer to the ASU Student Handbook for university

policies and regulations, particularly those pertaining to attendance, inclement weather, enforcement of

academic integrity (e.g., cheating, plagiarism), and scheduling of final exams. Cheating will not be tolerated. If

any student is caught cheating, the student will receive a grade of “0” for that exam and the incident will be

reported to the chair of Department of Biological sciences and to the office of registrar.

Disability Policy ‐ Any student having a certified disability should see the instructor and/or Disability Services

(Telephone No. 870 972‐3964, web link http://wt‐dc‐prod.astate.edu/a/disability/about making any

necessary course modifications as early in the course as possible

374

FERPA: The federal government act Family Educational Right to Privacy Act (FERPA) protects the rights of

students to privacy. Unauthorized persons, including parents, are prohibited from viewing individually

identifiable information about the student, without the consent of the student. Only information considered to

be directory information may be released without the prior consent of the student. Directory Information is:

name, address, telephone number, enrollment status, major, degree obtained and date conferred, and the

dates of attendance. All other information about the student must NOT be released without the prior consent

of the student. If you request non‐directory information via email, you need to provide a signed consent form

which can be found at my campus or at the registrar’s office at http://wt‐dc‐prod.astate.edu/info/current‐

students/index.dot

Tentative Schedule (subject to change as needed)

Jan 15‐17 Introduction and Chapters 1 ‐ 2

Jan 22‐24 Chapters 2‐ 3 Molecules, Energy and Biosynthesis

(Note: You are responsible for the material in 3rd chapter. It will be covered BRIEFLY in lecture. If you have

additional questions, please contact me.)

Jan 29 Chapter 4 Membranes, Channels and Transport

Jan 31‐Feb 07 Chapter 5 Physical Basis of Neuronal Function

Feb 12 Exam 1

Feb 14‐21 Chapter 6 Communication Along and Between Neurons

Feb 26 – Mar 05 Chapter 7 Sensing the Environment

Mar 07 ‐ 12 Chapter 8 The Structural and Functional Organization of the Nervous System

(Note: You are responsible for the material in this chapter. It will be covered BRIEFLY in lecture. If you have

additional questions, please contact me.)

Mar 14, 26 Chapter 9 Glands and Hormones

Mar 18 ‐ 22 Spring Break

Mar 26 Exam II

Mar 28‐Apr 02 Chapter 10 Muscles and Animal Movement

Apr 04‐09 Chapter 11 Behavior: Initiation, Patterns and Control

Apr 11‐16 Chapter 12 Circulation

375

Tuesday April 16 Take home exam (Exam III) due at 10:50 am

Apr 18‐23 Chapter 13 Gas Exchange and Acid‐Base Balance

Apr 25 Chapter 14 Ionic and Osmotic balance

May 6 8:00‐10:00 am Monday In‐class Exam (Final Exam ) *

You can see final exam schedules here: http://wt‐dc‐prod.astate.edu/dotAsset/c5b334d5‐43e5‐49bd‐9008‐

f1e768a1564b.pdf

* Note the time of exam – it is not the usual class time or day. Date and time of final exam are scheduled by

Registrar’s office. It can not be changed!

BIO2201‐004(11402)AnatomyandPhysiologyLabISpring2013


InstructorofRecord:Dr.MalathiSrivatsan

OfficeHoursandLocation:LSW547/ABI214

Phone870)972‐3167

TeachingAssistant:PatrickMoore

OfficeHoursandLocation:LSE304‐W12:30‐14:30,R‐09:00‐11:00,LSW444M3‐4(OpenLab)

Phone:[email protected]

LabLocation:LSW433


376

Requiredlabtext:AnatomyandPhysiology:AnIntegrativeApproachLaboratoryManual(MainVersion)byEckel,Bidle,andRoss(McGraw‐HillPublisher).Requiredtextbook:AnatomyandPhysiology:AnIntegrativeApproachbyMcKinley,O’Loughlin,andBidle(McGraw‐HillPub.) CourseObjectives:HumanAnatomyandPhysiologyLaboratoryIisdesignedtoprovidethestudentwiththeopportunityfor‘handson’explorationoftheorgansystemsandwillcomplementthelectureportionofthecourse.Byadheringtoattendanceguidelines,listening,utilizingclassroommaterials,andstayingfocused,studentsshouldbeabletosuccessfullyenhancetheirknowledge.Models,posters,glassslides,powerpointintroductions,andcomputerwebsiteswillbeavailabletohelpstudentslearntheanatomicalcharacteristicsofthehumanbody.Preservedspecimensfromsheep,pigs,orcatsmayalsobeusedtoenhancethelearningexperience.LearningObjectives:Studentswillbeexpectedtoexplain,discuss,recognize,andapplyknowledgeandunderstandingofthefollowing:Generalbodyorganizationandfunction,basicbiochemistry,cellularstructureandfunction,metabolism,histology,integumentarysystem,skeletalsystem,muscularsystem,nervoussystem,andproperuseandcareoflaboratoryequipment.StudentLearningOutcomes


Identifyanatomicalstructuresandexplainthephysiologyofeachbodysystemcovered(seeLearningObjectivesabove)



Usecorrectspellingforanyandallanatomicalstructuresstudiedinthelaboratory.MethodofInstruction:Asoftenaspossible,lectureswillparallelthelaboratorystudies.Thelecturetextwillalsobeusedinthelaboratoryportionofthecourse(seeabovereference).Studentswillworkinsmallgroups.Eachlabsessionwillbeginwithabriefintroductorylecture,followedbythelabinwhichstudentswillidentifystructuresthroughdissectionand/ormodels.Thesuccessfulstudentswillnotlimitthemselvestojustidentifications,butwillalsostudytheterminologyandproperspellingoftheterms.Absences:MissingclassisSTRONGLYdiscouraged.Studentswhomissalab(illness,schoolsponsoredfunction,familyemergency,etc)willbepermittedtomakeupthemissedlabworkduringanothersessioninthesameweek(ifpossible).Itisthestudents’responsibilitytonotifytheinstructorofanabsenceviae‐mailorvoicemail.Failuretomakecontactwithin24hourscouldresultinastudentmissingtheopportunitytomakeupthework.Permissiontoattend

377

anotherlabsessionmustbeobtainedfromtheteacherofrecord/teachingassistantforthatlabsectionwithin24hoursoftheabsence.



LabBehavior:

Yourlabtimeisverylimited.Tocompletethelabsintheallottedtime,youwillneedtorecognize,beforecomingtolab,therequiredanatomicalstructuresonthediagramsintheassignedchapterandassignedlabmanualactivity.

Youareexpectedtocleanupafteryourselffollowinglabactivities.Thismeansthatyoumust,forexample,returnallpiecestothemodels,returnpreparedslidestotheirspecificslidetrays,andwashanddrydissectingtoolsandthenreturnthemtotheirassignedbins,throwawayanytrashinyourspace,andpushinyourchair.

YourTeachingAssistantisyourguide,butitisuptoyoutolearnthematerialduringthetimeallotted.Takeadvantageofthetimeyouhaveinlabandstayfocused.

AttendweeklyopenlabsforEXTRAstudytime.



Givingorreceivingassistanceduringanexaminationperiod Usingclassnotes,outlines,andotherunauthorizedinformationduringan

examination. Havingacellphoneoutduringtheexam.



2.Seizethetestoftheoffendingstudentandgiveafailinggradeonthepaper. 3.Givetheoffendingstudentafailinggradeinthecourse. 4.Allcaseswillbereferredtothedepartmentchairpersonforadditional

sanctions(includingpossibleexpulsionfromtheclassand/orUniversity)

378

Keepyourpaperclosedunlessyouarewritingananswerdown.Notalkingduringexamsorquizzes.Cellphonesshouldbeoffandinyourbackpackorpurseduringtesting.Ifyoususpectsomeoneistryingtocheat,itisyourdutytoinformtheinstructor.CourseGrades:

9. Thereare400percentagepointspossible(3exams,10quizzes)andgradeswillbeaveragedasfollows:

100‐90%A400‐360points89‐80%B359‐320points79‐70%C319‐280points69‐60%D279‐240pointsbelow60%Fbelow240points

CourseEvaluation:23. Yourgradewillbebasedsolelyonlabquizzesandlabexams.Allquestionswillcome

frommaterialinthelabbook,thetextbook,orfromextramaterialprovidedbythelabinstructor.Usethesyllabusandlabbookasyourguideandattendweeklyreviewlabs.

24. Quizzes:Therewillbedailylabquizzesworth10pointseachthatwillbegivenattheendofthelabperiod(100pointspossible)

25. LabExams(practicalexam):Therewillbe3labpracticalexamsworth100pointseach.Eachpracticalwillcovermaterialfromtheprevious3or4labs.ApracticalisALWAYSfillintheblank,andrequiresyoutoidentifystructures(anatomy)onmicroscopicslides,35mmslides,models,dissections,labmanualfigures,etc.Youmayalsobeaskedquestionsthatarerelatedtophysiology(function).Youshouldstudyyourlaboratorymanualandmodelstopreparefortheseexams.1pointwillbedeductedforeach2misspelledwordsonyourexam.SPELLINGISIMPORTANT!

26. Thereisnofinalexaminthiscourse

LabFees:AnylabfeeschargedbytheUniversityareusedtopurchasematerialstobeusedinthelaboratoryandincludebutarenotlimitedto:slides,dissectionkits,chemicals,gloves,andspecimensfordissection.Disabilitystatement:StudentswhorequireacademicadjustmentsmustfirstregisterwithASUDisabilityServices.Followingregistrationandwithinthefirsttwoweeksofclassbringacopyofyourcardtotheinstructoranddiscussanyappropriateacademicaccommodationsyouneedatthattime.Appropriatearrangementscanbemadetoensureequalaccesstothiscourse.

379

TentativeSchedule:subjecttochangeasnecessaryWeekof:1/14

GooverSyllabus,reviewsafetyguidelines

1/21 Ch.2OrientationofHumanBody1/28 Ch.3Microscope

Ch.4CellStructureandMembraneTransport(ex.4.1and4.2ONLY).Ch.5Histology

2/4 Ch.6IntegumentCh.7SkeletalSystem:BoneStructureandFunction

2/11 EXAMCh.2,3,4,5,6,72/18 Ch.8SkeletalSystem:AxialSkeleton2/25(midtermweek) Ch.9SkeletalSystem:AppendicularSkeleton3/4 Ch.10Articulations

Ch.11TheMuscularSystem:MuscleStructureandFunction(beginonpage261,Ex.11.6)

3/11 EXAMTWOCh.8,9,10,113/18 SPRINGBREAK3/25 Ch.12TheMuscularSystem:AxialMuscles4/1 Ch.13TheMuscularSystem:Appendicular

Muscles4/8 Ch.14NervousTissues

Ch.15TheBrainandCranialNerves4/15 Ch.16SpinalCordandSpinalNerves

Ch.17SomaticandAutonomicNervousSystemsandHumanReflexPhysiology

4/22 EXAMTHREE12,13,14,15,16,17TBA MAKEUPCOMPREHENSIVEEXAM

380

Course Syllabus Fall 2012 Course Title: Laboratory Techniques in Electron Microscopy BIO 4001, 5001;

4003; 5003 Lecture Room and Time: LSE 207 1:00-1:50 pm MW; LSW Electron Microscope Facility Instructor: Dr. Stan Trauth Office: LSW 146 (Electron Microscope Facility); Office Hrs.: MTWTh 3-4 pm Textbook: Bozzola, J. J. and L. D. Russell. 1999. Electron Microscopy: Principles and Techniques for Biologists. 2nd Edition. Jones and Bartlett Publ., Sudbury, MA (ISBN: 0-7637-0192-0) Objectives of Course: Students will successfully master the preparative techniques used in both scanning and transmission electron microscopy. In addition, students will choose biological tissue samples to develop projects that address specific research themes. Students will also create personal electron microscopic portfolios and assemble teaching micrographs of subcellular structure.

“Students with Special Instructional Needs If you have any special needs related to learning or testing in this course, please let me know as soon as possible so I can address those needs.” COURSE BOOK* AND OTHER USEFUL REFERENCES:

*Bozzola, J. J. and L. D. Russell. 1999. Electron Microscopy: Principles and Techniques for Biologists. 2nd Edition. Jones and Bartlett Publ., Sudbury, MA (ISBN: 0-7637-0192-0)

Dawes, Clinton J. 1988. Introduction to Biological Electron Microscopy: Theory and Techniques. Burlington, Vermont: Ladd Research Industries, Inc.

381

Gabriel, Barbra L. 1982. Biological Electron Microscopy. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. (ISBN 0-442-22923-2)

Gabriel, Barbra L. 1982. Biological Scanning Electron Microscopy. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. (ISBN 0-442-22922-4)

Hayat, M. A. 1989. Principles and Techniques of Electron Microscopy. Boca Raton, Florida: CRC Press, Inc. (ISBN 0-8493-7111-2)

Meek, Geoffrey A. 1976. Practical Electron Microscopy for Biologists. New York: John Wiley & Sons. (ISBN 0-471-99592-4)

Weakley, Brenda S. 1981. A Beginner's Handbook in Biological Transmission Electron Microscopy. Edinburgh, England: Churchill Livingstone. (ISBN 0-443-02091-4)

MAJOR GOALS: A. Course Goals: The ultrastructure student will: 1. describe and discuss standard preparative techniques used in electron

microscopy. 2. recommend protocol schedules for preparation of biological

specimens 3. analyze plastic-embedded materials using both light (thick sections)

and electron ultrathin sections) microscopy 4. apply the use of the electron microscope in resolving various research

problems 5. recognize the utility of the electron microscope as a valuable research

tool in today's science, medicine and industry B. Specific Instructional Objectives: 1. fixation of tissues of choice 2. embedding of tissues in plastic 3. cutting of specimen blocks 4. staining tissues on copper grids 5. examining tissues with the electron microscope 6. photograph tissue COURSE OUTLINE: A. Electron Microscopy 1. history and purpose of electron microscopy 2. construction and use of TEM 3. construction and use of SEM 4. preparation of specimens for electron microscopy B. Chemical Fixation for TEM 1. effects of chemical fixation 2. factors affecting chemical fixation 3. fixation procedures 4. types of chemical fixatives a. Osmium tetroxide b. Glutaraldehyde c. Formaldehyde d. Permanganates C. Preparation of Material for Embedding 1. handling tissue 2. rinsing 3. dehydration 4. water soluble plastics as dehydrants 5. dehydration schedules a. Ethanol - acetone b. Acetone D. Embedding 1. handling of plastics

382

2. infiltration 3. capsule embedding 4. flat embedding 5. particulate specimen embedding 6. embedding of delicate specimens E. Plastics 1. methacrylate (acrylic resins); plastic mixture 2. epoxy resins - (epon and araldite resins) 3. hardeners - (dodecenyl succinic anhydride, DDSA) 4. plasticizers - (dibutyl phthalate) 5. accelerators (catalysts) 6. curing mechanisms of anydride - epoxy systems 7. water soluble plastics F. Block Trimming and Knives 1. block trimming - (initial and final trim) 2. knives a. metal knives b. diamond knives c. glass knives 1st Exam G. Sectioning and the Ultramicrotome 1. ultrathin sectioning 2. the ultramicrotome 3. sectioning 4. handling and storing sections on grids H. Staining 1. specificity of staining 2. stain procedures 3. lead stains 4. uranyl stains 5. phosphotungstic acid stains 6. permanganate stains 7. osmium staining 8. silver staining 9. ruthenium red staining I. Carbon and Metal Coating 1. high vacuum evaporatory 2. carbon evaporation 3. coating for SEM J. Thick Sectioning and Grid Preparation 1. thick section staining 2. types of specimen grids 3. grid cleaning K. Physical Techniques 1. critical point drying L. Preparative Techniques for Scanning Electron Microscopy 1. choice of accelerating voltage 2. preparation of biological specimens for SEM 2nd Exam COURSE REQUIREMENTS AND EVALUATION PROCEDURES: A. Attendance Policy:

Mandatory attendance is required for both lecture and laboratory B. Handicap Policy:

Any student having a certified handicapping condition will be allowed to make course modifications early in the semester.

383

C. Examinations, Homework Assignments, and Presentations: 1. Memorizing course subject matter will not be sufficient to receive full

credit on exams. This course requires that a student not only understand information, but also formulate and integrate facts and concepts into answering subjective questions.

2. Preparation tests will contain approximately 80% objective material and 20% interpretation of facts.

3. There will be two 100 point preparation exams. Preparation of labeled electron micrographs will be worth 100 points (approximately 5 micrographs will be graded). Class special projects will be worth 100 points.

D. Make Up Policy: You must have an excused absence to make up work missed. Lecture exams must be made up within one week after the student has returned to class.

E. Grading Scale: A = 100 - 90% B = 89 - 80% C = 79 - 70% D = 69 - 60% F = Below 60% F. Class Routine:

The majority of in-class time will be lecture presentation of preparatory material. At the beginning of each lecture, a brief question-and-answer session will be conducted relevant to the topic at hand.

G. Graduate Student Assignments: All graduate students are responsible for an extra assignment to be determined within 2 weeks following the beginning of the course.





Dawes, Clinton J. 1988. Introduction to Biological Electron Microscopy: Theory and Techniques. Burlington, Vermont: Ladd Research Industries, Inc.

Gabriel, Barbra L. 1982. Biological Electron Microscopy. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. (ISBN 0-

384

442-22923-2) Gabriel, Barbra L. 1982. Biological Scanning Electron Microscopy. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Co.

(ISBN 0-442-22922-4) Hayat, M. A. 1989. Principles and Techniques of Electron Microscopy. Boca Raton, Florida: CRC Press, Inc.

(ISBN 0-8493-7111-2) Meek, Geoffrey A. 1976. Practical Electron Microscopy for Biologists. New York: John Wiley & Sons. (ISBN

0-471-99592-4) Weakley, Brenda S. 1981. A Beginner's Handbook in Biological Transmission Electron Microscopy. Edinburgh,

England: Churchill Livingstone. (ISBN 0-443-02091-4) MAJOR GOALS: A. Course Goals: The ultrastructure student will: 1. describe and discuss standard preparative techniques used in electron





tool in today's science, medicine and industry B. Specific Instructional Objectives: 1. fixation of tissues of choice 2. embedding of tissues in plastic 3. cutting of specimen blocks 4. staining tissues on copper grids 5. examining tissues with the electron microscope 6. photograph tissue COURSE OUTLINE: A. Electron Microscopy 1. history and purpose of electron microscopy 2. construction and use of TEM 3. construction and use of SEM 4. preparation of specimens for electron microscopy B. Chemical Fixation for TEM 1. effects of chemical fixation 2. factors affecting chemical fixation 3. fixation procedures 4. types of chemical fixatives a. Osmium tetroxide b. Glutaraldehyde c. Formaldehyde d. Permanganates C. Preparation of Material for Embedding 1. handling tissue 2. rinsing 3. dehydration 4. water soluble plastics as dehydrants 5. dehydration schedules a. Ethanol - acetone b. Acetone D. Embedding 1. handling of plastics 2. infiltration

385

3. capsule embedding 4. flat embedding 5. particulate specimen embedding 6. embedding of delicate specimens E. Plastics 1. methacrylate (acrylic resins); plastic mixture 2. epoxy resins - (epon and araldite resins) 3. hardeners - (dodecenyl succinic anhydride, DDSA) 4. plasticizers - (dibutyl phthalate) 5. accelerators (catalysts) 6. curing mechanisms of anydride - epoxy systems 7. water soluble plastics F. Block Trimming and Knives 1. block trimming - (initial and final trim) 2. knives a. metal knives b. diamond knives c. glass knives 1st Exam G. Sectioning and the Ultramicrotome 1. ultrathin sectioning 2. the ultramicrotome 3. sectioning 4. handling and storing sections on grids H. Staining 1. specificity of staining 2. stain procedures 3. lead stains 4. uranyl stains 5. phosphotungstic acid stains 6. permanganate stains 7. osmium staining 8. silver staining 9. ruthenium red staining I. Carbon and Metal Coating 1. high vacuum evaporatory 2. carbon evaporation 3. coating for SEM J. Thick Sectioning and Grid Preparation 1. thick section staining 2. types of specimen grids 3. grid cleaning K. Physical Techniques 1. critical point drying L. Preparative Techniques for Scanning Electron Microscopy 1. choice of accelerating voltage 2. preparation of biological specimens for SEM 2nd Exam COURSE REQUIREMENTS AND EVALUATION PROCEDURES: A. Attendance Policy:


Any student having a certified handicapping condition will be allowed to make course modifications early in the semester.

C. Examinations, Homework Assignments, and Presentations:

386

1. Memorizing course subject matter will not be sufficient to receive full credit on exams. This course requires that a student not only understand information, but also formulate and integrate facts and concepts into answering subjective questions.






H. Graduate Student Assignments: All graduate students are responsible for an extra assignment to be determined within 2 weeks following the beginning of the course.





Dawes, Clinton J. 1988. Introduction to Biological Electron Microscopy: Theory and Techniques. Burlington,

387

Vermont: Ladd Research Industries, Inc. Gabriel, Barbra L. 1982. Biological Electron Microscopy. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. (ISBN 0-

442-22923-2) Gabriel, Barbra L. 1982. Biological Scanning Electron Microscopy. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Co.

(ISBN 0-442-22922-4) Hayat, M. A. 1989. Principles and Techniques of Electron Microscopy. Boca Raton, Florida: CRC Press, Inc.

(ISBN 0-8493-7111-2) Meek, Geoffrey A. 1976. Practical Electron Microscopy for Biologists. New York: John Wiley & Sons. (ISBN

0-471-99592-4) Weakley, Brenda S. 1981. A Beginner's Handbook in Biological Transmission Electron Microscopy. Edinburgh,

England: Churchill Livingstone. (ISBN 0-443-02091-4) MAJOR GOALS: A. Course Goals: The ultrastructure student will: 1. describe and discuss standard preparative techniques used in electron





tool in today's science, medicine and industry B. Specific Instructional Objectives: 1. fixation of tissues of choice 2. embedding of tissues in plastic 3. cutting of specimen blocks 4. staining tissues on copper grids 5. examining tissues with the electron microscope 6. photograph tissue COURSE OUTLINE: A. Electron Microscopy 1. history and purpose of electron microscopy 2. construction and use of TEM 3. construction and use of SEM 4. preparation of specimens for electron microscopy B. Chemical Fixation for TEM 1. effects of chemical fixation 2. factors affecting chemical fixation 3. fixation procedures 4. types of chemical fixatives a. Osmium tetroxide b. Glutaraldehyde c. Formaldehyde d. Permanganates C. Preparation of Material for Embedding 1. handling tissue 2. rinsing 3. dehydration 4. water soluble plastics as dehydrants 5. dehydration schedules a. Ethanol - acetone b. Acetone D. Embedding

388

1. handling of plastics 2. infiltration 3. capsule embedding 4. flat embedding 5. particulate specimen embedding 6. embedding of delicate specimens E. Plastics 1. methacrylate (acrylic resins); plastic mixture 2. epoxy resins - (epon and araldite resins) 3. hardeners - (dodecenyl succinic anhydride, DDSA) 4. plasticizers - (dibutyl phthalate) 5. accelerators (catalysts) 6. curing mechanisms of anydride - epoxy systems 7. water soluble plastics F. Block Trimming and Knives 1. block trimming - (initial and final trim) 2. knives a. metal knives b. diamond knives c. glass knives 1st Exam G. Sectioning and the Ultramicrotome 1. ultrathin sectioning 2. the ultramicrotome 3. sectioning 4. handling and storing sections on grids H. Staining 1. specificity of staining 2. stain procedures 3. lead stains 4. uranyl stains 5. phosphotungstic acid stains 6. permanganate stains 7. osmium staining 8. silver staining 9. ruthenium red staining I. Carbon and Metal Coating 1. high vacuum evaporatory 2. carbon evaporation 3. coating for SEM J. Thick Sectioning and Grid Preparation 1. thick section staining 2. types of specimen grids 3. grid cleaning K. Physical Techniques 1. critical point drying L. Preparative Techniques for Scanning Electron Microscopy 1. choice of accelerating voltage 2. preparation of biological specimens for SEM 2nd Exam COURSE REQUIREMENTS AND EVALUATION PROCEDURES: A. Attendance Policy:


Any student having a certified handicapping condition will be allowed to make course

389

modifications early in the semester. C. Examinations, Homework Assignments, and Presentations: 1. Memorizing course subject matter will not be sufficient to receive full

credit on exams. This course requires that a student not only understand information, but also formulate and integrate facts and concepts into answering subjective questions.






I. Graduate Student Assignments: All graduate students are responsible for an extra assignment to be determined within 2 weeks following the beginning of the course.

Course Syllabus Fall 2012 Course Title: BIO 4403; 5403 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE REPRODUCTION Lecture Room and Time: LSE Room 204 TR 12:30-1:50 PM Instructor: Dr. Stan Trauth Office: LSW 146 (Electron Microscope Facility); MTWTh 3-4 pm. Textbook: No text required Objectives of Course: This course provides students with an opportunity to enrich their knowledge on vertebrate animal reproductive anatomy and mating systems. A student who has completed this course will have a broad background in and an understanding of the diversity of reproductive cycles and patterns in both dissimilar as well as closely related species. Pre-professional undergraduates, biology majors, and graduate students can apply this knowledge in their careers working for state and federal agencies or future graduate work.

“Students with Special Instructional Needs” If you have any special needs related to learning or testing in this course, please let me know as soon as possible so I can address those needs.

Tentative Lecture Outline Week(s) Topic 1 I. Introduction to Vertebrate Reproductive Biology 2 II. Sex and Sexual Differentiation 3 III. Modes of Reproduction 4 IV. Urogenital Structure and Integration 5-6 V. Gametes and Their Production

390

1st Exam (125 pts.) 7 VI. Reproductive Regulation 8 VII. Fertilization and Cleavage 9 VIII. Embryogenesis 10 IX. Ovuliparity and Modes of Embryo Retention 11 X. Embryonic Nutrition and Placentation 2nd Exam (125 pts.) 12 XI. Postpartum Care of Young 13 XII. Life Histories 14 Fall Break (November 19-24) 15 XIII. Mating Systems and Reproductive Ecology 3rd Exam (125 pts.) – (FINAL—Non-comprehensive) – Thursday, December 6 (2:45-4:45 PM) Requirements: Class attendance is mandatory, and role will be taken. Lecture tests will be announced one week in

advance. Make-up exams MUST be taken no later than one lecture period following the original test date. Topical Research Project: A research project related specifically to any focused topic covered during the first one third of

this course is optional for undergraduate students and mandatory for graduate students. The possible total of 50 points for this exercise will be based upon selection of topic, organization and technical preparation of materials, and writing proficiency.

Grading System: 10 percentage point scale.

Course Syllabus Course Title: BIO 4332; 5332 ANIMAL HISTOLOGY

Spring 2013

Lecture Room and Time: LSE Room 207 MW 10:00-10:50 AM Instructor: Dr. Stan Trauth, Professor Office: LSW 146 (Electron Microscope Facility); MTWTh 3-4 pm; F 8-9 am. Textbook: Basic Histology - Text and Atlas by L. C. Junqueira and J. Carneiro Objectives of Course: Survey of cells and tissues of the organ systems of vertebrates.

“Students with Special Instructional Needs” If you have any special needs related to learning or testing in this course, please let me know as soon as possible so I can address those needs.

Tentative Lecture Outline Week Topic 1-2 I. Introduction (scope of histology; some basic terminology; differentiation of tissues (review of the cell and its organelles; the cell cycle) 3 II. Epithelial Tissues (definition, outline, and general features) 4 III. Glands 5 IV. Blood as a Connective Tissue Element

V. Other Connective Tissues (general characteristics; loose connective tissue, dense connective tissue; cartilage;

391

bone) 6 VI. Muscle Tissues (skeletal, cardiac, smooth) VII. Adipose Tissues 1st Exam 7 VIII. Nervous Tissues (structure of the neuron, the synapse, neuroglia, cortical areas, non-cortical areas) 8 IX. Circulatory System (capillaries, arteries, veins, lymph vascular system, the heart) X. Lymphatic Organs (lymph nodes, tonsils, thymus, spleen) XI. Skin (epidermis, dermis, hair and nails) 9 XII. Digestive System (oral cavity, esophagus, stomach, small intestine, large intestine, rectum, pancreas, liver, gall bladder) 2nd Exam 10 Spring Break (March 18-23) 11 XIII. Respiratory System (trachea, lungs) 12 XIV. Excretory System (kidney, ureter, bladder, urethra) 13 XV. Male Reproductive System (components, testis, vas deferens, urethra, penis, glands) 14 XVI. Female Reproductive System (components, ovary, oviduct, uterus, vagina) 15 XVII. Endocrine Glands (pituitary, thyroid, parathyroids, adrenal, pineal) 16 XVIII. Special Sensory Organs (free nerve endings, gustatory organs, olfactory organs, ear, eye) 3rd Exam (FINAL) – Monday, May 6 (10:15 am -12:15 pm) Requirements: Class attendance is mandatory, and role will be taken. Lecture tests will be announced one week in

advance. Make-up exams MUST be taken no later than one lecture period following the original test date. Grading System: 10 percentage point scale Supplies (mostly histological slides) and equipment (light microscopes) for the laboratory portion of this course have been purchased using student lab fees and infrastructure funds.

Course Syllabus

Course Title: BIO 4342; 5342 ANIMAL HISTOLOGY LAB

Spring 2013 Laboratory Room and Time: LSW Room 441, MW 12:00-1:50 PM Instructor: Dr. Stan Trauth Office: LSW 146 (Electron Microscope Facility); MTWTh 3-4 pm; F 8-9 am. Textbook: An Atlas of Histology by Shu-Xin Zhang Objectives of Course: Microscopic survey of cells and tissues of the organ systems of vertebrates.

“Students with Special Instructional Needs”

If you have any special needs related to learning or testing in this course, please let me know as soon as possible so I can address those needs.

Tentative Laboratory Outline

Week Topic 1-2 I. Introduction 3 II. Epithelial Tissues 4 III. Glands 5 IV. Blood as a Connective Tissue Element

V. Other Connective Tissues

392

6 VI. Muscle Tissues; Adipose Tissues 1st Exam 7 VIII. Nervous Tissues 8 IX. Circulatory System X. Lymphatic Organs XI. Skin 2nd Exam 9 XII. Digestive System 10 Spring Break (March 18-23) 11 XIII. Respiratory System 12 XIV. Excretory System 13 XV. Male Reproductive System 14 XVI. Female Reproductive System 15 XVII. Endocrine Glands and Special Sensory Organs 16 3rd Exam (April 29) Requirements: Class attendance is mandatory. Laboratory tests will be announced in advance. Make-up exams MUST be

taken no later than one lab period following the original test date. Grading System: 10 percentage point scale Supplies (mostly histological slides) and equipment (light microscopes) for the laboratory have been purchased using student lab fees and infrastructure funds.

Course Syllabus Course Title: NATURAL HISTORY OF VERTEBRATES BIO 6342,Spring 2013, TTH 5:30 – 6:20 pm Text: No text. Instructor: Dr. Stan Trauth Office: Trauth—LSW 146 (Electron Microscope Facility); MTWTh 3-4 pm; F 8-9 am. Objectives of Course: This course examines life history phenomena in vertebrates. An emphasis is placed on ecological

concepts and evolutionary strategies which enable these organisms to maintain their populations. Topics can include vertebrate distributions, systematics, reproduction, behavior, ecology, and conservation.

Tentative Lecture Outline, Subject Material, and *Readings: Jan 11 – - Introduction Jan 13 – - Overview of Life History Questions; Class Discussion (CD) Jan 18 – - “ “ “ “ Jan 20 – - Ecoregions of Arkansas Jan 25 – - Concept of Phenology Jan 27 – - Geographic Relations of Selected Arkansas Amphibians; CD Feb 1 – - Life History Patterns and Reproductive Strategies in Fishes Feb 3 – - Reproductive Behavior and Spawning Migrations in Fishes Feb 8 – - Early Life Histories in Fishes Feb 10 – - Body and Gonad Growth in Fishes in Nature Feb 15 – - Amphibian Mating Systems Feb 17 – - Measures of Reproductive Potential in Amphibians Feb 22 – - Variation in and Evolution of Clutch and Litter Size in Amphibians Feb 24 – - Reproductive Strategies in Amphibians

393

Mar 1 – - Reproductive Strategies in Birds Mar 3 – - Evolution of Monogamy Mar 8 – - Evolution of Avian Cooperative Breeding and Polyandry Mar 10 – - Midterm Exam Mar 18- 23 - Spring Break Mar 24 – - Patterns of Mammalian Reproduction Mar 29 – - Reproductive Costs and Tradeoffs Mar 31 – - Evolution of Litter Size Apr 5 – - Sexual Selection Apr 7 – - Measuring Clutch Size in Reptiles Apr 12 – - Life History Strategies in Reptiles Apr 14 – - Preparation for Ozark/Ouachita Mtns. Field Trip Apr 19 – - Analysis of Ozark/Ouachita Mtns. Field Trip Apr 21 – - Open May 2 – - FINAL EXAM – Thursday, 5:30-7:30 pm

Lecture Grading System: **Life History Reports (3) @ 40 pts. each - 120 pts. Mid-Term Examination - 125 pts. Final Examination - 125 pts. Class Participation (40 pts.) - 30 pts. 400

pts. - 10 pt. percentage grade scale - *Articles for class participation, discussions, etc. will be distributed weekly in class.

Course Syllabus

Course Title: NATURAL HISTORY OF VERTEBRATES/LAB BIO 6322, Spring 2013, TTH 6:30 – 7:45 pm Text: No text Instructor: Dr. Stan Trauth Office: LSW 146 (Electron Microscope Facility); MTWTh 3-4 pm; F 8-9 am.

Laboratory Activities: Jan 15 – - Introduction/Natural History Journals Jan 17 – - Natural History Reports; Class Fish and Amphibian Project Jan 22 – - Fish Identification; Fish Life History Reports Jan 24 – - Fish Identification; Growth in Fishes Jan 29 – - Fish and Amphibian Identification Jan 31 – - Fish and Amphibian Identification; CD Feb 5 – - Larval Amphibian Identification; CD Feb 7 – - Field Investigations Feb 12 – - Analysis of Ozark Fish Collections Feb 14 – - Amphibian Breeding Sites; “Sylamore District Field Trip” Feb 19 – - Amphibian Breeding Sites CD Feb 21 – - Wood Frog Communal Breeding Feb 26 – - Ambystomatid Salamander Breeding Feb 28 – - Reproductive Strategies in Amphibians Mar 5 – - Illinois Chorus Frog Breeding Sites Mar 7 – - Avian Taxonomy and Common Arkansas Birds Mar 12 – - Common Arkansas Birds

394

Mar 14 - - Fish and Amphibian Identification Test Mar 18 – 23 - Spring Break Mar 26 – - Review of Arkansas Birds Mar 28 – - Mammal Identification Apr 2 – - Mammal Identification Apr 4 – - Arkansas Reptiles Apr 9 – - Arkansas Reptiles Apr 16 – - Life History Strategies in Reptiles Apr 18 – - Preparation for Ozark/Ouachita Mtns. Field Trip Apr 19-21 – - Ozark/Ouachita Mtns. Field Trip Apr 22 – - Analysis of Ozark/Ouachita Mtns. Field Trip Apr 24 – - Reptile, Bird, and Mammal Identification Test Laboratory Grading System: Lab Practical (Fish) - 50 pts. " " (Amphibians) - 50 pts. “ “ (Reptiles) - 50 pts. “ “ (Birds) - 50 pts. “ “ (Mammals) - 50 pts. Class Team Project (TBA) - 100 pts. Vertebrate Collection and Field Book - 100 pts. 450 pts. - 10 pt. percentage grade scale -


COORDINATOR: Mr. Nate Stephens EMAIL: [email protected] OFFICE: LSE 318; Phone 972-3143 OFFICE HOURS: R 9-11; or by Appointment TEACHING ASSISTANT ___________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ TEXT: Exploring Biology in the Laboratory, custom for ASU 2011; Pendarvis and Crawley.

ISBN 978-0-89582-919-1


COURSE REQUIREMENTS AND EVALUATION PROCEDURES LECTURE/LAB: LECTURE AND LAB ARE SEPARATE COURSES.

395

INSTITUTIONAL/CLASSROOM POLICIES:

Students with Special Instructional Needs: If you have any special needs related to learning or testing in this course, please let the Graduate Teaching Assistant (GTA) know as soon as possible so those needs can be addressed. Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability should first be registered with ASU Disability Services. Appropriate arrangements will be made to ensure equal access to this course. Inclement Weather Policy: The University remains open for academic classes and all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to contact each of his/her professors immediately upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. See notes about makeup policies and inclement weather below. Attendance Policy: Students should attend every lab session. Students who miss class should expect to makeup missed work or receive a failing mark on missed work. If you miss the first lab, then you may come to another lab meeting later in the week, but you must contact your GTA to determine which lab section you should attend. Students who participate in university-sponsored activities will be given reasonable opportunities to makeup missed assignments. Students in this course who miss more than 2 class sessions per semester MAY be assigned an ‘F’ in the course depending upon circumstances discussed in the student handbook (1999-2000 edition, p. 12). Please review to the make-up policy provided by your Instructor of Record Students should attend every session. Regular classroom attendance, completing lab assignments and participation is critical to your success in this course. CELL PHONE POLICY: Cell phone use is not permitted in class. Please turn all cell phones off when entering the classroom. If a cell phone is used during class it may be taken up, you may asked to leave the room, and/or you may receive a failing grade on a quiz or assignment. CHEATING: Cheating is defined and described in the student handbook. Any activity that falls in the category of cheating or deals with issues of academic misconduct will be addressed and disciplined to the fullest extent. This includes but is not limited to assigning the offending student a failing grade for the assignment or course, and then reporting them to the student conduct system. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following: Individual quizzes: 12 @ 10 points each = 120 points Formal Laboratory Report: 1 @ 80 points each = 80 points Comprehensive Quiz 1 @ 50 points = 50 points TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE = 250 points GRADING SCALE: A = 100 - 90% B = 89 - 80% C = 79 - 70% D = 69 - 60% F = 59% or lower

396

Homework: Like all researchers you are required to do your homework which includes reading ahead and sometimes working on procedures before or outside of class. These assignments will be posted on the board each day and include your lab report.. Quizzes: Quizzes will be given during each class meeting. These quizzes will be administered orally at the end of class. Papers should be folded in half and kept that way unless you are writing on them. If you are caught cheating, or with your paper left open, it may be taken up to receive a zero. Laboratory Reports: Each student is required to turn in a formal lab report during the semester. You may choose the procedure or experiment to report on from the manual. Lab reports are to be 3-5 pages in length, double spaced and in 12 font. It should include a title page, an introduction, materials and methods, results, discussion, and any citations of references used. Please refer to the lab coordinators web page for tips and guidelines for writing a lab report. Please note: If you turn in your lab report before midterm, and are unhappy with your grade, you will have the opportunity to turn in another before final to replace that grade. Mini comprehensive Quiz: This quiz will be given the last day of class and will consist of approximately 30 multiple choice questions from material covered throughout the semester. Disclaimer: The information contained in this syllabus is as accurate as possible, but may be subject to change with reasonable advance notice. The schedule and content of lectures and assignments may be changed at the discretion of the instructor upon oral notification in class. Changes may involve additions, deletions, substitutions, or changes in sequence or due date. DATES TO REMEMBER: Last day to drop an individual class or withdraw from the University: November 16, 2011


Date Topic Unit Procedures Aug 21-23 Introduction: Measuring 3 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5,

3.6 Aug 28-30 Microscopy 4 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5,

4.6,4.7,4.8,4.9 Sept 4-6 The Nature of Science 1 1.1 Sept 11-13 Experimentation 2 2.1 Sept 18-20 Structure and Function of Cells 6 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5,

6.6,6.7 Sept 25-27 Cellular Transport Mechanisms 9 9.2, 9.3, 9.4

397

Oct 2-4 Photosynthesis 10 10.1, 10.2, 10.7, 10.8 Oct 9-11 Cellular Respiration 11 11.1, 11.2, 11.5 Oct 16-18 Cell Repro/ Ensuring Genetic Var 12/13 12.1, 12.2, 13.1, 13.2,

13.3 Oct 23-25 Basic Mendelian Genetics 15 15.4, 15.5, 15.6 (Pedigree) Oct 30-Nov 1 Understanding DNA 16 16.1, 16.2 Nov 6-8 Evolution 17 17.1, 17.2, 17.3, 17.4 Nov 13-15 Ecology 36 36.1, 36.2 Nov 27-29 Final Quiz - Lab Reports Due

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE LECTURE-BIOL 1003-008 FALL TERM, 2012

Lecture: TR 2:00-3:15PM; LSW219

INSTRUCTOR: Mr. Nathan Stephens OFFICE: LSE318; 972-3143 (Biology office 972-3082) OFFICE HOURS: Thursday 9-11AM and by appointment EMAIL: [email protected] Text: Campbell Essential Biology with Physiology 3rd; with Mastering Biology Resources; by Simon, Reece, and Dickey. ISBN-10: 0321651995 or ISBN-10: 0321602072 COURSE GOALS: Students upon completion of this class will be able to:



of new knowledge. 43. Differentiate between a scientific fact, hypothesis, and theory. 44. Appreciate the significance of chemistry in understanding the basis of life.

398

45. Describe the basic tenets of cell theory and how it relates to the continuing existence of single-celled and multicellular organisms.

46. Name the important structures within the cell, describe their functions, and tell which are present in each primary cell type.

47. Describe the metabolic processes that occur in the cell, including energy sources that are necessary for the continuing existence of life.

48. Understand the basis of bioenergetics: cellular respiration and photosynthesis. 49. Describe the processes of mitosis and meiosis, tell how they differ, and explain the importance












related to learning or testing in this course, please let me know as soon as possible so I can address those needs. Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course.


all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed

399

assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. See notes about makeup policies below.


attendance, reading textbook assignments and participation is critical to your success in this course. Students who miss a class session should expect to make up missed work or receive a failing mark on missed work (see quiz policy). Students who participate in university-sponsored activities will be given reasonable opportunities to make up missed assignments. Students in this course who miss more than six class sessions per semester MAY be assigned an ‘F’ in the course depending upon circumstances as discussed in the student handbook.








e) absolutely, positively must be handwritten. f) must be turned in with your exam. g) include your name and student ID number.



9. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following factors: Hourly exams: 4 @ 100 points each = 400 points Quizzes: 8 @ 10 points each = 80 points Comprehensive final 1 @ 100 points = 100 points

400

TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE = 580 points * GRADING SCALE: A = 100 - 90% B = 89 - 80% C = 79 - 70% D = 69 - 60% F = 59% or lower









LECTURE AND EXAM SCHEDULE*

Unit Chapter Topic Introduction 1 Biology Today Essential Chemistry for Biology 2 Chemistry A Tour of the Cell 4 Cell Structure Obtaining Energy from Food 6 Cellular Respiration

HOURLY EXAM I 13 September 2012 Using Light to Make Food 7 Photosynthesis Cellular Reproduction: Cells from Cells 8 Mitosis/Meiosis

401

Patterns of Inheritance 9 Inheritance The Structure and Function of DNA 10 DNA HOURLY EXAM II 11 October 2012 How Genes are Controlled 11 Genes DNA Technology 12 Biotechnology How Populations Evolve 13 Evolution How Biological Diversity Evolves 14 Classification HOURLY EXAM III 6 November 2012 Introduction to Ecology and the Biosphere 18 Ecology Communities and Ecosystems 20 Impact of Humans on Earth Animal Structure and Function 21 Animal Biology The Working Plant 29 Plant Biology HOURLY EXAM IV 29 November 2012 COMPREHENSIVE FINAL 10 December 12:30-2:30 Last Day to Drop a course or Withdraw from the University – 14 November 2012



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE LECTURE-BIOL 1003-008 SPRING TERM, 2013

Lecture: TR 11:00-12:15PM; LSE219

INSTRUCTOR: Mr. Nathan Stephens OFFICE: LSE318; 972-3143 (Biology office 972-3082) OFFICE HOURS: MW 3-430PM and by appointment EMAIL: [email protected] Text: Campbell Essential Biology with Physiology 4th edition; with Mastering Biology Resources; by Simon, Reece, and Dickey.

402

ISBN-10: 0321763327 COURSE GOALS: Students upon completion of this class will be able to:



of new knowledge. 62. Differentiate between a scientific fact, hypothesis, and theory. 63. Appreciate the significance of chemistry in understanding the basis of life. 64. Describe the basic tenets of cell theory and how it relates to the continuing existence of single-

celled and multicellular organisms. 65. Name the important structures within the cell, describe their functions, and tell which are

present in each primary cell type. 66. Describe the metabolic processes that occur in the cell, including energy sources that are

necessary for the continuing existence of life. 67. Understand the basis of bioenergetics: cellular respiration and photosynthesis. 68. Describe the processes of mitosis and meiosis, tell how they differ, and explain the importance












related to learning or testing in this course, please let me know as soon as possible so I can address those needs. Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a

403

disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course.


all other services during inclement weather except in extreme circumstances determined solely by the president of the university. Regional and local news media will publicize the closing. Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. In those cases where the decision is made not to travel to campus under this policy, it is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. See notes about makeup policies below.


attendance, reading textbook assignments and participation is critical to your success in this course. Students who miss a class session should expect to make up missed work or receive a failing mark on missed work (see quiz policy). Students who participate in university-sponsored activities will be given reasonable opportunities to make up missed assignments. Students in this course who miss more than four class sessions per semester MAY be assigned an ‘F’ in the course depending upon circumstances as discussed in the student handbook.








h) absolutely, positively must be handwritten. i) must be turned in with your exam. j) include your name and student ID number.


404


9. COURSE GRADES: Evaluation of student performance in the course will be based on the following factors: Hourly exams: 4 @ 100 points each = 400 points Quizzes: 8 @ 10 points each = 80 points Comprehensive final 1 @ 100 points = 100 points TOTAL POINTS POSSIBLE = 580 points * GRADING SCALE: A = 100 - 90% B = 89 - 80% C = 79 - 70% D = 69 - 60% F = 59% or lower









LECTURE AND EXAM SCHEDULE*

405

Unit Chapter Topic Introduction 1 Biology Today Essential Chemistry for Biology 2 Chemistry A Tour of the Cell 4 Cell Structure Obtaining Energy from Food 6 Cellular Respiration

HOURLY EXAM I 5 February 2013 Using Light to Make Food 7 Photosynthesis Cellular Reproduction: Cells from Cells 8 Mitosis/Meiosis Patterns of Inheritance 9 Inheritance The Structure and Function of DNA 10 DNA HOURLY EXAM II 28 February 2013 How Genes are Controlled 11 Genes DNA Technology 12 Biotechnology How Populations Evolve 13 Evolution How Biological Diversity Evolves 14 Classification HOURLY EXAM III 2 April 2013 Introduction to Ecology and the Biosphere 18 Ecology Communities and Ecosystems 20 Impact of Humans on Earth Animal Structure and Function 21 Animal Biology The Working Plant 29 Plant Biology HOURLY EXAM IV 25 April 2013 COMPREHENSIVE FINAL 2 May2013 @ 12:30-2:30 Last Day to Drop a course or Withdraw from the University – 24 April 2013



406

IMMUNOLOGY – Fall 2012

Course syllabus BIOL Bo 4113/001

Instructors: Shiguang Yu PhD

Office 210 Arkansas Biosciences Institute Bldg. E‐mail: [email protected] Phone: 870‐680‐4360 (does NOT have voicemail)

The best way to reach me is via email. Class meetings: Monday, Wednesday and Friday 8:00pm‐8:50 pm. Room LSE 204 Office hours: Tuesdays and Thursdays from 4:00 to 5:00 pm or by appointment.

Textbook: Abbas, AK and Lichtman, AH (2009) “Basic Immunology: functions and disorders of the immune system”,

3rd edition, Saunders‐Elsevier. Additional reading materials from current peer‐reviewed papers, reviews and handouts will be provided

by the instructor. Course Goals:

407

The goal of this course is to develop student understanding of the immune system’s role in infection and tumor response. The course will cover both innate and adaptive immunity. Students will also have the opportunity to learn the basics of widely used immunological laboratory techniques.

Exams and assignments: During the semester there will be four (4) partial exams, including the final test. These tests will consist

primarily of true/false and multiple choice questions, in addition to definitions, concepts, and short‐answer questions. However, the instructor has the option to use other types of evaluation tools. All assignments due at the beginning of the class. There will be deductions for late assignments.

At the end of each chapter, students will be evaluated with one question from the chapter covered during lecture. The score of this evaluation may be used as part of the total grade or as bonus points ONLY if students’ performance is at the level expected by the instructor.

Academic dishonesty: Academic dishonesty will not be tolerated. Examples of academic dishonesty include but are not limited

to cheating and plagiarism. Infractions will be reported and handled according to ASU policy. Course evaluation: Four in‐class exams 20% each Attendance and class participation 5% Assignments and quizzes will complete the remained 15% of the total grade. Grading: A=90+, B=80‐89, C=70‐79, D=60‐69, F= below 60% Make‐up exams: All make‐up exams will be given at the same time following the third semester exam. These will be all

essay exams, and will be scheduled at a time convenient for all students who missed any semester exams. The make‐up exam will be ONLY permitted to those students with verifiable emergencies or legitimate reasons (illness, family emergency). In those excusable circumstances, students must notify the instructor prior to scheduled exam and provide proper proof afterwards.

Class attendance and cell phone policy: Student attendance is required in every lecture. Students who have an academic or a legitimate personal

reason to miss a class should notify the instructor in advance. Cell phones must be off during classes and exams.

Disability clause: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom or modifications in course requirements

due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, students should contact the instructor to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course.

Flexibility clause:

408

Circumstances may arise during the course that may prevent the instructor from fulfilling each and every component of this syllabus. Therefore, the syllabus should be viewed as a guide and is subject to change. Students will be notified of any changes.

409

Tentative course outline:

Date Lecture outline reading Assignment/Exam Aug. 20, 22, 24 Class : Immunology introduction Ch.1

Aug. 27, 29,31 Innate immunity Ch. 2 Papers Ch.1 and 2

Sep. 5, 7, 10 Ag capture/Ag recognition Ch. 3 and 4 Guest Speaker for flow

Sep. 12, 14, 17 Ag recognition Ch.4 Papers Ch. 3 and 4 9/17: partial exam 1

Sep. 19, 21, 24 Cell‐mediated response Ch. 5

Sep. 26, 28, Oct. 1 Effector mechanisms Ch. 6 Papers Ch.5 and 6

Oct. 3, 5, 8 Humoral response Ch.7 Papers Ch.7

Oct. 10, 12, 15 Effector mechanisms/Immunological tolerance and autoimmunity

Ch.8 and 9 10/15: partial exam 2

Oct. 17, 19, 22 Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity & Response to tumors and transplants

Ch. 9 and 10 Papers Ch. 8,9,10

Oct. 24, 26, 29 Complement Hypersensitivity

Material given by instructor and Ch.11

Guest speaker Immunology and health

Oct 31, Nov 2, 5 Papers Ch. 8,9,10 and 11 11/4: partial exam 3

Nov. 7, 9, 12 Congenital and acquired immunodeficiencies

Ch.12 Papers Ch.12

Nov.14, 16, Immunological techniques I Material given by instructor

11/14: partial exam 3

Nov.19 to 25 FALL BREAK Have fun!

. Nov. 26, 28, 30 Dec 3

Immunological techniques II Review Immunology. Advance in autoimmune disease research and treatment

Material given by instructor

Dec. 5 FINAL EXAM Cumulative Good luck!

410

Course Syllabus





Instructors:















411

Text:



10% Presentation


Take Home Exams:




Unit 3: Section 6

Unit 4: Section 7

Unit 5: Section 8.





Class Attendance: Student attendance is required in every lecture. Students who miss a class should notify the

professor in advance.

Academic Integrity: Academic Integrity Policy from the Arkansas State University Student’s Handbook and /

or Graduate Bulletin will be enforced on the case of infringement of academic integrity, including plagiarism

and cheating. Please see http://www.astate.edu/a/registrar/tools-forms/bulletins.dot

412

Disability Clause: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom or modifications in course

requirements due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services (Telephone No. 870 972-3964, web link http://www.astate.edu/disability/). Following registration and within the first two weeks of class,

contact the professor to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made

to ensure equal access to this course.

Flexibility Clause: Circumstances may arise during the course that may prevent the instructors from fulfilling

each and every component of this syllabus. Therefore, the syllabus should be viewed as a guide and is subject to

change. Students will be notified of any changes.

Course outline



2, 3, 4 Aug 22 to Sept10





Dolan





/Medrano


6 Sept 17 to 19


Agrobacterium

Hairy roots




Zhou (Oct 10 to 17)


Yu


cell movement Hood

413



414

Biology of the Cell (BIO 2013) Fall 2012

Class Location and Time: MWF 2:00-2:50 Lab Sciences Building (LSE) Room 219 Instructor: Dr. Guolei (Jason) Zhou Email: [email protected]; Tel: 870-680-8588

Office: Room 209, Arkansas Biosciences Institute (ABI) Building

Office Hours: Tue & Thu 10:00 -12:00 AM Textbook: Essential Cell Biology, 3rd ed., Alberts, Bray, Johnson, Lewis, Raff, Roberts and Walter, 2010. Garland Science *Other reading materials from current scientific journals or articles may be provided by the instructor.

Course Description: This course is designed to provide general understanding of the mechanism how living cells works, by covering cell components, DNA replication, transcription, translation, cell membrane structure and cytoskeleton, cell division and signal transduction. This will be a lecture course presented as three 50-minute lectures per week. To facilitate students’ learning experience, lecture outlines (Power Point Slides) will be posted on Blackboard for each chapter prior to covering that chapter. However, the instructor may stop posting the ppt outlines if large numbers of students skip the class due to the reason that they have access to posted ppt outlines. General Education Goal: Use Science to Accomplish Common Goals Learning Outcomes: Students will be able to understand fundamental concepts of life and cell biological sciences, and how they apply to contemporary issues. Course Specific Learning Outcomes: After completing this class, students will be able to: 1. Describe the general classes of macromolecules that comprise the cell and explain the importance

of each. 2. Name the important structures within the cell and describe their functions. 3. Understand the processes of cell division, and explain its importance in genetic information

passage. 4. Describe the structure of DNA and explain how that structure is important in its self-replication

and its function. 5. Understand the foundation of genetic engineering, and its applications in various fields. 6. Describe how the process of transcription and translation are accomplished, and the information

flow from DNA to RNA, and to protein. 7. Understand how genetic variation can be generated, and how it can contribute to evolution. 8. Describe the cell’s membrane structure and cytoskeleton, and how these structures support crucial

cell functions.

415

9. Understand how cells communicate through signal transduction, and how deregulation of these processes can lead to disorders including human diseases.

Evaluation: Evaluation will be primarily based on exams. During the semester, there will be a total of four (4) in-class exams (there is no real-meaning final exam). The first three exams will be 25% of a student’s total grade, and the last exam (exam #4) will be 20% of a student’s total grade. The remaining 5% will be from class attendance and participation. All the exams will be on a 100-point scale. The in-class exams will consist primarily of true & false, multiple choices, definition, and short answer questions. However, the professor retains the option to add other types of questions. It is the student’s responsibility to bring a pen/pencil with him/her to exams and to know, or be able to look up, their ASU ID number. Cell phones and ipads must be turned off during exams! Grading: grading will be in standard ASU scale, namely: A= 90 and above, B= 80~89, C=70~79, D= 60~69, F=below 60 PLEASE NOTE (Very Important!!!): (1) While the ppt slides provide highlights for contents to be covered during the classes, materials not

on the ppt slides will also be covered during the class, and will be the included in the exams. Therefore, MISSING CLASSES WILL RESULT IN POOR GRADES IN EXAMS!!!

(2) This is a very large class, and it will NOT be possible to allow for any extra credit assignments at the end of the semester, so please do NOT ask to write a paper, retake an exam, etc., to improve your grade in late November. The time to consider your grades is during the semester, shortly after each exam. Feel free to make an appointment to discuss with me the problem you have so I can help you be more successful on your subsequent exams and to better understand and master the course material. DON’T WAIT UNTIL THE END OF THE SEMESTER TO DO THIS!

Also, ASU offers peer tutoring that is available to all students enrolled in ASU-Jonesboro courses in the

Learning Support Center (LSC) located in the Dean B. Ellis Library, Room 100 (enter through the main library and take the stairs or elevator down to the ground floor). Tutors are able to assist students in almost all 1000- and 2000-level general education courses and some upper-division core courses. LSC hours are Monday – Thursday, 11:00 am – 7:00 pm and Friday 11:00 am – 5:00 pm.

Students can drop-in or make appointments by calling 972-3451 or emailing [email protected]. Tutor availability by subject should be posted on the LSC website after the 2nd week of the semester. Some tutors will prepare activities in advance for group tutoring sessions. LSC services are included in your tuition—there are no additional fees. Visit the LSC website for more information: http://www2.astate.edu/a/university-college/learning-support-services/learning-support-center/.

Class Attendance: Class attendance is required for every lecture, and is critical for your learning outcome, so please make every effort to attend class. Sign-ins will be taken before each class. If you have an absence that is excusable (you are sick, your car blows up, etc.), it is your responsibility to inform me in advance (email stating the reason and dates), and definitely no later than midnight of the following day (provide documentation when possible). Without this email, your absence may not be counted as excused. Being later is disruptive, so please avoid it if at all possible. However – it does

416

not help students’ grades if they use class time to text, talk, pass notes, surf the internet, work on assignments for other classes, etc. Use class time to listen, think and ask questions!!! All cell phones should be turned off as you enter class! The only exception to it is that you have personal emergency and I am informed of it.

Make-up exams: Students are expected to take each exam on the day scheduled. ONLY ONE make-up exam (out of 4 exams) is allowed for each student in cases there are compelling reasons such as illness or family emergency. You have to contact me to make the request, and students who did not show up for the exam and failed to contact me to explain the emergency by midnight of the exam day will not be allowed to take a make-up for the missed exam. All make-up exams will be taken on the same day near the end of the semester (between Exam 3 and Exam 4). All students taking a make-up exam will need to discuss and identify a time that is convenient to all, and students MUST be present on that day to take their make-up exam. Also, all students are required to take exam #4 (the last exam) on the date and time scheduled by the University or determined by the instructor. NO EXCEPTIONS!!

USE of Student Email Account: Every student registered at ASU is assigned a University email account, which is the designated means for communication between the University and the student. In the case I will need to contact you for purposes such as class announcement, I will use your ASU email account. Make sure you do not allow your mailbox to become full. Also, be advised that I am not allowed to communicate with you on certain topics such as your grades unless you are using the ASU email account. Disability Clause: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom or modifications in course requirements due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, contact the professor to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course.

Academic Integrity: Academic Integrity Policy from the Arkansas State University Student’s Handbook will be enforced on the case of infringement of academic integrity, including plagiarism and cheating. Academic dishonesty will not be tolerated and will be reported and handled according to the ASU policy. ASU ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES Class Attendance Policy



417






Flexibility Clause: Circumstances may arise during the course that may prevent the instructor from fulfilling each and every component of this syllabus; therefore, syllabus should be viewed as a guide and is subject to change. Students will be notified of any changes. Tentative Course Outline:

Date Lecture Outline Reading

Assignments

M 8/20; W 8/22; F 8/24 Course Introduction; Introduction to Cells Chapter 1

M 8/27; W 8/29; F 8/31 Chemical Components of Cells Chapter 2

W 9/5; F 9/7; M 9/10 Energy, Catalysis and Biosynthesis Chapter 3

W 9/12 Review (Exam 1)

F 9/14 Exam 1 Chapters 1~3

M 9/17; W 9/19; F 9/21 Protein Structure and Function Chapter 4

M 9/24; W 9/26; F 9/28 DNA and Chromosomes Chapter 5

M 10/1; W 10/3; F 10/5 DNA Replication/Repair/Recombination; Review (Exam 2) Chapter 6

M 10/8 Exam 2 Chapters 4~6

W 10/10; F 10/12; M

10/15 From DNA to Protein Chapter 7

W 10/17; F 10/19; M

10/22 Control of Gene Expression Chapter 8

418

W 10/24; F 10/26; M

10/29 Analyzing Genes and Genomes; Review (Exam 3) Chapter 10

W 10/31 Exam 3 Chapters 7,8,10

F 11/2, M 11/5 Membrane Structure Chapter 11

W 11/7; F 11/9; M

11/12 Cell Communication Chapter 16

W 11/14, F 11/16 Cytoskeleton Chapter 17

Nov. 19 – Nov. 23 Fall Break and Thanksgiving Holiday (No Class!) N/A

M 11/26 Review for Exam 4

W 11/28 Exam 4 (last exam) Chapters11,16,17

419


InstructorofRecord:Guolei(Jason)Zhou

OfficeHours: Office: ABIRoom209

Phone: 870.680.8588

TeachingAssistant:AmyWynia

TAOfficehours:M:1‐3LSW433,R:11:30‐12:30LSE305 Office: LSE305 Phone: 870.680.8475 Required lab text: Anatomy and Physiology: An Integrative Approach Laboratory Manual (Main Version) by Eckel, Bidle, and Ross (McGraw‐Hill Publisher).

420

Course web site: http://www.sites.astate.edu/jhuggins All material, bonus info, daily lab information, etc will be posted here. Required textbook: Anatomy and Physiology: An Integrative Approach by McKinley, O’Loughlin, and Bidle (McGraw‐Hill Pub.) Course Objectives: Human Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory I is designed to provide the student with the opportunity for ‘hands on’ exploration of the organ systems and will complement the lecture portion of the course. By adhering to attendance guidelines, listening, utilizing classroom materials, and staying focused, students should be able to successfully enhance their knowledge. Models, posters, glass slides, power point lectures, and computer web sites will be available to help students learn the anatomical characteristics of the human body. Preserved specimens from sheep, pigs, or rats may also be used to enhance the learning experience. The students are encouraged to work in groups for the maximum learning experience. Learning Objectives: Students will be expected to explain, discuss, recognize, and apply knowledge and understanding of the following: General body organization and function, basic biochemistry, cellular structure and function, metabolism, histology, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, nervous system, and proper use and care of laboratory equipment. Course Evaluation:














IS IMPORTANT!


Classroom Attendance Policy: 16. Students are expected to attend each lab and remain the entire lab period. Roll will be called




421





Lab Behavior:


















examination.









Keep your paper closed unless you are writing an answer down. No talking during exams or quizzes. Cell phones should be off and in your backpack or purse during testing. If you suspect someone is trying to cheat, it is your duty to inform the instructor.

422

Course Grades:


follows:



Week of: August 20












November 5 Ch. 14 Nervous Tissues

423

Ch. 15 The Brain and Cranial Nerves




424


COORDINATOR: Mr. Tracy Klotz EMAIL: [email protected] OFFICE: LSE 318; Phone 972-3143 OFFICE HOURS: M & T 8:00-9:00, T 1:00-2:00; or by Appointment TEACHING ASSISTANT ____Laura Helton________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ Instructor of Record: Guolei (Jason) Zhou

Office: ABI Room 209 Phone: 870.680.8588

TEXT: Exploring Biology in the Laboratory, custom for ASU 2011; Pendarvis and Crawley.

ISBN 978-0-89582-919-1




425


426


Date Topic Unit

Procedures Aug 21-23 Introduction: Measuring 3

3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 Aug 28-30 Microscopy 4

4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9

Sept 4-6 The Nature of Science 1

1.1 Sept 11-13 Experimentation 2

2.1 Sept 18-20 Structure and Function of Cells 6

6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7 Sept 25-27 Cellular Transport Mechanisms 9

9.2, 9.3, 9.4 Oct 2-4 Photosynthesis 10

10.1, 10.2, 10.7, 10.8 Oct 9-11 Cellular Respiration 11

11.1, 11.2, 11.5 Oct 16-18 Cell Reproduction/ Ensuring Genetic Variation 12/13

12.1, 12.2, 13.1, 13.2, 13.3 Oct 23-25 Basic Mendelian Genetics 15

15.4, 15.5, 15.6 (Pedigree) Oct 30-Nov 1 Understanding DNA 16

16.1, 16.2 Nov 6-8 Evolution 17

17.1, 17.2, 17.3, 17.4 Nov 13-15 Ecology 36

36.1, 36.2 Nov 27-29 Final Quiz - Lab Reports Due

427

Course Syllabus





Instructors:















428

Text:



10% Presentation


Take Home Exams:




Unit 3: Section 6

Unit 4: Section 7

Unit 5: Section 8.





Class Attendance: Student attendance is required in every lecture. Students who miss a class should

notify the professor in advance.

429

Academic Integrity: Academic Integrity Policy from the Arkansas State University Student’s Handbook

and / or Graduate Bulletin will be enforced on the case of infringement of academic integrity, including

plagiarism and cheating. Please see http://www.astate.edu/a/registrar/tools-forms/bulletins.dot

Disability Clause: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom or modifications in

course requirements due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services (Telephone No.

870 972-3964, web link http://www.astate.edu/disability/). Following registration and within the first

two weeks of class, contact the professor to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate

arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course.

Flexibility Clause: Circumstances may arise during the course that may prevent the instructors from

fulfilling each and every component of this syllabus. Therefore, the syllabus should be viewed as a guide

and is subject to change. Students will be notified of any changes.

Course outline



2, 3, 4 Aug 22 to Sept10





Dolan





/Medrano


6 Sept 17 to 19


Agrobacterium

Hairy roots




Zhou (Oct 10 to 17)

430


Yu


cell movement Hood



431

Biology of the Cell Laboratory (BIOL 2011) Syllabus

Spring 2013

Instructor: Dr. Guolei (Jason) Zhou Office: 209 ABI Building; Tel: 870-680-8588; Email: [email protected]

TAs: Jenna Worsham & Daniel Johnson Text: Laboratory assignments will be made available prior to each lab period. Prerequisites: This course requires simultaneous or previous completion of Biology of the Cell lecture (BIO

2013). All cell phones, pagers, or automatic alarm watches should be turned off before entering the classroom in order to prevent disturbing the class.

V. Performance Objectives: Upon completion of this class, the student will be able to: h. name the four classes of organic chemicals that comprise the cell and describe a test for the presence of

each i. use microscope to observe cells j. explain the concept of optimum reaction conditions for enzyme activity and predict how changes in

temperature, pH or concentration of enzyme or reactants would affect the rate of the reaction k. describe the purpose and the operation of the pH meter and be able to use it properly l. describe the purpose for and the operation of the spectrophotometer and be able to operate it properly m. explain the concept of buffering n. explain the process of electrophoresis as it is used to separate mixtures of proteins or nucleic acids o. explain the process of cloning, bacterial transformation, and restriction enzyme digestion

VI. Course organization: Course description: An introductory experience working in a lab environment. The course will augment the material discussed in the lecture with demonstrations of fundamental concepts in cellular biology. The lab will emphasize cooperative learning in groups that perform experiments using currently practiced techniques and equipment.

VII. Evaluation of student achievement: Exams, quizzes and assignments: During the semester there will be 2 one-hour exams. There will also be graded assignments designed to clarify certain topics and give the student additional guidance in studying for the lab exams. These are to be completed by each student and turned in at the beginning of the next laboratory period. Late assignments will be given 50% credit if handed in up to one week late; assignments handed in after one week will not be accepted, and a grade of 0 will be recorded. Quizzes will be given at the start of each laboratory session on the background and procedures that will be performed that day. This is designed to help you prepare for lab prior to coming to lab. Grading for the semester will be as follows: weekly quizzes: 30%; weekly lab reports/assignments: 40%; tests: 30%. Make-ups: It is important that all exams and graded assignments be completed as scheduled. If it is necessary for a student to miss an exam, the exam will be made up on a day prescribed by the professor within one week after the date of the original exam. Make-up exams will not necessarily be the same format or contain the same questions as the original exam. The highest grade that will be given in a make-up exam will be an 89 (a high B) unless the student supplies proof that the absence was excusable. Students who know ahead of time that they will have to miss an exam should contact the professor before the exam and arrange a time for a make-up to receive full credit on the exam. All make-ups MUST be

432

taken during the week following the test date or in extraordinary circumstances, within a week of the student’s return to class. There are no make-ups for graded assignments. Testing conditions: Once an exam has been handed out, students are not allowed to leave the classroom and return. Please make every effort to come to the classroom prepared for the test. If it is necessary for you to wear a hat, the bill must be turned so your face is not obscured during the test. All personal items must be stored under your desk so that the exam proctor may use the aisles during the exam. Writing utensils will not be provided. Grades will be available as soon as possible. It is ILLEGAL to post grades or to give them out over the phone and neither will be done. Be patient, you will get your grades as soon as possible. Academic integrity: Academic integrity calls for students to do their own work and not to claim as their work anything someone else has done. Intellectual growth calls for doing one's own work; so does academic honesty. Infringement of academic integrity includes offering someone else's work as your own, buying term papers and cheating (see class syllabus). Specific penalties may result.

VIII. Other information: Office hours: During the following time periods, the professor may be found in his ABI office and will be available for consultation without previous appointment. If you cannot meet during these hours, please see the professor to set up an appointment. Tuesday & Thursday 2:00-3:00 PM Additional office hours will be posted by the Teaching Assistants. Class attendance policy: Students must attend every laboratory session. Students who miss a session should expect to make up missed work, if possible, or receive a failing grade on missed work. However, be aware that it is difficult to repeat laboratory experiments in weeks following their scheduled dates. Absences will be considered by the instructors on a case-by-case basis. Grading scale: Students must demonstrate a mastery of at least 60% of the material presented to pass the course as evidenced by their grades on the exams and graded assignments. The scale used to assign the letter grades will be as follows: 100-90% A 89-80% B 79-70% C 69-60% D below 60% F Fewer than 60% correct responses on exams and assignments will be given a failing grade. The final numerical grade will be calculated as the total number of all points earned on exams and assignments divided by the total maximum possible points for those exams and assignments. The grades in the course will not be assigned on a curve. Students who wish for additional help with this class are encouraged to seek tutoring help in the Tutoring Center within the department. Please see me if you need help finding the center. Inclement weather policy: Commuter students are encouraged to use good judgment in deciding whether to drive to campus during inclement weather. It is the responsibility of the student to immediately contact each of his/her professors upon return to explain the circumstances and to determine the need to complete any missed assignments. The student is responsible for all missed assignments during inclement weather within a time frame to be determined by the professor. Policy regarding disabilities: Any student having a certified disabling condition should see the professor about making any necessary course modifications as early in the course as possible. Assistance is also available through Disability Services.

433

Flexibility Clause: Circumstances may arise during the course of the semester that may prevent the professor from fulfilling parts of this syllabus; therefore, it should be viewed as a guide and subject to change. Students will be notified of any changes. COURSE OUTLINE FOR LABORATORIES IN BIOLOGY OF THE CELL

Dates (Week of…) Lab Assignments

January 14 Lab check in, Introduction, Lab safety, pre-lab assessment

January 21 MLK Day Monday; No labs for the week (M, W, F)

January 28 Lab 1 – Conversions and Measurements

February 4 Lab 2 – Microscopy

February 11 Lab 3 – Biochemistry

February 18 Lab 4 – pH/Buffers

February 25 Midterm (Labs 1-4)/ Lab 5 – Replication, Transcription, Translation

March 4 Lab 6 – Protein Electrophoresis

March 11 Lab 7 – Enzymes (part 1)

March 18-22 SPRING BREAK!!! No Labs for the week

March 25 Lab 8 – Enzymes (part 2)

April 1 Lab 9 – ELISA

April 8 Lab 10 – pGlo Transformation

April 15 Lab 11 – pGlo Expression

April 22 Lab Final (Labs 5-11)

434

Biology of the Cell (BIO 2013) Spring 2013

Class Location and Time: MWF 2:00-2:50 PM Lab Sciences Building (LSE) Room 219 Instructor: Dr. Guolei (Jason) Zhou Email: [email protected]; Tel: 870-680-8588

Office: Room 209, Arkansas Biosciences Institute (ABI) Building

Office Hours: Tue & Thu 10:30 -12:00 AM Textbook: Essential Cell Biology, 3rd ed., Alberts, Bray, Johnson, Lewis, Raff, Roberts and Walter, 2010. Garland Science *Other reading materials from current scientific journals or articles may be provided by the instructor.

Course Description: This course is designed to provide general understanding of the mechanism how living cells works, by covering cell components, DNA replication, transcription, translation, cell membrane structure and cytoskeleton, cell division and signal transduction. This will be a lecture course presented as three 50-minute lectures per week. To facilitate students’ learning experience and improve outcomes, lecture outlines (Power Point Slides) will be posted on Blackboard for each chapter prior to covering that chapter. However, the instructor retains the option to stop posting the ppt outlines if a large number of students do not attend class because of the availability of access to the posted materials. General Education Goal: Use Science to Accomplish Common Goals Learning Outcomes: Students will be able to understand fundamental concepts of life and cell biological sciences, and how they apply to contemporary issues. Course Specific Learning Outcomes: After completing this class, students will be able to: 10. Describe the general classes of macromolecules that comprise the cell and explain the

importance of each. 11. Name the important structures within the cell and describe their functions. 12. Understand the processes of cell division, and explain its importance in genetic information

passage. 13. Describe the structure of DNA and explain how that structure is important in its self-

replication and its function. 14. Understand the foundation of genetic engineering, and its applications in a number of fields. 15. Describe how the process of transcription and translation are accomplished, and the

information flow from DNA to RNA, and to protein. 16. Understand how genetic variation can be generated, and how it can contribute to evolution.

435

17. Describe the cell’s membrane structure and cytoskeleton, and how these structures support crucial cell functions.

18. Understand how cells communicate through signal transduction, and how deregulation of these processes can lead to disorders, including human diseases.

Evaluation: Evaluation will be primarily based on exams. During the semester, there will be a total of four (4) in-class exams (there will be no real-meaning final exam). Each exam will be 25% of a student’s total grade. All the exams will be on a 100-point scale. The in-class exams will consist primarily of true & false, multiple choices, definition, and short answer questions (or some of the above question types). It is the student’s responsibility to bring a pen/pencil with him/her to exams and to know, or be able to look up, their ASU ID number. Cell phones must be turned off during exams! Grading: grading will be in standard ASU scale, namely: A= 90 and above, B= 80~89, C=70~79, D= 60~69, F=below 60 PLEASE NOTE (Very Important!!!): (3) While the ppt slides provide highlights for contents to be covered during the classes,

materials not on the ppt slides (but mostly relevant with those on the slides) will also be covered in the class and tested in the exams. Therefore, MISSING CLASSES WILL RESULT IN POOR GRADES!!!

(4) This is a very large class, and it will NOT be possible to allow for any extra credit assignments at the end of the semester, so please do NOT ask to write a paper, retake an exam, etc., to improve your grade in late November. The time to consider your grades is during the semester, shortly after each exam. Feel free to make an appointment to discuss with me the problem you have so I can help you be more successful on your subsequent exams and to better understand and master the course material. DON’T WAIT UNTIL THE END OF THE SEMESTER TO DO THIS!

Also, ASU offers peer tutoring that is available to all students enrolled in ASU-Jonesboro courses

in the Learning Support Center (LSC) located in the Dean B. Ellis Library, Room 100 (enter through the main library and take the stairs or elevator down to the ground floor). Tutors are able to assist students in almost all 1000- and 2000-level general education courses and some upper-division core courses. LSC hours are Monday – Thursday, 11:00 am – 7:00 pm and Friday 11:00 am – 5:00 pm.

Students can drop-in or make appointments by calling 972-3451 or emailing [email protected]. Tutor availability by subject should be posted on the LSC website after the 2nd week of the semester. Some tutors will prepare activities in advance for group tutoring sessions. LSC services are included in your tuition—there are no additional fees. Visit the LSC website for more information: http://www2.astate.edu/a/university-college/learning-support-services/learning-support-center/.

Class Attendance: Class attendance is required for every lecture, and is critical for your learning outcome, so please make every effort to attend class. If you have an absence that is

436

excusable (you are sick, your car blows up, etc.), it is your responsibility to inform me in advance (email stating the reason and dates, and provide documentation when possible). Without this email, your absence may not be counted as excused. Being later is disruptive, so please avoid it if at all possible. However – it does not help students’ grades if they use class time to text, talk, pass notes, surf the internet, work on assignments for other classes, etc. Use class time to listen, think and ask questions!!! All cell phones should be turned off as you enter class! The only exception to it is that you have personal emergency and I am informed of it.

Make-up exams: Students are expected to take each exam on the day scheduled. ONLY ONE make-up exam (out of 4 exams) is allowed for each student in cases there are compelling reasons such as illness or family emergency. All make-up exams will be taken on the same day near the end of the semester (between Exam 3 and Exam 4). All students taking a make-up exam will need to communicate and identify a time that is convenient to all, and students MUST be present on that day to take their make-up exam. Also, all students are required to take exam #4 (the last exam) on the date and time scheduled by the University or determined by the instructor. NO EXCEPTIONS!!

USE of Student Email Account: Every student registered at ASU is assigned a University email account, which is the designated means for communication between the University and the student. In the case I need to contact you for purposes such as class announcement, I will use your ASU email account. Make sure you do not allow your mailbox to become full. Also, be advised that I am not allowed to communicate with you on certain topics such as your grades unless you are using the ASU email account. Disability Clause: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom or modifications in course requirements due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration and within the first two weeks of class, contact the professor to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course.

Academic Integrity: Academic Integrity Policy from the Arkansas State University Student’s Handbook will be enforced on the case of infringement of academic integrity, including plagiarism and cheating. Academic dishonesty will not be tolerated and will be reported and handled according to the ASU policy. ASU ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES Class Attendance Policy

Students should attend every lecture, recitation, and laboratory session of every course in which they are enrolled. Students who miss a class session should expect to make up missed work or receive a failing grade on missed work. It is the practice of Arkansas State University to allow students to participate in university-sponsored events, even when those events cause them to be absent from class.

437

Students participating in university-sponsored events will be given reasonable opportunities to make up missed assignments and exams.







Flexibility Clause: Circumstances may arise during the course of the semester that may prevent the instructor from fulfilling each and every component of this syllabus; therefore, syllabus should be viewed as a guide and is subject to change. Students will be notified of any changes if such circumstances do arise. Tentative Course Outline:

Date Lecture Outline Reading Assignments

M 1/14; W 1/16; F 1/18 Course Introduction & Introduction to Cells Chapter 1

W 1/23; F 1/25; M 1/28 Chemical Components of Cells Chapter 2

W 1/30; F 2/1; M 2/4 Energy, Catalysis and Biosynthesis Chapter 3

W 2/6 Review for Exam 1 Chapters 1~3

F 2/8 Exam 1 Chapters 1~3

M 2/11; W 2/13; F 2/15 Protein Structure and Function Chapter 4

M2/18; W 2/20; F 2/22 DNA and Chromosomes Chapter 5

M 2/25; W 2/27; F 3/1 DNA Replication/Repair/Recombination Chapter 6

M 3/4 Review for Exam 2 Chapters 4~6

438

W 3/6 Exam 2 Chapters 4~6

F 3/8; M 3/11; W 3/13 From DNA to Protein Chapter 7

F 3/15 Control of Gene Expression Chapter 8

3/17-3/23 Spring Break (No Class!) N/A

M 3/25; W 3/27 Control of Gene Expression Chapter 8

F 3/29; M 4/1; W 4/3 Analyzing Genes and Genomes Chapter 10

F 4/5 Review for Exam 3 Chapters 7, 8, 10

M 4/8 Exam 3 Chapters 7, 8, 10

W 4/10; F 4/12 Membrane Structure Chapter 11

M 4/15; W 4/17; F 4/19 Cell Communication Chapter 16

M 4/22; W 4/24 Cytoskeleton Chapter 17

F 4/26 Review for Exam 4 Chapters 11, 16, 17

M 4/29 Exam 4 (Last Exam) Chapters 11, 16, 17

439

Biological Science 1003 Text: Not Required but be prepared to purchase access to an online resource. Instructor: Jacob Sawyer Contact me via email: [email protected] ***When you email me, type the following in the subject line (Biol Lect., day(s) of your class, your name.*** Final Exam: TBA Syllabus: please keep in mind that this is a rough outline of what we will be doing this semester. TOPICS CHAPTER PAGES/SECTIONS Introduction 1 1 – 26 Diversity and Classification 14, sections 14.1 – 14.3, 15, 361 – 383 16 387 – 394, 404 - 407 Chemistry for Biology 2 28 – 51 Biological Molecules 3 53 – 79 Action of Enzymes Section 5.4 118 – 121 Test 1 – 100 points Cell Structure 4 80 – 107 Movement of molecules across membranes 22 531 – 535 Photosynthesis 5, 6 109 – 125, 128 – 136 Cellular Respiration 6 136 – 145, 150 DNA and Protein Synthesis 7 152 – 178 Test 2 – 100 points Cellular Reproduction – Mitosis 8 179 – 195 Gametogenesis – Meiosis 8 195 – 208 Mendelian Genetics 10 230 – 242 Human Genetics & Normal Nonmendelian 10, 244 – 257; 12 sections 12.3 & 12.5 Genetic Engineering & Recombinant DNA 11 258 – 281 Test 3 – 100 points Evolution 13 308 – 336 14, 16 352 – 357; 404 – 409 Global Environmental Problems 28 683 – 710 Test 4 – 130 points – comprehensive – about 1/3 new and 2/3 old material

440

Grading: I follow the standard grading system: 90-100 = A; 80-89 = B; etc. Tests are worth 100 points each. I plan to give a quiz at the beginning of class on random days worth no more than 5 points each. (probably five times) The "biology in the news" assignments will be worth 75 points. Total ca. 500 pts Biology in the News During this semester you are responsible for reading and reporting on 3 current events related to biological science that are reported in a newspaper or magazine. Discover, Scientific American, and Popular Science are excellent science magazines for the nonscientist. Time and Newsweek both usually have science sections. A newspaper article must be at least 50 cm long (words only). A magazine article must be at least 2 full pages of words or 3 pages with pictures. Internet articles are acceptable only from nationally recognized news organizations. Print these. You MUST follow the simple format given below when writing your reports. The report must be in outline form as modeled by the instructions. Reports submitted in essay form will be returned ungraded. Each report will be worth a possible15 points. The point value for each part of the report is indicated in () below. If the original article is a newspaper article, it should be neatly cut out and stapled to your report. If the original article is from a magazine, do not tear it out. Please photocopy the article. You may turn in the entire magazine with your report if you do not want the magazine back. Submitted magazines will not be returned. **Do all work for yourself and by yourself. Turn in a completed grade sheet with each report. **Articles borrowed from me must be returned with your report. **Do not use a title page or folder of any kind. You may legibly hand write your reports or type them. **You may print on the clean side of used paper or on both sides of the paper.

I. List the title of the article. (1) II. Name the author of the article. Sometimes the only author given is Associated Press.

(1) III. Name the newspaper or magazine from which you obtained the article, its date of

publication, and the page number of the article if it is from a magazine. (1) USE COMPLETE SENTENCES TO ANSWER THE FOLLOWING.

441

IV. Who or what is the article about? (1) [This should be one sentence, such as, “This article is

about the extinction of species due to the destruction of habitat”.] V. Where does the article take place? (1) [This can be a city, a country, or a general

place like in space, in the ocean, or in the lungs of smokers. The article rarely takes place in the city listed with the byline.]

VI. What is the main idea of the article? (3) Longer articles may have more than 1 main

idea. Do not use the word “about” or the infinitive “to” in your main idea. The main idea is not what the article is about; the main idea is the point that the article makes about its topic. Neither is the main idea to inform, to persuade, or to give information about anything. The main idea is never a question. It is the answer to the question. Begin with “The main idea is that . . .”

VII. List at least 5 relevant, scientific facts that could be learned from the article. (5) [Do

not list political facts or economic facts. You may list more than five facts, just in case I don’t accept some of your facts.] A fact should not repeat the main idea.

VIII. Why do you think the article was written? (1)

IX. What is your personal reaction to the article, or how does the information in the

article affect you? (1) Bonus Come up with a worthy bonus idea and we'll discuss it.

Important

Attendance is mandatory. Cheating and plagiarism will be dealt with as severely as legally allowed. If you have any questions regarding attendance, cheating, or plagiarism; please ask me.

442

HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I Fall 2012

INSTRUCTOR: Jacob Sawyer EMAIL: [email protected]

BLACKBOARD: I plan to post all powerpoints used in class to blackboard. However, I don’t guarantee that they will be posted before they are presented. NOTE: simply studying the powerpoints is not a good substitute to attendance.

LECTURE TEXT: Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology,11th, 12th, or 13 edition, Shier, Butler and Lewis eds., McGraw-Hill. Reading the assigned chapters prior to lecture is strongly suggested! There is a great deal of material to be covered in this course. To pass the course, it will be necessary to study often for short periods of time. Writing information onto index cards can be a portable means of studying while caught in lines at stores, movies, etc.

COURSE OBJECTIVES: This course is an introductory level course in the field of human anatomy and physiology that will build the foundation for Human Anatomy and Physiology II. At the end of the course the successful student will have a clinically oriented working knowledge of biochemistry, cells, tissues, organs, organ systems including: integumentary, skeletal, muscular, and nervous systems.

TUTORING: The Wilson Advising Center offers tutoring in Anatomy and Physiology. Please take advantage of this opportunity.

If you are having any problems in the course or questions over the material, please come and talk to me before exams. There is NOTHING I can do for you during the last week of class or after final grades are given. I DO NOT allow papers for extra credit. If you wish to drop the course, you may now do this on web for students any time prior to the last day to drop.

CLASSROOM POLICIES: I notice you. Seriously, behavior problems in a college course are embarrassing and juvenile. If you can’t handle separation from your cell phone for an hour, than you probably can’t handle this course.

ACADEMIC INTEGRITY POLICY: Arkansas State University enthusiastically promotes academic integrity and professional ethics among all members of the ASU academic community. Violations of this policy such as plagiarism, cheating, and allowing others to cheat are considered as serious misconduct and may result in disciplinary action and other severe penalties.

PLEASE NOTE: It is unlawful to give grades over the telephone or Internet where I cannot be certain of the person on the other end; please do not call me or the school for your grade.

ATTENDANCE : M-R: 8am-10:05am

443


DISABILITY SERVICES: Students who require academic adjustments in the classroom due to a disability must first register with ASU Disability Services. Following registration and as soon in the session as possible, please contact me to discuss appropriate academic accommodations. Appropriate arrangements can be made to ensure equal access to this course.

EXAMS: There will be three exams and a comprehensive final exam. Exams may consist of diagrams and multiple choice, matching, and are scantron based. Test material will come from the lecture material. There will also be a few quizzes, some questions of which will count toward your grade, and some will count as extra credit. The purpose of these quizzes is to encourage you to keep up with the material on a daily basis, give you an idea of the type of questions that will be on the exam, and to give your grades a little boost. Attendance is mandatory for exams. You will be allowed to do a make up test IF YOU LET ME KNOW YOU WILL BE ABSENT AHEAD OF TIME.

GRADING SCALE:

Each exam will count for a total of 100 points toward your final grade. You will also receive one point each day for attendance and another point for correctly answering at least 40 % of the in class quiz questions when given. Since there will be five exams, you could receive 550 points (plus bonus points for quizzes). The grading scale will be as follows:

A 495 - 550 points B 440 - 494 points C 385 - 439 points D 330 - 384 points F less than 330 points

Tentative Lecture Schedule for Human Anatomy and Physiology II Subject Text Chapter

Basic Anatomy Terminology 1

Chemistry 2

Cells 3 Metabolism 4

444

Tissues 5 Integumentary Systems 6 Skeletal System 7 Joints 8 Muscular 9 Nervous System 10 Cont’d 11

445

Biology of Animals BIO-1303 Fall 2012 Instructor: Mr. Jonathan Stanley Office: LSE 417 Office hours: Mon. 4:00-5:00, Tues. 9:00-11:00 and 3:00-5:00, and by appointment Office phone: (870) 972-3311 E-mail address: [email protected] Course Objectives: 1) Introduce the student to basic concepts in zoology, formal principles of

evolution, the major groups of animals, embryonic development, and animal organ systems.

2) Introduce the student to basic biological investigative skills 3) Further develop the critical thinking skills of the student. 4) Further develop the research skills of the student. 5) Increase the student’s ability to make informed decisions based on sound

scientific principles. Learning Outcomes: At the end of this course, the student should be able to: 1) Show initiative and take responsibility and ownership for their education in

biology. 2) Be able to think critically and analytically about the subject matter. 3) Understand the process of evolution and how it relates to biodiversity. 4) Understand zoological terminology. 5) Understand the process of systematics. 6) Understand the basic function of major animal organ systems. Grading: EXAM I 100 405-450 = A EXAM II 100 360-404 = B EXAM III 100 315-359 = C

Quizzes 50 270-358 = D FINAL EXAM 100 450 points Exam Dates will be scheduled as we cover the material. Quiz dates are all TBA. Quizzes will be announced or unannounced. These announcements will be made in class and it is your responsibility to be aware of quiz dates. All exam and quiz grades will be returned in class. Required Text:

Integrated Principles of Zoology 15th edition. Hickman et al.

Lecture Attendance:

I expect you to come to class. Students who attend class tend to make the most out of their education.

446

Exams:

There will be four, hour-long exams. Exams will focus on material presented in lecture.

Make-up Policy:

No make-up exams or quizzes without a doctor’s note indicating an incapacitating illness. Official University business that is in conflict with an examination date will be honored if the student calls attention to the conflict before the examination.

Grades: See above. What you see is what you get. Cheating:

The student has the responsibility to review information regarding their rights and responsibilities in the ASU Student Handbook. Please refer to the ASU Student Handbook for university policies and regulations, particularly those pertaining to attendance, inclement weather, enforcement of academic integrity (e.g., cheating, plagiarism), and scheduling of final exams. Copies of the Student Handbook are available online or by contacting the Office of Student Affairs at Arkansas State University.

Special Needs: Any student having special needs should see the instructor about making any necessary course modifications as early in the course as possible.

Flexibility Clause Circumstances may arise during the course that prevents the instructor from fulfilling each and every component of this syllabus; therefore, the syllabus should be viewed as a guide and is subject to change

447

Unit Topic Suggested Reading 1 Evolution, Systematics, & Classification Chptrs 1, 6 & 10 2 Protozoan groups Chapter 11 3 Sponges and Radiates Chapters 12-13 4 Acoelomate Bilateria & Pseudocoelomates Chapter 14 ** FIRST LECTURE EXAM Covers units 1-4. NO MAKE UP** 5 The Eucoelomates Chapters 16 -18 6 The Arthropods & Echinoderms Chapters 19 -22 7 The Chordates Chapters 23--28 8 Epithelial Tissues and Integument Chapter 29 9 Connective Tissue and Skeleton Chapter 29 **SECOND LECTURE EXAM Stresses Units 5-9 inclusive. NO MAKE UP** 10 The Muscular System Chapter 29 11 The Digestive System Chapter 32 12 The Respiratory System Chapter 31 13 The Circulatory System Chapter 31 14 The Blood Chapter 31 **THIRD LECTURE TEST Stresses Units 10-14 inclusive. NO MAKE UP** 15 The Excretory System Chapter 30 **November 19-23 Thanksgiving Break – No Classes** 16 The Nervous System Chapter 33 17 The Sense Organs Chapter 33 **FINAL Fri. Dec. 7th 8:00AM-10:00AM Stresses Units 15-17 inclusive. NO MAKE UP** Pet Peeves:

1. Turn cell phones to silent during class. Turn them OFF during exams. 2. Try to make it to class on time. Coming in late may disrupt others. 3. Take responsibility for your education. Don’t make excuses. 4. I don’t have your grades memorized so don’t ask. 5. Be involved in class. Ask questions. Make comments. If you just sit there then we

will all be bored. 6. Try to learn as much as you can and have fun doing it!

Principles of Ecology BIO 3023 (001 and H01) SPRING 2013

Documents

Transcript of Principles of Ecology BIO 3023 (001 and H01) SPRING 2013